texlive[62097] Master/texmf-dist: caption (20feb22)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sun Feb 20 22:12:00 CET 2022
Revision: 62097
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=62097
Author: karl
Date: 2022-02-20 22:12:00 +0100 (Sun, 20 Feb 2022)
Log Message:
-----------
caption (20feb22)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/ltcaption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/subcaption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/bicaption.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-beamer.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-koma.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-light.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-memoir.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-ntg.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption-thesis.sto
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/ltcaption.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/subcaption.sty
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.1/caption2.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.0/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.0/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption3.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption3.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption3.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption3.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2_1995-10-09.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption2_2005-10-03.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3_2007-04-11.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3_2010-01-14.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3_2011-11-01.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3_2019-09-01.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3_2020-07-29.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption3_2020-10-26.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_1995-04-05.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_2007-04-16.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_2010-01-09.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_2011-11-10.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_2019-09-01.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_2020-07-29.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/caption/caption_2020-10-26.sty
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/CHANGELOG 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
- Label format `autodot' added (for usage within documents using KOMA-Script document class)
- Label format `unnumbered' added
- \ContinuedFloat renamed to \continuedfloat (since this is not a preamble command)
-- \caption will always be re-defined now, unless `compatibility' is set to `v1' (or an incompatible package is loaded)
+- \caption will always be re-defined now, unless `compatibility' is set to `true' (or an incompatible package is loaded)
v3.5 (2020/08/30)
- If a document class defines \caption at documentclass, an adaption to the caption package will be loaded as caption-<documentclass>.sto
@@ -130,7 +130,22 @@
- Options "figure*" resp. "table*" will be applied additionally in "figure*" resp. "table*" environments (twocolumn mode only)
- Option and font option "hypersetup" added which expands to \hypersetup (if defined) resp. nothing (otherwise)
+v3.6 (2022/02/20)
+- Fallback to versions "v1", "v3.0", "v3.1", "v3.2", "v3.3", "v3.4", and "v3.5" added
+- The caption-subcaption counter handling is now independent on the "position=" setting
+- Option "compatibility=true" dropped in favor of "\usepackage{caption}[=v1]"
+- Option "parboxrestore=partial/full" removed (was obsolete since v3.5)
+- \captionsetup{margin={...,}} sets only the left margin, \captionsetup{margin={,...}} only the right one
+- The font option "stretch" does not require the setspace package anymore
+- New command \nextfloat to influence the (new) counter handling
+- New command \DeclareCaptionPosition to declare custom postion settings
+- New command \AtCaptionSingleLineCheck to add re-definitions to the single-line-check
+- New command \captiontext to typeset a caption without counter increment and without list entry
+- Optional argument added to \setcaptiontype (which specifies options to be applied additionally)
+- New environments `captiongroup' and `captionblock'
+- Adapted to the `tablefootnote' package
+
bicaption package
-----------------
@@ -149,7 +164,13 @@
v1.3 (2020/10/25)
- Option "bi-separator" and command \DeclareBiCaptionSeparator added
+v1.4 (2020/12/25)
+- Support of all available caption fallback versions since "v3.2" added
+v1.5 (2021/01/04)
+- Support of the listings package added
+
+
ltcaption package
-----------------
@@ -187,3 +208,11 @@
v1.3 (2019/08/31)
- New command \subfloat for easy transition from the `subfig' package
+
+v1.4 (2020/12/25)
+- Support of all available caption fallback versions since "v3.1" added
+
+v1.5 (2022/01/07)
+- New environments subcaptiongroup and subcaptionblock
+- New command \subcaptionlistentry to make an entry into the list of figures resp. tables
+- New command \subcaptiontext to typeset a sub-caption without counter increment and list entry
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/README 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
==========================================================================
The `caption' package bundle
-Release 2020-10-26
-Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+Release 2022-02-20
+Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
License: LPPL = LaTeX Project Public Licence
Maintenance Status: maintained (by Axel Sommerfeldt)
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
If you need help using these packages please visit:
https://latex.org/forum/
+ https://topanswers.xyz/tex
https://tex.stackexchange.com/
https://golatex.de/ (German)
https://texwelt.de/ (German)
@@ -29,7 +30,7 @@
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-The `caption' package v3.5 offers customization of captions of floating
+The `caption' package v3.6 offers customization of captions of floating
environments such `figure' and `table' and cooperates with the packages
float, floatflt, fltpage, hyperref, hypcap, listings, longtable,
@@ -39,14 +40,14 @@
Furthermore the `floatrow', the `subcaption', and the `subfig' package
supports the `caption' package and uses its \captionsetup interface.
-User Manual: caption-eng.pdf (English)
- caption-rus.pdf (Russian, outdated)
- caption-deu.pdf (German)
+User Manual: caption.pdf (English)
+An outdated user manual in Russian and German could be downloaded from
+https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/tree/master/doc/outdated
+
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-The `bicaption' package v1.3 is a tiny package supporting the typesetting
-of bilingual captions.
+The `bicaption' package v1.5 supports typesetting of bilingual captions.
User Manual: bicaption.pdf (English)
@@ -65,9 +66,8 @@
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-The `subcaption' package v1.3 is a small package supporting typesetting
-of sub-captions (by using the the sub-caption feature of the `caption'
-package).
+The `subcaption' package v1.5 supports typesetting of sub-captions
+(by using the the sub-caption feature of the `caption' package).
User Manual: subcaption.pdf (English)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/bicaption.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-deu.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption-rus.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/caption2.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/caption/subcaption.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/bicaption.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
% This is file `bicaption.dtx'.
%
-% Copyright (C) 2010-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+% Copyright (C) 2010-2021 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
%
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
@@ -27,17 +27,16 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{457}
%
+% \CheckSum{626}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2020/10/25 v1.3 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package]
+\ProvidesFile{bicaption.drv}[2022/01/07 v1.5 Adds a bilingual caption feature to the caption package]
\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=74pt % Make TeX shut up.
%\errorcontextlines=3
%
@@ -54,7 +53,8 @@
%
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[german,english]{babel}
-\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}
+%\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
%
\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
%
@@ -85,8 +85,11 @@
\newenvironment{background}{\par\bigskip\csname background*\endcsname}{\csname endbackground*\endcsname}
\newenvironment{background*}{\small\MARGINSYM{\Mountain}\ignorespaces}{\par}
%
+\makeatletter
\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
-\newcommand*\NEW[2]{\MARGINSYM{\vskip2pt\footnotesize#1\\#2}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[1]{\@ifstar{\@NEW{#1}{\vskip2pt}}{\@NEW{#1}{}}}
+\newcommand*\@NEW[3]{\MARGINSYM{#2\footnotesize#1\\#3}}
+\makeatother
%
\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
{\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
@@ -135,7 +138,6 @@
% \section{Loading the package}
% \label{sec:loading}
%
-% \DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
% This package will be loaded by
% \begin{quote}
% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|\quad.
@@ -160,7 +162,7 @@
% \section{Setting options}
% \label{sec:options}
%
-% \DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% \DescribeMacro\captionsetup
% The command
% \begin{quote}
% |\captionsetup[bi]|\marg{options}
@@ -266,14 +268,14 @@
% will swap the primary and secondary language,
% making the first language the second one and vice versa. (The default is |false|.)
%
-% \NEWfeature{v1.3}
% \item[bi-separator=]
% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup{bi-separator=|\meta{name}|}|\end{quote}
+% \NEWfeature{v1.3}
% will select a separator between first and second bilingual caption.
% You could choose one of the following: `none' (which is the default one
% and could also be addressed as `default'), `smallskip', `medskip',
% `largeskip', or a self-defined one using
-% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareBiCaptionSeparator}
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareBiCaption-\\Separator}
% \begin{quote}|\DeclareBiCaptionSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\end{quote}
% Examples:
% \begin{quote}
@@ -321,9 +323,430 @@
% \cs{captionbox}.)
% \endgroup
%
-% \bigskip
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Customising lists}
+% \label{sec:lists}
%
-% If the \package{subcaption} package is loaded, these commands are available
+% \DescribeMacro{list=}
+% As default both caption texts will be insert into the List of Figures resp. List of Tables.
+% To suppress the second entry just pass the option |list=off| to the \package{bicaption}
+% package, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,|\ldots|,list=off]{bicaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{listtype+=}
+% Another option is separating the lists. For that purpose the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |listtype+=|\meta{list type extension}
+% \end{quote}
+% can be used to tell the \package{bicaption} package to use a different list
+% for the second caption text.
+% The given value will be appended to the current environment type;
+% for example with |listtype+=X| the list entries will be put into the list
+% responsible for the types
+% |figureX| ($=$ |figure| $+$ |X|), |tableX| ($=$ |table| $+$ |X|) etc.
+%
+% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+% offered by the \package{newfloat} package, but some document classes
+% or other packages offer macros for defining new floating environment types
+% (and their corresponding lists) as well.
+%
+% A sample document:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english", and list type "figureEng" resp. "tableEng"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=Eng]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
+% |% Define type "figureEng" and \listoffigureEng|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\
+% | [Figure][List of Figures]|\\
+% |% Define type "tableEng" and \listoftableEng|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\
+% | [Table][List of Tables]|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\listoffigures % typeset "Abbildungsverzeichnis"|\\
+% |\listoffigureEng % typeset "List of Figures"|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% A different approach is using one list for both languages, but with different formatting.
+% Since the \package{caption} package does not offer options and commands for
+% customising the format of the lists, one need an additional package for this purpose,
+% for example the \package{titletoc} package:
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english", and list type "figure2" resp. "table2"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=2]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% We load the titletoc package for customizing lists|\\
+% |% Note: Loading titletoc should be done prior|\\
+% |% defining additional floating environments with|\\
+% |% \DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\\
+% |\usepackage{titletoc}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "figure2"|\\
+% |% Use the same file extension as for "figure" (.lof) here|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "table2"|\\
+% |% Use the same file extension as for "table" (.lot) here|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% We use the titletoc package for customizing "figure2"|\\
+% |% which is appropriate for the second language captions|\\
+% \iffalse
+% |\contentsuse{figure2}{lof}|\\
+% \fi
+% |\titlecontents{figure2}[3.8em]|\\
+% | {} % no above code|\\
+% | {} % empty numbered entry format|\\
+% | {} % empty numberless entry format|\\
+% | {} % empty filler page format|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\renewcommand\listfigurename|\\
+% | {Abbildungsverzeichnis / List of Figures}|\\
+% |\listoffigures|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \section{Language Selection}
+% \label{sec:babel}
+%
+% For language selection \thispackage\ uses two macros internally:
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\captionmainlanguage
+% |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| contains the main language, for example
+% `french' or `german'.
+% If not set manually, \thispackage\ will try to obtain this setting from
+% the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package after the preamble of
+% the document, i.e.~at |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
+%
+% So if you are using either \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia}, and want to inherit
+% the main language setting from it, then simply forget about the
+% |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| stuff and skip the rest of the section.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Otherwise one can define |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| manually, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\captionmainlanguage{french}|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english]{bicaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Note: Prior to \version{1.5} |\caption|\-|main|\-|language| needed to be defined
+% \emph{before} loading \thispackage. Since \version{1.5} is could be defined either
+% before or after loading \thispackage.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\selectcaptionlanguage
+% \NEWfeature*{v1.1}
+% |\select|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage| will be used internally to select the language:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\selectcaptionlanguage|\marg{font-or-list-entry}\marg{language}
+% \end{quote}
+% For setting the language of the caption \meta{font-or-list-entry} will be |\@first|\-|of|\-|two|,
+% for setting the language of the list entry \meta{font-or-list-entry} will be
+% |\@second|\-|of|\-|two|.~\footnote{\cs{@firstoftwo} and \cs{@secondoftwo} are defined
+% in the \LaTeX\ kernel and simply pick either the 1st or 2nd argument.}
+% It defaults to |\select at lan|\-|guage| (caption) resp.~|\select|\-|lan|\-|guage| (list entry)
+% offered by the \package{babel} and \package{polyglossia} package:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\providecommand*\selectcaptionlanguage[2]{%|\\
+% | #1{\select at language}{\selectlanguage}{#2}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% If you need to alter this, just either define |\select|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage| prior
+% loading \thispackage, or redefine it afterwards.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Example document using \package{babel}:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Add custom translations to babel|\\
+% |\addto\captionsgerman{%|\\
+% |% \renewcommand\whatevername{Wasauchimmer}%|\\
+% |% |\ldots\\
+% |}|\\
+% |\addto\captionsenglish{%|\\
+% |% \renewcommand\whatevername{Whatever}%|\\
+% |% |\ldots\\
+% |}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% The same example document but using a custom implementation of
+% |\caption|\-|main|\-|language| and |\select|\-|caption|\-|language|
+% instead of \package{babel}:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Set "german" as main bi-caption language|\\
+% |\newcommand\captionmainlanguage{german}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Declare an own language switching mechanism|\\
+% |% for bi-captions (instead of using babel)|\\
+% |\renewcommand\selectcaptionlanguage[2]{%|\\
+% | \csname captions#2\endcsname}|\\
+% |\newcommand\captionsgerman{%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\figurename{Abbildung}%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\tablename{Tabelle}%|\\
+% |% \renewcommand\whatevername{Wasauchimmer}%|\\
+% |% |\ldots\\
+% |}|\\
+% |\newcommand\captionsenglish{%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\figurename{Figure}%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\tablename{Table}%|\\
+% |% \renewcommand\whatevername{Whatever}%|\\
+% |% |\ldots\\
+% |}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \NEWfeature{v1.5}
+% Since \version{1.5} a warning is issued if the main language could neither be
+% detected automatically nor was it set explicitly by the user.
+% If you really don't want to set languages for bi-captions but are annoyed by
+% the warning you could trick the \package{bicaption} by defining a custom
+% dummy language-selection mechanism, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\captionmainlanguage{dummy}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\selectcaptionlanguage[2]{}|\\
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LangOption}
+% \NEWfeature*{v1.2}
+% For internal implementation reasons the selection of language will be done delayed,
+% i.e.~not done immediately at |lang=|\meta{language}. So if you do
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,labelsep=quad}|
+% \end{quote}
+% the language |ngerman| will only be stored internally, and the label separator will
+% be set to |quad| afterwards. Some time later, right before the caption is actually
+% typeset, the language will be set to |ngerman|.
+%
+% Usually this is no problem, but think of options which will be overwritten by the
+% language selection, or options which act on the language currently set, for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,name=Bild}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% |lang=ngerman| changes the environment name to ``Abbildung'', and |name=Bild|
+% changes the environment name to ``Bild''. One would expect that the name is
+% finally ``Bild'', but because of the delayed nature of |lang=ngerman| it will
+% be ``Abbildung'' instead, at least if we don't take action about this.
+%
+% For that reason the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption|\marg{caption option name}
+% \end{quote}
+% is offered. Options handled this way will be applied twice if used after the |lang=|
+% option, when the option is actually used, and right after the language is selected.
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption{name}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will be done by \thispackage\ automatically, since the environment name will usually
+% be overwritten by a language selection. So actually
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,name=Bild}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will give the expected result, i.e. the environment name is typeset as ``Bild''.
+%
+% \section{Required packages}
+% \label{sec:caption}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v1.4}
+% Starting with version $1.4$ the \package{bicaption} package requires at least version $3.2$
+% of the \package{caption} package and loads it automatically.
+% (Older versions of the \package{bicaption} package have required exactly the version of the
+% \package{caption} package which was released with it.)
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% If you need to use a specific version of the \package{caption} package you need to load it
+% \emph{before} the \package{bicaption} package, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[| \ldots |]{caption}[=v3.5]|\\
+% |\usepackage[| \ldots |]{bicaption}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% Note that there are limitations if an older version of the \package{caption} package
+% is used:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Full support of list entries of the \env{lstlisting} environment
+% (offered by the \package{listings} package) needs at least \package{caption} \version{3.6}.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \section{Supported packages}
+% \label{sec:packages}
+%
+% The \package{bicaption} package was adapted to the following packages which deals with captions, too:
+% \package{listings}~\cite{listings}, \package{longtable}~\cite{longtable}, and \package{subcaption}~\cite{subcaption}.
+%
+% \subsection{Support of the listings package}
+% \label{sec:listings}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v1.5}
+% If the \package{listings} package~\cite{listings} is loaded, the \package{listings} options \opt{caption1}
+% and \opt{caption2} are available additionally, where option \opt{caption1} specifies the
+% caption of the first language and \opt{caption2} of the second one.
+%
+% Example document, using distinctive lists for each language:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% |\usepackage{graphicx}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english", and list type "figureEng" resp. "tableEng"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=Eng,font=it]{bicaption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{slc=off} % do not center short captions|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{listings}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Set German names|\\
+% |\addto\captionsgerman{%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\lstlistingname{Quelltext}%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\lstlistlistingname{Quelltextverzeichnis}%|\\
+% |}|\\
+% |\AtBeginDocument{\captionsgerman}% or load listings before babel|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Set English names|\\
+% |\addto\captionsenglish{%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\lstlistingname{Listing}%|\\
+% | \renewcommand\lstlistlistingname{List of Listings}%|\\
+% |}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
+% |% Define the new floating environment type "lstlistingEng"|\\
+% |% (just to get an extra list for English listing captions)|\\
+% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lol2]{lstlistingEng}|\\
+% | [Listing][List of Listings]|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\lstlistoflistings % German|\\
+% |\listoflstlistingEng % English|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\clearpage|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{lstlisting}|\\
+% | [language=C,|\\
+% | caption1=Deutscher Titel,|\\
+% | caption2=English Title]|\\
+% | int main()|\\
+% | {|\\
+% | printf( "Hello world!\n" );|\\
+% | return 0;|\\
+% | }|\\
+% |\end{lstlisting}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \subsection{Support of the longtable package}
+% \label{sec:longtable}
+%
+% If the \package{longtable} package~\cite{longtable} is loaded, |\bicaption| is available
+% in the \env{longtable} environment as well, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
+% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
+% |% "english"|\\
+% |\usepackage[lang=english]{bicaption}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\usepackage{longtable}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{document}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\begin{longtable}{ll}|\\
+% | \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}\\|\\
+% | A & B \\|\\
+% | C & D \\|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{longtable}|\\
+% ||\\
+% |\end{document}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \subsection{Support of the subcaption package}
+% \label{sec:subcaption}
+%
+% If the \package{subcaption} package~\cite{subcaption} is loaded, these commands are available
% additionally:
%
% \smallskip
@@ -355,8 +778,7 @@
% \endgroup
%
% \pagebreak[3]
-% \section{A sample document}
-% \label{sec:example}
+% \subsubsection{A sample document}
%
% \begin{quote}
% |\documentclass[english,ngerman]{article}|\\
@@ -424,7 +846,7 @@
% | {Short English heading}|\\
% |\end{figure}|\\
% ||\\
-% |\captionsetup{bi-slc=0}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{bi-slc=off}|\\
% ||\\
% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
% | \centering|\\
@@ -441,7 +863,7 @@
% | {Short English heading}|\\
% |\end{figure}|\\
% ||\\
-% |\captionsetup{slc=0}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{slc=off}|\\
% ||\\
% |\begin{figure}[!htb]|\\
% | \centering|\\
@@ -471,7 +893,8 @@
% \bigskip
% \fi
%
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
% \centering
% \bisubcaptionbox
% {Teilabbildung A\label{fig:test:A}}
@@ -482,12 +905,14 @@
% {Subfigure long title B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
% \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}
% \label{fig:test}
-% \end{figure}
+% \end{minipage}
%
% \iffalse
+% \bigskip
% \captionsetup{bi-lang=2nd}
%
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
% \centering
% \bisubcaptionbox
% {Teilabbildung A\label{fig:test2:A}}
@@ -498,12 +923,14 @@
% {Subfigure long title B}[0.4\textwidth]{IMAGE}%
% \bicaption{Deutscher Titel}{English Title}
% \label{fig:test2}
-% \end{figure}
+% \end{minipage}
% \fi
%
+% \bigskip
% \captionsetup{bi-lang=both}
%
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
% \centering
% \bisubcaptionbox[A]
% {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}
@@ -516,11 +943,13 @@
% {Und eine noch viel viel viel
% längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}
% {Short English heading}
-% \end{figure}
+% \end{minipage}
%
-% \captionsetup{bi-slc=0}
+% \bigskip
+% \captionsetup{bi-slc=off}
%
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
% \centering
% \bisubcaptionbox[A]
% {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}
@@ -533,11 +962,13 @@
% {Und eine noch viel viel viel
% längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}
% {Short English heading}
-% \end{figure}
+% \end{minipage}
%
-% \captionsetup{slc=0}
+% \bigskip
+% \captionsetup{slc=off}
%
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \setcaptiontype{figure}
% \centering
% \bisubcaptionbox[A]
% {Und eine gaaaanz lange Caption: Teilabbildung A}
@@ -550,224 +981,40 @@
% {Und eine noch viel viel viel
% längere deutsche Beschriftung: Deutscher Titel}
% {Short English heading}
-% \end{figure}
+% \end{minipage}
%
-% \pagebreak[3]
-% \section{Customising lists}
-% \label{sec:lists}
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
%
-% \DescribeMacro{list=}
-% As default both caption texts will be insert into the List of Figures resp. List of Tables.
-% To suppress the second entry just pass the option |list=off| to the \package{bicaption}
-% package, e.g.:
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\usepackage[lang=english,|\ldots|,list=off]{bicaption}|
-% \end{quote}
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
%
-% \pagebreak[3]
-% \DescribeMacro{listtype+=}
-% Another option is separating the lists. For that purpose the option
-% \begin{quote}
-% |listtype+=|\meta{list type extension}
-% \end{quote}
-% can be used to tell the \package{bicaption} package to use a different list
-% for the second caption text.
-% The given value will be appended to the current environment type;
-% for example with |listtype+=X| the list entries will be put into the list
-% responsible for the types
-% |figureX| ($=$ |figure| $+$ |X|), |tableX| ($=$ |table| $+$ |X|) etc.
+% \bibitem{caption}
+% Axel Sommerfeldt:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/caption}%
+% {\emph{Customizing captions of floating environments}},\\
+% 2022/01/07
%
-% Such a \meta{list type} can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
-% offered by the \package{newfloat} package, but some document classes
-% or other packages offer macros for defining new floating environment types
-% (and their corresponding lists) as well.
+% \bibitem{listings}
+% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+% 2007/02/22
%
-% A sample document:
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
-% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
-% |% "english", and list type "figureEng" resp. "tableEng"|\\
-% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=Eng]{bicaption}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
-% |% Define the new floating environment type "figureEng"|\\
-% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof2]{figureEng}|\\
-% | [Figure][List of Figures]|\\
-% |% Define the new floating environment type "tableEng"|\\
-% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot2]{tableEng}|\\
-% | [Table][List of Tables]|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\begin{document}|\\
-% |\listoffigures % typeset "Abbildungsverzeichnis"|\\
-% |\listoffigureEnges % typeset "List of Figures"|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\begin{figure}|\\
-% | \centering|\\
-% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
-% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
-% |\end{figure}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\end{document}|
-% \end{quote}
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+% 2004/02/01
%
-% \pagebreak[3]
-% A different approach is using one list for both languages, but with different formatting.
-% Since the \package{caption} package does not offer options and commands for
-% customising the format of the lists, one need an additional package for this purpose,
-% for example the \package{titletoc} package:
+% \bibitem{subcaption}
+% Axel Sommerfeldt:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subcaption}%
+% {\emph{The subcaption package}},\\
+% 2022/01/07
%
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\documentclass[a4paper]{article}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |% Use "ngerman" as 1st language, "english" as 2nd one|\\
-% |\usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |% Load the bicaption package with 2nd language set to|\\
-% |% "english", and list type "figure2" resp. "table2"|\\
-% |\usepackage[lang=english,listtype+=2]{bicaption}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |% We load the titletoc package for customizing lists|\\
-% |% Note: Loading titletoc should be done prior|\\
-% |% defining additional floating environments with|\\
-% |% \DeclareFloatingEnvironment|\\
-% |\usepackage{titletoc}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\usepackage{newfloat}|\\
-% |% Define the new floating environment type "figure2"|\\
-% |% Use the same file extension as for "figure" (.lof) here|\\
-% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lof]{figure2}|\\
-% |% Define the new floating environment type "table2"|\\
-% |% Use the same file extension as for "table" (.lot) here|\\
-% |\DeclareFloatingEnvironment[fileext=lot]{table2}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |% We use the titletoc package for customizing "figure2"|\\
-% |% which is appropriate for the second language captions|\\
-% \iffalse
-% |\contentsuse{figure2}{lof}|\\
-% \fi
-% |\titlecontents{figure2}[3.8em]|\\
-% | {} % no above code|\\
-% | {} % empty numbered entry format|\\
-% | {} % empty numberless entry format|\\
-% | {} % empty filler page format|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\begin{document}|\\
-% |\renewcommand\listfigurename|\\
-% | {Abbildungsverzeichnis / List of Figures}|\\
-% |\listoffigures|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\begin{figure}|\\
-% | \centering|\\
-% | A placeholder for an image or whatever|\\
-% | \bicaption{Deutscher Text}{English text}|\\
-% |\end{figure}|\\
-% ||\\
-% |\end{document}|
-% \end{quote}
-%
-% \section{Language Selection}
-% \label{sec:babel}
-%
-% For language selection \thispackage\ uses two macros internally:
-%
-% \medskip
-%
-% \DescribeMacro\captionmainlanguage
-% |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| contains the main language, e.g. |english| or |german|.
-% If not set prior to loading \thispackage, \thispackage\ will try to obtain this setting from
-% the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package.
-%
-% So if you are using either \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia}, and want to adopt
-% the main language setting from it, then just load \thispackage\ \emph{after} it,
-% and simply forget about the |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| stuff.
-%
-% Otherwise one can either define |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| prior to
-% loading \thispackage, e.g.:
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\newcommand\captionmainlanguage{french}|\\
-% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|
-% \end{quote}
-% Or one can specify the main language via |\caption|\-|setup| after loading \thispackage, e.g.:
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{bicaption}|\\
-% |\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=french}|
-% \end{quote}
-% When not using the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package both approaches
-% will have exactly the same effect.
-% But when using the \package{babel} or \package{polyglossia} package, and one want to
-% specify the main caption language manually, the first approach is preferable since
-% defining |\caption|\-|main|\-|lan|\-|guage| will suppress the automatic detection mechanism.
-%
-% \medskip
-%
-% \DescribeMacro\selectcaptionlanguage
-% \NEWfeature{v1.1}
-% |\select|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage| will be used internally to select the language:
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\selectcaptionlanguage|\marg{font-or-list-entry}\marg{language}
-% \end{quote}
-% For setting the language of the caption \meta{font-or-list-entry} will be |\@first|\-|of|\-|two|,
-% for setting the language of the list entry \meta{font-or-list-entry} will be
-% |\@second|\-|of|\-|two|.~\footnote{\cs{@firstoftwo} and \cs{@secondoftwo} are defined
-% in the \LaTeX\ kernel and simply pick either the 1st or 2nd argument.}
-% It defaults to |\select at lan|\-|guage| (caption) resp.~|\select|\-|lan|\-|guage| (list entry)
-% offered by the \package{babel} and \package{polyglossia} package:
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\providecommand*\selectcaptionlanguage[2]{%|\\
-% | #1{\select at language}{\selectlanguage}{#2}}|
-% \end{quote}
-% If you need to alter this, just either define |\select|\-|caption|\-|lan|\-|guage| prior
-% loading \thispackage, or redefine it afterwards.
-%
-% \medskip
-%
-% \DescribeMacro\DeclareCaptionLangOption
-% \NEWfeature{v1.2}
-% For internal implementation reasons the selection of language will be done delayed,
-% i.e.~not done immediately at |lang=|\meta{language}. So if you do
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,labelsep=quad}|
-% \end{quote}
-% the language |ngerman| will only be stored internally, and the label separator will
-% be set to |quad| afterwards. Some time later, right before the caption is actually
-% typeset, the language will be set to |ngerman|.
-%
-% Usually this is no problem, but think of options which will be overwritten by the
-% language selection, or options which act on the language currently set, for example
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,name=Bild}|\quad.
-% \end{quote}
-% |lang=ngerman| changes the environment name to ``Abbildung'', and |name=Bild|
-% changes the environment name to ``Bild''. One would expect that the name is
-% finally ``Bild'', but because of the delayed nature of |lang=ngerman| it will
-% be ``Abbildung'' instead, at least if we don't take action about this.
-%
-% For that reason the command
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption|\marg{caption option name}
-% \end{quote}
-% is offered. Options handled this way will be applied twice if used after the |lang=|
-% option, when the option is actually used, and right after the language is selected.
-%
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\DeclareCaptionLangOption{name}|
-% \end{quote}
-% will be done by \thispackage\ automatically, since the environment name will usually
-% be overwritten by a language selection. So actually
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\captionsetup[bi-second]{lang=ngerman,name=Bild}|
-% \end{quote}
-% will give the expected result, i.e. the environment name is typeset as ``Bild''.
-%
-% \iffalse
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-% \fi
-%
-% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \end{thebibliography}
% }
%
% \iffalse
@@ -796,6 +1043,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -840,6 +1088,7 @@
%
% \clearpage
% \section{The implementation}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*package>
% \fi
@@ -846,14 +1095,33 @@
%
% \subsection{Identification}
%
+% We need at least \LaTeX2e\ version 1994/12/01.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2020/10/25 v1.3 Bilingual Captions (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Bypass the release declarations in case the \LaTeX\ kernel doesn’t know how to deal with them
+% (as suggested by \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2018-FMi-TUB-tb122mitt-version-rollback.pdf}).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{caption}[2020/08/23] % needs v3.5 or newer
+\providecommand\DeclareRelease[3]{}
+\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Declare all supported releases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v1}{2011/07/13}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Identify the current version of the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{bicaption}[2021/05/02 v1.5b Bilingual Captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Since we base on the \package{caption} package we load it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption}[2011/11/10] % we need at least v3.2e
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \bigskip
%
% \pagebreak[3]
@@ -892,7 +1160,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\bicaption at wh{%
- See the bicaption package documentation for explanation.}
+ See the `bicaption' package documentation for explanation.}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -900,41 +1168,17 @@
% |\bicaption at Error|\marg{message}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\bicaption at Error[1]{%
- \PackageError{bicaption}{#1}\bicaption at eh}
-%\let\bicaption at KV@err\bicaption at Error
+ \PackageError{bicaption}{#1}{\caption@@eh{bicaption}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\bicaption at eh{%
+\providecommand*\caption@@eh[1]{%
If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
- at the documentation of the `bicaption' package.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+ at the documentation of the `#1' package, especially the\MessageBreak
+ section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \pagebreak[3]
-% \subsection{Compatibility check}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bicaption at CheckCompatibility}
-% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/01}{Compatibility error added}
-% \changes{v1.2a}{2020/08/01}{Error text adapted to \package{caption} package~\version{4.0}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\bicaption at CheckCompatibility{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifcompatibility{%
- \bicaption at Error
- {This package does not work with\MessageBreak
- caption option `compatibility=v1'}%
- \endinput}{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\bicaption at CheckCompatibility
-\caption at AtBeginDocument{%
- \bicaption at CheckCompatibility
- \let\bicaption at CheckCompatibility\@undefined}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \pagebreak[3]
% \subsection{Declaration of options}
%
% The option |bi-lang| will setup which language(s) will actually be typeset,
@@ -976,6 +1220,12 @@
\DeclareCaptionOption{bi-separator}[1]{%
\caption at set{biseparator}{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption at set[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@#1@#2}%
+ {\caption at Error{Undefined #1 `#2'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\csname caption@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname caption@#1@#2\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareBiCaptionSeparator}
% \changes{v1.3}{2020/10/25}{This macro added}
@@ -985,6 +1235,10 @@
\caption at decl{biseparator}{#1}{#2}}
\@onlypreamble\DeclareBiCaptionSeparator
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption at decl[2]{%
+ \global\long\expandafter\def\csname caption@#1@#2\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% There are four pre-defined separators, called `none',
@@ -998,7 +1252,9 @@
%
% The default separator usually maps to `none'.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\SetCaptionDefault{biseparator}{none}
+\caption at ifundefined\SetCaptionDefault
+ {\def\caption at biseparator@default{\caption at biseparator@none}}
+ {\SetCaptionDefault{biseparator}{none}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The option |lang=|\meta{language} will setup the language of the caption.
@@ -1013,8 +1269,9 @@
\caption at ifundefined\bicaption at language
\bicaption at language@setupkeys
\relax
- \def\bicaption at language{#1}%
- \let\bicaption at language@setoptions\@empty}
+ \edef\bicaption at language{#1}%
+ \let\bicaption at language@setoptions\@empty
+ \global\let\bicaption at language@value\bicaption at language}
% \end{macrocode}
% Map |language=| to |lang=|.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1107,29 +1364,51 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Set the language for the first caption.
+% (Since \version{1.5a} we do this |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| so
+% |\caption|\-|main|\-|language| could be defined \emph{after} loading the
+% \package{bicaption} package resp.~\package{babel} or \package{polyglossia}
+% could be loaded \emph{after} the \package{bicaption} package.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsname captionmainlanguage\endcsname
- \bicaption at InfoNoLine{%
- main language is set to \captionmainlanguage}
-\else\ifcsname bbl at main@language\endcsname
- \bicaption at InfoNoLine{%
- babel found, main language is \bbl at main@language}
- \let\captionmainlanguage\bbl at main@language
-\else\ifcsname xpg at main@language\endcsname
- \bicaption at InfoNoLine{%
- polyglossia found, main language is \xpg at main@language}
- \let\captionmainlanguage\xpg at main@language
-\else
- \bicaption at InfoNoLine{main language is not set}
-\fi\fi\fi
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifcsname captionmainlanguage\endcsname
+ \bicaption at InfoNoLine{%
+ Main language is set to \captionmainlanguage}%
+ \else
+ \bicaption at setmainlanguage
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsname captionmainlanguage\endcsname
- \edef\@tempa{%
- \noexpand\captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\captionmainlanguage}}
- \@tempa
-\fi
+ \ifcsname captionmainlanguage\endcsname
+ \captionsetup[bi-first]{lang=\captionmainlanguage}%
+ \else
+ \ifcsname bicaption at language@value\endcsname % option "lang=" was used
+ \expandafter\bicaption at Warning
+ \else
+ \expandafter\bicaption at Info
+ \fi
+ {Main language is not set}%
+ \fi}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption at setmainlanguage}
+% \changes{v1.5a}{2011/08/31}{This macro added as encapsulation of setting \cs{captionmainlanguage}}
+% |\bicaption at setmainlanguage| is used to define
+% |\caption|\-|main|\-|language| if not already done.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption at setmainlanguage{%
+ \ifcsname bbl at main@language\endcsname
+ \bicaption at InfoNoLine{%
+ babel found, main language is \bbl at main@language}%
+ \let\captionmainlanguage\bbl at main@language
+ \else\ifcsname xpg at main@language\endcsname
+ \bicaption at InfoNoLine{%
+ polyglossia found, main language is \xpg at main@language}%
+ \let\captionmainlanguage\xpg at main@language
+ \fi\fi}
+\@onlypreamble\bicaption at setmainlanguage
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% We use |\caption at Process|\-|Options| here to add the options to the `|bi-second|' option
% list instead of executing them immediately.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1208,9 +1487,15 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2020/12/25}{Fallback code of \cs{caption@@make@} added}
% We redefine |\caption@@make| (of the \package{caption} package kernel)
% so |\bi|\-|caption@@make| will be used for bilingual captions instead.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption at ifundefined\caption@@make@
+ {\let\caption@@make@\caption@@make}
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\caption@@make[2]{%
\caption at ifundefined\bicaption at text
{\begingroup
@@ -1221,7 +1506,7 @@
\global\let\bicaption at text\@undefined}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption@@make at epilogue}
+ \@nameuse{caption@@make at epilogue}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1228,6 +1513,8 @@
% \begin{macro}{\bicaption@@make}
% \changes{v1.1}{2015/09/16}{\cs{bicaption at label} replaced by \cs{caption at thelabel}}
% \changes{v1.3}{2020/10/25}{Usage of \cs{caption at biseparator} added}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2020/12/25}{Definitions of \cs{bicaption at slc} and \cs{caption at setsinglelinecheck} added (fallback)}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2020/12/26}{Clearance of \cs{caption at thelabel} replaced by \cs{bicaption at clrlabel}}
% |\bicaption@@make|\marg{text \#2}\marg{label}\marg{text \#1}\par
% Typeset both captions using the original version of \cs{caption@@make}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1241,8 +1528,8 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\bicaption at lang=0\relax
\bicaption at ifslc
- {\caption at slc{#2}{#3}{}{\caption at setsinglelinecheck0}%
- \caption at slc{#2}{#1}{}{\caption at setsinglelinecheck0}}%
+ {\bicaption at slc{#2}{#3}{}{\caption at setsinglelinecheck0}%
+ \bicaption at slc{#2}{#1}{}{\caption at setsinglelinecheck0}}%
{}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1251,7 +1538,6 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\bicaption at lang=2\relax
\caption at thelabel
- \global\let\caption at thelabel\relax
\let\bicaption at tempa\relax
\else
\begingroup
@@ -1271,11 +1557,22 @@
\caption@@make@{#2}{#1}%
\endgroup
\fi
-}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\bicaption at clrlabel}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\bicaption at separator{\par}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption at ifundefined\caption@@slc
+ {\newcommand\bicaption at slc{\caption at slc}}
+ {\newcommand\bicaption at slc[2]{\caption@@slc{#1}{#2}{\captionwidth}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption at setsinglelinecheck{%
+ \caption at set@bool\caption at ifslc}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \pagebreak[3]
@@ -1317,6 +1614,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@bicaption}
% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{Optional parameter \meta{list entry \#2} added}
% \changes{v1.1}{2015/09/16}{\cs{bicaption at getlabel} replaced by \cs{caption at getlabel}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2020/12/25}{Usage of \cs{caption at getlabel} replaced by \cs{bicaption at getlabel}}
% |\@bicaption|\marg{cmd}*\oarg{entry \#1}\marg{text \#1}\oarg{entry \#2}\marg{text \#2}\ldots
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\@bicaption[1]{%
@@ -1336,7 +1634,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{%
- \caption at getlabel{#2}%
+ \bicaption at getlabel{#2}%
\bicaption at ifswap
{\bicaption at setup{#1}{#2}%
\bicaption at cmd[{#3}]{#4}}%
@@ -1348,66 +1646,112 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\LT at bicaption}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
-% Same as |\@bicaption| but for |longtable| (offered by the \package{longtable} package).
-% |\bicaption at LTsetup| will be executed later on, inside |\LT at makecaption| offered by the \package{caption} package.
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption at getlabel}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2020/12/25}{This macro re-added}
+% |\bicaption at getlabel|\marg{text}\\
+% gets the label command out of the given caption text and stores it to |\caption at the|\-|label|.
+% It uses |\caption at get|\-|label| for this purpose which interface unfortunately has changed over time.
+% (Changing the interface was a bad idea in the first place but now it is as it is).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\LT at bicaption{%
- \noalign\bgroup
- \@ifstar
- {\gdef\bicaption at cmd{\LT at c@ption\@gobble}%
- \LT@@bicaption}%
- {\gdef\bicaption at cmd{\LT at c@ption\@firstofone}%
- \caption at dblarg\LT@@@bicaption}}
-\newcommand\LT@@bicaption[1]{%
- \LT@@@@bicaption{}{#1}[]}
+\@ifundefined{caption at getlabel}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\LT@@@bicaption[#1]#2{%
- \caption at dblarg{\LT@@@@bicaption{#1}{#2}}}
+ \newcommand\bicaption at getlabel[1]{% caption3 < v1.7
+ \bicaption@@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\LT@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{%
- \gdef\bicaption at LTsetup{%
- \caption at getlabel{#2}%
- \bicaption at LT@setup}%
- \gdef\bicaption at LT@setup{%
- \bicaption at ifswap
- {\bicaption at setup{#1}{#2}}%
- {\bicaption at setup{#3}{#4}}}%
- \bicaption at ifswap
- {\egroup\bicaption at cmd[{#3}]{#4}}%
- {\egroup\bicaption at cmd[{#1}]{#2}}}
+ \long\def\bicaption@@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty
+ \let\caption at thelabel\relax
+ \else
+ \def\@tempb{*}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \def\caption at thelabel{\label*}%
+ \bicaption@@@getlabel#3\@nil
+ \else
+ \def\caption at thelabel{\label}%
+ \bicaption@@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil
+ \fi
+ \fi}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\bicaption at LTsetup\relax
-\let\bicaption at LT@setup\relax
+ \long\def\bicaption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}%
+ \def\@tempb{[}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \bicaption@@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil
+ \else
+ \l at addto@macro\caption at thelabel{{#1}}%
+ \fi}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\bicaption@@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{%
+ \l at addto@macro\caption at thelabel{[{#1}]}%
+ \bicaption@@@getlabel#2\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{\@ifundefined{caption@@@@getlabel}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\bicaption at getlabel[1]{% caption3 >= v1.7
+ \caption at getlabel#1\label{}\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\bicaption at getlabel{% caption3 >= v2.0
+ \caption at getlabel}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at LT@setup}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
-% Execute the stuff defined by \cs{LT at bicaption} to prepare the typesetting
-% of the \package{longtable} bilingual caption.
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption at clrlabel}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2020/12/26}{This macro added}
+% |\bicaption at clrlabel|\\
+% resets |\caption at the|\-|label| to |\relax|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\g at addto@macro\caption at LT@setup{%
- \bicaption at LTsetup
- \global\let\bicaption at LTsetup\relax}
+\@ifundefined{caption at clrlabel}{%
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\bicaption at clrlabel{\let\caption at thelabel\relax} % caption3 < v2.3
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\bicaption at clrlabel{\caption at clrlabel} % caption3 >= v2.3
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\bicaption at setup}
-% |\bicaption at setup|\marg{list-entry}\marg{text}\par
-% Initiates the bilingual caption typesetting by storing the extra texts into
+% |\bicaption at setup|\marg{list-entry}\marg{text}\\
+% initiates the bilingual caption typesetting by storing the extra texts into
% |\bi|\-|caption at l|\-|entry| and |\bi|\-|caption at text|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\bicaption at setup[2]{%
\def\bicaption at lentry{#1}%
- \def\bicaption at text{\ignorespaces#2}}
+ \def\bicaption at text{\ignorespaces #2}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\bicaption at clear}
+% |\bicaption at clear|\\
+% clears the stuff stored by |\bicaption at setup|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\bicaption at clear{%
+ \let\bicaption at lentry\@undefined
+ \let\bicaption at text\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at freeze}
% \changes{v1.0}{2011/08/31}{Redefinition of \cs{caption at freeze} added}
% To make |\bicaption| work inside |SCfigure| and |FPfigure| environments we need to add
@@ -1437,11 +1781,117 @@
%
% \changes{v1.1}{2013/05/02}{Definition of \cs{bicaption at listof} removed}
%
+% \subsection{Support of the listings package}
+% \changes{v1.5}{2021/01/04}{Support of the \package{listings} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption at IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the \package{listings} package is loaded, we define the new options `caption1' and `caption2'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \lst at Key{caption1}\relax{%
+ \lstKV at OptArg[{#1}]{#1}{%
+ \bicaption at ifswap
+ {\bicaption at setup{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\def\lst@@caption{##1}\def\lst at caption{##2}}}%
+ \let\lst at title\@empty}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \lst at Key{caption2}\relax{%
+ \lstKV at OptArg[{#1}]{#1}{%
+ \bicaption at ifswap
+ {\def\lst@@caption{##1}\def\lst at caption{##2}}%
+ {\bicaption at setup{##1}{##2}}}%
+ \let\lst at title\@empty}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \lst at AddToHookExe{TextStyle}{%
+ \bicaption at clear}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Support of the longtable package}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT at bicaption}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
+% Same as |\@bicaption| but for |longtable| (offered by the \package{longtable} package).
+% |\bi|\-|caption at LT|\-|setup| will be executed later on, inside |\LT at make|\-|caption|
+% offered by the \package{caption} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\LT at bicaption{%
+ \noalign\bgroup
+ \@ifstar
+ {\gdef\bicaption at cmd{\LT at c@ption\@gobble}%
+ \LT@@bicaption}%
+ {\gdef\bicaption at cmd{\LT at c@ption\@firstofone}%
+ \caption at dblarg\LT@@@bicaption}}
+\newcommand\LT@@bicaption[1]{%
+ \LT@@@@bicaption{}{#1}[]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\LT@@@bicaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption at dblarg{\LT@@@@bicaption{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\LT@@@@bicaption#1#2[#3]#4{%
+ \gdef\bicaption at LTsetup{%
+ \bicaption at getlabel{#2}%
+ \bicaption at LT@setup}%
+ \gdef\bicaption at LT@setup{%
+ \bicaption at ifswap
+ {\bicaption at setup{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\bicaption at setup{#3}{#4}}}%
+ \bicaption at ifswap
+ {\egroup\bicaption at cmd[{#3}]{#4}}%
+ {\egroup\bicaption at cmd[{#1}]{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\bicaption at LTsetup\relax
+\let\bicaption at LT@setup\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at LT@setup}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2016/01/31}{Adaption to \package{longtable} package added}
+% \changes{v1.4}{2020/12/25}{Fallback code for \package{caption} package \version{3.2} added}
+% Execute the stuff defined by \cs{LT at bicaption} to prepare the typesetting
+% of the \package{longtable} bilingual caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption at ifundefined\caption at LT@setup{%
+ % Fallback code for caption v3.2
+ \captionsetup*[longtable]{bicaption-lt-setup}
+ \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{bicaption-lt-setup}{%
+ \bicaption at LTsetup
+ \global\let\bicaption at LTsetup\relax}
+}{%
+ \g at addto@macro\caption at LT@setup{%
+ \bicaption at LTsetup
+ \global\let\bicaption at LTsetup\relax}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
% \bibitem{TLC2}
% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
-% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+%
+% \bibitem{listings}
+% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+% 2007/02/22
+%
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+% 2004/02/01
% \end{thebibliography}
%
% \iffalse
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ams-smf.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -27,11 +27,10 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
+%
% \CheckSum{21}
%
% \iffalse
@@ -144,6 +143,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-beamer.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
% This is file `caption-beamer.dtx'.
%
-% Copyright (C) 2007-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+% Copyright (C) 2007-2022 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
%
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
@@ -27,13 +27,12 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{104}
%
+% \CheckSum{113}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
@@ -139,6 +138,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption-beamer.sto}[2020/08/22 v2.0 Adaption of the caption package to the beamer document classes (AR)]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-beamer.sto}[2022/01/06 v2.0c Adaption of the caption package to the beamer document classes (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Helper macros}
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
\@firstoftwo} % \@firstoftwo -> singlelinecheck=on
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at prepareslc}
+% \begin{macro}{\footnote}
% \changes{v1.12b}{2020/07/20}{Special adaption to \class{beamer} added}
% The patch of \cs{footnote} provided by the \package{caption3} package assumes
% that the optional arguments of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} match.
@@ -230,7 +230,9 @@
% \cs{beamer at footnotetext}. (Unfortunately \cs{footnote} is defined too monolithic
% in \class{beamer} to offer a less dirty patch.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc{%
+\providecommand*\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{\g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc} % for caption v3.5
+\let\caption at footnote@ORI\footnote
+\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{%
\def\footnote{%
\begingroup
\let\stepcounter\caption at l@stepcounter
@@ -334,12 +336,13 @@
% \section{Adaption of figure and table environment}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtCaptionPackage{%
+\AfterCaptionPackage{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\figure}
% \changes{v1.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised}
+% We re-define |figure| so our type-specific options will be used etc.
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption at beamer@figure
\csname\string\figure\endcsname
@@ -353,7 +356,7 @@
% \changes{v1.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised}
% \changes{v1.8e}{2019/10/18}{Bug fixed which was introduced in previous revision}
-% We redefine |figure| \& |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc.
+% We re-define |table| as well so our type-specific options will be used etc.
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption at beamer@table
\csname\string\table\endcsname
@@ -363,7 +366,17 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at nobreak}
+% \changes{v2.0c}{2022/01/06}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
+% We re-define |\caption at nobreak| to activate the usage of |\nobreak| inside |\caption|.
+% |\caption at nobreak| is only available since \version{3.6} of the \package{caption}
+% package, for this reason we use |\def| instead of |\renewcommand|.
% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption at nobreak{\nobreak}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-deu.tex 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -1,4624 +0,0 @@
-%
-% This is file `caption-deu.tex'.
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
-%
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%
-% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
-%
-% This work consists of the files
-% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx,
-% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx,
-% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx,
-% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files
-% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
-% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
-% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
-%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption-deu.tex}[2020/08/22 v3.4 Das caption-Paket]
-\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
-%\errorcontextlines=3
-
-\RequirePackage{fix-cm}
-\documentclass[german]{ltxdoc}
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
-\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
-\makeatletter\g at addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
-
-\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
-\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
- \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
- \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
- \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
- \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
- \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[german]{babel}
-%\selectlanguage{german}
-%\input dehyphtex.tex
-\usepackage{selinput}\SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}}
-
-\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
-\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
-
-\usepackage{hypdoc}
-\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
-\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
-\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
-
-\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
- {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
- {e-TeX}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
- {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
- {AMS}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
- {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
- {KOMA-Script}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
-
-\usepackage{marvosym}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
-\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
-\makeatother
-
-\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
-\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
-
-% \ContinuedFloat
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
-% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
-% \DeclareCaptionStyle
-\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
- {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
-% Example 1
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
-\newlength\myindention
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
-% Example 2
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
-% Example 3
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}
-% Example 4
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
-
-\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
-\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
-\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
-\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
-
-\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
-\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
-\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
-\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
-
-\newenvironment{Annotation}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \smallskip
- \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
-\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Example}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
- {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
-
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
- {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
- {\@example{}}}
-\def\@example#1{%
- \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
-\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \begingroup
- \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
- \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
- \endgroup}
-\makeatother
-
-\newenvironment{Expert}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
- \smallskip
- \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
-\newenvironment{Expert*}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
- \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
- \smallskip
- \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
-\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
- \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
- {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
- \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
- \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
- \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
- \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
- {\endlist}
-
-\makeatletter
-\def\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
-\def\@Ref#1#2{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
-\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
-\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
-\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
-
-\def\thispackage{das \package{caption}"=Paket}
-\def\Thispackage{Das \package{caption}"=Paket}
-
-\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Hinweis}
-\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{Neues Feature}}
-\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{Neue Beschreibung}}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{Siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{Siehe}}}
-\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{siehe}}{\SEE[\small]{siehe}}}
-\makeatother
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\GetFileInfo{caption-deu.tex}
-\let\docdate\filedate
-\let\docdate\filedate
-\let\docversion\fileversion
-\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
-
-\title{Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen\texorpdfstring{%
- \thanks{Dieses Paket hat Versionsnummer \docversion.}}{}}
-\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
- \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
-\date{\docdate}
-\maketitle
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\begin{abstract}
-\Thispackage\ bietet einem Mittel und Wege, das Erscheinungsbild der Bild-
-und Tabellenbeschriftungen den eigenen Wünschen bzw.\ Vorgaben anzupassen.
-Hierbei wurde Wert auf die reibungslose Zusammenarbeit mit zahlreichen
-Dokumentenklassen und Paketen gelegt.
-\iffalse
-\par\smallskip
-\textit{Bitte beachten Sie:} Viele Dokumentenklassen bieten bereits
-Optionen und Befehle, um das Erscheinungsbild der Abbildungs- und
-Tabellenbeschriftungen individuell anzupassen.
-Wenn diese Möglichkeiten für Sie ausreichend sind, gibt es in der Regel
-keinen Grund, \thispackage\ zu benutzen. Und falls Sie lediglich an dem
-Befehl |\caption|\-|of| interessiert sind, ist in der Regel das Laden des
-kleinen aber feinen \package{capt-of}"=Paketes hierzu völlig ausreichend.
-\fi
-\end{abstract}
-
-\newcommand\exampletext{%
- Die auf die Rotationsfrequenz des Innenzylinders normierten Eigenfrequenzen
- der gefundenen Grundmoden der Taylor"=Strömung f"ur \mbox{$\eta = 0.5$}. %\\
- (Die azimutale Wellenzahl ist mit $m$ bezeichnet.)}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\section*{Status dieses Dokumentes}
-
-Diese Dokumentation ist veraltet.
-
-Sie dokumentiert die in Version \version{3.1} des \package{caption}"=Paketes
-verfügbaren Optionen und Befehle, jedoch nicht, was in folgenden Versionen
-hinzugefügt wurde. Warum?
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
- Ich war nicht glücklich mit der Struktur der Dokumentation und wollte sie daher
- neu schreiben. Warum also eine aufgegebene Version der Dokumentation pflegen?
- (Leider hatte ich aber nie die Zeit gefunden, die neue Version zu schreiben.)
-\item
- Da meine Freizeit seit dem Release der Version \version{3.1} nur spärlich
- vorhanden war, wollte ich die Veröffentlichung von Verbesserungen und
- Erweiterungen nicht aufgrund fehlender Dokumentation um Monate verzögern.
-\item
- Da ich früher Fehlerkorrekturen nur in der aktuellen Entwicklungsversion
- vorgenommen hatte, wollte ich die Veröffentlichung von Korrekturen nicht
- aufgrund fehlender Dokumentation um Monate verzögern.
- (Seit 2015 werden Fehler in der Regel auch für die letzte Release"=Version
- behoben und auf CTAN veröffentlicht.)
-\end{itemize}
-
-Wie geht es nun weiter?
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
- Ich werde in den nächsten Wochen starten, die Dokumentation (endlich) zu aktualisieren.
-\item
- Bis die überarbeitete Version fertig und auf CTAN zu finden ist,
- kann jederzeit der aktuelle Zwischenstand über
- \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/blob/master/doc/caption-eng.pdf}
- bezogen werden. (Zunächst wird die englischsprachige Dokumentation überarbeitet,
- und erst anschließend die deutschsprachige.)
-\end{itemize}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\section*{Einleitung}
-
-Mit |\caption| gesetzte Bildunterschriften und Tabellenüberschriften werden
-von den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen eher stiefmütterlich behandelt.
-In der Regel schlicht als ganz normaler Absatz gesetzt, ergibt sich keine
-signifikante optische Abgrenzung vom eigentlichen Text, wie z.B. hier:
-
-\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-Es sollte aber eine Möglichkeit geben, diesem Umstand abzuhelfen. Es wäre
-zum Beispiel nett, wenn man den Text der Unterschrift etwas kleiner gestalten,
-extra Ränder festlegen oder den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners dem der
-Kapitelüberschriften anpassen könnte. So in etwa:
-
-\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
-
-Mit Hilfe dieses Paketes können Sie dies leicht bewerkstelligen; es sind viele
-vorgegebene Parameter einstellbar, Sie können aber auch eigene
-Gestaltungsmerkmale einfließen lassen.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
-\small
-Bitte beachten Sie, daß \thispackage\ nur das Aussehen der Beschriftungen
-kontrolliert. Es kontrolliert \emph{nicht} den Ort der Beschriftung;
-dieser kann aber mit anderen Paketen wie etwa dem
-\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} variiert werden.
-\end{minipage}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\tableofcontents
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Verwendung des Paketes}
-\label{usage}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
-Durch
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage|\oarg{Optionen}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
-\end{quote}
-in dem Vorspann des Dokumentes wird das \thispackage\ Paket eingebunden, die
-Optionen legen hierbei das Aussehen der Über- und Unterschriften fest. So
-würde z.B.
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
- | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
- %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
-\end{quote}
-zu dem obrigen Ergebnis mit Rand, kleinerem Zeichensatz und fetter Bezeichnung
-führen.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
-Eine Änderung der Parameter ist auch zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt jederzeit
-mit dem Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-möglich. So sind z.B. die Befehlssequenzen
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-und
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
-\end{quote}
-in ihrer Wirkung identisch.
-
-Es ist zu beachten, daß sich die Verwendung von |\caption|\-|setup|
-innerhalb von Umgebungen nur auf die Umgebung selber auswirkt, nicht aber auf
-den Rest des Dokumentes.
-Möchte man also z.B. die automatische Zentrierung der Abbildungsunterschrift
-nur in einem konkreten Falle ausschalten, so kann dies mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{figure}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-geschehen, ohne daß die restlichen Abbildungsunterschriften hiervon
-beeinträchtigt werden.
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-Der optionale Parameter \meta{Typ} von |\caption|\-|setup| wird in
-\Ref{captionsetup} behandelt.
-\end{Annotation}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Optionen}
-\label{options}
-
-\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
-\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Formatierung}
-\label{formats}
-
-\DescribeMacro{format=}
-Eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftung besteht im wesentlichen aus drei
-Teilen: Dem Bezeichner (etwa "`Abbildung 3"'), dem Trenner
-(etwa "`:\textvisiblespace"') und dem eigentlichen Text.
-
-Mit der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |format=|\meta{Name}
-\end{quote}
-wird festgelegt, wie diese drei Teile zusammengesetzt werden.
-
-Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:%~\footnote{Es gibt
-%hier wie auch bei vielen anderen Optionen die Möglichkeit, auch eigene
-%Formate, Zeichensätze etc.\ zu definieren. Wie dies geht wird in Abschnitt
-%\Ref{declare} dargelegt.}
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
- Die Beschriftung wird als gewöhnlicher Absatz gesetzt.
-
- \item[hang]
- Der Text wird so gesetzt, daß er an dem Bezeichner "`hängt"', d.h.~der
- Platz unter dem Bezeichner und dem Trenner bleibt leer.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format| definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-\begin{Example}
- Ein Beispiel: Die Angabe der Option
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang|
- \end{quote}
- führt zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art
- \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{indention=}
-Bei beiden Formaten (\texttt{plain} und \texttt{hang}) kann der Einzug der
-Beschriftung ab der zweiten Textzeile angepasst werden, dies geschieht mit
-\begin{quote}
- |indention=|\meta{Einzug}\quad,
-\end{quote}
-wobei anstelle von \meta{Einzug} jedes beliebige feste Maß angegeben werden
-kann.
-
-Zwei Beispiele:
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
-Mit der Option
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |labelformat=|\meta{Name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
-wird die Zusammensetzung des Bezeichners festgelegt.
-Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[default]
- Der Bezeichner wird wie von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse vorgegeben gesetzt,
- üblicherweise ist dies der Name und die Nummer, getrennt durch ein Leerzeichen
- (wie \texttt{simple}).
- (Dies ist das Standardverhalten.)
-
- \item[empty]
- Der Bezeichner ist leer.
-\iffalse
- (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung mit
- anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelsep=none} -- Sinn.)
-\fi
-
- \item[simple]
- Der Bezeichner ist aus dem Namen und der Nummer zusammengesetzt.
-
- \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
- Der Bezeichner wird mit einer einzelnen (rechten) Klammer abgeschlossen.
-
- \item[parens]
- Die Nummer des Bezeichners wird in runde Klammern gesetzt.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Formate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|
- definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-\begin{Example}
- Ein Beispiel: Die Optionen
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
- \end{quote}
- führen zu Abbildungsunterschriften der Art
- \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Note*}
-Manche Umgebungen, wie z.B.~die vom \package{algorithm2e}"=Paket angebotende
-|al|\-|go|\-|rithm|"=Umgebung, reagieren allergisch auf eine Änderung des
-Bezeichnerformats.
-\end{Note*}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
-Mit der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |labelsep=|\meta{Name}
-\end{quote}
-wird die Zusammensetzung des Trenners festgelegt.\footnote{%
- Wenn der Bezeichner oder der Text der Beschriftung leer ist,
- wird kein Trenner verwendet.}
-Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[none]
- Der Trenner ist leer.
-\iffalse
- (Diese Option macht in der Regel nur in Verbindung
- mit anderen Optionen -- wie etwa \texttt{labelformat=empty} -- Sinn.)
-\fi
-
- \item[colon]
- Der Trenner besteht aus einem Doppelpunkt und einem Leerzeichen.
-
- \item[period]
- Der Trenner besteht aus einem Punkt und einem Leerzeichen.
-
- \item[space]
- Der Trenner besteht lediglich aus einem einzelnen Leerzeichen.
-
- \item[quad]
- Der Trenner besteht aus einem |\quad|.
-
- \item[newline]
- Als Trenner wird ein Zeilenumbruch (|\\|) verwendet.
- Bitte beachten Sie, daß dieser Trenner nicht mit allen Formaten
- (z.B.~|format=|\x|hang|) zusammenarbeitet; ggf. erhalten Sie
- deswegen eine Fehlermeldung.
-
- \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
- Als Trenner wird ein Gedankenstrich (\verb*| -- |) verwendet.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Trenner können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
- definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-Drei Beispiele:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=period|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
-Mit der Option
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |textformat=|\meta{Name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-wird das Format des eigentlichen Textes festgelegt.
-Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[empty]
- Es wird kein Text ausgegeben.
-
- \item[simple]
- Der Text wird nicht verändert.
-
- \item[period]
- Dem Text wird ein Punkt angehängt.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Textformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|
- definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\PageBreak
-\subsection{Textausrichtung}
-\label{justification}
-
-\DescribeMacro{justification=}
-Mit der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |justification=|\meta{Name}
-\end{quote}
-wird die Ausrichtung des Textes festgelegt.
-Für \meta{Name} sind folgende Möglichkeiten verfügbar:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[justified]
- Der Text wird als Blocksatz gesetzt.
-
- \item[centering]
- Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt.
-
-% \item[Centering]
-% Der Text wird zentriert gesetzt. Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz
-% zu \texttt{centering} der Befehl |\Centering| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes
-% verwendet, der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.
-
- \item[centerlast]
- Lediglich die letzte Zeile des Absatzes wird zentriert gesetzt.
-
- \item[centerfirst]
- Lediglich die erste Zeile des Textes wird zentriert gesetzt.
-
- \item[raggedright]
- Der Text wird linksbündig gesetzt.
-
-\iffalse
- \item[RaggedRight]
- Der Text wird linksbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt.
-\else
- \item[RaggedRight]
- Der Text wird ebenfalls linksbündig gesetzt.
- Hierfür wird jedoch im Gegensatz zur Option |raggedright| der Befehl
- |\RaggedRight| des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes verwendet,
- der \LaTeX\ das Trennen der Worte erlaubt.\footnote{%
- Ob das \package{ragged2e}"=Paket benötigt wird oder nicht,
- wird zur Laufzeit ermittelt, d.h.~ggf.~ist ein weiterer \LaTeX"=Lauf
- erforderlich, wenn diese Option erstmalig eingesetzt wird.}
-\fi
-
- \item[raggedleft]
- Der Text wird rechtsbündig gesetzt.
-
-% \item[RaggedLeft]
-% Der Text wird rechtsbündig mit Hilfe des \package{ragged2e}-Paketes gesetzt.
-
-%\showhyphens{justification}
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Ausrichtungen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|
- definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-Drei Beispiele:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\smallskip
-
-\PageBreak
-\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
-In den Standard"=Dokumentenklassen von \LaTeX\ (\class{article},
-\class{report} und \class{book}) sind die Ab\-bildungs- und
-Tabellenbeschriftungen so realisiert, daß sie automatisch zentriert werden,
-wenn sie lediglich aus einer einzigen Textzeile bestehen:
-
-\example*{}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
-
-\INFO
-Diesen Mechanismus übernimmt \thispackage\ und ignoriert damit
-in der Regel bei solch kurzen Beschriftungen die mit den Optionen
-|justification=| und |indention=| eingestellte Textausrichtung.
-Dieses Verhalten kann jedoch mit der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}
-\end{quote}
-reguliert werden.
-Setzt man für \meta{bool} entweder |false|, |no|, |off| oder |0| ein,
-so wird der automatische Zentrierungsmechnismus außer Kraft gesetzt.
-Die obrige, kurze Abbildungsunterschrift würde z.B.~nach Angabe der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |singlelinecheck=false|
-\end{quote}
-so aussehen:
-
-\begingroup
- \captionsetup{type=figure}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
-\endgroup
-
-Setzt man für \meta{bool} hingegen |true|, |yes|, |on| oder |1| ein, so
-wird die automatische Zentrierung wieder eingeschaltet. (Standardmäßig
-ist sie eingeschaltet.)
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Zeichensätze}
-\label{fonts}
-
-\DescribeMacro{font=}
-\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
-\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
-\Thispackage\ kennt drei Zeichensätze: Denjenigen für die gesammte
-Beschriftung (|font|), denjenigen, der lediglich auf den Bezeichner und den
-Trenner angewandt wird (|label|\-|font|), sowie denjenigen, der lediglich auf
-den Text wirkt (|text|\-|font|).
-So lassen sich die unterschiedlichen Teile der Beschriftung individuell mit
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
- |font=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & ,\\
- |labelfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & und\\
- |textfont=| & \marg{Zeichensatzoptionen} & \\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-anpassen.
-\pagebreak[3]
-
-Als \meta{Zeichensatzoptionen} sind Kombinationen aus folgenden (durch Komma
-getrennte) Optionen möglich:
-
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Sehr kleine Schrift}
- \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize Fußnotengröße}
- \item[small] {\small Kleine Schrift}
- \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normalgroße Schrift}
- \item[large] {\large Große Schrift}
- \item[Large] {\Large Größere Schrift}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normale Schriftart \& -serie \& -familie}
-
- \item[up] {\upshape Upright Schriftart}
- \item[it] {\itshape Italic Schriftart}
- \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted Schriftart}
- \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps Schriftart}
-
- \item[md] {\mdseries Medium Schriftserie}
- \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold Schriftserie}
-
- \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman Schriftfamilie}
- \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif Schriftfamilie}
- \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter Schriftfamilie}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[singlespacing] Einfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[onehalfspacing] Eineinhalbfacher Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[doublespacing] Doppelter Zeilenabstand \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
- \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
- {\small(Sofern das \package{color}- oder das \package{xcolor}"=Paket
- geladen ist; für ein Beispiel siehe \Ref{declare})}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[normal] Die Kombination aus den Optionen |normal|\-|color|,
- |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| und |single|\-|spacing|
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|
- definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-Wird lediglich eine einzelne Zeichensatzoption ausgewählt, können die
-geschweiften Klammern entfallen, d.h.~die Optionen
-%\begin{quote}
- |font={small}|
-%\end{quote}
-und
-%\begin{quote}
- |font=small|
-%\end{quote}
-sind identisch.
-
-Drei Beispiele:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |font=it,labelfont=bf|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{font+=}
-\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
-\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
-Es ist auch möglich, Zeichensatzoptionen zu den bisher ausgewählten
-hinzuzufügen, so ist zum Beispiel
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
-\end{quote}
-mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-identisch.
-\pagebreak[3]
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Ränder und Absätze}
-\label{margins}
-
-\DescribeMacro{margin=}
-\DescribeMacro{width=}
-Für die Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen kann \emph{entweder} ein extra
-Rand \emph{oder} eine feste Breite festgelegt werden:~\footnote{Nur feste Maße
-sind hier gestattet. Suchen Sie nach einem Weg, die Breite automatisch auf die
-Breite der Abbildung oder Tabelle zu begrenzen, schauen Sie sich bitte das
-\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} oder
-\package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} an.}
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
- |margin=| & \meta{Rand} & \emph{-- oder --}\\
- |margin=| & |{|\meta{Linker Rand}|,|\meta{Rechter Rand}|}| & \emph{-- oder --}\\
- |width=| & \meta{Breite} & \\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Wird nur ein Wert für den Rand angegeben, so wird er für beide Ränder
-(links und rechts) verwendet, so ist z.B.~|margin=|\x|10pt| identisch mit
-|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
-In zweiseitigen Dokumenten wird der linke und rechte Rand auf geraden Seiten
-vertauscht.
-\DescribeMacro{oneside}
-\DescribeMacro{twoside}
-Dies kann jedoch mit der zusätzlichen Option |oneside| abgeschaltet werden,
-z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
-Wird hingegen eine \meta{Breite} angegeben, wird die Beschriftung zentriert,
-d.h.~der linke und rechte Rand sind in diesem Falle immer gleich groß.
-
-Drei Beispiele illustrieren dies:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin=10pt|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin={1cm,0cm}|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |width=.75\textwidth|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Note}
-Wird die Beschriftung neben der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle angebracht (z.B.~mit
-Hilfe der |SC|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes\cite{sidecap}),
-oder wird die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle innerhalb eines Absatzes gesetzt (z.B.~mit
-Hilfe der |wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebung des \package{wrapfig}"=Paketes\cite{wrapfig}),
-dann wird der Rand am Anfang der Umgebung automatisch auf |0pt| zurückgesetzt.
-Soll hier ebenfalls ein extra Rand gesetzt werden, so kann dieser Rand entweder
-innerhalb der Umgebung neu gesetzt werden, oder aber global für bestimmte
-Umgebungen, z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Neben der Option |margin=| gibt es auch die Option |margin*=|, die nur dann
-einen Rand neu setzt, wenn keine Breite mit |width=| gesetzt wurde.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
-\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Weiterhin kann auch ein minimaler bzw.~maximaler Rand gesetzt werden.
-Dies kann z.B.~sinnvoll sein, um in schmaleren Umgebungen wie |minipage|s
-den Rand prozentual zu begrenzen.
-So begrenzen z.B.~die \SmF"=Dokumentenklassen den Rand auf
-|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (Siehe \Ref{SMF})
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{parskip=}
-Diese Option wirkt auf Abbildungs- oder Tabellenbeschriftungen, die
-aus mehr als einem Absatz bestehen; sie legt den Abstand zwischen den
-Absätzen fest:
-\begin{quote}
- |parskip=|\meta{Abstand zwischen Absätzen}
-\end{quote}
-Ein Beispiel hierzu:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
- Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
- Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
- Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
- so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
-Die Option
-\begin{quote}
- |hangindent=|\meta{Einzug}
-\end{quote}
-legt einen Einzug für alle Zeilen außer der jeweils ersten des Absatzes fest.
-Besteht die Beschriftung lediglich aus einem einzelnen Absatz, so ist die
-Wirkung mit der Option |indention=|\meta{Einzug} identisch, bei mehreren
-Absätzen zeigt sich jedoch der Unterschied:
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
- Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
- Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
- Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
- so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
- Erster Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält einigen Text, so daß die
- Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.\par
- Zweiter Absatz der Beschriftung; dieser enthält ebenfalls einigen Text,
- so daß die Auswirkungen der Optionen deutlich werden.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Note}
-Enthält die Beschriftung mehr als einen Absatz, muß über das optionale
-Argument von |\caption| bzw.~|\caption|\-|of| eine alternative Beschriftung
-für das Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis angegeben werden;
-ansonsten kommt es zu einer Fehlermeldung.
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Stile}
-\label{style}
-
-\DescribeMacro{style=}
-Eine geeignete Kombination aus den bisher vorgestellten Optionen wird
-\textit{Stil} genannt; dies ist in etwa mit dem Seitenstil vergleichbar,
-den man mit |\page|\-|style| einstellen kann.
-
-Einen vordefinierten Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungsstil kann man mit der
-Option
-\begin{quote}
- |style=|\meta{Stil}
-\end{quote}
-auswählen. \Thispackage\ vordefiniert zwei Stile: |base| und |default|.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Der Stil |base| setzt alle bisher vorgestellten Optionen auf die Belegung
-zurück, die das Aussehen der Beschriftungen der Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen
-|article|, |report| und |book| repräsentiert. D.h.~die Angabe der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |style=base|
-\end{quote}
-entspricht den Optionen
-\begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
- |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
- |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
- |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Aber |justification=centering,indention=0pt| wird automatisch
-gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-Der Stil |default| hingegen folgt den Standardwerten der verwendeten
-Dokumentenklasse. Dieser Stil wird vorausgewählt und entspricht den
-Optionen
-\begin{quote}
- |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
- |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
- |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
- |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Auch hier wird |justification=centering,indention=0pt| automatisch
-gewählt werden, wenn die Beschriftung in eine einzelne Zeile passt.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-Wenn also eine der drei Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen verwendet wird,
-repräsentieren die Stile |base| und |default| (fast) die gleichen Einstellungen.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Eigene Stile können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style| definiert werden.
-\SeeUserDefined
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Abstände}
-\label{skips}
-
-\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
-Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Beschriftung und der Abbildung
-bzw.~Tabelle wird über die Option
-\begin{quote}
- |skip=|\meta{Abstand}
-\end{quote}
-gesteuert.
-Die Standard"=\LaTeX"=Dokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report}
-und \class{book} belegen diesen Abstand auf |skip=|\x|10pt| vor,
-andere Dokumentenklassen ggf.~auf einen anderen Wert.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{position=}
-Die von \LaTeX\ vorgegebene Implementierung von |\caption| birgt eine
-Design\-schwäche:
-Der |\caption| Befehl weiß dort nicht, ob er über oder unter der Abbildung
-bzw.~Tabelle steht, folglich weiß er auch nicht, wo er den Abstand zur
-Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle setzen soll.
-Während die Standard"=Implementierung den Abstand immer über die
-Beschriftung setzt (und inkonsequenterweise in |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen
-unter die Beschriftung), handhabt es dieses Paket etwas flexibler:
-Nach Angabe der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |position=top|\quad oder\quad |position=above|
-\end{quote}
-wird angenommen, daß die Beschrifung am \emph{Anfang} der Umgebung
-steht, der mit |skip=|\x\meta{Abstand} gesetzte Abstand also unter die
-Beschriftung gesetzt wird.
-(Bitte beachten Sie, daß |position=|\x|top| keineswegs bedeutet, daß
-die Beschriftung an den Anfang der Gleitumgebung gesetzt wird.
-Stattdessen wird die Beschriftung gewöhnlich dort gesetzt, wo der
-|\caption|"=Befehl platziert wird.)
-Hingegen nach
-\begin{quote}
- |position=bottom|\quad oder\quad |position=below|
-\end{quote}
-wird angenommen, daß die Beschriftung am \emph{Ende} der Umgebung
-steht, der Abstand also über die Beschriftung gesetzt wird.
-Und letztendlich nach
-\begin{quote}
- |position=auto|\quad {\small(welches die Vorbelegung ist)}
-\end{quote}
-versucht \thispackage\ sein bestes, um die tatsächliche Position der
-Beschrifung selbst zu bestimmen. Bitte beachten Sie, daß dies zwar in
-der Regel gelingt, unter seltenen Umständen aber falsche Resultate
-liefern könnte.
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
-\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
-Die Option |position| ist insbesondere in Verbindung mit dem optionalen
-Argument von |\caption|\-|setup| nützlich.
-\See{auch \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
-So führt zum Beispiel
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
-\end{quote}
-dazu, daß alle Tabellenbeschriftungen als \emph{Überschriften} angesehen
-werden (zumindest was den Abstand zur Tabelle angeht).
-Weil dies eine übliche Einstellung ist, bietet einem \thispackage\ auch
-die Optionen |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} und
-|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{Position} als abkürzende Schreibweise.
-So ist z.B.
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-identisch mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-\medskip
-
-\INFO
-Bitte beachten Sie, daß die Optionen |skip=|, |position=|,
-|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| nicht immer einen Effekt haben.
-Da die Gleitumgebungen üblicherweise von den Dokumentenklassen bereitgestellt
-werden, kann es durchaus sein, daß diese ihre eigenen Abstandsregeln
-mitbringen.
-So befolgen z.B.~die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen die |skip=| Einstellung;
-Abbildungsbeschriftungen werden aber immer als Unterschriften behandelt,
-während die Tabellenbeschriftungen von dem Gebrauch der globalen
-Optionen |table|\-|captions|\-|above| bzw.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|
-abhängen.
-\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-Weiterhin kontrollieren manche Pakete, wie etwa das \package{float}-, das
-\package{floatrow}- und das \package{supertabular}"=Paket, die Position
-ihrer Abstände selber.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Expert*}
-Intern wird der Abstand zwischen Beschriftung und Inhalt durch die Länge
-|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| repräsentiert (welche die Implementation von
-\LaTeX\ immer über die Beschriftung setzt).
-Weiterhin gibt es eine zweite Länge, |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip|, die
-üblicherweise auf |0pt| vorbelegt ist und den Abstand auf der anderen
-Seite der Beschriftung regelt.
-Technisch gesprochen vertauscht also \thispackage\ die Bedeutungen dieser
-beiden Längen wenn |position=|\x|top| gesetzt ist.
-Bitte beachten Sie, daß diverse andere Pakete (wie etwa das \package{ftcap}-,
-das \package{nonfloat}- und das \package{topcap}"=Paket) den gleichen
-Kniff anwenden, so daß die Benutzung solcher Pakete zusammen mit der
-\package{caption}"=Option |position=| nicht unterstützt wird.
-\end{Expert*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Listen}
-\label{lists}
-
-\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Der Befehl |\caption| erzeugt normalerweise auch einen Eintrag in das
-Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis. Dies kann durch Angabe eines leeren
-optionalen Argumentes unterdrückt werden {\small(siehe \Ref{caption})},
-aber auch durch Angabe der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |list=no|\quad(oder |list=false| oder |list=off|)\quad.~\footnote{%
- Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} diese
- Option nicht unterstützt, stattdessen sind dort ggf.~die Zähler
- \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} anzupassen.}
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Mit der Option
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |listformat=|\meta{Listformat}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-kann beeinflußt werden, wie die Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellennummer im
-Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis erscheint.
-Es gibt fünf vordefinierte Listenformate:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[empty]
- Es wird keine Nummer angegeben.
-
- \item[simple]
- Die Nummer wird (mit Zähler"=Prefix) angegeben.
-
- \item[parens]
- Die Nummer wird (mit Prefix) in Klammern angegeben.
-
- \item[subsimple]
- Wie |simple|, aber ohne Prefix. (Standard)
-
- \item[subparens]
- Wie |parens|, aber ohne Prefix.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Eigene Listenformate können mit |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|
- definiert werden.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-Das Präfix ($=$|\p at figure| bzw.~|\p at table|), welches in Verzeichnissen (wie
-dem Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis) und bei Referenzen der Nummer
-($=$|\the|\-|figure| bzw.~|\the|\-|table|) vorangestellt wird,
-ist normalerweise leer, so daß die Listenformate |simple| und |subsimple|
-indentische Ergebnisse abliefern; ebenso |parens| und |subparens|.
-Aber dies kann z.B. bei Unterabbildungen anders sein.\footnote{%
- Unterabbildungen können z.B.~mit dem \package{subcaption}- oder
- \package{subfig}"=Paket gestaltet werden.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Namen}
-\label{names}
-
-\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
-Die Option
-\begin{quote}
- |name=|\meta{name}
-\end{quote}
-ändert den Namen der \emph{aktuellen} Umgebung.
-Hiermit könnte man z.B.~den Bezeichner "`Abbildung"' in allen
-|wrap|\-|figure|"=Umgebungen nach "`Abb."' ändern (während woanders
-nach-wie-vor "`Abbildung"' stehen würde):
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Abb.}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Typen}
-\label{types}
-
-\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
-Der |\caption| Befehl kann verschiedene Gleitumgebungstypen beschriften,
-Abbildungen (|figure|) ebenso wie Tabellen (|table|).
-Außerhalb dieser Umgebungen führt die Verwendung von |\caption| jedoch zu
-einer Fehlermeldung, weil nicht klar ist, zu welchem Typ die Beschriftung
-gehören soll.
-In diesen Situationen kann man den Typ manuell mit
-\begin{quote}
- |type=|\meta{Typ}
-\end{quote}
-festlegen, so daß |\caption| (und andere Befehle wie |\Continued|\-|Float|
-oder |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes,
-oder |\sub|\-|float| des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig})
-das gewünschte Ergebnis liefern können;
-z.B.~innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung wie |minipage|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
- | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
- | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante dieser Option, |type*=|\meta{Typ},
-die sich unterschiedlich verhält, wenn das
-\package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} geladen ist:
-Während |type=| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt (sofern |hypcap=|\x|true|
-gesetzt ist), tut dies |type*=| nicht.
-(Siehe auch \Ref{hyperref}\,)
-\end{Expert}
-\begin{Expert}
-\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Bitte definieren Sie das interne Makro |\@captype|
-nicht, wie in manchen Dokumentationen vorgeschlagen wird, selber um,
-sondern verwenden Sie stattdessen immer |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-Eigene Typen können mit
- |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| (angeboten vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket),
- |\new|\-|float| (angeboten vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float}) oder
- |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| (angeboten vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow}) definiert werden.
-
-\medskip
-
-\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
-Bitte verwenden Sie die Option |type=| nur \emph{innerhalb} von Boxen oder
-Umgebungen (wie |\par|\-|box| oder |mini|\-|page|), am besten solcher, wo
-kein Seitenumbruch innerhalb möglich ist, damit die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle
-und die Beschriftung nicht durch einen solchen getrennt werden kann.
-Weiterhin können einige unschöne Nebeneffekte auftreten, wenn |type=|
-außerhalb einer Box oder Umgebung verwendet wird; daher wird in solchen
-Fällen eine Warnung ausgegeben.\footnote{%
-Sie erhalten diese Warnung nur dann, wenn Sie \eTeX\ verwenden.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Befehle}
-
-\subsection{Setzen von Beschriftungen}
-\label{caption}
-\label{captionlistentry}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\caption}
-Der Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\caption|\oarg{Kurzform f"ur das Verzeichnis}\marg{Beschriftung}
-\end{quote}
-erzeugt eine Über- bzw.~Unterschrift innerhalb einer gleitenden Umgebung
-wie |figure| oder |table|. Dies ist an sich nichts neues,
-hinzugekommen ist allerdings, daß kein Eintrag ins Abbildungs- oder
-Tabellenverzeichnis vorgenommen wird,
-wenn eine leere Kurzform angegeben wird, wie etwa hier:
-\begin{quote}
- |\caption[]{Dies ist eine Abbildung, die nicht ins|\\
- | Abbildungsverzeichnis aufgenommen wird}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Beachten Sie, daß die \meta{Beschriftung} ein \emph{wanderndes} Argument
-ist, solange keine \meta{Kurzform} angegeben ist. Ist hingegen eine
-\meta{Kurzform} angegeben, ist stattdessen diese wandernd.
-"`\emph{Wanderndes} Argument"' bedeutet, daß dieses Argument auch in die
-Datei geschrieben wird, die beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf das Abbildungs-
-bzw. Tabellenverzeichnis bereitstellt.
-\emph{Wandernde} Argumente dürfen keine \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle enthalten,
-alles muß hier \emph{robust} sein, ansonsten kann das Argument \emph{zerbrechen}
-und beim nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf seltsame Fehlermeldungen hervorrufen.
-Einige \emph{zerbrechliche} Befehle können mit |\protect| vor dem
-\emph{Zerbrechen} geschützt werden; eigene Definitionen können mit
-|\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| anstelle von |\new|\-|command| definiert werden,
-um sie \emph{robust} zu machen.
-
-Ein Beispiel: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| wird Fehlermeldungen
-zur Folge haben, da |\phantom| \emph{zerbrechlich} ist.
-Daher muß in so einem Fall entweder die \meta{Kurzform} bemüht werden
-(z.B.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
-oder aber ein |\protect| ergänzt werden, um |\phantom| vor dem \emph{zerbrechen} zu schützen:
-|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
-
-Manchmal ist dies allerdings nicht ausreichend. Der Grund ist darin zu finden,
-daß der Ein-Zeilen-Test die \meta{Beschriftung} in eine horizontale Box setzt,
-um die Breite zu bestimmen.
-Manche Umgebungen mögen dies nicht besonders und quittieren es mit einer
-Fehlermeldung.
-Ein Beispiel:
-|\caption{Ein| |Schema.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
-|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
-|\right.| |\]}|.
-Der Gebrauch des optionalen Argumentes \meta{Kurzform} mittels
-|\caption[Ein| |Schema]{|\ldots|}| ist hier nicht ausreichend, es kommt immer
-noch zu eine Fehlermeldung. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
-Hier schafft es daher Abhilfe, den Ein-Zeilen-Test mittels
-|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}| direkt vor dem
-Betroffenen |\caption| Befehl auszuschalten.
-
-Mehr Informationen über \emph{wanderende} Argumente und \emph{zerbrechliche}
-\& \emph{robuste} Befehle finden sich in der gängigen \LaTeX"=Literatur, aber
-auch hier:
-\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/lshort/german/}
-und (in englischer Sprache) hier:
-\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\caption*}
-Das \package{longtable}"=Paket definiert zusätzlich zum Befehl |\caption| auch
-die Stern-Variante |\caption*|, die eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und ohne
-Eintrag ins Tabellenverzeichnis erzeugt. So erzeugt z.B. der Code
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}\\|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{longtable}|
-\end{quote}
-diese Tabelle:\par
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-\vskip\intextsep
-\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
- \caption*{Eine Tabelle}
- \centering
- \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
- & x & y \\\hline
- a & 1 & 2 \\
- b & 3 & 4 \\
- \end{tabular}
-\end{minipage}
-\vskip\intextsep
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-\Thispackage\ bietet diesen Mechanismus auch für Abbildungs- und
-Tabellenbeschriftungen in Gleitumgebungen wie z.B. |table| an:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{table}|\\
- | \caption*{Eine Tabelle}|\\
-% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
-% | |\ldots\\
-% | \end{tabular}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\captionof}
-\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
-Der Befehl |\caption| funktioniert in der Regel nur innerhalb von gleitenden
-Umgebungen, manchmal möchte man ihn jedoch auch außerhalb anwenden,
-etwa um eine Abbildung in eine nicht-gleitende Umgebung wie |mini|\-|page| zu
-setzen.\par
-Hierfür stellt \thispackage\ den Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionof|\marg{Umgebungstyp}\oarg{Kurzform}\marg{Langform}
-\end{quote}
-zur Verfügung. Die Angabe des Umgebungstypen ist hierbei notwendig, damit der
-gewünschte Bezeichner (wie z.B. "`Abbildung"' oder "`Tabelle"') gewählt wird
-und der Eintrag in das richtige Verzeichnis vorgenommen wird. Ein Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
-% |\captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\
- |\captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}|
-\end{quote}
-führt zu folgendem Ergebnis:
-\begin{Example}
-% \begingroup
-% \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
-% \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
-% \begingroup
- \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}
-% \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-
-Analog zu |\caption*| gibt es auch den Befehl |\captionof*| für Beschriftungen
-ohne Bezeichner und ohne Verzeichniseintrag.
-
-\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
-Da |\caption|\-|of| intern die Option |type| verwendet, gelten hier die
-gleichen Einschränkungen wie für die Option |type|, d.h.~sowohl
-|\caption|\-|of| als auch |\caption|\-|of*| sollten nur \emph{innerhalb} von
-Boxen oder Umgebungen verwendet werden.
-\See{\Ref{types}}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Unter gewissen Umständen kann es nützlich sein, lediglich einen Eintrag
-ins Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenverzeichnis vorzunehmen.
-Dies kann mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionlistentry|\oarg{Umgebungstyp}\marg{Verzeichniseintrag}
-\end{quote}
-bewerkstelligt werden.
-
-Ein Beispiel: Es ist recht einfach, eine |long|\-|table| anzulegen, die die
-Beschriftungen \emph{über} dem Tabelleninhalt hat, und wo der Listeneintrag
-auf die erste Seite der Tabelle verweist:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endfirsthead|\\
- | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endhead|\\
- | |\ldots
-\end{quote}
-Aber da das \package{longtable}"=Paket keinen |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| Befehl
-anbietet, kann dies nicht so einfach auf Beschritungen \emph{unter} dem
-Tabelleninhalt übertragen werden.
-Stattdessen kann man aber |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| zum Einsatz bringen:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endfoot|\\
- | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
- | |\ldots
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Ein weiteres Anwendungsbeispiel findet sich in \Ref{examples}.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, die
-den Umgebungszähler nicht erhöht.
-(Innerhalb von |long|\-|table| Umgebungen erhöht allerdings
-|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| niemals den Tabellenzähler. Siehe auch
-\Ref{longtable}.)
-\end{Expert}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Bitte beachten Sie, daß \meta{Verzeichniseintrag} ein \emph{wanderndes}
-Argument ist, hier also alles \emph{robust} sein muß.
-(Siehe auch Erklärung zu |\caption|)
-\end{Expert}
-
-\subsection{Anwenden von Optionen}
-\label{captionsetup}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
-Den Befehl |\caption|\-|setup| haben wir ja schon im \Ref{usage} kennengelernt,
-uns dort allerdings die Bedeutung des optionalen Parameters
-\meta{Typ} aufgespart.
-Wir erinnern uns, die Syntax des Befehls lautet
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-Wird hier ein \meta{Typ} angegeben, so werden die Optionen nicht
-unmittelbar umgesetzt, sondern werden lediglich vermerkt und kommen erst dann
-zum Einsatz, wenn eine Über- bzw.\ Unterschrift innerhalb der passenden
-(gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt wird. So wirkt sich z.B. die Angabe
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-lediglich auf die Unterschriften aus, die innerhalb der Umgebung |figure|
-gesetzt werden.
-
-Ein Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
-\end{quote}
-liefert Abbildungs- und Tabellenunterschriften der Art:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{table}{Eine Tabelle}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-Wie man sieht, führt das |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| dazu,
-daß lediglich die Abbildungsunterschriften mit fettem Bezeichner und kursivem
-Text gesetzt werden; alle anderen Unter- bzw.\ Überschriften werden jedoch
-hiervon nicht beeinflusst.
-
-Als Umgebungstypen mit Unter- bzw.\ Überschriften gibt es in der Regel nur
-zwei: |figure| und |table|. Wie wir jedoch später sehen werden, kommen durch die
-Verwendung spezieller \LaTeX-Pakete (wie etwa das \package{floatrow},
-\package{longtable} oder \package{sidecap}"=Paket) ggf.~weitere Typen hinzu,
-deren Beschriftungen ebenfalls derart individuell angepasst werden können.
-\See{\Ref{declare} und \Ref{packages}}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Es existiert auch eine Stern"=Variante von |\caption|\-|setup|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup*|\oarg{Typ}\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-Während die Variante ohne Stern ggf.~zu Warnungen führt -- zum Beispiel wenn
-die \meta{Optionen} im Verlauf des Dokumentes nicht zum Einsatz kommen
-(wie z.B. |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| ohne folgende |table|) --
-ist dies bei der Stern"=Variante nicht der Fall.
-\iffalse
-Dies kann sich z.B. bei der Entwicklung von generischen Designvorlagen als
-hilfreich erweisen.
-\fi
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
-Um vermerkte, typbezogene Parameter aus dem Gedächnis von \LaTeX\ zu löschen,
-gibt es den Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{Option}\marg{Typ}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-|\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| würde z.B. die in dem obrigen Beispiel deklarierte
-Sonderbehandlung der Abbildungsunterschriften wieder aufheben:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Wird das optionale Argument \meta{Option} verwendet, werden nur die
-Einstellungen entfernt, die diese \meta{Option} betreffen.\footnote{%
-Es kann hier nur \emph{eine} Option angegeben werden; sollen mehrere
-Einstellungen entfernt werden, muß hierzu
-\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}
-mehrmals angewandt werden.}
-Während in dem obrigen Beispiel nicht nur die Optionen
-|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
-für Abbildungen aufgehoben werden (sondern alle Einstellungen, die
-die Abbildungsbeschriftungen betreffen), würde der folgende Code
-nur die Einstellung |labelfont=bf| entfernen und alle anderen
-Einstellungen für Abbildungen intakt lassen:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-\begin{Expert}
-Analog zu |\caption|\-|setup*| gibt es hier ebenfalls eine Stern"=Variante
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|, die eventuell auftretende Warnungen unterdrückt,
-etwa wenn die angegebene \meta{Option} gar nicht für den angegebenen \meta{Typ}
-eingestellt war.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
-Für Debug"=Zwecke wird der Befehl
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{Typ}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-bereitgestellt. Er erzeugt einen Eintrag in der Log"=Datei und zeigt dort
-die für den angegebenen \meta{Typ} eingestellten Optionen an.
-So gibt einem zum Beispiel
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-die Info:
-\begin{quote}\small
- |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
- |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Fortlaufende Gleitumgebungen}
-\label{ContinuedFloat}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
-Manchmal möchte man Abbildungen oder Tabellen aufteilen, jedoch ohne den einzelnen
-Teilen eine eigene Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer zu geben. Hierfür stellt
-\thispackage\ den Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\ContinuedFloat|
-\end{quote}
-zur Verfügung, der gleich als erstes innerhalb der nächsten (Gleit-)Umgebung(en)
-angewandt werden sollte.
-Er verhindert, daß die Zählung fortgeführt wird; eine Abbildung oder Tabelle,
-die ein |\Continued|\-|Float| enthält, bekommt also die gleiche Nummer
-wie die vorherige Abbildung oder Tabelle. Ein Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{table}|\\
- | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-ergibt als Ergebnis:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \caption{Eine Tabelle}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{Eine Tabelle (Fortsetzung)}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Zusätzlich führt der |\Continued|\-|Float| Befehl auch Einstellungen aus, die
-mit dem Typ "`|Continued|\-|Float|"' verknüpft sind. Dies kann zum Beispiel
-verwendet werden, um automatisch für fortgesetzte Abbildungen oder Tabellen
-auf ein anderes Bezeichner- oder Textformat umzuschalten, wie etwa hier:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued1}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\smallskip
-\See{\Ref{declare} für die Erläuterung des Befehls
- \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
-
-\medskip
-
-Weiterhin existiert auch ein \LaTeX"=Zähler namens |Continued|\-|Float|,
-der auch für eigene Zwecke eingesetzt werden kann.
-Für gewöhnliche (gleitende) Umgebungen ist er auf Null gesetzt, auf Eins
-in der ersten fortgeführten Umgebung, Zwei in der nächsten und so weiter.
-Jedes |\Continued|\-|Float| erhöht also diesen Zähler um Eins, während
-eine Gleitumgebung ohne |\Continued|\-|Float| den Zähler auf Null zurücksetzt.
-Ein Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued2}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\medskip
-Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde "`\autoref{continued2}"' ergeben,
-da lediglich das Format der Tabellenbeschriftung geändert wurde.
-Sollen Referenzen ebenfalls diesen Zähler enthalten, so kann stattdessen der
-Befehl |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| passend umdefiniert werden.
-Dieser Befehl wird automatisch bei der Anwendung von |\Continued|\-|Float|
-dem Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler angehängt und hat normalerweise einen
-leeren Inhalt.
-\begin{quote}
- |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{Eine Tabelle}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{Eine Tabelle}\label{continued3}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\medskip
-Eine Referenz auf diese Tabelle würde nun "`\autoref{continued3}"' ergeben.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
-Angenommen man möchte gerne die erste Abbildung oder Tabelle einer
-fortlaufenden Serie mit einer Beschriftung der Art "`Abbildung 7a"' und
-nicht mit "`Abbildung 7"' beschriften. (Und die zweite entsprechend mit
-"`Abbildung 7b"' statt "`Abbildung 7a"'.)
-Dies ist auch möglich, indem man die Stern"=Variante |\Continued|\-|Float*|
-anwendet.
-Diese führt genau wie |\ContinuedFloat| auch die mit "`|Continued|\-|Float|"'
-verknüpften Optionen aus und erhöht den \LaTeX"=Zähler |Continued|\-|Float|,
-markiert aber die erste Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle einer fortlaufenden Serie:
-\begin{quote}
- |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
- |\end{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
- |\end{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat*
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Erste Abbildung einer Serie}
- \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Zweite Abbildung einer Serie}
- \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Dritte Abbildung einer Serie}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-\smallskip
-\Note{Leider ist \cs{ContinuedFloat*} nicht verfügbar, wenn das
- \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} geladen ist.}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsubsection*{Eine Anmerkung zur longtable-Umgebung}
-Möchten Sie hingegen bei fortgeführten |long|\-|table|"=Umgebungen einen
-anderen Bezeichner (nach einem Seitenumbruch), so kann dies \emph{nicht}
-mit |\Continued|\-|Float| bewerkstelligt werden, aber mit Hilfe der vom
-\package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bereitgestellten Befehle
-|\end|\-|first|\-|head| und |\end|\-|head|; in etwa so:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (Fortsetzung)}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\
- |\endfirsthead|\\
- | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
- | \caption[]{Eine mehrseitige Tabelle}\\|\\
- |\endhead|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{longtable}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Eigene Erweiterungen}
-\label{declare}
-
-Wem die vorhandenen Formate, Trenner, Textausrichtungen, Zeichensätze und Stile
-nicht ausreichen, der hat die Möglichkeit, sich eigene zu definieren. Hierzu
-gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die in der Prämbel des Dokumentes (das ist der
-Teil zwischen |\document|\-|class| und |\begin{document}|) zum Einsatz kommen.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
-Eigene Formate können mit dem Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1, \#2 und \#3}
-\end{quote}
-definiert werden.
-Für \#1 wird später der Bezeichner, für \#2 der Trenner
-und für \#3 der Text eingesetzt. So ist z.B. das Standardformat |plain|,
-welches die Beschriftung als gewöhnlichen Absatz formatiert,
-in diesem Paket so vordefiniert:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Expert}
-Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, die den
-Code nicht in \TeX s horizontalem Modus, sondern im vertikalen Modus setzt,
-aber die |indention=| Option nicht unterstützt.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
-Ähnlich können auch eigene Bezeichnerformate definiert werden:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2}
-\end{quote}
-Bei den Bezeichnerformaten wird hierbei für \#1 der Name (also z.B.
-"`Abbildung"'), für \#2 die Nummer (also z.B. "`12"') eingesetzt.
-Ein Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
-\end{quote}
-\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
-\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
-Bei der Definition von eigenen Bezeichnerformaten gibt es eine Besonderheit zu
-beachten: Wird das Bezeichnerformat auch in Verbindung mit dem
-\package{subcaption} oder \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig} verwendet,
-so kann der Bezeichnername (also \#1) auch leer sein.
-Um dies flexibel handhaben zu können, stellt \thispackage\ die Befehle
-\begin{quote}
- |\bothIfFirst|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}\quad und\\
- |\bothIfSecond|\marg{Erstes Argument}\marg{Zweites Argument}
-\end{quote}
-zur Verfügung.
-|\bothIfFirst| testet, ob das erste Argument nicht leer ist,
-|\bothIfSecond|, ob das zweite Argument nicht leer ist.
-Nur wenn dies der Fall ist, werden beide Argumente ausgegeben,
-ansonsten werden beide unterdrückt.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-So ist z.B. das Standard"=Bezeichnerformat |simple| nicht, wie man
-naiverweise annehmen könnte, als
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|
-\end{quote}
-definiert, weil dies zu einem störendem führenden Leerzeichen führen würde,
-sollte \#1 leer sein. Stattdessen kommt folgende Definition zum Einsatz,
-die sowohl mit |\caption| als auch mit |\sub|\-|caption| bzw.~|\sub|\-|float|
-harmoniert:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
- | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-d.h.~das Leerzeichen kommt nur dann zum Einsatz, wenn \#1 nicht leer ist.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
-Ebenso können eigene Textformate definitiert werden:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1}
-\end{quote}
-An die Stelle von \#1 wird später der Beschriftungstext eingesetzt.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
-Eigene Trenner werden mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
-\end{quote}
-definiert. Auch hier wieder als einfaches Beispiel eine Definition innerhalb
-des \package{caption}"=Paketes selber:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Expert}
-Es gibt auch eine Stern"=Variante, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
-die den Code ohne den mit |label|\-|font=| eingestellten Zeichensatz setzt.
-Auf diese Art sind z.B. die Trenner |quad|, |new|\-|line| und |en|\-|dash|
-vordefiniert.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
-Eigene Textausrichtungen können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
-\end{quote}
-definiert werden.
-Der \meta{Code} wird dann der Beschriftung vorangestellt,
-so führt z.B. die Verwendung der bereits vordefinierten Ausrichtung
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|
-\end{quote}
-dazu, daß alle Zeilen der Beschriftung linksbündig ausgegeben werden.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
-Eigene Zeichensatzoptionen können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{Name}\marg{Code}
-\end{quote}
-definiert werden.
-So sind z.B. die Optionen |small| und |bf| folgendermaßen vordefiniert:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad und\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\iffalse
-Die Zeilenabstände ließen sich z.B.~über das \package{setspace}"=Paket
-regeln:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
- \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} \cs{singlespacing} kann hier nicht benutzt werden,
- da es ein \cs{vskip} Kommando enthält.}\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
- |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
-\end{quote}
-\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
-\fi
-Ein Beispiel, welches Farbe ins Spiel bringt:
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{color}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
-\end{quote}
-\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
-Aber da \thispackage\ schon die pfiffige Definition
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
-\end{quote}
-beinhaltet, kann man das selbe Resultat auch einfach mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{color}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
- | textfont={color=green}}|
-\end{quote}
-erreichen.
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
-Eigene Stile werden folgendermaßen definiert:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{Name}\oarg{zusätzliche Optionen}\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-Stile sind einfach eine Ansammlung von geeigneten Einstellungen, die unter
-einem eigenen Namen zusammengefasst werden und mit der Paketoption
-|style=|\meta{Name} zum Leben erweckt werden können.
-
-Hierbei ist zu beachten, daß die so definierten Stile immer auf dem Stil |base|
-basieren (siehe auch \Ref{style}), es brauchen also nur davon abweichende
-Optionen angegeben werden.
-
-Sind \meta{zusätzliche Optionen} angegeben, so kommen diese automatisch
-zusätzlich zum Einsatz, sofern die Beschreibung in eine einzelne Zeile passt
-und diese Abfrage nicht mit |single|\-|line|\-|check=off| ausgeschaltet wurde.
-
-Als Beispiel muß mal wieder eine einfache Definition innerhalb dieses Paketes
-herhalten: Der Stil |base| ist vordefiniert als
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
- | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-Etwas spannenderes:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
- | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
- | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
-\end{quote}
-liefert einem Beschriftungen wie diese hier:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
- \caption{Eine kurze Beschriftung.}
- \caption{Eine sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr
- sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr
- sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr sehr lange Beschriftung.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Eigene Listenformate können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{Name}\marg{Code mit \#1 und \#2}
-\end{quote}
-definiert werden.
-Im Laufe des Dokumentes wird \#1 dann mit dem Bezeichner"=Präfix
-(z.B.~|\p at figure|), und \#2 mit der Referenznummer (z.B.~|\the|\-|figure|) ersetzt.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Weiterführende Beispiele}
-\label{examples}
-
-\subsubsection*{Beispiel 1}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-Möchte man die Bezeichnung (inkl. Trenner wie Doppelpunkt) vom Text mit einem
-Zeilenumbruch getrennt haben, so ließe sich das (auch) so bewerkstelligen:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
-\end{quote}
-Wählt man anschließend dieses Format mit |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}| aus,
-so erhält man Beschriftungen der Art:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-Auch einen Einzug könnte man diesem Format mit auf den Weg geben:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
-\end{quote}
-führt zu Beschriftungen wie:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-Aber Sie möchten den Einzug nur auf die erste Zeile des Texts anwenden?
-Kein Problem, so würde z.B.~die Definition
-\begin{quote}
- |\newlength\myindention|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
- | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
-\end{quote}
-zu Beschriftungen dieser Art führen:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-Zu der Länge |\myindention| hätten Sie gerne eine Option, so daß man diesen
-Einzug auch z.B.~mit |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}| setzen kann?
-Auch dies läßt sich bewerkstelligen, z.B.~folgendermaßen:
-\begin{quote}
- |\newlength\myindention|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
- | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
- | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\subsubsection*{Beispiel 2}
-
-Die Beschriftungen sollen wie folgt aussehen:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-\pagebreak[2]
-Dies ließe sich beispielsweise wie folgt realisieren:
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
- | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
- | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\subsubsection*{Beispiel 3}
-
-Der Bezeichner soll in den linken Rand verlagert werden,
-so daß die komplette Absatzbreite der Beschriftung selber zugute kommt:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
-\end{quote}
-Das Ergebnis wären Beschriftungen wie diese:
-\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-\medskip
-
-Soll der Einzug in den Rand eine feste Größe sein (z.B.~$2.5$\,cm),
-so könnte hierfür eine Kombination aus |\llap| und |\makebox| angewandt werden,
-zum Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
- | {\llap{\makebox[2.5cm][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\end{quote}
-\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-\subsubsection*{Beispiel 4}
-
-Dieses Beispiel setzt eine Abbildung neben eine Tabelle, aber verwendet eine
-einzige, kombinierte Beschriftung für beide. Dies wird durch eine Kombination
-aus |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| und |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
-realisiert:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
- | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}|\\
- | \centering|\\
- | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
- | \qquad|\\
- | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \end{tabular}|\\
- | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \captionsetup{type=figure}
- \centering
- \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
- \qquad
- \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
- & x & y \\\hline
- a & 1 & 2 \\
- b & 3 & 4 \\
- \end{tabular}
- \captionlistentry[table]{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung}
- \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
- \caption{Eine Abbildung und Tabelle mit gemeinsamer Beschriftung~\footnotemark}
-\end{minipage}
-\footnotetext{Das Katzenbild wurde den Beispielen zum \LaTeX"=Begleiter\cite{TLC2}
- entnommen, die Erlaubnis hierzu wurde eingeholt.}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-
-(Beachten Sie, daß |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenzähler
- erhöht.)
-
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Dokumentenklassen \& Babel-Unterstützung}
-\label{classes}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-Dieser Teil der Dokumentation wird Ihnen einen Überblick über diejenigen
-Dokumentenklassen geben, an welche \thispackage\ angepasst ist:
-Welche Möglichkeiten zur Beschriftungsgestaltung sie bereits verfügen,
-mit welchen Seiteneffekten Sie rechnen müssen, wenn Sie dieses Paket verwenden,
-und mit welchen Standardwerten die Optionen belegt werden.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Die Standardwerte namens "`default"' hängen von der verwendeten
-Dokumentenklasse ab; sie repräsentieren quasi das Aussehen, wie es vom Autor
-der Klasse vorgesehen war.
-So kann z.B.~die Einstellung |format=|\x|default| je nach verwendeter Klasse
-unterschiedliche Aussehen der Beschriftungen hervorbringen.
-
-\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
-\INFO
-Sollten Sie Ihre Dokumentenklasse nicht in diesem Abschnitt finden, so haben Sie
-trotzdem oftmals keinen Grund zur Sorge: Viele Dokumentenklassen (wie z.B.~die
-\class{octavo} Klasse) sind von einer der Standardklassen \class{article},
-\class{report} oder \class{book} abgeleitet und verhalten sich bezüglich der
-Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen gleich.
-\Thispackage\ überprüft automatisch die Kompatibilität zur Dokumentenklasse und
-gibt Ihnen die Warnung
-\begin{quote}\footnotesize
- |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
- |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
- |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
-\end{quote}
-aus, wenn es eine Unverträglichkeit entdeckt.
-Wenn Sie keine solche Warnung erhalten, ist alles bestens, falls aber doch,
-wird der Einsatz des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen und
-insbesondere nicht unterstützt.
-\endgroup
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Sollten Sie trotz der angemahnten Inkompatibilität \thispackage{}
-nutzen wollen, sollten Sie gründlich auf Seiteneffekte achten; gewöhnlich
-ändert sich alleine durch das Einbinden des \package{caption}"=Paketes
-ohne Optionen bereits das von der Dokumentenklasse vorgegebene Aussehen der
-Beschriftungen.
-Wenn dies für Sie in Ordnung ist, sollten Sie als erstes die Option
-|style=|\x|base| mittels |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| oder
-|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| angeben, um \thispackage\ in einen
-wohldefinierten Grundstatus zu versetzen.
-Anschließend können Sie anfangen, mit zusätzlichen Optionen erste
-Anpassungen vorzunehmen und dabei die Daumen gedrückt zu halten.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\newcommand*\Option{Option}
-\newcommand*\defaultvalue{Standard-Belegung (\texttt{default})}
-\newcommand*\uses{\textit{verwendet}}
-\newcommand*\settings{\textit{Einstellungen}}
-\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{keiner}}
-
-\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report und book}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-Dies gilt auch für von \class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}
-abgeleitete Dokumentenklassen.
-\end{Annotation}
-
-\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc und amsbook}
-\label{AMS}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
-|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-|\@caption|\-|font| wird von den \AmS\ Dokumentenklassen auf |\normal|\-|font|
-vorbelegt, und |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| auf |\sc|\-|shape|.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-Weiterhin wird der Rand für mehrzeilige Abbildungs- bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen
-auf |\caption|\-|indent| gesetzt, bei einzeiligen Beschriftungen wird lediglich
-die Hälfte davon verwendet. (|\caption|\-|indent| wird von den \AmS\ Klassen
-auf |3pc| vorbelegt.)
-Möchten Sie einen einheitlichen Rand, so fügen Sie bitte
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
-in Ihren Dokumentenvorspann ein, nachdem Sie \thispackage\ geladen haben.
-
-Zusätzlich werden automatisch die Optionen |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
-gesetzt. Dies können Sie überschreiben, indem Sie beim Laden des
-\package{caption}"=Paketes einfach andere Werte für
-|figure|\-|position=| und |table|\-|position=| angeben.
-
-\subsection{beamer}
-\label{beamer}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{nicht nummeriert} \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
-|font=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption|"' \settings \\
-|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} "`|caption name|"' \settings \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
-Die Zeichensatz- und Farbeinstellungen können mit
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{Optionen} und
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{Optionen} vorgenommen werden.
-Dies wird auch mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket noch funktionieren,
-zumindest solange Sie keinen anderen Zeichensatz mit
-|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| oder
-|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{Optionen}|}| einstellen.\par
-Weiterhin bietet die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verschiedene "`Templates"' für
-die Beschriftungen an, diese können mit
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]|
-ausgewählt werden.
-Da \thispackage\ diesen Mechanismus ersetzt, haben
-|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{Template Code}
-und
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{Template}|]|
-keine Funktion mehr, wenn \thispackage\ verwendet wird.
-(Au"snahme: Die Auswahl des Templates |default|, |num|\-|bered| oder
-|caption| |name| |own| |line| wird automatisch erkannt und auf dem \package{caption}"=Paket
-entsprechende Optionen umgesetzt, sofern diese nicht explizit durch den Anwender
-mit anderen Einstellungen "uberschrieben worden sind.)
-
-\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt und scrbook}
-\label{KOMA}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit ``autodot'' Feature}\\
-|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
-|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle}
-Die \KOMAScript"=Dokumentenklassen bietet sehr viele Möglichkeiten, das Design
-der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen. Für eine Übersicht schauen
-Sie bitte in die sehr gute \KOMAScript"=Dokumentation, Abschnitt "`Tabellen
-und Abbildungen"'.
-
-\subsubsection*{Seiteneffekte}
-Das optionale Argument von |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| wird nicht vom
-\package{caption}"=Paket unterstützt und daher ignoriert.
-Weiterhin überschreiben die \KOMAScript"=Optionen |table|\-|caption|\-|above|
-\& |table|\-|caption|\-|below| sowie die dazugehörigen Befehle
-|\caption|\-|above| \& |\caption|\-|below| die mit |position=| getätigten
-Einstellungen.
-
-\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport und boek}
-\label{NTG}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
-|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| und |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| können entweder
-direkt oder indirekt über |\Caption|\-|Fonts| definiert werden.
-Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer
-Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen
-|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| festgelegt wird.
-
-\subsection{\SmF: smfart und smfbook}
-\label{SMF}
-
-Da die \SmF\ Dokumentenklassen von den \AmS\ Klassen abgeleitet wurden,
-gelten hier dieselben Standardbelegungen wie dort.
-
-Zusätzlich ist der Rand auf den zehnten Teil von |\line|\-|width| limiert.
-Mögen Sie diese Limitierung nicht, kann sie mit der Option
-|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| oder |max|\-|margin=|\x|false| ausgeschaltet werden.
-
-\subsection{thesis}
-\label{thesis}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |hang| \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{wie \purett{simple}, aber mit kurzem Namen}\\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Von der Klasse angebotene Befehle und deren Seiteneffekte}
-Der Zeichensatz des Bezeichners kann hier mit |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
-derjenige des Textes mit |\caption|\-|body|\-|font| gesetzt werden.
-Beides funktioniert auch weiterhin, zumindest solange kein anderer
-Zeichensatz mit den \package{caption}"=Paketoptionen
-|label|\-|font=| und |text|\-|font=| gesetzt wird.
-
-\subsection{Babel-Option frenchb}
-\label{frenchb}
-
-Wird die Option \package{frenchb} des \package{babel}"=Paketes mit einer
-der drei Standardklassen (oder einer davon abgeleiteten) verwendet,
-dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| vorbelegt
-und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse überschrieben.
-In diesem Falle wird eine Umdefinition von |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-auch weiterhin funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit
-der Option |label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird.
-
-\INFO*
-Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{babel}"=Paket.
-
-\subsection{Pakete frenchle und frenchpro}
-\label{frenchpro}
-
-Wird das \package{frenchle}- oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket verwendet,
-dann wird |label|\-|sep=| auf |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| plus
-\cs{space} vorbelegt und damit die Vorbelegung der Dokumentenklasse
-überschrieben.
-Eine Umdefinition von |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| wird auch weiterhin
-funktionieren, zumindest solange kein anderer Trenner mit der Option
-|label|\-|sep=| gesetzt wird.
-
-Weiterhin wird |text|\-|font=| auf |text|\-|font=|\x|it| vorbelegt,
-um das Standardverhalten des \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paketes
-bzgl.~des Beschriftungstext"=Zeichensatzes zu emulieren.
-Bitte beachten Sie, daß der Befehl |\caption|\-|font| auch intern vom
-\package{caption}"=Paket verwendet wird, und zwar auf eine andere Art und Weise
-als das \package{frenchle}- bzw.~\package{frenchpro}"=Paket ihn verwendet;
-daher sollten Sie ihn nicht (mehr) verwenden.
-
-Der Befehl |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{oder} table} wird
-weiterhin seinen Dienst tun, aber nur solange Sie kein anderes Bezeichnerformat
-mit |label|\-|format=| auswählen.
-
-\INFO*
-Bitte laden Sie \thispackage\ \emph{nach} dem \package{frenchle}
-oder \package{frenchpro}"=Paket.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Unterstützung anderer Pakete}
-\label{packages}
-\label{compatibility}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-\Thispackage\ ist an folgende Pakete, die ebenfalls Abbildungs- oder
-Tabellenbeschriftungen anbieten, angepasst:
-\begin{quote}
- \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
- \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
- \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
- \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
- \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
- \package{wrapfig} und \package{xtab}
-\end{quote}
-
-Weiterhin arbeitet das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow},
-das \package{subcaption}"=Paket (welches Bestandteil der
-\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie ist), sowie das \package{subfig}"=Paket\cite{subfig}
-aktiv mit diesem Paket zusammen und verwenden dessen |\caption|\-|setup|"=Schnittstelle.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
-\INFO
-Definiert ein anderes Paket (oder eine Dokumentenklasse), welches \thispackage{}
-nicht kennt, ebenfalls den Befehl |\caption| um, so wird diese Umdefinition
-bevorzugt, um maximale Kompatibilität zu gewährleisten und Konflikte
-zu vermeiden.
-Wird solch eine potentielle Inkompatiblität erkannt, wird diese Warnung
-ausgegeben:~\footnote{%
- Diese Warnung kann durch Angabe der Option \texttt{compatibility=true}
- beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet werden.}
-\begin{quote}\footnotesize
- |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
- |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
- |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
- |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
-\end{quote}
-\endgroup
-
-Als Folge stehen diese Ausstattungsmerkmale des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht
-zur Verfügung:
-\begin{itemize}
- \item die Optionen |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| und |listformat=|
- \item |\caption*| (um eine Beschrifung ohne Bezeichner zu setzen)
- \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (um den Eintrag ins Verzeichnis zu unterbinden)
- \item |\caption{}| (um eine leere Beschriftung ohne Trenner zu setzen)
- \item |\ContinuedFloat|
- \item korrekt ausgerichtete Beschriftungen in Umgebungen wie \texttt{wide} und
- \texttt{addmargin}, die die Seitenränder verändern
- \item das sog.~\textsf{hypcap}"=Feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
- \item Setzen von Unter-Beschriftungen \See{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation}
-\end{itemize}
-
-\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
-Dieser Kompatibilitäts"=Modus kann durch die Angabe der Option
-\begin{quote}
- |compatibility=false|
-\end{quote}
-beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes ausgeschaltet werden.
-Aber bitte beachten Sie, daß die Anwendung dieser Option weder empfohlen noch
-unterstützt wird, da hierdurch unerwünschte Nebeneffekte oder Fehler auftreten
-können. (Aus diesem Grunde wird hier ebenfalls eine Warnung ausgegeben.)
-
-\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
- \ifvmode\else\par\fi
- \nopagebreak
- \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
- \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
-
-\PageBreak
-\subsection{algorithms}
-\label{algorithms}
-\packagedescription{%
-Die \package{algorithms}"=Paketfamilie\cite{algorithms} bietet zwei Umgebungen
-an: Die Umgebung \texttt{algorithmic} bietet eine Möglichkeit, Algorithmen
-zu beschreiben, und die Umgebung \texttt{algorithm} bietet eine passende
-Gleitumgebung an.}
-
-Da die \texttt{algorithm}"=Umgebung intern mittels |\new|\-|float| realisiert
-ist, welches vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt wird,
-schauen Sie bitte in \Ref{float} nach.
-
-\iffalse
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{algorithm2e}
-\label{algorithm2e}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
-writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
-
-Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
-interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
-\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
-the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
-
-So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
-you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
-floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
-and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
-
-As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
-for example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
- |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
- |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
- |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
- |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
- |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
- | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
- | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
- | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
-floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
-(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
-and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
-in its body, just like you would do when you use the
-\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
-
-You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
-\begin{quote}
- \ldots\\
- |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
- |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
- |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
- |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |% Example usage:|\\
- |\begin{algorithm}|\\
- |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
- |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
- | \SetVline|\\
- | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
- | a line\;|\\
- | }{|\\
- | another line\;|\\
- | }|\\
- |\end{algorithmic}|
-\end{quote}
-Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
-other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
-please see \Ref{float}.
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
-\end{Annotation}
-\fi
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{float}
-\label{float}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bietet den Befehl \cs{restylefloat} an,
-der bestehende Gleitumgebungen zu einem neuen Design verhilft, ferner
-\cs{newfloat} um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren.
-Weiterhin wird die Platzierungs-Option "`\texttt{H}"' angeboten, die bei
-Gleitumgebungen das Gleiten unterbindet.}
-
-Bei Gleitumgebungen, die mit \cs{newfloat} oder \cs{restylefloat} definiert
-wurden, hat die Option |po|\-|si|\-|tion=| keinen Effekt auf die Beschriftung,
-da die Platzierung und die Abstände von dem gewählten Gleitumgebungs"=Stil
-festgelegt werden.
-
-Ein Beschriftungs"=Stil und Beschriftungs"=Optionen mit demselben Namen
-wie der Gleitumgebungs"=Stil werden zusätzlich zu den normalen Optionen
-ausgewählt.
-Mit diesem Mechanismus emuliert \thispackage\ das Aussehen der Beschriftungen
-vom Stil "`|ruled|"': Es definiert den Beschriftungs"=Stil
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
- | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-Um dies zu ändern, müssen Sie entweder einen eigenen Stil namens "`|ruled|"'
-definieren, oder aber mit |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{Optionen} zusätzliche
-Optionen angeben.%,
-%z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
-
-Dieser Mechanismus wird ebenso benutzt, um den Abstand zwischen einer
-Gleitumgebung vom Stil "`|boxed|"' und seiner Beschriftung individuell
-festzulegen:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
-\end{quote}
-Um dies zu ändern, geben Sie einfach mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{Wert}|}|
-einen anderen Wert an.
-Oder wenn Sie stattdessen die globale Einstellung der Option |skip=| verwenden
-wollen, können Sie die individuelle Abstandseinstellung mit
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}| entfernen.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Es kann immer nur \emph{eine} Beschriftung innerhalb der Gleitumgebungen
-gesetzt werden, die mit |\new|\-|float| oder |\re|\-|style|\-|float|
-definiert werden; außerdem verhalten sich diese Gleitumgebungen auch in
-anderen Belangen nicht exakt wie die Umgebungen |figure| und |table|.
-Als Konsequenz arbeiten viele Pakete nicht sehr gut mit diesen zusammen.
-Weiterhin hat das \package{float}"=Paket einige Fallstricke und Schwächen,
-weswegen ich als Alternative das \package{newfloat}"=Paket
-anbiete, um neue Gleitumgebungen zu definieren, die sich wie |figure|
-und |table| verhalten sollen.
-Und für die Definition von mächtigeren Gleitumgebungen bzw.~der
-stilistischen Umgestaltung von vorhandenen Gleitumgebungen empfehle ich als
-Alternative den Befehl |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| des
-moderneren \package{floatrow}"=Paketes\cite{floatrow}.
-\end{Note}
-
-\iffalse
-Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
-the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
-wrong.
-And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
-in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
-correctly afterwards.
-\fi
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{floatflt}
-\label{floatflt}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{floatflt}"=Paket\cite{floatflt} bietet Umgebungen zum Setzen von
-Abbildungen und Tabellen an, die nicht die Gesamtbreite der Seite einnehmen,
-sondern stattdessen vom Text umflossen werden.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Spezielle Optionen für die Umgebungen |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| und
-|float|\-|ing|\-|table| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
- |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-festgelegt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
-bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{fltpage}
-\label{fltpage}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{fltpage}"=Paket\cite{fltpage} bietet die Ausgliederung der
-Beschriftung für Abbildungen und Tabellen, die die gesamte Seitenhöhe
-einnehmen, an. Hierbei wird die Beschriftung ans Ende der vorherigen
-oder nächsten Seite verschoben.}
-
-\iffalse
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Zwei Optionen regeln die Verweise auf die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable|:
-\begin{description}
-\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} oder \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, wird der Verzeichniseintrag auf die Beschriftung
-der Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt
-der Abbildung.
-(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
-\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} oder \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Auf "`|caption|"' gesetzt, werden die mit \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}
-oder \cs{nameref} plazierten Referenzen auf die Beschriftung der Abbildung
-bzw.~Tabelle verweisen, auf "`|figure|"' gesetzt auf den Inhalt der Abbildung.
-(Die Vorbelegung ist |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
-\end{description}
-\fi
-
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |FPfigure| und |FPtable| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
- |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{hyperref}
-\label{hyperref}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{hyperref}"=Paket\cite{hyperref} behandelt \LaTeX"=Querverweise
-derart, daß sie zusätzlich Hyperlinks im Dokument erzeugen.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Zwei Optionen regeln das Setzen von Hyperlinks:~\footnote{Diese Optionen sind
-nach dem \package{hypcap}"=Paket benannt, welches sie ersetzen.}
-\begin{description}
-\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} oder \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Auf |true| gesetzt, werden alle Hyperlink"=Anker -- wohin Einträge im
-Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis, sowie |\ref| und |\auto|\-|ref|
-verweisen -- an den Anfang der (gleitenden) Umgebungen wie Abbildung
-oder Tabelle plaziert.\par
-Auf |false| gesetzt zeigen hingegen alle Hyperlink"=Anker auf die
-Beschriftung.\par
-(Die Voreinstellung ist |hypcap=true|.)
-\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{Abstand}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Da es nicht sehr ästhetisch wirkt, wenn der Hyperlink exakt auf den Beginn der
-Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle springt, kann ein vertikaler Abstand zwischen dem
-Hyperlink"=Anker und der (gleitenden) Umgebung gesetzt werden, z.B.~entfernt
-|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| diesen Abstand.\par
-(Die Voreinstellung ist |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
-\end{description}
-
-Beide Optionen haben keine Auswirkung in den Umgebungen |lst|\-|listing|
-(vom \package{listings}"=Paket bereitgestellt), |long|\-|table| (vom
-\package{longtable}"=Paket bereitgestellt, |super|\-|tabular| (vom
-\package{supertabular}"=Paket bereitgestellt), und |x|\-|tabular| (vom
-\package{xtab}"=Paket bereitgestellt);
-innerhalb dieser Umgebungen werden Hyperlink"=Anker immer so gesetzt, als sei
-|hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| eingestellt.
-
-\pagebreak[3]Bitte beachten Sie:\nopagebreak
-\begin{description}
-\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{Typ}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
- vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{Typ}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
-\\[\smallskipamount]
-Ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket bekommen Sie hier identische Resultate.
-Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen und mit der Einstellung |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|
-versehen wird der Hyperlink"=Anker unterschiedlich gesetzt.
-So plaziert zum Beispiel
-\begin{quote}
-|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
-| |\ldots\\
-| \captionof{figure}{Eine Abbildung}|\\
-|\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-den Anker bei der Beschriftung.
-(Und wenn |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| gesetzt ist, wird deswegen eine Warnung ausgegeben.)
-\begin{quote}
-|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
-| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
-| |\ldots\\
-| \caption{Eine Abbildung}|\\
-|\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-hingegen plaziert den Anker an den Anfang der |mini|\-|page|,
-da die Anweisung |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| nicht nur den Typ der
-Beschriftung auf "`figure"' festlegt, sondern auch einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzt.
-
-\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
- vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Wiederum bekommen Sie ohne geladenes \package{hyperref}"=Paket identische Resultate.
-Aber mit \package{hyperref} geladen liegen die Unterschiede in den Feinheiten:
-So wird z.B.~das optionale Argument von |\caption| auch in die |aux|-Datei
-geschrieben und vom |\name|\-|ref| Befehl verwendet.
-Wenn Sie also |\caption| mit leerem Argument angeben, wird ein auf diese
-Abbildung oder Tabelle angewandtes |\name|\-|ref| nicht das erwünschte,
-sondern stattdessen ein leeres Resultat zur Folge haben.
-Daher ist es besser, |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| zu verwenden,
-wenn Sie keinen Eintrag in dem Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis wünschen.
-\end{description}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{hypcap}
-\label{hypcap}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{hyp\-cap}"=Paket\cite{hypcap} bietet eine Lösung zu dem Problem
-an, daß Hyperlinks auf Gleitumgebungen nicht auf die Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle
-verweisen, sondern stattdessen auf die Beschriftung.
-Die Version $3.1$ des \package{caption}"=Paketes löst dieses Problem bereits
-auf seine eigene Art und Weise, so daß das \package{hypcap}"=Paket in der
-Regel nicht mehr zusätzlich benötigt wird.}
-
-Wird das \package{hypcap}"=Paket zusätzlich zum \package{hyperref}"=Paket
-geladen, so übernimmt es die Kontrolle über die Platzierung der
-Hyperlink"=Anker, und die Optionen |hyp|\-|cap=| und |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|
-verlieren ihre Wirkung.
-
-Außerdem ist zu beachten, daß dann |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{Typ}|}|
-keinen Hyperlink"=Anker mehr setzt; dies muß dann ggf.~mit dem Befehl
-|\cap|\-|start|, welcher vom \package{hypcap}"=Paket angeboten wird,
-geschehen.
-
-Weiterhin hat das Laden des \package{hypcap}"=Paketes den Nebeneffekt, daß
-die Hyperlink"=Anker innerhalb der Umgebungen
-|floating|\-|figure| (vom \package{float\-flt}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
-|FP|\-|figure| \& |FPtable| (vom \package{flt\-page}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
-|fig|\-|window| (vom \package{pic\-in\-par}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
-|par|\-|pic| (vom \package{pic\-ins}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
-|SC|\-|figure| (vom \package{side\-cap}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
-|three|\-|part|\-|table| (vom \package{three\-part\-table}"=Paket
-bereitgestellt) und |wrap|\-|figure| (vom \package{wrap\-fig}"=Paket
-bereitgestellt) nicht mehr optimal platziert werden.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{listings}
-\label{listings}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{listings}"=Paket\cite{listings} bietet Möglichkeiten,
-Programmcode zu setzen.}
-
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |lst|\-|listing| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-
-Bitte beachten Sie, daß das \package{listings}"=Paket seine eigenen
-Optionen für die Kontrolle der Position und Abstände der Beschriftungen
-mitbringt:
-|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=| und |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
-\See{Dokumentation des \package{listings}"=Paketes.}
-Diese Optionen überschreiben diejenigen des \package{caption}"=Paketes,
-können aber wiederum mit |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|
-überschrieben werden, z.B.~mit
-\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{longtable}
-\label{longtable}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{longtable}"=Paket\cite{longtable} bietet eine Umgebung an,
-die sich ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{tabular} verhält, aber Seitenumbrüche
-innerhalb der Tabelle erlaubt.}
-
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |long|\-|table| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table|
-berücksichtigt.
-
-Die Optionen |margin=| und |width=| überschreiben gewöhnlich die Länge
-|\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|, so daß ein einheitliches Aussehen der
-Tabellenüberschriften gewährleistet wird.
-Wird aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert
-|4in| gesetzt, wird \thispackage\ dies berücksichtigen.
-(Aber |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| wird wiederum von
-|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{Breite}|}| überschrieben,
-auch wenn |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| auf einen anderen Wert als |4in| gesetzt ist.)
-
-\begin{Note}
-Die Befehle |\caption|\-|of| und |\Continued|\-|Float| funktionieren
-\emph{nicht} innerhalb der Umgebung |long|\-|table|.
-Weiterhin erhöhen weder |\caption| noch |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| den
-Tabellenzähler, er wird stattdessen von der Umgebung |long|\-|table| selbst
-erhöht.
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Benötigen Sie eine Umgebung |long|\-|table|, die den Tabellenzähler
-nicht erhöht, so verwenden Sie bitte die Umgebung |long|\-|table*|
-(die das \package{ltcaption}"=Paket bereitstellt und als Bestandteil der
-\package{caption}"=Paketfamilie automatisch geladen wird).
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{picinpar}
-\label{picinpar}
-\packagedescription{%
-Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}"=Paket stellt auch das
-\package{picinpar}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen
-zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text
-umflossen werden.
-Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
-schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |fig|\-|window| und |tab|\-|window|
-können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
- |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
-bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}|
-bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[tab|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{picins}
-\label{picins}
-\packagedescription{%
-Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}- und \package{picinpar}"=Paket stellt auch
-das \package{picins}"=Paket Umgebungen zum Setzen von Abbildungen und
-Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom
-Text umflossen werden.
-Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
-schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |par|\-|pic| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-Weiterhin erzeugt |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| keinen Verzeichniseintrag,
-und |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| ergibt eine Beschriftung ohne Bezeichner und
-Nummerierung.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
-bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
-\end{Note}
-
-Wird ein |\pic|\-|caption| gewünscht, das keine Abbildungs-, sondern eine
-Tabellenbeschrifung erzeugt, so definieren Sie bitte \emph{nicht}
-|\@cap|\-|type| um, wie es von der Dokumentation zum \package{picins}"=Paket
-vorgeschlagen wird. Stattdessen benutzen Sie bitte den Befehl
-|\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{Typ}, der Ihnen vom \package{caption}"=Paket
-zu diesem Zweck bereitgestellt wird. Zum Beispiel:
-\begin{quote}
- |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
- |\piccaption{Eine Beispieltabelle}|\\
- |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{rotating}
-\label{rotating}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{rotating}"=Paket\cite{rotating} bietet die Gleitumgebungen
-\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} und \texttt{side\-ways\-table},
-die sich wie \texttt{figure} und \texttt{table} verhalten, den Inhalt aber
-um 90 bzw. 270 Grad drehen.
-Weiterhin wird ein Befehl \cs{rot\-caption} bereitgestellt, der lediglich
-die Beschriftung dreht.}
-
-\iffalse % No, we don't do that
-If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| \&
-|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
- |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-\fi
-
-Der Befehl |\rot|\-|caption| wird vom \package{caption}"=Paket derart
-erweitert, daß |\rot|\-|caption*| und |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| analog zu
-|\caption*| und |\caption|\-|of| verwendet werden können.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{setspace}
-\label{setspace}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{setspace}"=Paket\cite{setspace} bietet Optionen und Befehle,
-um den Zeilenabstand festzulegen, so führt
-z.B.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
-zu einem Dokument, welches einanhalbzeilig gesetzt wird.}
-
-Wird das \package{setspace}"=Paket zusammen mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket
-verwendet, sind alle Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen auf "`einzeilig"'
-voreingestellt. Dies kann durch |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing| (welches
-auf "`einanhalbzeilig"' umstellt), |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing| (welches
-auf "`zweizeilig"' umstellt) oder |font={stretch=|\x\meta{Wert}|}| geändert
-werden.
-\See{auch \Ref{fonts}}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{sidecap}
-\label{sidecap}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket\cite{sidecap} bietet die Gleitumgebungen
-\texttt{SC\-figure} und \texttt{SC\-table}, die anders als \texttt{figure}
-und \texttt{table} die Beschriftung \emph{neben} den Inhalt setzen.}
-
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und |SC|\-|table|
-können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
- |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Note}
-Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket bietet eigene Optionen für die Ausrichtung der
-Beschriftung. Werden diese verwendet, so überschreiben sie die Einstellungen,
-die mit der Option |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| getätigt worden sind.
-\end{Note}
-
-\begin{Note}
-Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
-bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
-\end{Note}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Anstelle des \package{sidecap}"=Paketes können Sie für Beschrifungen neben der
-Abbildung bzw.~Tabelle auch das leistungsfähigere und vielseitigere
-\package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} benutzen.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsubsection*{Undokumentierte Eigenschaften}
-Das \package{sidecap}"=Paket \version{1.6} hat einige undokumentierte
-Paketoptionen und Befehle, die eine weitere Anpassung der Beschrifungen erlauben:
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
-Die Paketoption
-\begin{quote}
- |margincaption|\qquad{\small(z.B.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
-\end{quote}
-führt dazu, daß alle Beschriftungen in den Umgebungen |SC|\-|figure| und
-|SC|\-|table| in den Rand gesetzt werden.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
-Der Befehl
-\begin{quote}
- |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{Typ}\marg{Position}
-\end{quote}
-legt die vertikale Ausrichtung der Beschriftung fest. \meta{Position} kann
-entweder `|t|' (für eine Ausrichtung am oberen Rand), `|b|' (für eine
-Ausrichtung am unteren Rand), oder `|c|' (für eine zentrierte Ausrichtung)
-sein.
-Die Vorbelegung für die Umgebung |table| ist `|t|', für |figure| und alle
-anderen, die mit |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| definiert werden, `|b|'.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{subfigure}
-\label{subfigure}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{subfigure}"=Paket\cite{subfigure} bietet Unterstützung für
-Unter"=Abbildungen und -Tabellen.
-Es ist veraltet und wurde vom Autor durch das modernere
-\package{subfig}"=Paket ersetzt.}
-
-Da das \package{subfigure}"=Paket veraltet ist, wird es vom
-\package{caption}"=Paket nur derart unterstützt, daß alte Dokumente (welche
-mit dem \package{caption}"=Paket \version{1.x} gesetzt wurden) noch
-übersetzbar sind und das erwartete Ergebnis liefern.
-
-Bitte verwenden Sie daher stattdessen das \package{subfig}- oder das
-\package{subcaption}"=Paket, welches
-\thispackage\ \version{3.x} aktiv unterstützt.
-
-\See{auch Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{supertabular und xtab}
-\label{supertabular}
-\packagedescription{%
-Die Pakete \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} und \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
-bieten eine Umgebung, die ähnlich wie die Umgebung \texttt{long\-table} des
-\package{longtable}"=Paketes\cite{longtable} einen Seitenumbruch inmitten der
-Tabelle erlaubt.
-Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
-schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebung |super|\-|tabular| bzw.~|x|\-|tabular|
-können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{bzw.}\\
- |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |table|
-berücksichtigt.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Der Befehl |\Continued|\-|Float| funktioniert \emph{nicht} innerhalb der
-Umgebungen |super|\-|tabular| und |x|\-|tabular|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{threeparttable}
-\label{threeparttable}
-\packagedescription{%
-Das \package{threeparttable}"=Paket\cite{threeparttable} bietet ein Schema
-für Tabellen, welches strukturierte Anmerkungen nach dem Tabelleninhalt
-erlaubt.
-Dieses Schema bietet eine Lösungsmöglichkeit für das alte Problem "`Fußnoten
-in Tabellen"'.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |three|\-|part|\-|table| und
-|measured|\-|figure| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
- |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Da die Breite der Beschriftung hier die gleiche Breite wie die Abbildung
-bzw.~Tabelle hat, werden die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| hier nicht
-angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| oder
-|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
-\end{Note}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Das \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bietet eine vergleichbare
-Funktionalität an.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{wrapfig}
-\label{wrapfig}
-\packagedescription{%
-Ähnlich wie das \package{floatflt}-, \package{picinpar}- und
-\package{picins}"=Paket stellt auch das \package{wrapfig}"=Paket Umgebungen
-zum Setzen von Abbildungen und Tabellen zur Verfügung, die nicht die gesamte
-Seitenbreite ausfüllen und vom Text umflossen werden.
-Für eine detailierte Beschreibung der Unterschiede zwischen diesen Paketen
-schauen Sie bitte in den "`LaTeX Begleiter"'\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Spezielle Einstellungen für die Umgebungen |wrap|\-|figure| und
-|wrap|\-|table| können mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{Optionen}\quad\emph{und}\\
- |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{Optionen}
-\end{quote}
-getätigt werden.
-Diese Einstellungen werden dann zusätzlich zu denjenigen für |figure|
-bzw.~|table| berücksichtigt.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Die Einstellungen |margin=| bzw.~|width=| werden nicht auf diese Abbildungen
-bzw.~Tabellen angewandt, solange sie nicht explizit mit
-|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-bzw.~|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| gesetzt werden.
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Weiterführende Dokumente}
-
-Folgende, im Internet verfügbare Dokumente möchte ich an dieser Stelle
-jedem ans Herz legen:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
- Die \TeX\ FAQ -- "`Frequently Asked Questions"' über \TeX\ und \LaTeX:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
-
-\iffalse % Völlig veraltet, daher leider keine Empfehlung mehr wert
-\item
- Die DANTE-FAQ -- Oft gestellte Fragen \& deren Antworten:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://www.dante.de/faq/de-tex-faq/}\end{quote}
-\fi
-
-\item
- \emph{"`Hilfe für LaTeX-Einsteiger"'} von Christian Faulhammer:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/}\end{quote}
-
-\item
- \emph{"`Bilder einfügen in \LaTeX: Ein How-To"'} von Dominik Bischoff
- beinhaltet die häufigsten Fragen und Antworten, die im Zusammenhang
- mit \LaTeX\ und Abbildungen auftreten:
- \begin{quote}
- \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/l2picfaq/german/l2picfaq.pdf}
- \end{quote}
-
-\item
- \emph{"`Gleitobjekte -- die richtige Schmierung"'} von Axel Reichert
- erl"autert den Umgang mit gleitenden Umgebungen und ist hier im Netz
- zu finden:
- \begin{quote}
- \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/german/gleitobjekte/}
- \end{quote}
-
-\item
- \textsf{epslatex} von Keith Reckdahl enth"alt viele n"utzliche Tips im
- Zusammenhang mit der Einbindung von Graphiken in \LaTeXe.
- Das Dokument ist in Englisch und unter
- \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
- zu finden.
-\end{itemize}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\section{Danksagungen}
-
-Von ganzem Herzen danke ich Katja Melzner,
-Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
-David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
-Heiko Oberdiek und Herbert Voß.
-
-Weiterhin möchte ich mich herzlich bei
-Harald Harders,
-Peter Löffler,
-Peng Yu,
-Alexander Zimmermann,
-Matthias Pospiech,
-Jürgen Wieferink,
-Christoph Bartoschek,
-Uwe Stöhr,
-Ralf Stubner,
-Geoff Vallis,
-Florian Keiler,
-Jürgen Göbel,
-Uwe Siart,
-Sang-Heon Shim,
-Henrik Lundell,
-David Byers,
-William Asquith,
-Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
-Frank Martini,
-Danie Els,
-Philipp Woock,
-Fadi Semmo,
-Matthias Stevens und
-Leo Liu
-für ihre Hilfe beim stetigen Verbessern dieses Paketes bedanken.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage\appendix
-\section{Alphabetische Referenz}
-
-%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
-% {\begin{trivlist}%
-% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
-% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
-% }%
-% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
-\makeatletter
-\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
- \newif\ifMessage
- \def\Message{%
- \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
- \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
- \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
- \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
- \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
- \color{blue}%
- \Messagetrue}%
- \def\Description{%
- \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
- \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{oder}}%
- \def\@Or[##1]{%
- \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
-}{%
- \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\subsection{Optionen}
-\newcommand\preambleoption{~%
- \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
- \footnotemark[2]%
- \endgroup}
-\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
- \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
- \footnotetext[2]{Diese Optionen stehen nur in dem Dokumentenvorspann
- (Präambel) zur Verfügung.}%
- \endgroup}
-
-\begin{longtable*}{lll}
-Option & Kurzbeschreibung & Abschnitt \\
-\hline
-\endhead
-|aboveskip| & setzt den Abstand über der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
-|belowskip| & setzt den Abstand unter der Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
-|compatibility|\preambleoption & erzwingt (Nicht-)Kompatibilität & \ref{compatibility} \\
-%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
-|figureposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
-|font|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz & \ref{fonts} \\
-|format| & wählt das Format & \ref{formats} \\
-\iffalse
-|FPlist| & Wohin soll der Listeneintrag einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-|FPref| & Wohin soll ein |\ref| einer FPfigure zeigen? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-\fi
-|hangindent| & setzt den "`hängenden"' Einzug & \ref{margins} \\
-|hypcap| & wählt das "`hypcap"' Feature aus & \ref{hyperref} \\
-|hypcapspace| & setzt den Abstand über einem Hyperlink & \ref{hyperref} \\
-|indention| & setzt den Einzug & \ref{margins} \\
-|justification| & wählt die Ausrichtung & \ref{justification} \\
-|labelfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Bezeichners & \ref{fonts} \\
-|labelformat| & wählt das Format des Bezeichners & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelsep| & wählt den Trenner zw. Bezeichner$+$Text & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelseparator| & -- identisch mit |labelsep| -- & \ref{formats} \\
-|list| & schaltet die Listeneinträge an bzw. aus & \ref{lists} \\
-|listformat| & wählt das Listenformat & \ref{lists} \\
-|margin| & setzt den Rand bzw. die Ränder & \ref{margins} \\
-|margin*| & setzt den Rand, sofern keine Breite gesetzt ist & \ref{margins} \\
-|maxmargin| & setzt den max. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\
-|minmargin| & setzt den min. zu verwendenen Rand & \ref{margins} \\
-|name| & setzt den Namen der aktuellen Umgebung & \ref{names} \\
-|oneside| & wählt den einseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\
-|options| & führt die angegebene Optionsliste aus & \\
-|parindent| & setzt den Absatzeinzug & \ref{margins} \\
-|parskip| & setzt den Absatzabstand & \ref{margins} \\
-|position| & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
-|singlelinecheck| & schaltet die "`Ein-Zeilen-Prüfung"' ein bzw. aus & \ref{justification} \\
-%|size| & wählt die Größe des Zeichensatzes & \ref{x} \\
-|skip| & setzt den Abstand zwischen Inhalt \& Beschriftung & \ref{skips} \\
-|strut| & schaltet die Verwendung von |\strut| ein bzw. aus & \ref{formats} \\
-|style| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\
-%|style*| & wählt einen Stil aus & \ref{style} \\
-|subtype| & setzt den Typ der Unterbeschriftungen & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
-|tableposition|\preambleoption & gibt einen Hinweis auf die Position & \ref{skips} \\
-|textfont|(|+|) & wählt den Zeichensatz des Textes & \ref{fonts} \\
-|textformat| & wählt das Format des Textes & \ref{formats} \\
-|twoside| & wählt den zweiseitigen Modus & \ref{margins} \\
-|type| & setzt den Typ \& setzt ggf.~einen Hyperlink-Anker & \ref{types} \\
-|type*| & setzt (nur) den Typ & \ref{types} \\
-|width| & setzt eine feste Breite & \ref{margins} \\
-\end{longtable*}
-\preambleoptiontext
-\footnotetext{Die Option \texttt{subtype} ist in der Dokumentation
- des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.}
-
-\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
-\begin{Note*}
- Veraltete Optionen sind hier nicht gelistet; diese sind in
- \Ref{caption1} und
- \Ref{caption2} zu finden.
-\end{Note*}}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Befehle}
-
-\begin{longtable*}{lll}
-Befehl & & Abschnitt \\
-\hline
-\endhead
-|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
-%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
-%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
-|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
-|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
-|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
-|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
-|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
-|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-\end{longtable*}
-\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} ist in der Dokumentation
- des \package{subcaption}"=Paketes beschrieben.}
-
-\clearpage
-\subsection{Warnungen}
-
-\begin{Warnings}
-
-\Message
- |\caption outside box or environment.|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
- | or environment.|
-\Description
- |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of| sowie |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
- sind nur für die Anwendung \emph{innerhalb} einer Box, Gruppe oder Umgebung
- konzipiert. Außerhalb können unerwünschte Seiteneffekte auftreten.
- \par\See{\Ref{types} und \Ref{caption}}
-
-\Message
- |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
- |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
- |unknown to the caption package.|
-\Description
- Wenn \thispackage\ eine vorhandene (und unbekannte) Erweiterung des Befehls
- |\caption| erkannt hat, definiert es |\caption| nicht erneut um, da dies
- unweigerlich den Verlust der ursprünglichen Erweiterung zur Folge hätte.
- Daher funktionieren manche Features, wie |\caption*|,
- |\Continued|\-|Float|, das optionale Argument von |\caption|\-|setup|,
- sowie die Optionen |list=| und |hypcap=| nicht mehr; sie werden
- entweder ignoriert oder arbeiten nicht erwartungsgemäß.\par
- Wenn Sie an der ursprünglichen Erweiterung nicht interessiert sind
- und stattdessen den vollen Umfang des \package{caption}"=Paketes
- verwenden wollen, können Sie es mit der nicht supporteten(!)
- Option |compatibility=|\x|false| probieren und die Daumen drücken.
- (Aber Sie werden die nächste Warnung stattdessen bekommen.)
- \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
- |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
- |was given.|
-\Description
- Da Sie so mutig waren, die Option |compatibility=|\x|false| zu probieren,
- wird \thispackage\ sein bestes geben, um diesen Wunsch zu erfüllen.
- Aber je nach verwendeter Dokumentenklasse bzw.~Pakete sollten Sie sich
- auf Fehlfunktionen oder Fehlermeldungen einstellen.
- Also bitte die Daumen gedrückt halten!
- \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
- |stopped early.|
-\Description
- Wenn das \package{hyperref}"=Paket vorzeitig seinen Dienst einstellt
- (den Grund hierfür teilt es Ihnen mit), ist auch die
- \package{hyperref}"=Unterstützung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht
- verfügbar. Als Folge werden Sie einige Warnungen des
- \package{hyperref}"=Paketes bekommen, ferner werden Hyperlinks
- auf Abbildungen und Tabellen nicht funktionsfähig sein.
- \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
-\Description
- \Thispackage\ bemüht sich, so gut es kann, die \KOMAScript"=Befehle
- bzgl.~Tabellen und Abbildungen zu emulieren. Aber das optionale Argument
- von |\setcapwidth| funktioniert (noch) nicht; wenn Sie es dennoch angeben,
- wird daher diese Warnung ausgegeben.
- \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-\Message
- |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
-\Description
- Diese Warnung sollten Sie niemals sehen; entweder verwenden Sie ein Paket,
- welches |figure| und/oder |table| in einer dem \package{caption}"=Paket
- unbekannten Art \& Weise verändert, oder aber es ist ein Fehler im
- \package{caption}"=Paket.
- Bitte senden Sie mir einen Fehlerbericht diesbezüglich per E-Mail. Danke!
-
-\Message
- |\label without proper \caption|
-\Description
- Anders als bei den meisten nicht gleitenden Umgebungen wird bei den
- gleitenden Umgebungen die interne Referenz erst bei Anwendung des Befehls
- |\caption| erzeugt. Ein |\label| Befehl, der auf diese Abbildung
- bzw.~Tabelle verweisen soll, muß daher entweder direkt \emph{nach} oder innerhalb
- des Argumentes von |\caption| platziert werden.
-
-\Message
- |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
-\Description
- Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu
- entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
- und die angegebene Option kann nicht in der Liste gefunden werden, so
- erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung.
- Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner
- diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu
- |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|
- verwenden.
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
-\Description
- Wenn Sie versuchen, eine bestimmte Option aus einer Optionsliste zu
- entfernen, zum Beispiel mit |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
- und die angegebene Optionsliste ist (noch) nicht definiert, so
- erhalten Sie die obenstehende Warnung.
- Liegt dies nicht an einem Schreibfehler Ihrerseits und möchten Sie ferner
- diese Warnung unterdrücken, so können Sie hierzu |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*|
- anstelle von |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup| verwenden.
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
-\Description
- Die Option |ignoreLTcapwidth| des \package{caption2}"=Paketes wird nicht von
- diesem Paket emuliert. In der Regel können Sie aber diese Option einfach
- ersatzlos entfernen.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption2} und \Ref{longtable}}
-
-\Message
- |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
- |captions right.|
-\Description
- Das \package{ragged2e} wird nur dann vom \package{caption}"=Paket geladen,
- wenn es tatsächlich benötigt wird.
- Um dies zu gewährleisten, sind zwei \LaTeX"=Läufe notwendig, daher können Sie
- beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen.
- Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein.
- \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-\Message
- |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
-\Description
- Ist ein zweiseitiges Dokumentenlayout gewählt, benötigt \thispackage\ zwei
- \LaTeX"=Läufe, um die Ränder korrekt zuordnen zu können;
- daher können Sie beim ersten Durchlauf diese Warnung bekommen.
- Mit dem nächsten \LaTeX"=Lauf sollte also diese Warnung verschwunden sein.
- \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-\Message
- |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
-\Description
- Diese Warnung informiert Sie über vermische \package{caption}"=Optionen.
- Wenn Sie z.B.~|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| oder
- |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| in einer |figure| Umgebung verwenden,
- werden beide Optionssätze, sowohl derjenige für |figure|
- (mit |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| angegeben) als auch
- derjenige für |table| (mit |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}| angegeben),
- angewandt.
- {\small(Diese Warnung kann bei Bedarf durch Verwendung der Stern-Form
- |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}| unterdrückt werden.)\par}
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
- |particular \caption.|
-\Description
- \Thispackage\ hat keinen geeigneten Hyperlink"=Anker für diese Beschriftung
- gefunden, daher hat es entschlossen, die Einstellung |hypcap=|\x|true| (die per
- Standard gesetzt ist) zu ignorieren.
- Als Folge werden Hyperlinks zu dieser Abbildung oder Tabelle (etwa über das
- Abbildungsverzeichnis, oder selber mit |\ref| oder |\auto|\-|ref| angelegt)
- nicht auf den Beginn der Abbildung oder Tabelle verweisen, sondern stattdessen
- auf deren Beschriftung.\par
- Dies kann zum Beispiel passieren, wenn eine Beschriftung mit |\caption|\-|of|
- innerhalb einer nicht-gleitenden Umgebung gesetzt wird, aber auch, wenn ein
- Sie ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, welches die Umgebungen |figure|
- oder |table| umdefiniert hat, dieses Paket aber dem \package{caption}"=Paket
- unbekannt ist.\par
- Ist dies für Sie ok, aber die Warnung stört Sie, können Sie sie
- |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| direkt vor dem betroffenen |\caption|
- oder |\caption|\-|of| Befehl platzieren.
- Ist dies hingegen nicht für Sie ok, können Sie selber an geeigneter Stelle mit
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| einen Hyperlink"=Anker setzen.
- \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
- |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
-\Description
- Entweder ist die verwendete Dokumentenklasse dem \package{caption}"=Paket
- unbekannt, oder aber Sie haben ein Paket in Ihrem Dokument eingebunden,
- welches ebenfalls das interne Makro |\@make|\-|caption| (welches intern für
- das Setzen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen zuständig ist)
- umdefiniert.
- Wie-auch-immer, \thispackage\ wird entweder das Design der Beschriftungen
- in einer ungewollten Art \& Weise verändern, oder aber es wird zu keinem
- geordneten Verhalten und/oder Fehlermeldungen kommen. Deswegen wird in
- diesem Falle die Verwendung des \package{caption}"=Paketes nicht empfohlen.
- \par\See{\Ref{classes} und \Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
-\Description
- Es wurden Optionen mit |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{Typ}|]| definiert, die im
- weiteren Verlauf des Dokumentes aber nicht zur Anwendung gekommen sind.
- Dies kann zum einen an einem Schreibfehler im Argument \meta{Typ} liegen,
- aber auch daran, daß ein dem \package{caption}"=Paket unbekanntes Paket
- die Umgebungen |figure| und/oder |table| umdefiniert hat, oder auch einfach
- daran, daß Sie die angegebene Umgebung gar nicht im späteren Verlauf Ihres
- Dokumentes verwenden.
- (Möchten Sie diese Warnung unterdrücken, so verwenden Sie
- |\caption|\-|setup*| anstelle von |\caption|\-|setup|.)
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
- |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
- |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
- |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
-\Description
- Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der Abstände
- über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein. Viele Köche verderben den Brei,
- also ist es ratsam, sich für eines der Pakete -- das angegebene oder
- \thispackage\ -- zu entscheiden, um falsche Abstände zu vermeiden.
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\end{Warnings}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Fehlermeldungen}
-
-\begin{Warnings}
-
-\Message
-
- |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
-\Or
- |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
-\Description
- Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die etwas spezielles wie z.B.~eine Tabelle
- enthalten, ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als
- optionales Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben
- werden muß, auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder
- Tabellenverzeichnis beeinhaltet.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |\caption outside float.|
-\Description
- |\caption| ist (in der Regel) nur für die Anwendung in gleitenden
- Umgebungen wie |figure| oder |table|, oder für die Anwendung innerhalb
- |long|\-|table| oder |wrap|\-|figure| konzipiert, ansonsten bekommen Sie
- obenstehende Fehlermeldung.
- Um eine Beschriftung innerhalb einer anderen Umgebung zu setzen, verwenden
- Sie bitte entweder die Kombination |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
- $+$ |\caption|, oder aber |\caption|\-|of|.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
-
-\Message
- |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
-\Description
- |\Continued|\-|Float| ist nur für die Anwendung innerhalb einer gleitenden
- Umgebung wie |figure| oder |table| konzipiert. %oder auch |long|\-|table|
- Für die Anwendung in einer Box, Gruppe oder nicht-gleitenden Umgebung
- bietet sich die Kombination
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float| an.\par
- |\Continued|\-|Float| innerhalb einer |long|\-|table| ist nicht möglich,
- aber vielleicht ist die |longtable*| Umgebung, die eine longtable
- ohne Erhöhung des Tabellenzählers setzt, für Sie hilfreich.
- \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} und \Ref{longtable}}
-
-\Message
- |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
-\Description
- Fortlaufende Abbildungen oder Tabellen dürfen nicht von anderen
- gleitenden Umgebungen (oder einer |long|\-|table|) unterbrochen werden,
- so ist z.B.~ eine Tabelle zwischen einer Abbildung und einer
- (mit |\Continued|\-|Float|) fortgesetzten Abbildung nicht möglich.
- \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
-
-\Message
- |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
- |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
- |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
-\Description
- Das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket kann nicht mit einem solch
- veralteten Paket zusammen betrieben werden.
- Bitte aktualisieren Sie das betroffene Paket, zumindest auf die
- angegebene Version.
-
-\Message
- |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
-\Description
- Diesen Fehler sollten Sie niemals sehen. Wenn doch, senden Sie mir bitte
- einen Fehlerbericht per E-Mail.
-
-\Message
- |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
-\Description
- Der in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
- |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, oder |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|
- angegebene \meta{type} ist unbekannt.
- \meta{type} sollte entweder `\texttt{figure}' oder `\texttt{table}', oder
- aber eine mit mit
- |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
- (vom \package{newfloat}"=Paket bereitgestellt),
- |\new|\-|float|
- (vom \package{float}"=Paket\cite{float} bereitgestellt) oder
- |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type|
- (vom \package{floatrow}"=Paket\cite{floatrow} bereitgestellt)
- definierte Gleitumgebung sein.
-
-\Message
- |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
-\Description
- Der Befehl |\caption| ist innerhalb einer |long|\-|table*| Umgebung
- nicht erlaubt. Verwenden Sie entweder |\caption*| für eine Beschriftung
- ohne Bezeichner oder benutzen Sie die reguläre |long|\-|table| Umgebung.
-
-\Message
- |Not available in compatibility mode.|
-\Description
- Das angeforderte Feature steht im sog.~Kompatibilitätsmodus nicht zur
- Verfügung, d.h.~\thispackage\ hat eine inkompatible Dokumentenklasse oder
- ein inkompatibles Paket entdeckt, welches ebenfalls |\caption| erweitert
- und damit die Anwendung dieses Features bzw.~Befehls verhindert.
- \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
-\Description
- Innerhalb der Umgebungen, die das \package{fltpage} oder \package{sidecap}
- Paket zur Verfügung stellt, kann nur eine einzige Bildbeschriftung gesetzt
- werden.
-
-\Message
- |Option clash for package caption.|
-\Or[aber manchmal auch]
- |Missing \begin{document}.|
-\Description
- Ein anderes \LaTeX-Paket hat \thispackage\ bereits geladen, Sie können es
- daher nicht noch einmal mit anderen Optionen laden.
- Als Verdächtiger kommt z.B.~das \package{ctable} oder das
- \package{subfig}"=Paket in Frage; sollte dies zutreffen,
- laden Sie bitte \thispackage\ \emph{vor} dem betreffenen Paket.
- Im Falle des \package{subfig}"=Paketes können Sie auch alternativ beim
- Laden des \package{subfig}"=Paketes die Option |caption=|\x|false| angeben.
- \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
-
-\Message
- |Paragraph ended before \caption at makecurrent was complete.|
-\Or
- |Paragraph ended before \caption at prepareanchor was complete.|
-\Description
- Beim Setzen von Beschriftungen, die mehr als aus einem Absatz bestehen,
- ist zu beachten, daß immer ein alternativer Listeneintrag als optionales
- Argument bei |\caption| bzw. |\caption|\-|of| mit angegeben werden muß,
- auch wenn Ihr Dokument gar kein Abbildungs- oder Tabellenverzeichnis
- beeinhaltet.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists} und \Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
- |in the last figure or table.|
-\Description
- Sie scheinen den Befehl |\sub|\-|caption| (oder einen anderen,
- der eine Unter"=Beschriftung setzt) ohne eine zugehörige,
- mit |\caption| gesetzte, Beschriftung anzuwenden.
- Dies wird nicht unterstützt.
-
-\Message
- |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
- |with `format=hang'.|
-\Or
- |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
- |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
-\Description
- Ein Bezeichnungstrenner, der ein |\\| Kommando enthält (wie etwa
- |labelsep=|\x|newline|), kann nicht mit einem Format kombiniert werden,
- welches "`hängende"' Beschriftungen liefert (wie etwa |format=|\x|hang|).
- Bitte wählen Sie entweder einen anderen Trenner (wie
- z.B.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|), oder aber ein anderes Beschriftungsformat
- (wie z.B.~|format=|\x|plain|) aus.
- \par\See{\Ref{formats} bzw.~\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-\Message
- |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
- |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
- |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
-\Description
- Sie haben die Option |caption=|\x|false| angegeben. Diese war früher mal eine
- Krücke, um nicht das komplette \package{caption}"=Paket zu laden, sondern
- nur den für das \package{subfig}"=Paket zwingend benötigten Teil.
- Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; stattdessen
- sollten Sie diese Option dem \package{subfig}"=Paket übergeben und
- \thispackage\ nicht mehr explizit laden.
- \par\See{Dokumentation des \package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, eine boolische Option (wie z.B.~|singlelinecheck=| oder
- |hypcap=|) auf einen unbekannten Wert zu setzen. Nur die Werte |false|, |no|,
- |off|, |0| bzw.~|true|, |yes|, |on| und |1| sind hier möglich.
-
-\Message
- |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
- definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, ein Bezeichnungsformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
- definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungstrenner auszuwählen, welcher nicht
- definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, ein Listenformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
- definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, den Positionshinweis auf einen unbekannten Wert zu
- setzen. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, ein Beschriftungsstil auszuwählen, welcher nicht
- definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{style}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- Es wurde versucht, ein Textformat auszuwählen, welches nicht
- definiert ist. Vielleicht ein Schreibfehler!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
- |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
-\Description
-% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
- Das angegebene Paket mischt sich ebenfalls in die Verwendung der
- Abstände über- und unterhalb der Beschriftungen ein.
- Sie müssen sich daher für \emph{einen} der Mechanismen entscheiden:
- Entweder Sie verwenden das angegebene Paket für die Anpassung
- der Abstände, oder aber die |position|"=Option des
- \package{caption}"=Paketes, beides geht nicht.
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\Message
- |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
- |the (current) caption package.|
-\Description
- Die Pakete \package{caption} und \package{caption2} können nicht
- innerhalb eines Dokumentes gleichzeitig verwendet werden.
- Verwenden Sie bitte nur das aktuelle \package{caption}"=Paket.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
-
-\end{Warnings}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Versionshistorie}
-\label{history}
-
-Die Version $1.0$ dieses Paketes wurde im Jahr 1994 veröffentlicht und bot
-eine Handvoll Optionen, um das Design der Abbildungs-
-bzw.~Tabellenbeschriftungen anzupassen.
-Ferner unterstützte diese Version bereits das \package{rotating} und
-\package{subfigure}"=Paket.
-Version $1.1$ führte die |center|\-|last| Option ein;
-in Version $1.2$ kam die Unterstützung des \package{float}"=Paketes hinzu.
-Die Version $1.3$ verfeinerte die Koorperation mit dem
-\package{subfigure}"=Paket; die Version $1.4$ bot die Option |nooneline|
-als Neuheit an.
-
-Die Version $2.0$ des sog.~\package{caption2}"=Paketes war ein
-experimenteller Seitenzweig der regulären Version des
-\package{caption}"=Paketes. Er wurde im Jahre 1995 als Beta"=Testversion
-öffentlich gemacht, um die Nachfrage nach neuen Features und der
-Anpassung an das \package{longtable}"=Paket kurzfristig zu befriedigen.
-(Eine Version $2.1$ wurde 2002 als Fehlerbereinigung nachgereicht.)
-
-Im Jahr 2003 hatte ich dann endlich wieder etwas Zeit gefunden, und so
-wurde im Dezember die neue reguläre Version $3.0$ in Zusammenarbeit mit
-Frank Mittelbach und Steven Cochran aus der Taufe gehoben, die endlich
-den arg vernachlässigten Seitenzweig namens \package{caption2}
-überflüssig machte.
-Weite Teile des Paketes wurden hierfür neu geschrieben, und auch das
-Benutzerinterface wurde gründlich renoviert.
-Außerdem kam die Unterstützung der Pakete \package{hyperref},
-\package{hypcap}, \package{listings}, \package{sidecap} und
-\package{supertabular} hinzu.
-
-Während all die vorangegangenen Versionen dafür ausgelegt waren, mit
-den \LaTeX"=Standarddokumentenklassen \class{article}, \class{report} und
-\class{book} benutzt zu werden, unterstützt die im Jahre 2007
-veröffentlichte Version $3.1$ auch die \AmS, die \KOMAScript, \NTG{} und
-\SmF{} Dokumentenklassen, ferner auch die \class{beamer}"=Klasse.
-Weiterhin kamen die Unterstützung der französischen Babel"=Option
-\package{frenchb} und des französischen Sprachpaketes \package{frenchle}
-bzw.~\package{frenchpro} hinzu;
-außerdem wurde die Anzahl der unterstützten Pakete um die Pakete
-\package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
-\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}
-und \package{wrapfig} erhöht.
-Neue Optionen und Befehle wurden ebenfalls eingeführt, unter anderem
-|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
-|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
-|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
-Einen weiteren Gewinn stellt der neu integrierte Kompatibilitätscheck
-\see*{\Ref{compatibility}}, das neue "`hypcap"' Feature
-\see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, und die Unterstützung von Teil"=Beschriftungen
-\see*{\package{subcaption}"=Paketdokumentation} dar.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen}
-
-\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
-\label{caption1}
-
-Diese Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes ist weitgehend kompatibel zu den
-älteren Versionen $1.0$ bis $1.4$ des Paketes; alte, vorhandene Dokumente
-sollten sich also in der Regel ohne Probleme weiterhin übersetzen lassen.
-Jedoch ist zu beachten, daß eine Mischung aus alten Befehlen und neueren
-Optionen bzw.~Befehlen zu unerwünschten Nebeneffekten führen kann.
-
-Hier eine kurze Übersicht über die alten, überholten Optionen und ihre
-aktuellen Entsprechungen:
-
-\begin{center}\small
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
-\hline
-%\endhead
-|normal| & |format=plain|\\
-|hang| & |format=hang|\\
-|isu| & |format=hang|\\
-|center| & |justification=centering|\\
-|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
-|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
-|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
-|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
-|small| & |font=small|\\
-|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
-|large| & |font=large|\\
-|Large| & |font=Large|\\
-|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
-|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
-|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
-|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
-|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
-|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
-|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
-|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
-|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-Neben den Optionen zum Einstellen des Zeichensatzes gab es auch die Befehle
-|\caption|\-|size| bzw.~|\caption|\-|font| und |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|,
-die direkt mit |\re|\-|new|\-|command| umdefiniert werden konnten.
-Dieser Mechanismus wurde durch die Anweisungen
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad und\\
- |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-ersetzt. \SeeUserDefined
-
-Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{1.x} mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-Dies wurde durch
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-ersetzt.
-\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-Zum Beispiel wäre
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
- |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
- |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
-\end{quote}
-in aktueller Notation
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
- | margin=10pt]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-bzw.
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
- | margin=10pt}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-Die etwas exotische Option |ruled|, die eine partielle Anwendung der
-eingestellten Parameter bei Umgebungen des Typs |ruled| aktivierte,
-wird ebenfalls emuliert, hat aber keine direkte Entsprechung in
-dieser Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes.
-Möchte man das Aussehen der Abbildungen des Stils |ruled|,
-der durch das \package{float}"=Paket zur Verfügung gestellt wird,
-verändern, so ist dies nun durch
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-bzw.
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-möglich.
-\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup} und \Ref{float}]
-
-\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
-\label{caption2}
-
-Das Paket \package{caption} und seine experimentelle, nun veraltete
-Variante \package{caption2} sind vom internen Konzept
-her zu unterschiedlich, um hier eine vollständige Kompatibilität
-gewährleisten zu können.
-Daher liegt diesem Paket weiterhin die Datei |caption2.sty| bei, so daß
-ältere Dokumente, die das \package{caption2}"=Paket verwenden, weiterhin
-übersetzt werden können.
-
-Neue Dokumente sollten jedoch auf dem aktuellen \package{caption}"=Paket
-aufgesetzt werden. In den meisten Fällen ist es hierfür ausreichend,
-einfach die Anweisung
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
-\end{quote}
-durch
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[...]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-zu ersetzen. Einige Optionen und Befehle werden jedoch nicht emuliert,
-so daß Sie anschließend Fehlermeldungen erhalten können.
-Die folgenden Absätze werden Ihnen jedoch bei der Umsetzung dieser
-Optionen und Befehle helfen. Sollten darüberhinaus noch Fragen offen sein
-oder Probleme auftreten, dann zögern Sie bitte nicht, mich diesbezüglich
-per E-Mail zu kontaktieren.
-
-Zusätzlich zu den bereits im letzten Abschnitt vorgestellten Optionen
-werden ebenfalls emuliert:
-
-\begin{center}\small
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
-\hline
-%\endhead
-|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
-|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
-|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-Das Setzen eines Randes geschah in \version{2.x} mit
-\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
- |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| bzw.
- |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-}\end{quote}
-Dies wurde durch
-\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
- |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| bzw.
- |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|
-}\end{quote}
-ersetzt. \See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-Das Setzen des Einzuges wurde in \version{2.x} mit
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
- |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-\pagebreak[3]
-erledigt, dies geschieht nun stattdessen mit
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-Die Sonderbehandlung von einzeiligen Beschriftungen ließ sich in
-\version{2.x} mit |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| aus-
-bzw.~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| wieder einschalten.
-Dies wurde durch
-|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
-bzw.
-|\caption|\-|setup{|\x|single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|
-ersetzt. \See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-Die Befehle
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
- |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle| und |\renewcaptionstyle|
-\end{quote}
-haben keine direkte Entsprechnung und werden daher durch diese
-Version des \package{caption}"=Paketes auch nicht emuliert.
-Sie führen also bei der Verwendung zu Fehlermeldungen und müssen daher
-zwingend umgesetzt werden. Die Umsetzung ist von Fall zu Fall verschieden,
-lesen Sie sich daher bitte diese Anleitung gründlich durch und suchen Sie
-sich die Optionen bzw.~Befehle als Ersatz heraus, die Ihren Bedürfnissen
-entsprechen.
-
-\iffalse
-Als kleine Hilfestellung hier die Beispiele aus der alten Anleitung zum
-\package{caption2}"=Paket und deren Umsetzung:
-
-\newenvironment{OldNew}%
- {\begin{minipage}\linewidth
- \def\Old{Alt:\begin{quote}}%
- \def\New{\end{quote}Neu:\begin{quote}}%
- \def\Or{\end{quote}\centerline{-- oder --}\begin{quote}}%
- }%
- {\end{quote}\end{minipage}}
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\captionstyle{center}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{justification=centering}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
- |\setlength{\captionindent}{1cm}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=1cm}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small}|\\
- |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\itshape}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{font=small,labelfont=it}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\itshape}|\\
- |\renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\upshape}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{font=small,textfont=it}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\setcaptionwidth{.5\textwidth}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{width=.5\textwidth}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\setcaptionmargin{.25\textwidth}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{margin=.25\textwidth}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\newcaptionstyle{absatz}{\captionlabel: \exampletext\par}|\\
- |\captionstyle{absatz}|
-\New
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{absatz}{#1: #3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=absatz,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{format=plain,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{\textsf{\captionlabel}\\\exampletext\par}|\\
- |\captionstyle{fancy}|
-\New
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\textsf{#1}\\#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=fancy,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{format=plain,labelfont=sf,labelsep=newline}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\newcaptionstyle{fancy2}{\exampletext\hfill\textit{(\captionlabel)}}|\\
- |\captionstyle{fancy2}|
-\New
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy2}{#3\hfill\textit{(#1)}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=fancy2,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\newcaptionstyle{mystyle}{%|\\
- | \normalcaptionparams|\\
- | \renewcommand\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}%|\\
- | \renewcommand\captionlabeldelim{.}%|\\
- | \onelinecaptionsfalse|\\
- | \usecaptionstyle{centerlast}}|\\
- |\captionstyle{mystyle}|
-\New
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,justification=centerlast}|\\
- |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\newcaptionstyle{hangandleft}{%|\\
- | \let\oldcaptiontext\exampletext|\\
- | \def\exampletext{\raggedright\oldcaptiontext}%|\\
- | \usecaptionstyle{hang}}|\\
- |\captionstyle{hangandleft}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup{format=hang,justification=raggedright}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\newcaptionstyle{fancy}{%|\\
- | \usecaptionmargin\captionfont|\\
- | \onelinecaption|\\
- | {{\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\
- | \captionlabelsep\exampletext}%|\\
- | {{\centering\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\par}%|\\
- | \centerlast\exampletext\par}}|\\
- |\captionstyle{fancy}|
-\New
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{\centering#1\par\centerlast#3\par}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\
- | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\
- | {format=fancy}|\\
- |\captionsetup{style=fancy}|
-\Or
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{fancy}{#1\par#3\par}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{fancy}|\\
- | [format=plain,justification=centering]|\\
- | {format=fancy,justification=centerlast}|\\
- |\captionsetup{style=fancy}|
-\end{OldNew}
-
-\hrule
-
-\begin{OldNew}
-\Old
- |\renewcaptionstyle{longtable}{\usecaptionstyle{normal}}|
-\New
- |\captionsetup[longtable]{format=plain}|
-\end{OldNew}
-\fi
-
-Ebenfalls keine Entsprechung hat die Option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
-der \version{2.x}.
-Deren Verwendung kann in der Regel einfach entfallen, da \thispackage\ den
-Wert von |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| sowieso nicht beachtet, solange er nicht
-explizit auf einen anderen Wert als den Standardwert ($=$|4in|) gesetzt wird.
-\See{\Ref{longtable}}
-
-\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
-\label{caption3}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte keine weiteren Dokumentenklassen
-unterstützt als die drei Standard"=Klassen, die \LaTeX\ selber mitbringt:
-\class{article}, \class{report} und \class{book}.
-Daher waren die Vorbelegungen der Einstellungsmöglichkeiten fest durch
-dieses Paket vorgegeben, sie repräsentierten das Aussehen bei Verwendung
-einer dieser Klassen.
-Nun aber unterstützt \thispackage\ mehr Dokumentenklassen aktiv, folglich
-kann die Vorbelegung nun von der verwendeten Dokumentenklasse abhängen.
-
-Ein Beispiel: Während in \version{3.0} die Vorbelegung der Ausrichtung
-immer |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| war,
-ist sie nun immer noch |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| wenn eine der drei Standardklassen
-verwendet wird, aber |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=|\x|ragged|\-|right|,
-wenn die \package{beamer}"=Klasse verwendet wird.
-
-Möchten Sie weiterhin die "`alten"' Vorbelegungen, so können Sie die Option
-|style=base| beim Laden des \package{caption}"=Paketes angeben oder später
-mit |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| den alten Grundzustand wieder
-herstellen.
-
-\medskip
-
-Weiterhin prüft das \package{caption}"=Paket nun automatisch auf
-Inkompatibilitäten und gibt ggf.~eine Warnung aus.
-Sollte eine ernsthafte Inkompatibilität festgestellt werden, werden außerdem
-einige Features des \package{caption}"=Paketes abgeschaltet.
-Lediglich diese Prüfung ist neu, wenn Sie also neuerdings eine
-Kompatibilitätswarnung erhalten, so waren auch bereits vorangegangene Versionen
-des \package{caption}"=Paketes inkompatibel, dies hatte sich aber früher "`nur"'
-durch Seiteneffekte bzw.~nicht korrekt funktionierende Optionen oder Befehle
-geäußert.
-Die Kompatibilitätswarnungen sagen auch nicht aus, daß etwas schief gegangen ist,
-sondern lediglich, daß etwas schief gehen könnte. Sie sollten aber auf jeden Fall,
-wenn Sie \thispackage\ trotz einer solchen Warnung einsetzen, die Abbildungs-
-und Tabellenbeschriftungen bzgl.~ihres Aussehens genau im Auge behalten.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Note*}
-\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} hatte als Interimslösung die Option
-|caption=|\x|false| bereitgestellt, um nicht das ganze \package{caption}"=Paket
-zu laden, sondern nur denjenigen Teil, der für den Betrieb des
-\package{subfig}"=Paketes\cite{subfig} notwendig war.
-Dieser Mechanismus ist veraltet und wird nicht mehr angeboten; bitte
-übergeben Sie stattdessen bei Bedarf diese Option an das \package{subfig}"=Paket
-und laden Sie nicht mehr \thispackage.
-%\par\See{\package{subfig}"=Paketdokumentation}
-\end{Note*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\iffalse
-\TODO: subcaption-Anleitung
-\fi
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\begin{thebibliography}{99}
-
- \bibitem{TLC2}
- Frank Mittelbach und Michel Goossens:\\
- \newblock {\em Der {\LaTeX} Begleiter (2.\,Auflage)},\\
- \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
-
- \bibitem{beamer}
- Till Tantau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
- {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
- March 11, 2007
-
- \bibitem{KOMAScript}
- Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
- {\emph{KOMA-Script -- ein wandelbares \LaTeXe-Paket}},\\
- 2007-03-02
-
- \bibitem{NTG}
- Victor Eijkhout:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
- {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
- 3 September 1989
-
- \bibitem{algorithms}
- Rog\'erio Brito:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
- {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
- June 2, 2006
-
-\iffalse
- \bibitem{algorithm2e}
- Christophe Fiorio:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}%
- {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
- March 11, 2007
-\fi
-
- \bibitem{float}
- Anselm Lingnau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
- {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
- 2001/11/08
-
- \bibitem{floatflt}
- Mats Dahlgren:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
- {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
- 1998/06/05
-
- \bibitem{floatrow}
- Olga Lapko:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
- {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
- 2007/12/24
-
- \bibitem{fltpage}
- Sebastian Gross:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
- {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
- 1998/11/13
-
- \bibitem{hyperref}
- Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
- {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
- November 12, 2007
-
- \bibitem{hypcap}
- Heiko Oberdiek:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
- {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
- 2007/04/09
-
- \bibitem{listings}
- Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
- {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
- 2007/02/22
-
- \bibitem{longtable}
- David Carlisle:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
- {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
- 2004/02/01
-
- \bibitem{picinpar}
- Friedhelm Sowa:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
- {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
- July 13, 1993
-
- \bibitem{picins}
- Joachim Bleser und Edmund Lang:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
- {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
- September~1992
-
- \bibitem{rotating}
- Sebastian Rahtz und Leonor Barroca:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
- {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
- 1997/09/26
-
- \bibitem{setspace}
- Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
- {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
- 1 December 2000
-
- \bibitem{sidecap}
- Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
- {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
- 2003/06/06
-
- \bibitem{subfigure}
- Steven D. Cochran:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
- {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
- 2002/07/02
-
- \bibitem{subfig}
- Steven D. Cochran:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
- {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
- 2005/07/05
-
- \bibitem{supertabular}
- Johannes Braams und Theo Jurriens:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
- {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
- 2002/07/19
-
- \bibitem{threeparttable}
- Donald Arseneau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
- {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
- 2003/06/13
-
- \bibitem{wrapfig}
- Donald Arseneau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
- {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
- 2003/01/31
-
- \bibitem{xtab}
- Peter Wilson:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
- {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
- 2004/05/24
-
-\end{thebibliography}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\end{document}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-elsarticle.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -27,11 +27,10 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
+%
% \CheckSum{3}
%
% \iffalse
@@ -139,6 +138,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-eng.tex 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -1,4458 +0,0 @@
-%
-% This is file `caption-eng.tex'.
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
-%
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%
-% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
-%
-% This work consists of the files
-% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx,
-% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx,
-% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx,
-% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx,
-% the derived files
-% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
-% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
-% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
-%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption-eng.tex}[2020/09/21 v3.5 The caption package]
-\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
-%\errorcontextlines=3
-
-\documentclass[USenglish]{ltxdoc}
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
-\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
-\makeatletter\g at addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
-
-\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
-\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
- \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
- \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
- \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
- \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
- \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
-\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
-
-\usepackage{hypdoc}
-\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
-\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
-\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
-
-\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
- {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
- {e-TeX}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
- {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
- {AMS}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
- {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
- {KOMA-Script}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
-
-\usepackage{marvosym}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
-\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
-\makeatother
-
-\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
-\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
-
-% \ContinuedFloat
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{Continued #1~#2}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
-% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
-% \DeclareCaptionStyle
-\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
- {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
-% Example 1
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
-\newlength\myindention
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
-% Example 2
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
-% Example 3
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
-% Example 4
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
-
-\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
-\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
-\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
-\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
-
-\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
-\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
-\newcommand*\version[2][]{v$#2$}
-\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
-
-\newenvironment{Annotation}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \smallskip
- \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
-\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Example}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
- {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
-
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
- {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
- {\@example{}}}
-\def\@example#1{%
- \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
-\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \begingroup
- \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
- \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
- \endgroup}
-\makeatother
-
-\newenvironment{Expert}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
- \smallskip
- \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
-\newenvironment{Expert*}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
- \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
- \smallskip
- \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
-\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
- \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
- {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
- \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
- \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
- \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
- \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
- {\endlist}
-
-\makeatletter
-\def\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
-\def\@Ref#1#2{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
-\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
-\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
-\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
-
-\def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package}
-\def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package}
-
-\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Note}
-\newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
-\newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{See}}{\SEE[\small]{See}}}
-\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{see}}{\SEE[\small]{see}}}
-\makeatother
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\GetFileInfo{caption-eng.tex}
-\let\docdate\filedate
-\let\docversion\fileversion
-\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
-
-\title{Customizing captions of floating environments\texorpdfstring{%
- \thanks{This package has version number \docversion.}}{}}
-\author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
- \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
-\date{\docdate}
-\maketitle
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\begin{abstract}
-\Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
-in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
-many other packages.
-\par\smallskip
-\textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
-commands for customizing captions.
-If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
-you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
-And if you are only interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
-the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\newcommand\exampletext{%
- White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
- with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
- perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
- of the many championship courses.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\section*{State of this document}
-
-This documentation is outdated.
-
-It documents the options and commands available in version \version{3.1} of the
-\package{caption} package, but many things added later on is missing here. Why?
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
- I wasn't happy with the structure of the documentation, so I decided to write a new one.
- So why updating the abandoned documentation?
- (Unfortunately I never found the time to actually write the new one.)
-\item
- Since my spare time was extremly limited since version \version{3.1} I didn't
- wanted to hold improvements and enhancements back for months because of missing
- documentation.
-\item
- Since I used to fix bugs in the most recent development version only,
- I didn't wanted to hold bugfixes back for months because of missing
- documentation of features.
- (But since 2015 bugs will usually get fixed for the latest release version as well,
- and released to CTAN as bug-fixed version afterwards.)
-\end{itemize}
-
-What now?
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
- I will update this documentation in the next weeks, finally bringing it up-to-date.
-\item
- Until the revised documentation is ready the most recent version could be found at
- \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/blob/master/doc/caption-eng.pdf}
- since I will not upload every improvement of the documentation to CTAN immediately.
-\end{itemize}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\section*{Introduction}
-
-Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
-attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
-remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
-
-\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
-to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
-text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
-family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
-
-\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
-
-You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
-caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
-\small
-Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
-captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
-(But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
- package\cite{floatrow}.)
-\end{minipage}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\tableofcontents
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Using this package}
-\label{usage}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
-Insert
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
-\end{quote}
-into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
-between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
-The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
- | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
- %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
-\end{quote}
-would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
-For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-So
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-and
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
-\end{quote}
-are equal in their results.
-
-It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
-environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
-current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
-inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
-For example
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{figure}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
-so all the other captions remain untouched.
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
-\end{Annotation}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Options}
-\label{options}
-
-\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
-\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Formatting}
-\label{formats}
-
-\DescribeMacro{format=}
-A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
-which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
-associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
-description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
-from the label.
-
-The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
-it is specified with the option
-\begin{quote}
- |format=|\meta{format name}\quad,
-\end{quote}
-having the name of the caption format as its argument.
-
-There are two standard caption formats:
-%\footnote{You have the option to
-%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}:
-%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.}
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
- Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
-
- \item[hang]
- Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-\begin{Example}
- An example: Specifying the option
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang|
- \end{quote}
- yields captions like this:
- \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{indention=}
-For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
-indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
-option
-\begin{quote}
- |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-Two examples:
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
-With the option
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
-you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
-There are five standard caption label formats:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[original]
- The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
- usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
-
- Until \version{3.4} of \thispackage\ this label format was called `default'.
- Since \version{3.5} it is called `original' and usually is the default label
- format, so |label|\-|format=|\-|default| will still select this label format,
- unless the default was changed by either a document class or babel language package.
-
- \item[empty]
- The caption label will be empty.
-\iffalse
- (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
- \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
-\fi
-
- \item[simple]
- The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
-
- \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
- The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
-
- \item[parens]
- The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-\begin{Example}
- An example: Using the options
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
- \end{quote}
- gives captions like this one:
- \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Note*}
-Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
-\package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
-caption label format.
-\end{Note*}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
-With the option
-\begin{quote}
- |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
-\end{quote}
-you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
- If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
- no separator will be used.}
-You can choose one of the following:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[none]
- There is no caption separator.
-\iffalse
- (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
- \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
-\fi
-
- \item[colon]
- The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
-
- \item[period]
- The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
-
- \item[space]
- The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
-
- \item[quad]
- The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
-
- \item[newline]
- The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
- Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
- formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
- trying such combination of options.
-
- \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
- The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
- surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
-
-%\showhyphens{separator}
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-Three examples:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=period|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
-With the option
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
-There are two standard caption text formats:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[empty]
- The caption text will be suppressed.
-
- \item[simple]
- The caption text will be typeset as it is.
-
- \item[period]
- The caption text will be followed by a period.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own text formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\PageBreak
-\subsection{Justification}
-\label{justification}
-
-\DescribeMacro{justification=}
-As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
-\emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
-\begin{quote}
- |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-You can choose one of the following:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[justified]
- Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
-
- \item[centering]
- Each line of the caption will be centered.
-
-% \item[Centering]
-
- \item[centerlast]
- The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
-
- \item[centerfirst]
- Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
-
- \item[raggedright]
- Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
-
-\iffalse
- \item[RaggedRight]
- Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
- the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
-\else
- \item[RaggedRight]
- Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
- But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
- package will be used to achieve this.
- The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
- algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
- The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
- run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
- option is used for the first time.}
-\fi
-
- \item[raggedleft]
- Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
-
-% \item[RaggedLeft]
-% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
-% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
-
-%\showhyphens{justification}
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own justifications can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-Three examples:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,justification=centerlast|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\smallskip
-
-\PageBreak
-\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
-The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
-\class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
-
-\example*{}{A short caption.}
-
-\INFO
-\Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
-justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
-|indention=| in such case.
-But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
-with the option
-\begin{quote}
- |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
-extra centering off:
-\begin{quote}
- |singlelinecheck=false|
-\end{quote}
-Doing so the above short caption would look like
-
-\begingroup
- \captionsetup{type=figure}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
-\endgroup
-
-You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
-for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Fonts}
-\label{fonts}
-
-\DescribeMacro{font=}
-\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
-\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
-There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
-One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
-label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
-caption text (|text|\-|font|).
-You set them up using the options
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
- |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
- |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\
- |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
-
-And these are the available font options:
-
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size}
- \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes}
- \item[small] {\small Small size}
- \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size}
- \item[large] {\large Large size}
- \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
-
- \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape}
- \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape}
- \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape}
- \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape}
-
- \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series}
- \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series}
-
- \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family}
- \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family}
- \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
- \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
- {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
- see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
- |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
-e.g., the options
-%\begin{quote}
- |font={small}|
-%\end{quote}
-and
-%\begin{quote}
- |font=small|
-%\end{quote}
-will give the same result.
-
-Three examples:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |font=it,labelfont=bf|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |labelfont=sc,textfont=it|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{labelfont=sc,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{font+=}
-\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
-\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
-You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
-\end{quote}
-is identical to
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
-\label{margins}
-
-\DescribeMacro{margin=}
-\DescribeMacro{width=}
-For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
-a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
-looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
-figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
-or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
- |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--or--}\\
- |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--or--}\\
- |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
-both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
-|margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
-In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
-\DescribeMacro{oneside}
-\DescribeMacro{twoside}
-To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
-e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
-But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
-will have the same amount.
-
-Three examples will illustrating this:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin=10pt|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin={1cm,0cm}|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |width=.75\textwidth|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Note}
-When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
-environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
-figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
-offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
-will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
-But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
-do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
-specifying a margin for this particular environment,
-e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
-changes the margin if no width was set.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
-\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
-limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
-For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
-|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{parskip=}
-This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
-It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
-\begin{quote}
- |parskip=|\meta{amount}
-\end{quote}
-One example:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
- First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
- show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
- Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
- show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
-The option
-\begin{quote}
- |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
-\end{quote}
-is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
-paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
-leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
-know about.
-But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
- First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
- show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
- Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
- show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
- First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
- show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
- Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
- show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Note}
-If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
-to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
-optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
-get an error message.
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\PageBreak
-\subsection{Styles}
-\label{style}
-
-\DescribeMacro{style=}
-A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
-You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
-|\page|\-|style|;
-the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
-
-You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
-\begin{quote}
- |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
-the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
-\class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
-This means that specifying the option
-\begin{quote}
- |style=base|
-\end{quote}
-has the same effect as specifying all these options:
-\begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
- |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
- |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
- |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
-the caption fits into a single line.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
-the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
-This style is selected by default and represents these options:
-\begin{quote}
- |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
- |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
- |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
- |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
-the caption fits into a single line.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
-\class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
-point to (nearly) the same settings.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
-\SeeUserDefined
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Skips}
-\label{skips}
-
-\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
-The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
-controlled by the option
-\begin{quote}
- |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
-\class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
-use a different amount.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{position=}
-The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
-The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
-table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
-separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
-While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
-in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
-|long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
-flexible:
-By giving the option
-\begin{quote}
- |position=top|\quad or\quad |position=above|
-\end{quote}
-it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
-environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
-is placed below the caption.
-(Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
-caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
-Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
-command.)
-But with
-\begin{quote}
- |position=bottom|\quad or\quad |position=below|
-\end{quote}
-it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
-environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
-And finally with
-\begin{quote}
- |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
-\end{quote}
-\thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
-the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
-most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
-\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
-The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
-optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
-\See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
-For example
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
-\end{quote}
-causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
-the table (regarding spacing around it).
-Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
-the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
-|table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-is equivalent to
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\medskip
-
-\INFO
-Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
-and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
-Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
-|figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
-decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
-caption.
-For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
-setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
-and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
-|table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
-\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
-below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
-\package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Expert*}
-Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
-|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
-\LaTeX{}s implementation).
-But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
-|0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
-but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
-So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
-when |position=|\x|top| is set.
-Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
-(like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
-package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
-supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
-\end{Expert*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Lists}
-\label{lists}
-
-\DescribeMacro{list=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
-resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
-empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
-programmatically by saying
-\begin{quote}
- |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
- Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
- this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
- this purpose instead.}
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-With the option
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
-the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
-There are five standard caption list formats:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[empty]
- No number will be typeset.
-
- \item[simple]
- The number will be typeset with label prefix.
-
- \item[parens]
- The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
-
- \item[subsimple]
- Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
-
- \item[subparens]
- Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
- Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-The prefix ($=$|\p at figure| resp.~|\p at table|), which runs ahead of the
-number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
-Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
-so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
-same with |parens| and |subparens|.
-But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
-Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
-different purpose.\footnote{%
- Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
- or \package{subfig} package.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Names}
-\label{names}
-
-\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
-The option
-\begin{quote}
- |name=|\meta{name}
-\end{quote}
-changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
-This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
-|\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
-\end{quote}
-changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
-figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Types}
-\label{types}
-
-\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}
-The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
-e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
-these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
-kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
-the caption type manually with
-\begin{quote}
- |type=|\meta{float type}
-\end{quote}
-prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
-|\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
-\package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
-\package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
-for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
- | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
- | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
-which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
-\package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
-hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
-(See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
-\end{Expert}
-\begin{Expert}
-\emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
-for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
-|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-Own float types can be defined with
- |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
- |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
- |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
-
-\medskip
-
-\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
-Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
-\emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
-at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
-Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
-regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
-therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
-You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Commands}
-
-\subsection{Typesetting captions}
-\label{caption}
-\label{captionlistentry}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\caption}
-The command
-\begin{quote}
- |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
-\end{quote}
-typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
-Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
-If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
-figures or tables will be made. For example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
-if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
-this argument is moving instead.
-``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
-list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
-``List of Tables'', too.
-\emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
-everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
-\emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
-Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
-own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
-|\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
-
-An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
-|\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
-So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
-(e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
-or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
-|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
-
-But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
-single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
-the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
-An example:
-|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
-|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
-|\right.| |\]}|.
-Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
-leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
-So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
-just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
-
-For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
-\emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
-\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\caption*}
-The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
-typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
-An example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{longtable}|
-\end{quote}
-looks like
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-\vskip\intextsep
-\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
- \caption*{A table}
- \centering
- \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
- & x & y \\\hline
- a & 1 & 2 \\
- b & 3 & 4 \\
- \end{tabular}
-\end{minipage}
-\vskip\intextsep
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-\Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
-every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{table}|\\
- | \caption*{A table}|\\
-% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
-% | |\ldots\\
-% | \end{tabular}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\captionof}
-\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
-Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
-putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
-For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
-the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
-(e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
-An example:
-\begin{quote}
-% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
- |\captionof{table}{A table}|
-\end{quote}
-typesets captions like this:
-\begin{Example}
-% \begingroup
-% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
-% \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
-% \begingroup
- \captionof{table}{A table}
-% \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-
-The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
-command:
-It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
-or tables.
-
-\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
-Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
-restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
-|\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
-environments, too.
-\See{\Ref{types}}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
-(or table) entry on its own.
-This could be achieved with
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
-contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endfirsthead|\\
- | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endhead|\\
- | |\ldots
-\end{quote}
-But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
-|\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
-the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
-the table.
-Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endfoot|\\
- | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
- | |\ldots
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
-increment the \meta{float type} counter.
-(Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
-never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
-\end{Expert}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
-it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
-\end{Expert}
-
-\subsection{Setting options}
-\label{captionsetup}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
-We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
-but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
-\meta{float type}.
-
-Remember, the syntax of this command is
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
-change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
-when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
-\meta{float type} gets typeset.
-For example
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
-\end{quote}
-forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
-
-Here comes an example to illustrate this:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
-\end{quote}
-gives captions like this:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{table}{A table}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
-the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
-
-As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
-|figure| or |table|.
-But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
-\package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
-this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
-commands can also be used with them.
-\See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
-\end{quote}
-While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
-\meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
-(e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
-starred variant will not.
-\iffalse
-This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
-of a specific document.
-\fi
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
-If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
-a particular environment you can use the command
-\begin{quote}
- |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
-for figures in the example above:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
-this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
-\emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
-If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
-\cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
-While the example above not only clears the options
-|labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
-for figures (but all options for figures instead),
-this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
-settings for figures intact:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-\begin{Expert}
-Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
-\meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
-For debugging purposes the command
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
-for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-gives the info:
-\begin{quote}\small
- |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
- |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Continued floats}
-\label{ContinuedFloat}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
-Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
-their own reference number. This is what the command
-\begin{quote}
- |\ContinuedFloat|
-\end{quote}
-is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
-It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
-|\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
-gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
-An example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{table}|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-gives the following result:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \caption{A table}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table (cont.)}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
-the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
-to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued1}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\smallskip
-\See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
- \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
-
-\medskip
-
-There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
-used for own purposes.
-For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
-continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
-So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
-environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
-An example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\medskip
-A reference to this table would still result in the output
-``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
-If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
-too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
-which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
-continued floats and is preset to be empty.
-\begin{quote}
- |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\medskip
-A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
-Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
-kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
-``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
-This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
-which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
-type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
-|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
-instead:
-\begin{quote}
- |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
- |\end{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
- |\end{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat*
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{First figure of a series}
- \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Second figure of a series}
- \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Third figure of a series}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-\smallskip
-\Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
- \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
-If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
-by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
-this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
-but instead you could write something like:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
- |\endfirsthead|\\
- | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
- | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
- |\endhead|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{longtable}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Own enhancements}
-\label{declare}
-
-A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
-etc.
-This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
-be associated with a name and kept in one place.
-(These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
-this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
-You can define your own caption formats using the command
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
-separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
-pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Expert}
-There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
-which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
-horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
-Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}
-\end{quote}
-At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
-gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
-An example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
-\end{quote}
-\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
-\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
-If you define your own caption label formats and use the
-\package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
-you should take care of empty caption label names.
-For this purpose the commands
-\begin{quote}
- |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\
- |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
-\end{quote}
-are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
-not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
-both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
-is defined as
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
- | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}
-Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
-\end{quote}
-At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
-You can define your own caption label separators with
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Expert}
-There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
-which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
-So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
-are defined in this way.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
-You can define your own caption justifications with
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
-E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
-You can define your own caption fonts with
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\iffalse
-The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
-for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
- \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
- it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
- |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
-\end{quote}
-\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
-\fi
-An example which brings color into life:
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{color}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
-\end{quote}
-\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
-But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
-\end{quote}
-you can get the same result simply with
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{color}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
- | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
-You can define your own caption styles with
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
-under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
-option |style=|\meta{style name}.
-
-All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
-for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
-to them.
-
-If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
-the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
-the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
-
-Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
-caption style |base| is pre-defined as
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
- | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-Something more exciting:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
- | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
- | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
-\end{quote}
-gives you caption like these ones:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
- \caption{A short caption.}
- \caption{A long long long long long long long long long
- long long long long long long long long long
- long long long long long long long long long caption.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-You can define your own caption list formats with
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p at figure|),
-and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\subsection{Further examples}
-\label{examples}
-
-\subsubsection*{Example 1}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
-you could define it this way:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
-\end{quote}
-If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
-you get captions like this:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-You could even use an indention with this caption format:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
-\end{quote}
-This would look like this:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
-the caption text? No problem, e.g.
-\begin{quote}
- |\newlength\myindention|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
- | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
-\end{quote}
-would give you captions like
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
-it for example with
-|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
-This could be done, too:
-\begin{quote}
- |\newlength\myindention|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
- | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
- | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
-\end{quote}
-would give the same result as the example above.
-
-\subsubsection*{Example 2}
-
-You want captions to look like this:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-\pagebreak[2]
-You could do it this way:
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
- | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
- | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\subsubsection*{Example 3}
-
-The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
-\end{quote}
-As a result you would get captions like this:
-\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-\medskip
-
-If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
-of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
- | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\end{quote}
-\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-\subsubsection*{Example 4}
-
-This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
-This will be achieved by a combination of
-|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
- | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}|\\
- | \centering|\\
- | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
- | \qquad|\\
- | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \end{tabular}|\\
- | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \captionsetup{type=figure}
- \centering
- \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
- \qquad
- \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
- & x & y \\\hline
- a & 1 & 2 \\
- b & 3 & 4 \\
- \end{tabular}
- \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
- \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
- \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
-\end{minipage}
-\footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
- \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-
-(Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
- resp.~table counter.)
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Supported document classes}
-\label{classes}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
-\package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
-what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
-them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
-how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
-setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
-with different document classes.
-
-\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
-\INFO
-If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
-don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
-are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
-\class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
-\Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
-class used and will give you the clear warning
-\begin{quote}\footnotesize
- |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
- |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
- |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
-\end{quote}
-if such an incompatibility was detected.
-If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
-usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
-\endgroup
-
-\begin{Expert}
-If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
-anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
-look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
-without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
-of the document class.
-If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
-via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
-|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
-state.
-Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
-keep your fingers crossed.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\newcommand*\Option{Option}
-\newcommand*\defaultvalue{\texttt{default} value}
-\newcommand*\uses{\textit{uses}}
-\newcommand*\settings{\textit{settings}}
-\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{none}}
-
-\subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-This also applies to document classes derived from them.
-\end{Annotation}
-
-\subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
-\label{AMS}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
-|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-|\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
-|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
-more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
-the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
-If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
-into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
-
-Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
-will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
-|figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
-loading \thispackage.
-
-\subsection{beamer}
-\label{beamer}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{not numbered} \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
-|font=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption|'' \settings \\
-|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption name|'' \settings \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
-You can setup font and color settings with
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
-This will still work, unless you set a different font with
-|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
-|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
-Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
-which can be chosen with
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
-Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
-|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
-and
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
-will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
-(Exception: Selecting the template |default|, |num|\-|bered|, or
-|caption| |name| |own| |line| will be recognized by \thispackage and be mapped
-to corresponding options.)
-
-\subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
-\label{KOMA}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
-|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
-|labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Build-in features}
-The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
-feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
-look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
-
-\subsubsection*{Side effects}
-The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
-will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
-Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
-|table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
-|\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
-the \package{caption} package.
-
-\subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
-\label{NTG}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
-|\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
-directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
-Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
-|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
-
-\subsection{\SmF: smfart and smfbook}
-\label{SMF}
-
-Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
-the same default values are valid here.
-
-Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
-If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
-|max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
-(which both means the same).
-
-\subsection{thesis}
-\label{thesis}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |hang| \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
-The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
-the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
-Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
-|label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Supported babel package options}
-\label{babel}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.5}
-Since version \version{3.5} of the \package{caption} package the support
-is independent on the load order of \package{caption} and \package{babel}.
-
-\subsection{french babel option}
-\label{french}
-
-If you use the \package{french} option of the \package{babel} package
-with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
-the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-(offered by \package{french}), overriding the default value set by the
-document class.
-So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
-don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Supported packages}
-\label{packages}
-\label{compatibility}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-\Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
-captions, too:
-\begin{quote}
- \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
- \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
- \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
- \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
- \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
- \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
-\end{quote}
-
-Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
-\package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
-bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
-and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
-\INFO
-If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
-the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
-over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
-avoiding conflicts.
-If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
-warning message:~\footnote{%
- You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
- \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
-\begin{quote}\footnotesize
- |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
- |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
- |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
- |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
-\end{quote}
-\endgroup
-
-As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
-\begin{itemize}
- \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
- \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
- \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
- \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
- \item |\ContinuedFloat|
- \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
- \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
- \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
- \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
-\end{itemize}
-
-\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
-You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
-\begin{quote}
- |compatibility=false|
-\end{quote}
-when loading \thispackage.
-But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
-since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
-(For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
-
-\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
- \ifvmode\else\par\fi
- \nopagebreak
- \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
- \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
-
-\PageBreak
-\subsection{algorithms}
-\label{algorithms}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
-environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
-for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
-a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
-
-Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
-provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
-
-\iffalse
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{algorithm2e}
-\label{algorithm2e}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
-writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
-
-Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
-interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
-\package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
-the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
-
-So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
-you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
-floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
-and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
-
-As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
-for example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
- |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
- |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
- |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
- |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
- |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
- | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
- | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
- | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
-floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
-(or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
-and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
-in its body, just like you would do when you use the
-\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
-
-You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
-\begin{quote}
- \ldots\\
- |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
- |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
- |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
- |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |% Example usage:|\\
- |\begin{algorithm}|\\
- |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
- |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
- | \SetVline|\\
- | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
- | a line\;|\\
- | }{|\\
- | another line\;|\\
- | }|\\
- |\end{algorithmic}|
-\end{quote}
-Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
-other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
-please see \Ref{float}.
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
-\end{Annotation}
-\fi
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{float}
-\label{float}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
-\cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
-and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
-It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
-the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
-
-For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
-|po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
-placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
-
-A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
-executed additionally to the regular ones.
-Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
-|ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
- | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
-|ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
-options.%,
-%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
-
-Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
-is specified, overriding its global value:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
-\end{quote}
-For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
-with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
-instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
-|\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
-are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
-As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
-Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
-so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
-like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
-offered by the \package{newfloat} package instead.
-And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
-recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
-\package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
-\end{Note}
-
-\iffalse
-Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
-the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
-wrong.
-And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
-in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
-correctly afterwards.
-\fi
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{floatflt}
-\label{floatflt}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
-which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
-|float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| resp.~|table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
-unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{fltpage}
-\label{fltpage}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
-caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
-for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
-of the previous or next page.}
-
-\iffalse
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
-\begin{description}
-\item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
-|figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
-(The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
-\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
-will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
-(The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
-\end{description}
-\fi
-
-If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
-environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
-\label{frenchpro}
-
-If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
-the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-(offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
-value set by the document class.
-So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
-don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
-
-Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
-since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
-\package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
-%If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or
-%\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost.
-Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
-\package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
-so you should not change it (anymore).
-
-The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
-still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
-than the default one.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.5}
-Since version \version{3.5} of the \package{caption} package the support
-is independent on the load order of \package{caption} and \package{frenchle}
-resp~.\package{frenchpro}.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{hyperref}
-\label{hyperref}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
-referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
-anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
-which they supersede.}
-\begin{description}
-\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
-List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
-the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
-If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
-(The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
-\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
-the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
-the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
-e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
-(The default setting is |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
-\end{description}
-
-Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
-\package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
-\package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
-\package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
-\package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
-anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
-|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
-
-\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
-\begin{description}
-\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
- vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
-\\[\smallskipamount]
-Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
-But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
-the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
-For example:
-\begin{quote}
-|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
-| |\ldots\\
-| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
-|\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
-(And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
-But
-\begin{quote}
-|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
-| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
-| |\ldots\\
-| \caption{A figure}|\\
-|\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
-since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
-to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
-
-\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
- vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
-But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
-So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
-the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
-So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
-|\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
-So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
-want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
-\end{description}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{hypcap}
-\label{hypcap}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
-that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
-rather than the beginning of the float.
-Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
-the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
-%, at least when you use \thispackage.}
-
-If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
-\package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
-anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
-and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
-
-So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
-|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
-instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
-package) for this.
-
-Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
-placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
-|table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
-offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
-|floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
-|FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
-|fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
-|par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
-|SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
-|three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
-and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---%
-%so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will
-%loose that.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{listings}
-\label{listings}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
-
-If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
-you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
-for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
-|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
-\See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
-These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
-can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
-e.g.%~
-\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{longtable}
-\label{longtable}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
-which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
-itself can span multiple pages.}
-
-If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
-you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|table|.
-
-The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
-so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
-|long|\-|table|s.
-But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
-$=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
-(But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
-|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
-even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
-
-\begin{Note}
-|\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
-Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
-the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
-instead.
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
-please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
-\package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
-loaded automatically).
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{picinpar}
-\label{picinpar}
-\packagedescription{%
-Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
-package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
-width of a page and are float around by text.
-For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
-please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
-|tab|\-|window| environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
-unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
-|\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{picins}
-\label{picins}
-\packagedescription{%
-Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
-\package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
-span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
-For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
-please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-
-Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
-and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
-
-\begin{Note}
-The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
-\iffalse
-if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
-The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
-|pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
-\fi
-But you can override this by setting it explicit with
-|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
-do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
-documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
-which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
-\begin{quote}
- |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
- |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
- |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{rotating}
-\label{rotating}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
-environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
-are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
-Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
-
-\iffalse % No, we don't do that
-If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
-|side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
- |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-\fi
-
-The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
-|\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
-|\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{setspace}
-\label{setspace}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
-to change the spacing,
-e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
-causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
-
-If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
-the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
-by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
-|font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
-\See{also \Ref{fonts}}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{sidecap}
-\label{sidecap}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
-\texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
-and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
-
-If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
-environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Note}
-The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
-If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
-|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
-\end{Note}
-
-\begin{Note}
-The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
-unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
-powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
-captions beside the contents.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
-The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
-options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
-The package option
-\begin{quote}
- |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
-\end{quote}
-causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
-The command
-\begin{quote}
- |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
-\end{quote}
-sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
-(for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
-The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
-defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| it's `|b|'.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{subfigure}
-\label{subfigure}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
-`sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
-This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
-
-Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
-a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
-development) should still compile as expected.
-
-Please use the \package{subfig} or \package{subcaption} package instead which both supports \thispackage\
-\version{3.x}.
-
-\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{supertabular and xtab}
-\label{supertabular}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
-packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
-similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
-\package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
-For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
-packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
-resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{resp.}\\
- |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-|\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{threeparttable}
-\label{threeparttable}
-\packagedescription{%
-The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
-for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
-the caption.
-This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
-tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
-|measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|table| or |figure|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
-the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
-at least unless you set it explicit with
-|\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
-|\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
-also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{wrapfig}
-\label{wrapfig}
-\packagedescription{%
-Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
-\package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
-figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
-around by text.
-For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
-please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
-|wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-|figure| or |table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
-tables, unless you set it explicit with
-|\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Further reading}
-
-I recommend the following documents for further reading:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
- The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
-
-\item
- A French FAQ can be found at
- \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
-
-\item
- ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
-
-\item
- \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
- including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
- You will find this document in the directory
- \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
-\end{itemize}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\section{Thanks}
-
-I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
-Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
-David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
-Heiko Oberdiek, and Herbert Vo\ss.
-Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
-
-Also I would like to thank
-Harald Harders,
-Peter L\"offler,
-Peng Yu,
-Alexander Zimmermann,
-Matthias Pospiech,
-J\"urgen Wieferink,
-Christoph Bartoschek,
-Uwe St\"ohr,
-Ralf Stubner,
-Geoff Vallis,
-Florian Keiler,
-J\"urgen G\"obel,
-Uwe Siart,
-Sang-Heon Shim,
-Henrik Lundell,
-David Byers,
-William Asquith,
-Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
-Frank Martini,
-Danie Els,
-Philipp Woock,
-Fadi Semmo,
-Matthias Stevens, and
-Leo Liu
-who all helped to make this package a better one.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage\appendix
-\section{Alphabetical Reference}
-
-%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
-% {\begin{trivlist}%
-% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
-% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
-% }%
-% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
-\makeatletter
-\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
- \newif\ifMessage
- \def\Message{%
- \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
- \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
- \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
- \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
- \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
- \color{blue}%
- \Messagetrue}%
- \def\Description{%
- \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
- \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{or}}%
- \def\@Or[##1]{%
- \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
-}{%
- \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\subsection{Options}
-%\enlargethispage{10ex}
-\newcommand\preambleoption{~%
- \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
- \footnotemark[2]%
- \endgroup}
-\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
- \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
- \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
- \endgroup}
-
-\begin{longtable*}{lll}
-Option & Short description & Section \\
-\hline
-\endhead
-|aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
-|belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
-|compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{compatibility} \\
-%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
-|figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
-|font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
-|format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
-\iffalse
-|FPlist| & To where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-|FPref| & To where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-\fi
-|hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
-|hypcap| & selects `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
-|hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink and contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
-|indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
-|justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
-|labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
-|labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelseparator| & --same as |labelsep|-- & \ref{formats} \\
-|list| & switches the entries in the List on or off & \ref{lists} \\
-|listformat| & sets the `List of Figure/Table' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
-|margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
-|margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
-|maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
-|minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
-|name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
-|oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
-|options| & executes the given option list & \\
-|parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
-|parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
-|position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
-|singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
-%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\
-|skip| & sets the skip between content and caption & \ref{skips} \\
-|strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
-|style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
-%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
-|subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
-|tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
-|textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
-|textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
-|twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
-|type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
-|type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
-|width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
-\end{longtable*}
-\preambleoptiontext
-\footnotetext{The option \texttt{subtype} is explained in the
- \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
-
-\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
-\begin{Note*}
- Obsolete options are not listed here. See
- \Ref{caption1} and
- \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.
-\end{Note*}}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Commands}
-
-\begin{longtable*}{lll}
-Command & & Section \\
-\hline
-\endhead
-|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
-%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
-%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
-|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
-|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
-|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
-|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
-|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
-|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-\end{longtable*}
-\footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
- \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
-
-\clearpage
-\subsection{Warnings}
-
-\begin{Warnings}
-
-\Message
- |\caption outside box or environment.|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
- | or environment.|
-\Description
- You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
- or environment.
- You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
- \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
-
-\Message
- |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
- |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
- |unknown to the caption package.|
-\Description
- If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
- package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
- |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
- As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
- using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
- or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
- If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
- like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
- you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
- a try and keep your fingers crossed.
- (But you will get the next warning instead.)
- \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
- |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
- |was given.|
-\Description
- Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
- \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
- But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
- can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
- fingers crossed!
- \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
- |stopped early.|
-\Description
- If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
- (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
- \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
- \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
- or tables.
- \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
-\Description
- \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
- captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
- \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
- this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
- \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-\Message
- |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
-\Description
- You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
- |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
- in \thispackage.
- Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
-
-\Message
- |\label without proper \caption|
-\Description
- Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
- non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
- at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
- So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
- \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
-
-\Message
- |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
-\Description
-%\showhyphens{position}
- If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
- for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
- and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
- get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
- to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
- |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
-\Description
-%\showhyphens{format}
- If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
- for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
- and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
- get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
- to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
- |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
-\Description
- The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
- emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
- away.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
-
-\Message
- |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
- |captions right.|
-\Description
- The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
- is actually needed.
- At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
- get this warning.
- Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
- \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-\Message
- |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
-\Description
- If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
- page numbers to get the margins right.
- At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
- this warning.
- Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
- \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-\Message
- |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
-\Description
- This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
- you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
- |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
- this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
- the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
- and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
- as well.\par
- {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
- |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
- |particular \caption.|
-\Description
- \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
- caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
- default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
- or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
- or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
- This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
- but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
- which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
- If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
- |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
- |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
- If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
- \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
- |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
-\Description
- Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
- have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
- (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
- This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
- unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
- \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
-\Description
- You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
- not used later on.
- This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
- or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
- which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
- of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
- (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
- instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
- |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
- |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
- |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
-\Description
- The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
- Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
- other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\end{Warnings}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{Errors}
-
-\begin{Warnings}
-
-\Message
- |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
-\Or
- |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
-\Description
- If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
- you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
- for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
- use such list.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |\caption outside float.|
-\Description
- You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
- a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
- If this is what you want to, please use either
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
- |\caption|\-|of|.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
-
-\Message
- |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
-\Description
- You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
- environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
- If this is what you want to, please use the combination
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
- Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
- working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
- typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
- if sufficient for you.
- \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} and \Ref{longtable}}
-
-\Message
- |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
-\Description
- Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
- environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
- e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
- \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
-
-\Message
- |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
- |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
- |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
-\Description
- \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
- to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
-
-\Message
- |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
-\Description
- You should never see this error.
- Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
-
-\Message
- |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
-\Description
- The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
- |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
- not defined.
- \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
- any other floating environment defined with
- |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
- |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
- |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
-
-\Message
- |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
-\Description
- The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
- Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
- |long|\-|table| environment instead.
-
-\Message
- |Not available in compatibility mode.|
-\Description
- The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
- `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
- incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
- extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
- some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
- \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
-\Description
- Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
- package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
-
-\Message
- |Option clash for package caption.|
-\Or[but sometimes also]
- |Missing \begin{document}.|
-\Description
- \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
- so you can't do that again specifying different options.
- A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
- the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
- package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
- \package{subfig} package.
- \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
-
-\Message
- |Paragraph ended before \caption at makecurrent was complete.|
-\Or
- |Paragraph ended before \caption at prepareanchor was complete.|
-\Description
- If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
- optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
- Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
- |in the last figure or table.|
-\Description
- It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
- which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
- This is not supported.
-
-\Message
- |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
- |with `format=hang'.|
-\Or
- |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
- |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
-\Description
- A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
- |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
- (like |format=|\x|hang|).
- Please select either another caption label separator
- (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
- (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
- \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-\Message
- |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
- |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
- |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
-\Description
- You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
- for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
- offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
- \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
- anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
- do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
- \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
- with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
- |on|, |1| is allowed here.
-
-\Message
- |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{style}}
-
-\Message
- |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
- |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
-\Description
-% (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
- The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
- Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
- of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
- would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
- not supported.
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
- You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
- Maybe a typo!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
- |the (current) caption package.|
-\Description
- This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
- Please use only \thispackage.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
-
-\end{Warnings}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Version history}
-\label{history}
-
-The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
-to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
-Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
-\package{subfigure} packages.
-Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
-version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
-Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
-while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
-
-The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
-the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
-without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
-features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
-package.
-Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
-(An improved version $2.1$ was offered in 2002.)
-
-In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
-of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
-Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
-It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
-\package{caption2} package.
-Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
-the user interface.
-Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
-\package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
-additionally.
-
-While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
-\LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
-the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
-\KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
-as well.
-Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{french} Babel option,
-the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
-and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
-\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
-and \package{wrapfig} packages.
-New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
-|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
-|list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
-|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
-Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
-the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
-feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Compatibility to older versions}
-
-\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
-\label{caption1}
-
-This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
-and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
-So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
-don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
-and can cause ugly side effects.
-
-Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
-they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
-
-\begin{center}\small
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
-\hline
-%\endhead
-|normal| & |format=plain|\\
-|hang| & |format=hang|\\
-|isu| & |format=hang|\\
-|center| & |justification=centering|\\
-|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
-|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
-|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
-|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
-|small| & |font=small|\\
-|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
-|large| & |font=large|\\
-|Large| & |font=Large|\\
-|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
-|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
-|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
-|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
-|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
-|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
-|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
-|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
-|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
-the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
-|\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
-|\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
-change the font used for captions.
-This mechanism was replaced by the commands
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\
- |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-\SeeUserDefined
-
-Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
-\begin{quote}
- |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-This was replaced by
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-For example the old-style code
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
- |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
- |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
-\end{quote}
-will still work fine, but should be written today as
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
- | margin=10pt]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-or
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
- | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-
-The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
-the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
-\package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
-caption package, too.
-But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
-version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
-for changing the captions of these floating environments:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-resp.
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, and \Ref{float}]
-
-\subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
-\label{caption2}
-
-Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
-its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
-very different implementation design.
-Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
-For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
-this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
-package will still compile fine.
-
-Newly created documents should use the actual version of
-\thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
-\end{quote}
-by
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
-error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
-these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
-to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
-for help.
-
-In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
-these ones will be emulated, too:
-
-\begin{center}\small
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
-\hline
-%\endhead
-|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
-|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
-|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
-\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
- |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp.
- |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-}\end{quote}
-This was replaced by
-\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
- |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp.
- |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
-}\end{quote}
-\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
- |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\pagebreak[3]
-This is now done with
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
-|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
-|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
-This was replaced by
-|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
-resp.
-|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|\quad.
-\See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-The commands
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
- |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle|
-\end{quote}
-do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
-by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
-cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
-straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
-be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
-
-\iffalse
-... (some examples)
-\fi
-
-The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
-replacement, too.
-But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
-in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
-will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
-default one which is |4in|).
-\See{\Ref{longtable}}
-
-\subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
-\label{caption3}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
-other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
-and \class{book}.
-Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
-supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
-document class used.
-
-For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
-|jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
-it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
-classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
-with the \class{beamer} document class.
-
-%An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option
-An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
-|style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
-
-\medskip
-
-Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
-incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
-incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
-Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
-such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
-as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
-side-effects or causing problems.
-So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
-happen, but not that they actually will happen.
-Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
-you should use it with care.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Note*}
-\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
-which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
-(leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
-intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
-This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
-to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
-%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation}
-\end{Note*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Commands for document class authors}
-
-A document class could simply load the \package{caption} package instead
-of defining an own variant of |\@make|\-|caption|. However if the author decides
-not to do this -- for whatever reason -- there is a second option:
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.5}
-If a document class defines |\caption at document|\-|class|, an adaption to the
-\package{caption} package will be loaded as |caption-|\meta{documentclass}|.sto|
-if the \package{caption} kernel is loaded.
-The goal of this adaption file is changing the default settings of the
-\package{caption} package so simply loading it (without any package options)
-will not make any harm to the look at feel of the captions.
-This gives end-users the opportunity to fine-tune certain aspects of the
-appearance of captions by adding package options, without unwanted
-side-effects on other aspects of the appearance.
-
-In both cases the command |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default|
-could be used to adapt the \package{caption} package default values:
-
-\DescribeMacro{\SetCaptionDefault}
-The command
-\begin{quote}
- |\SetCaptionDefault*|\marg{option}\marg{default value}
-\end{quote}
-changes the default value for the option \meta{option}, for example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\SetCaptionDefault{format}{hang}|\\
- |\SetCaptionDefault{justification}{raggedright}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{silly}{ +++ }|\\
- |\SetCaptionDefault{labelseparator}{silly}|
-\end{quote}
-This command is available for the options
- |box|,
- |font|,
- |format|,
- |justification|,
- |label|\-|font|,
- |label|\-|format|,
- |label|\-|separator|,
- |list|\-|format|,
- |margin|,
- |parbox|,
- |position|,
- |single|\-|line|\-|check|,
- |text|\-|font|,
- |text|\-|format|, and
- |width|.
-
-The starred variant only makes a difference when setting the default length
-of either |margin| or |width|, in this case it will use |\def| internally
-instead of |\edef| to store the value so the actual margin will be calculated
-when used (and not when set).
-
-\DescribeMacro{\SetCaptionFallback}
-The command
-\begin{quote}
- |\SetCaptionFallback|\marg{option}\marg{fallback value}
-\end{quote}
-changes the fallback value for the option \meta{option}, for example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\SetCaptionFallback{labelformat}{simple}|
-\end{quote}
-Currently only the pre-defined label format `original' uses a fallback
-value when |\fnum@|\meta{environment} is not defined for the current (floating)
-environment.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\AtCaptionPackage}
-The adaption file will be loaded when the \package{caption} kernel |caption3.sty|
-will be loaded so the given adaptions will be done for the \package{floatrow}
-and \package{subfig} packages even if the \package{caption} package isn't loaded.
-
-But some adaptions have to be done for the \package{caption} package,
-and for this reason the hook
-\begin{quote}|\AtCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\end{quote}
-is offered to authors of adaption files.
-The \meta{code} inside the hook will be executed right before the given package
-options will be evaluated.
-
-For example the adaption file for the \KOMAScript\ document classes
-uses |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Caption| to re-define the \package{caption} package
-options |figure|\-|position| and |table|\-|position| to issue a warning
-that using these options have little effect here.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\AfterCaptionPackage}
-The additional hook
-\begin{quote}|\AfterCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\end{quote}
-is offered to authors of adaption files as well.
-The \meta{code} inside the hook will be executed at the very end of the
-\package{caption} package.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\section{Commands for babel language package authors}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.5}
-\DescribeMacro{\caption at switchdefault}
-If the \package{caption3} kernel package is loaded, the command
-\begin{quote}|\caption at switchdefault|\marg{option}\marg{code with \#1}\marg{new value}\end{quote}
-is available which saves the old default value of the given option using
-\meta{code} and sets the new default value afterwards.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\caption at restoredefault}
-The command
-\begin{quote}|\caption at restoredefault|\marg{option}\marg{old value}\end{quote}
-restores the old default value which was stored in \meta{old value} before.
-
-Example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{french}{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\addto\extrasfrench{%|\\
- | \caption at switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel at save #1}{french}}|\\
- |% Note: \caption at restoredefault isn't needed here|
-\end{quote}
-
-Another example:
-\begin{quote}
- |\caption at switchdefault{font}{\let\original at captionfont#1}{it}%|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\caption at restoredefault{font}{\original at captionfont}%|\\
-\end{quote}
-
-Since boths commands are defined with |\def| inside the \package{caption3}
-kernel, they could be pre-defined with
-\begin{quote}
- |\providecommand\caption at switchdefault[3]{}|\\
- |\providecommand\caption at restoredefault[2]{}|
-\end{quote}
-inside the babel language package so their existence doesn't need to be tested
-prior use.
-
-Additionally babel language packages should not re-define |\@make|\-|caption|
-if the \package{caption} package is loaded, i.e.~if |\caption at makecaption| is
-defined. (Unfortunately one cannot use the \LaTeX{} kernel command
-|\@if|\-|package|\-|loaded{caption}| here since it's only available in the
-document preamble.)
-
-Please note that code like
-\begin{quote}
- |\addto\extraswhatever{%|\\
- | \@ifundefined{caption at makecaption}{%|\\
- | \babel at save\@makecaption|\\
- | \let\@makecaption\my at makecaption|\\
- | }{%|\\
- | \caption at switchdefault{|\ldots|}{\babel at save #1}{|\ldots|}%|\\
- | }}|
-\end{quote}
-would be wrong since it mixes up the presence of the \package{caption3} kernel
-and the \package{caption} package.
-If the \package{caption3} kernel is loaded this does not mean that the
-\package{caption} package is loaded, too, and the latter one re-defines
-|\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@make|\-|caption| while the \package{caption3}
-kernel does not re-define any of them, instead it only provides (default) values
-for the \package{caption}, \package{floatrow}, and \package{subfig} package.
-
-Currently there is build-in support for the following babel language options:
-|arabic|, |farsi|, |french|, |hungarian|, |latvian|, and |magyar|.
-This support could be deactivated by defining
-\begin{quote}
- |\def\caption at ifbabel@|\meta{package}|{false}|
-\end{quote}
-where \meta{package} is either |arabi|, |french|, |frenchle|, |hungarian|,
-or |latvian|.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\begin{thebibliography}{99}
-
- \bibitem{TLC2}
- Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
- \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
- \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
-
- \bibitem{beamer}
- Till Tantau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
- {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
- March 11, 2007
-
- \bibitem{KOMAScript}
- Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
- {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
- 2007-01-09
-
- \bibitem{NTG}
- Victor Eijkhout:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
- {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
- 3 September 1989
-
- \bibitem{algorithms}
- Rog\'erio Brito:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
- {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
- June 2, 2006
-
-\iffalse
- \bibitem{algorithm2e}
- Christophe Fiorio:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}%
- {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
- March 11, 2007
-\fi
-
- \bibitem{float}
- Anselm Lingnau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
- {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
- 2001/11/08
-
- \bibitem{floatflt}
- Mats Dahlgren:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
- {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
- 1998/06/05
-
- \bibitem{floatrow}
- Olga Lapko:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
- {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
- 2007/12/24
-
- \bibitem{fltpage}
- Sebastian Gross:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
- {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
- 1998/11/13
-
- \bibitem{hyperref}
- Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
- {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
- November 12, 2007
-
- \bibitem{hypcap}
- Heiko Oberdiek:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
- {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
- 2007/04/09
-
- \bibitem{listings}
- Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
- {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
- 2007/02/22
-
- \bibitem{longtable}
- David Carlisle:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
- {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
- 2004/02/01
-
- \bibitem{picinpar}
- Friedhelm Sowa:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
- {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
- July 13, 1993
-
- \bibitem{picins}
- Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
- {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
- September~1992
-
- \bibitem{rotating}
- Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
- {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
- 1997/09/26
-
- \bibitem{setspace}
- Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
- {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
- 1 December 2000
-
- \bibitem{sidecap}
- Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
- {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
- 2003/06/06
-
- \bibitem{subfigure}
- Steven D. Cochran:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
- {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
- 2002/07/02
-
- \bibitem{subfig}
- Steven D. Cochran:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
- {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
- 2005/07/05
-
- \bibitem{supertabular}
- Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
- {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
- 2002/07/19
-
- \bibitem{threeparttable}
- Donald Arseneau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
- {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
- 2003/06/13
-
- \bibitem{wrapfig}
- Donald Arseneau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
- {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
- 2003/01/31
-
- \bibitem{xtab}
- Peter Wilson:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
- {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
- 2004/05/24
-
-\end{thebibliography}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\end{document}
-
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-koma.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -27,11 +27,10 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
+%
% \CheckSum{273}
%
% \iffalse
@@ -143,6 +142,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-light.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
% This is file `caption-light.dtx'.
%
-% Copyright (C) 2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+% Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
%
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
@@ -27,13 +27,12 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{84}
%
+% \CheckSum{99}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
@@ -221,6 +220,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -264,13 +264,13 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{caption-light}[2020/08/24 v1.0 Customizing captions (AR)]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption-light}[2021/03/21 v1.0a Customizing captions (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Loading the kernel}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/08/23] % needs v2.0 or newer
+\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/08/30] % needs v2.0 or newer
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Check against unknown document classes}
@@ -310,6 +310,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at makecaption}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2021/03/21}{Support of \cs{ifcaption at star} and \cs{caption@@make at epilogue} added}
% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\\
% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard
% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of selected settings
@@ -327,15 +328,26 @@
\global \@minipagefalse
\hb at xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
\fi
- \caption at iftop\caption at aboveskip\caption at belowskip}
+ \caption at iftop\caption at aboveskip\caption at belowskip
+ \caption@@make at epilogue}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption@@makecaption[2]{%
\caption at applyfont
- {\captionlabelfont #1}%
- {\caption at iflabelfont\captionlabelfont
- \relax\caption at labelsep}%
- {\captiontextfont #2}}
+ \ifcaption at star\else
+ \begingroup
+ \captionlabelfont #1\relax\relax
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ \ifcaption at star\else
+ \begingroup
+ \caption at iflabelfont\captionlabelfont
+ \relax\caption at labelsep
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \captiontextfont #2%
+ \endgroup}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-memoir.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -27,17 +27,16 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{56}
%
+% \CheckSum{66}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption-memoir.drv}[2020/10/10 v2.1 Implementation of the caption-memoir package]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-memoir.drv}[2020/10/10 v2.2 Implementation of the caption-memoir package]
\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
%\errorcontextlines=3
%
@@ -139,6 +138,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption-memoir.sto}[2020/10/10 v2.1 Adaption of the caption package to the memoir document class (AR)]
+\ProvidesFile{caption-memoir.sto}[2021/06/30 v2.2 Adaption of the caption package to the memoir document class (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Adaptions already included in the caption package}
@@ -201,11 +201,12 @@
%
% \section{Single-line-check}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at prepareslc}
+% \begin{macro}{\pagenote}
% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Re-definition of \cs{pagenote} added}
% We re-define \cs{pagenote} here so it won't disturb the single-line-check.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc{%
+\providecommand*\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{\g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc} % for caption v3.5
+\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{%
\let\pagenote\caption at gobble}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -277,6 +278,10 @@
%
% \section{Vertical spaces before and after captions}
%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtCaptionPackage{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+
% The \class{memoir} document classes uses |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| and |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip|
% different than the standard document classes and the \package{caption} package:
% They always typeset |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| before the caption and
@@ -286,9 +291,22 @@
% package is used, so no extra vertical space will be created.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtCaptionPackage{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}}
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Furthermore we adapt the `auto' positioning algorithm to match the one implemented
+% in the \class{memoir} document class.
+% (Note: This needs at least \package{caption} \version{3.6}.)
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{DeclareCaptionAutoPosition}{}{%
+ \DeclareCaptionAutoPosition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-99\p@#2\else#1\fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \section{TODO}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-ntg.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -27,11 +27,10 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
+%
% \CheckSum{8}
%
% \iffalse
@@ -141,6 +140,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-rus.tex 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -1,6226 +0,0 @@
-%
-% This is file `caption-rus.tex'.
-% Russian translation of `caption-eng.tex'
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
-%
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2003/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-%
-% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
-%
-% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
-% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty,
-% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the
-% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
-%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption-rus.tex}[2008/04/06 v3.1h The caption package in Russian]
-\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=20pt % Make TeX shut up.
-%\errorcontextlines=3
-
-\documentclass[USenglish,russian,a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-\usepackage{mathtext}
-\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[cp1251]{inputenc}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage{listpen,afterpage}
-
-\setlength\parindent{0pt}
-\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
-\setlength\leftmargini{1.5em}% default = 2.5em
-\makeatletter
-\g at addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}
-\@flushglue = 1em plus 1fil
-\parfillskip = 1em plus 1fil
-\makeatother
-
-\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
-\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
-\usepackage{ifpdf}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage{mathptmx}
- \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
- \IfFileExists{literat.sty}{\usepackage{literat}}{}
-% \IfFileExists{t2aftx.fd}{\def\sfdefault{ftx}}{}
-% \IfFileExists{t2apxtt.fd}{\def\ttdefault{pxtt}}{}
- \ifdim\paperheight=297mm % a4paper
- \advance\textheight.5in
- \advance\topmargin-.35in
- \emergencystretch1em
- \tolerance7000
- \renewcommand\LineBreak{\\}
- \renewcommand\PageBreak{\clearpage}
- \fi
-\fi
-
-\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
-\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
-
-\usepackage{hypdoc}
-\hypersetup{unicode}
-\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
-\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
-\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
-
-\usepackage[listof=0,hypcap=false]{caption}[2008/04/01]
-
-\def\itemautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
-\def\figureautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyri\cyrs.}%
-\def\tableautorefname {\cyr\cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl.}%
-\def\partautorefname {\cyr\cyrch.}%
-\def\appendixautorefname {\cyr\cyrp\cyrr\cyri\cyrl.}%
-\def\chapterautorefname {\cyr\cyrg\cyrl.}%
-\def\sectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
-\def\subsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
-\def\subsubsectionautorefname {\cyr\cyrr\cyra\cyrz\cyrd.}%
-\def\paragraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
-\def\subparagraphautorefname {\cyr\cyrp.}%
-\def\pageautorefname {\cyr\cyrs.}%
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
- {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
- {e-TeX}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
- {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
- {AMS}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
- {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
- {KOMA-Script}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
-
-\usepackage{marvosym}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
-\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\hspace*{-1em}\LARGE\Info\hspace*{1em}}}}
-\makeatother
-
-\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
-\newcommand*\NEW[2]{}%\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}}
-
-% \ContinuedFloat
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1e}{Continued #1~#2}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1r}{#1~#2 (\textit{\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5})}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
-% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
-% \DeclareCaptionStyle
-\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
- {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
-% Example 1
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
-\newlength\myindention
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
-% Example 2
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
-\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
-% Example 3
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
-% Example 4
-\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
-
-\newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
-\newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
-\newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
-\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
-
-\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
-\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
-\newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$}
-\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
-
-\newenvironment{Annotation}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \smallskip
- \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
-\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Example}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
- \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
- {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
-
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
- {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
- {\@example{}}}
-\def\@example#1{%
- \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
-\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \begingroup
- \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
- \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
- \endgroup}
-\makeatother
-
-\newenvironment{Expert}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
- \smallskip
- \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
-\newenvironment{Expert*}%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
- \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
- \smallskip
- \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par}
-\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
- {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
- \small\emph{#1}:~\ignorespaces}{\par}
-
-\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
- {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
- \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
- \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
- \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
- \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
- {\endlist}
-
-\makeatletter
-\def\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
-\def\@Ref#1#2{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
-\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
-\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-\let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
-\let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
-
-\def\thispackage{\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{caption}}
-\def\Thispackage{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{caption}}
-
-\newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{\xC7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5}
-% \newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
-% \newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
-\newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{\xCD\xEE\xE2\xE0\xFF \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC}}
-\newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{\xCD\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5}}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{\xD1\xEC.}}{\SEE[\small]{\xD1\xEC.}}}
-\newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{\xF1\xEC.}}{\SEE[\small]{\xF1\xEC.}}}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\GetFileInfo{caption-rus.tex}
-\let\docdate\filedate
-\GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
-
-% \title{Customizing captions of floating environments
-% using the caption package\texorpdfstring{\thanks{%
-% This package has version number \fileversion,
-% last revised \filedate.
-\title{\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xEE\xE2 (\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2) \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
- \package{caption}\thanks{\xC4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8
-%%% \fileversion, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xED\xE8\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7 \xEC\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF4\xE8\xF6\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \filedate.
- v3.1m, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xED\xE8\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7 \xEC\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF4\xE8\xF6\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED 2010/01/09.
-%^^A% Translation of the version v3.1h, dated 2008/04/03.
-%^^A% The questions and notes about translation please
-%^^A% send to \texttt{Lapko.O at g23.relcom.ru} (Olga Lapko).
-%^^A% The version of translation could be obsolete. Please
-%^^A% look English or German documentation for the new information
-%^^A% (see margin labels).}}
- \xCF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE4 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 v3.1h, \xE4\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 2008/04/03.
- \xC2\xEE\xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xFB \xE8~\xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE4\xF3 \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xE0\xE4\xF0\xE5\xF1\xF3 \texttt{Lapko.O at g23.relcom.ru}.
- \emph{\xC2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xED\xEE\xF1\xE8\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xEA~\xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFB\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xE8~\xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2
- \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5.
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF9\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xEA~\xE0\xED\xE3\xEB\xE8\xE9\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5\xEC\xE5\xF6\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE7\xE0 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xF1\xE2\xE5\xE6\xE5\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9
- (\xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF9\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF\xF5).
- }}{}}
-% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
-\author{\xC0\xEA\xF1\xE5\xEB\xFC \xC7\xEE\xEC\xEC\xE5\xF0\xF4\xE5\xEB\xFC\xE4\xF2 (Axel Sommerfeldt)\\
- \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
-\date{\docdate}
-\maketitle
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\begin{abstract}
-% \Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
-% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
-% many other packages.
-% \par\smallskip
- \Thispackage\ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE8
- \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xEE\xE2 (\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2)
- |figure| \xE8~|table| \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC (\xEA\xEE\xEE\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF)
- \xF1\xEE~\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8.
-% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
-% commands for customizing captions.
-% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
-% you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
-% And if you are just interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
-% the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
-\par\smallskip
-\textit{\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5}: \xEC\xED\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xFE\xF2 \xE2\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xF1 \xF3\xE4\xEE\xE2\xEB\xE5\xF2\xE2\xEE\xF0\xFF\xFE\xF2, \xF2\xEE \xE2\xEE\xE2\xF1\xE5 \xED\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE2~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{caption}.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xE0 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \cs{captionof} \cdash--- \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE5\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{capt-of} \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xF7\xED\xE0.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\newcommand\exampletext{%
-% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
-% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
-% perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
-% of the many championship courses.}
- \xD2\xE8\xE1\xE5\xF2\xF1\xEA\xE0\xFF \xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE1\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xED\xF3\xFE \xEA\xE0\xF0\xF2\xF3 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF5\xF0\xE0\xEC\xE0
- \xE8~\xD8\xE0\xEC\xE1\xE0\xEB\xFB. \xC2\xE8\xE4\xED\xFB \xE2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE \xF7\xE5\xF2\xFB\xF0\xB8\xEC \xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xED\xE0\xEC \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF2\xE0, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xE4\xB8\xF2
- \xF3\xF1\xF2\xF3\xEF\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xE2\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5. (\xCC\xEE\xE7\xE0\xE8\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE0 \xF0\xFB\xF6\xE0\xF0\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF5\xF0\xE0\xEC\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xEE.\,\xD0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xF1 \xE2\xEE\xF1\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2
- \xF3\xE7\xEE\xF0 \xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEB\xFB.)}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \section*{Introduction}
-\section*{\xC2\xE2\xE5\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5}
-
-% Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
-% attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
-% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
-\xC2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \LaTeX'\xE0~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xF1\xEB\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF. \xCE\xED\xE8 \xED\xE0\xE1\xE8\xF0\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xE8~\xE2\xED\xE5\xF8\xED\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xF2 \xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC:
-
-\example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
-% to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
-% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
-% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
-\xC4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xE0 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE; \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xEC\xE5\xED\xFC\xF8\xE8\xEC \xEA\xE5\xE3\xEB\xE5\xEC, \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 (\xF1~\xEE\xE1\xE5\xE8\xF5 \xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xED),
-\xF3~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xE6\xE5
-\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xFB\xF9\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF3~\xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xEE\xE2. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xF3\xFE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC:
-
-\example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
-
-% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
-% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
-\xD1~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xE2~\xED\xB8\xEC \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE5\xF1\xF2\xFC \xEC\xED\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xE3\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2\xFB\xF5
-\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8, \xE8~\xE2\xFB \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE1\xEE\xE4\xED\xFB \xE8~\xE2\xFB\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xB8 \xF1\xEE\xF7\xE5\xF2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
-\small
-% Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
-% captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
-% (But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
-% package\cite{floatrow}.)
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \thispackage\ \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9. \xCE\xED \emph{\xED\xE5} \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.
-(\xCD\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.)
-\end{minipage}
-
-\begingroup\small
-%^^A% \vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design\footnote
-%^^A% {Added in translated text.}}\nopagebreak}
-\vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{\TeX \xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xE4\xE0\xEA\xF2\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\footnote
- {\xC4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE5.}}\nopagebreak}
-\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em
- \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother
-%^^A% \item Last line of caption centered
-\item \xC2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xED\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE \xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xF3
- \pageref{TeXr:centerlast}
-%^^A% \item Hanged caption label
-\item \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xED\xE0 \xE2\xE5\xF1\xF3
- \pageref{TeXr:hang:label}
-%
-%^^A \indexspace
-%
-%^^A% \item Spaces above and below captions
-\item \xCE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xF3~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xED\xE0\xE4 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE4 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8
- \pageref{TeXr:captionskips:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captionskips:z}
-%^^A% \item Settings, for caption label
-\item \xCE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-%^^A% \subitem for caption label
-\subitem \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xE2
- \pageref{TeXr:caplabel:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:caplabel:z}
-%^^A% \subitem for one-line captions
-\subitem \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9
- \pageref{TeXr:singleline:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:singleline:z}
-%^^A% \subitem for multi-paragraph captions
-\subitem \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE8\xE7 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE5\xE2
- \pageref{TeXr:multipar:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:multipar:z}
-%
-%^^A \indexspace
-%
-%^^A% \item Captions
-\item \xCF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8\nopagebreak
-%^^A% \subitem for continued floats
-\subitem \xEA~\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xEC \xF1~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC
- \pageref{TeXr:continued:a}\nopagebreak %^^A--\pageref{TeXr:continued:z}
-%^^A% \subitem above tables
-\subitem \xED\xE0\xE4 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0\xEC\xE8
- \pageref{TeXr:captop:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captop:z}
-%^^A% \subitem skipped entry in list
-\subitem \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2~\xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2,
-%^^A% \subsubitem trick with empty option
- \subsubitem \xF2\xF0\xFE\xEA \xF1~\xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xEC \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
- |\caption| \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:I}
-%^^A% \subsubitem key |listof=|
- \subsubitem \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 |list=|
- \pageref{TeXr:nolistentry:II}
-%^^A% \subitem unlabeled
-\subitem \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0
- \pageref{TeXr:starcaption:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:starcaption:z}
-%^^A% \subitem outside float
-\subitem \xE2\xED\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0
- \pageref{TeXr:captionof:a}%^^A--\pageref{TeXr:captiononof:z}
-%
-\end{multicols}%
-\endgroup
-\clearpage
-%
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\tableofcontents
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Using this package}
-\section{\xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0}
-\label{usage}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\usepackage}
-% Insert
-\xC4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xFC\xF2\xE5
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
-\end{quote}
-% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
-% between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
-% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
-\xE2~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE0\xEC\xE1\xF3\xEB\xF3 \xE2\xE0\xF8\xE5\xE3\xEE \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0, \xF2.\,\xE5. \xE2~\xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xFC \xF4\xE0\xE9\xEB\xE0 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEC\xE8
-|\document|\-|class| \xE8~|\begin{document}|.
-\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xEA\xED\xE8\xE3\xE5; \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
- | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
- %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
-\end{quote}
-% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEF\xEE\xF5\xEE\xE6\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0 \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2\xEE \xE2\xE2\xE5\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8.
-
-\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
-% For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \thispackage\ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% So
-\xD1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE, \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-% and
-\xE8
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
-\end{quote}
-% are equal in their results.
-\xFD\xEA\xE2\xE8\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xF2\xED\xFB.
-
-% It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
-% environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
-% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
-% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
-% For example
-\xCD\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 |\captionsetup| \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE8~\xED\xE0 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5. \xD2\xE0\xEA \xF7\xF2\xEE, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE
-\xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|, \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\captionsetup|
-\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table| \xEF\xF0\xFF\xEC\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9 |\caption|.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{figure}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
-% so all the other captions remain untouched.
-\xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 (\xF1\xEC.~\xEE\xE1 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xED\xE8\xE6\xE5), \xED\xEE \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure|, \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-% For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
-\xCF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xEE\xE1\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\captionsetup| \xF1\xEC.~\xE2~\Ref{captionsetup}.
-\end{Annotation}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Options}
-\section{\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8}
-\label{options}
-
-\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
-\def\UserDefined{\ldots}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Formatting}
-\subsection{\xCE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5}
-\label{formats}
-
-\DescribeMacro{format=}
-% A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
-% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
-% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
-% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
-% from the label.
-\xCF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xF0\xE8 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8\nopagebreak: \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9
-\xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2 \xED\xE0\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF `\xD0\xE8\xF1'\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xE8\xEB\xE8 `\xD2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0' \xE8~\xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2
-\xF1\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0; \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEA\xF0\xE0\xF2\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5
-\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF; \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC.
-
-% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
-% it is specified with the option
-\textit{\xD4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8} \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xE0;
-\xFD\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |format=|\meta{format name}\quad
-\end{quote}
-% having the name of the caption format as its argument.
-\xF1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9, \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 (\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2) \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-
-% There are two standard caption formats:
-\xC4\xE0\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xE4\xE2\xE0 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-%\footnote{You have the option to
-%define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}:
-%\textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.}
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
-% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
- \xCF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6.
-
- \item[hang]
-% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
- \xC4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xEA, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xE0\xFF \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE0 [\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA] \xE2\xFB\xF1\xF2\xF3\xEF\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE.%
- \label{TeXr:hang:label}
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xEE, \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
- |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|. \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-\begin{Example}
-% An example: Specifying the option
- \xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0: \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang|
- \end{quote}
-% yields captions like this:
- \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xFD\xF2\xE0:
- \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{indention=}
-% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
-% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
-% option
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE1\xEE\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 (\texttt{plain} \xE8~\texttt{hang}) \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC
-\xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1~\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-%^^A% [Please note, that indention of the keys \verb|format=hang| and
-%^^A% |indention=|\meta{amount} are summarized.---\emph{Trans.}]
-[\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xE7 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 \verb|format=hang| \xE8~|indention=|\meta{amount}
-\xF1\xF3\xEC\xEC\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF. \cdash--- \emph{\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC.\,\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE2.}]
-
-% Two examples:
-\xCF\xE0\xF0\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xEE\xE2:
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
-% With the option
-\xD1~\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC\label{TeXr:caplabel:a}%
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-%\NEWdescription{v3.0e}
-% you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
-% There are five standard caption label formats:
-\xE2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xE5, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xFC.
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xF7\xE5\xF2\xFB\xF0\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[default]
-% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
-% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
-% (This is the default behaviour.)
- \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE0\xEA \xE6\xE5 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0\xF5,
- \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xE8~\xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 (\xEA\xE0\xEA \texttt{simple}).
- (\xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.)
-
- \item[empty]
-% The caption label will be empty.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xEE\xF2\xF1\xF3\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
-\iffalse
-% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
-% \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
- (\xDD\xF2\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEC\xFB\xF1\xEB \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xF1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF\xEC\xE8 \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
-\fi
-
- \item[simple]
-% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xE8~\xE5\xE3\xEE \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0.
-
- \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
-% The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA (\xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0) \xEE\xF2\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED \xF1\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xE0 \xEA\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEB\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xEA\xEE\xE1\xEA\xEE\xE9.
-
- \item[parens]
-% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
- \xCD\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE1\xEA\xE0\xF5.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
- \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
-\end{Options}
-
-\begin{Example}
-% An example: Using the options
- \xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0: \xF1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
- \end{quote}
-% gives captions like this one:
- \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE0\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC:
- \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-[\xCD\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |figurename|. \See{\Ref{names}}]
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Note*}
-% Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
-% \package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
-% caption label format.
-\xD3~\xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xF3~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |algorithm|, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{algorithm2e}, \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE0 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0
-\xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE7\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE0\xEB\xEB\xE5\xF0\xE3\xE8\xFE.
-\end{Note*}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
-% With the option
-\xD1~\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
-\end{quote}
-% you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
-% If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
-% no separator will be used.}
-% You can choose one of the following:
-\xE2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC [\xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC]
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF\footnote{%
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xFB\xE5,
- \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF.}.
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8:
-
-\begin{Options}{newline}
- \item[none]
-% There is no caption separator.
- \xCE\xF2\xF1\xF3\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-\iffalse
-% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
-% \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
- (\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
- \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEC\xFB\xF1\xEB \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xF1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF\xEC\xE8 \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
-\fi
-
- \item[colon]
-% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xE4\xE2\xEE\xE5\xF2\xEE\xF7\xE8\xE5\xEC \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xE5\xEB\xEE\xEC.
-
- \item[period]
-% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF2\xEE\xF7\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xE5\xEB\xEE\xEC.
-
- \item[space]
-% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xE5\xEB\xEE\xEC.
-
- \item[quad]
-% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA\xE5\xE3\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE9 (|\quad|).
-
- \item[newline]
-% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
-% Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
-% formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
-% trying such combination of options.
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xEE\xE9~(|\\|).
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1~\xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xEC\xE8
- \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |format=|\x|hang|), \xE8~\xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
- \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEF\xFB\xF2\xEA\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE.
-
- \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
-% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
-% surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
- \xCD\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xF0\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8\xEC \xF2\xE8\xF0\xE5,
- \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xE5\xEB\xE0\xEC\xE8 (\verb*| -- |).
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
- |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% Three examples:
-\xD2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=period|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{textformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
-% With the option
-\xD1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-% you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
-% There are two standard caption text formats:
-\xE2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xED.
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE2\xE0 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[simple]
-% The caption text will be typeset as it is.
- \xD2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xED \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE5\xF1\xF2\xFC.
-
- \item[period]
-% The caption text will be followed by a period.
- \xC2~\xEA\xEE\xED\xF6\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xEE\xF7\xEA\xE0.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xFB \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\PageBreak
-% \subsection{Justification}
-\subsection{\xC2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE0}
-\label{justification}
-
-\DescribeMacro{justification=}
-% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
-% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
-\xCF\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC
-\emph{\xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8}; \xEE\xED\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% You can choose one of the following:
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xFB\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[justified]
-% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
- \xCF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE2~\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0. (\xCF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.)
-
- \item[centering]
-% Each line of the caption will be centered.
- \xC2\xF1\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE \xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xF3.
-
-% \item[Centering]
-
- \item[centerlast]
-% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
- \xC0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xED\xE0\xE1\xE8\xF0\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xED\xFF\xFF \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE0 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE \xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xF3.
-
- \item[centerfirst]
-% Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
- \xD6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xE0\xFF \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE0 [\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5, \xE2~\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF7\xE8\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xED\xF6\xE5\xE2\xE0\xFF,
- \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2].
-
- \item[raggedright]
-% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
- \xD1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xE2\xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE.
-
-\iffalse
- \item[RaggedRight]
-% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
-% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
- \xD1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xE2\xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE \xF1~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
- |\RaggedRight| \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{ragged2e}.
-\else
- \item[RaggedRight]
-% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
-% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
-% package will be used to achieve this.
-% The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
-% algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
-% The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
-% run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
-% option is used for the first time.}
- \xD1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xE2\xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE.
- \xCD\xEE \xE2~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\RaggedRight| \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
- \package{ragged2e}. \xCE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |raggedright|
- \xE7\xE0\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xE0\xEB\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF2\xEC\xE0 Plain \TeX'\xE0 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE7\xF0\xFB\xE2\xE0
- \xF1\xEB\xEE\xE2 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.\footnote{
- \xCD\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE2~\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xAB\xED\xE0 \xEB\xE5\xF2\xF3\xBB,
- \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE4\xE2\xE0\xE6\xE4\xFB \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC \LaTeX'\xEE\xEC.}.
-\fi
-
- \item[raggedleft]
-% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
- \xD1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xE2\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEE.
-
-% \item[RaggedLeft]
-% % Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
-% % the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
-% \xD1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xE2\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEE \xF1~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-% |\RaggedRight| \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{ragged2e}.
-
-%\showhyphens{justification}
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own justifications can be defined using
-% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
- |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% Three examples:
-\xD2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0:\label{TeXr:centerlast}%
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,justification=centerlast|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=plain,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\smallskip
-
-\PageBreak
-\DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}\label{TeXr:singleline:a}%
-% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
-% \class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
-\xD1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \LaTeX'\xE0 (\class{article}, \class{report}, \xE8~\class{book})
-\xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE8 \xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xED\xE0 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xE0\xFF:
-
-\example*{}{A short caption.}
-
-\INFO
-% \Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
-% justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
-% |indention=| in such case.
-% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
-% with the option
-\Thispackage\ \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xEC \xE0\xEB\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF2\xEC\xEE\xEC \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3
-\xE2~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xFF\xF5 \xE8\xE3\xED\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xF3, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xEC\xE8 |justification=| \xE8~|indention=|.
-\xCE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC, \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE0\xEB\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF2\xEC\xF3 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5\xF2 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE,
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7
-\begin{quote}
- |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
-% extra centering off:
-\xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF |false|, |no|, |off| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |0| \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \meta{bool} \xE2\xFB \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5
-\xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-\begin{quote}
- |singlelinecheck=false|
-\end{quote}
-% Doing so the above short caption would look like
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8
-[\xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE, \xE2~\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0]
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xE5\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA
-
-\begingroup
- \captionsetup{type=figure}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
-\endgroup
-
-% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
-% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
-\xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF |true|, |yes|, |on| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |1| \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \meta{bool} \xE2\xFB \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC
-\xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9. (\xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.)%^^A
-\label{TeXr:singleline:z}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Fonts}
-\subsection{\xD8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2\xFB}
-\label{fonts}
-
-\DescribeMacro{font=}
-\DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
-\DescribeMacro{textfont=}
-% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
-% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
-% label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
-% caption text (|text|\-|font|).
-% You set them up using the options
-\xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xFD\xEB\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-\xCF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 (|font|), \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xE8~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFF (|label|\-|font|), \xE8~\xF2\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xE9
-\cdash--- \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 (|text|\-|font|).
-\xC2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF5, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
- |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
- |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , \xE8\\
- |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & .\\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-% where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
-\xE3\xE4\xE5 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xEC \meta{font options} \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF7\xE8\xF1\xEB\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xFF\xF2\xF3\xFE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8.
-
-% And these are the available font options:
-\xC4\xE0\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9:
-
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
- \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize \xCE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFC \xEC\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xFC\xEA\xE8\xE9}
- \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize \xCE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF1\xED\xEE\xF1\xEA\xE0\xF5}
- \item[small] {\small \xCC\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xFC\xEA\xE8\xE9}
- \item[normalsize] {\normalsize \xCD\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9}
- \item[large] {\large \xC1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xEE\xE9}
- \item[Large] {\Large \xC5\xF9\xB8 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE5}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
-% \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
- \item[normalfont] {\normalfont \xC8\xF1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF1\xE5\xEC\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE, \xED\xE0\xF1\xFB\xF9\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE8~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5}
-
- \item[up] {\upshape \xCF\xF0\xFF\xEC\xEE\xE9}
- \item[it] {\itshape \xCA\xF3\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE2}
- \item[sl] {\slshape \xCD\xE0\xEA\xEB\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9}
- \item[sc] {\scshape \xCA\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC}
-
- \item[md] {\mdseries \xCD\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xE0\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xFB\xF9\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC (\xF1\xE2\xE5\xF2\xEB\xFB\xE9)}
- \item[bf] {\bfseries \xCF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xE6\xE8\xF0\xED\xFB\xE9}
-
- \item[rm] {\rmfamily \xD8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xF1~\xE7\xE0\xF1\xE5\xF7\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8}
- \item[sf] {\sffamily \xD0\xF3\xE1\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB\xE9}
- \item[tt] {\fontfamily{cmtt}\selectfont \xD8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xEF\xE8\xF8\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEC\xE0\xF8\xE8\xED\xEA\xE8 (\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xEE\xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xED\xFB\xE9)}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
-% \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
-% \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
-% \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
-% \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[singlespacing] \xCE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xF0\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6 \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[onehalfspacing] \xCF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF2\xEE\xF0\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6 \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[doublespacing] \xC4\xE2\xEE\xE9\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6 \See{\Ref{setspace}}
- \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] ${} \equiv {}$|\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
-% \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
-% \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
-% {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
-% see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
- \item[normalcolor] \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5 |\normalcolor|
- \item[color=\meta{colour}] \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 \xFD\xEA\xE2\xE8\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xF2\xED\xE0 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\color|\marg{colour}
- {\small(\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{color} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{xcolor},
- \xF1\xEC., \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0~\Ref{declare})}
-\end{Options}
-\vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
-% \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
-% |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
- \item[normal] \xCA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 |normal|\-|color|,
- |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size| \xE8~|single|\-|spacing|
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
- |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
-% e.g., the options
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xE4\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0, \xF4\xE8\xE3\xF3\xF0\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF1\xEA\xEE\xE1\xEA\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC;
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-%\begin{quote}
- |font={small}|
-%\end{quote}
-% and
-\xE8
-%\begin{quote}
- |font=small|
-%\end{quote}
-% will give the same result.
-\xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2.
-
-% Three examples:
-\xD2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |font=it,labelfont=bf|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |labelfont=bf,textfont=it|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{font+=}
-\DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
-\DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
-% You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
-\xC2\xFB \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2\xE0 \xEA~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF3\xF9\xE8\xEC, \xF2\xE0\xEA \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
-\end{quote}
-% is identical to
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xE4\xE5\xED\xF2\xE8\xF7\xED\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
-\subsection{\xCF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xE8~\xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0}
-\label{margins}
-
-\DescribeMacro{margin=}
-\DescribeMacro{width=}
-% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
-% a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
-% looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
-% figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
-% or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xF1\xE5\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \emph{\xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE} \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3
-\emph{\xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE} \xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xF3. \xDD\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xEC\xE8\footnote{\xC7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF
- \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xFB; \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEF\xEE \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xE5
- \xE3\xF0\xE0\xF4\xE8\xEA\xE8 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEC\xE0\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE8\xE0\xEB\xE0, \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xEA~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}.}
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
- |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--\xE8\xEB\xE8--}\\
- |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--\xE8\xEB\xE8--}\\
- |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
-% both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
-% |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
-% In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \meta{amount} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF, \xEE\xED\xEE \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE1\xEE\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9,
-\xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,~|margin=|\x|10pt| \xFD\xEA\xE2\xE8\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xF2\xED\xEE |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xE2\xF3\xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xED\xED\xE8\xF5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xED\xE0 \xF7\xB8\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xF1\xE0\xF5 \xE7\xE5\xF0\xEA\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEE\xF2\xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xFF\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-\DescribeMacro{oneside}
-\DescribeMacro{twoside}
-% To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
-% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
-% But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
-% will have the same amount.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE |oneside|,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,~|\caption|\-|setup|\x|{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
-\xCD\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xF2\xEE \xEE\xE1\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB\xEC\xE8.
-
-% Three examples will illustrating this:
-\xD2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE8\xEB\xEB\xFE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin=10pt|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin={1cm,0cm}|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |width=.75\textwidth|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Note}
-% When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
-% environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
-% figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
-% offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
-% will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
-% But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
-% do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
-% specifying a margin for this particular environment,
-% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
-\xCA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE0 \xF0\xFF\xE4\xEE\xEC \xF1~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |SCfigure|, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap})
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xEE\xE1\xF2\xE5\xEA\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC (\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xB8\xED \xE2~\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF0\xEA\xF3, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 |wrap|\-|figure|
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig}), \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9
-\xEE\xE1\xED\xF3\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF. \xCD\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9, \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2
-\xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,
-|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]|\x|{margin=10pt}|.
- \end{Note}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\DescribeMacro{margin*=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
-% There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
-% changes the margin if no width was set.
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xAB\xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9\xBB \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |margin=|, \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |margin*=|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9
-\xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xE0.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-\DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
-\DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
-% You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
-% limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
-% For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
-% |maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEC\xE8\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEC\xE0\xEA\xF1\xE8\xEC\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9. \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE7\xED\xEE
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xFC\xF8\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE0\xF5, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF~|minipage|.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \SmF\ \xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF
-|maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (\xD1\xEC.~\Ref{SMF})
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{parskip=}\label{TeXr:multipar:a}%
-% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
-% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
-\xC4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 \xEF\xEE\xED\xE0\xE4\xEE\xE1\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE0\xF2 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0.
-\xCE\xED \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE8\xEA\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xF3 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0\xEC\xE8:
-\begin{quote}
- |parskip=|\meta{amount}
-\end{quote}
-% One example:
-\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
-% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
-% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
-% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
-% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
- \xCF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xED \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.\par
- \xC2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xED \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
-% The option
-\xCA\xEB\xFE\xF7
-\begin{quote}
- |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
-\end{quote}
-% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
-% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
-% leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
-% know about.
-% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA \xEA\xE0\xE6\xE4\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF1\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE8\xF2 \xE8\xE7 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0, \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 \xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2
-\xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8~\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |indention=|\meta{amount}.
-\xCD\xEE \xE2~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE8\xE7 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE5\xE2 \xE2\xFB \xF3\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xED\xE8\xF6\xF3:
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
-% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
-% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
-% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
-% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
- \xCF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xED \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.\par
- \xC2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xED \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Example}
- \begin{quote}
- |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
- \end{quote}
- \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
-% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
-% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
-% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
-% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
- \xCF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xED \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.\par
- \xC2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xED \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\begin{Note}
-% If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
-% to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
-% optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
-% get an error message.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0, \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xEA\xF0\xE0\xF9\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF
-\xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4 |\caption| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\captionof|, \xE8\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5
-\xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE5.
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\PageBreak
-% \subsection{Styles}
-\subsection{\xD1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8}
-\label{style}
-
-\DescribeMacro{style=}
-% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
-% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
-% |\page|\-|style|;
-% the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
-\xCE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \emph{\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8}.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFF\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEB\xEE\xED\xF2\xE8\xF2\xF3\xEB\xE0, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9
-|\pagestyle|: \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-
-% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
-\xCF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xFB\xE7\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% \Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
-\Thispackage\ \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE2\xE0 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFF: |base| \xE8~|default|.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
-% the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
-% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
-% This means that specifying the option
-\xD1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC |base| \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 \xF1\xEE \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF\xEC\xE8,
-\xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xE2~\xE1\xE0\xE7\xEE\xE2\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0\xF5 \LaTeX'\xE0
-\class{article}, \class{report} \xE8~\class{book}.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\begin{quote}
- |style=base|
-\end{quote}
-% has the same effect as specifying all these options:
-\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE6\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xF5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF7\xE8\xF1\xEB\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9:
-\begin{quote}
- |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
- |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
- |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
- |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-% But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
-% the caption fits into a single line.
-\xC0~\xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 |justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt|.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-% In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
-% the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
-% This style is selected by default and represents these options:
-\xC2~\xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFB\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC |default| \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5
-\xE2\xE8\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xEC \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8:
-\begin{quote}
- |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
- |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
- |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
- |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-% But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
-% the caption fits into a single line.
-\xCD\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xE0 \xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8
-|justification=|\x|centering,|\x|indention=0pt| \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-% So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
-% \class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
-% point to (nearly) the same settings.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xE4\xE8\xED \xE8\xE7 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \LaTeX'\xE0 \class{article},
-\class{report} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \class{book}, \xEE\xE1\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8, |base| \xE8~|default|, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xF4\xE0\xEA\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE8
-\xEE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8.
-
-\begin{Note}
-% Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
-% \SeeUserDefined
-\xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak\SeeUserDefined
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Skips}
-\subsection{\xCE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8}
-\label{skips}
-
-\DescribeMacro{skip=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}%
-% The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
-% controlled by the option
-\xC2\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE8\xEA\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xE0\xFF \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
-% \class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
-% use a different amount.
-\xD1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \LaTeX'\xE0 |article|, |report| \xE8~|book| \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 \xEA\xE0\xEA
-|skip=|\x|10pt|,
-\xED\xEE \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{position=}\label{TeXr:captionskips:a}%
-% The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
-% The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
-% table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
-% separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
-% While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
-% in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
-% |long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
-% flexible:
-% By giving the option
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption|, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xE0\xFF \LaTeX'\xEE\xEC \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xEA \xE2~\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8:
-\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xF1\xF2\xEE\xE8\xF2 \xEB\xE8 \xEE\xED\xE0 \xE2~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB, \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xED\xF6\xE5.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEE\xED\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8, \xEE\xF2\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xEE\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB. \xCF\xEE\xEA\xE0 \xF7\xF2\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xF3 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 (\xE8~\xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 |long|\-|table|, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE8\xE2\xEE\xF0\xE5\xF7\xE8\xF2 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3),
-\xF0\xE5\xF8\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xE3\xE8\xE1\xEA\xEE\xE5.
-\xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\begin{quote}
- |position=top|\quad \xE8\xEB\xE8\quad |position=above|
-\end{quote}
-% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
-% environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
-% is placed below the caption.
-% (Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
-% caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
-% Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
-% command.)
-% But with
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xF2\xFC, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \emph{\xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3} \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xE8~\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE0 |skip=|\meta{amount} \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-(\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE |position=|\x|top| \emph{\xCD\xC5} \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2,
-\xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xED\xE0\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB.
-\xCF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE0\xEC, \xE3\xE4\xE5 \xE2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption|.)
-\xCD\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5
-\begin{quote}
- |position=bottom|\quad \xE8\xEB\xE8\quad |position=below|
-\end{quote}
-% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
-% environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
-% And finally with
-\xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF1\xF2\xEE\xE8\xF2 \emph{\xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3} \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8~\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-\xC8~\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xED\xE5\xF6, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2
-\begin{quote}
-% |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
- |position=auto|\quad {\small(\xF7\xF2\xEE \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE)}
-\end{quote}
-% \thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
-% the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
-% most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
-\thispackage\ \xEF\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xE0\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE5\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE, \xF5\xEE\xF2\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE8~\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2 \xE2~\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xED\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5\xE2,
-\xE2~\xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xF0\xE5\xE4\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xF1\xE8\xF2\xF3\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2.
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{figureposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
-\DescribeMacro{tableposition=}%\NEWfeature{v3.0a}
-% The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
-% optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
-% \See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
-% For example
-\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |position| \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE7\xED\xE0, \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xF5
-\xF1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5 |\captionsetup|.
-\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}\par
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\label{TeXr:captop:a}
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
-\end{quote}
-% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
-% the table (regarding spacing around it).
-% Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
-% the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
-% |table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xFB \emph{\xED\xE0\xE4} \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC
-\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB (\xF1~\xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8).
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xEC\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8, \thispackage\ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2
-\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8-\xE0\xE1\xE1\xF0\xE5\xE2\xE8\xE0\xF2\xF3\xF0\xFB |figure|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos}
-\xE8~|table|\-|position=|\allowbreak\meta{pos},
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-% is equivalent to
-\xFD\xEA\xE2\xE8\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xF2\xED\xEE \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xEC\xF3
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\medskip
-
-\INFO
-% Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
-% and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
-% Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
-% |figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
-% decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
-% caption.
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 |skip=|, |position=|,
- |figure|\-|position=| \xE8~|table|\-|position=| \xED\xE5 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2.
- \xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |figure| \xE8~|table| \xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0,
- \xF2\xEE \xEE\xED\xE8 \xE8~\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2, \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE0 \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3.
-% For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
-% setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
-% and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
-% |table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
-% \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
- \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \KOMAScript\ \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xF3 |skip=|,
- \xED\xEE \xEE\xED\xE0 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEA~\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0\xEC (|figure|) \xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3,
- \xE0~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xE2 (|table|) \xE7\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF1\xE8\xF2 \xEE\xF2 \xE3\xEB\xEE\xE1\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
- |table|\-|captions|\-|above| \xE8, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE, |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
- \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-% Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
-% below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
-% \package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
- \xC1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \xF1\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xE8~\xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8,
- \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{float},
- \package{floatrow}, \xE8~\package{supertabular}.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Expert*}
-% Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
-% |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
-% \LaTeX{}s implementation).
-% But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
-% |0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
-% but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
-% So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
-% when |position=|\x|top| is set.
-% Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
-% (like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
-% package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
-% supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
-\xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xE3\xEE\xE2\xEE\xF0\xFF, \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC
-|\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xEE\xEC
-\LaTeX'\xE5 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8).
-\xCD\xEE \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE8~\xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (\xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE
-\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE0\xFF |0pt|) \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xEE\xEC \LaTeX'\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8,
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF1~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE8\xE2\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xED\xFB \xEE\xF2 |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip|, \xE2~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE5.
-\xC8\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5 \xE3\xEE\xE2\xEE\xF0\xFF, \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEE\xEA \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
- |position=|\x|top|.
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE6\xE5 \xF2\xF0\xFE\xEA
-(\xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{ftcap}, \package{nonfloat} \xE8~\package{topcap});
-\xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8\xE7 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0
-|position=| \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption} \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-\end{Expert*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Lists}
-\subsection{\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE8 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2}
-\label{lists}
-
-\DescribeMacro{list=}\label{TeXr:nolistentry:II}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
-% The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
-% resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
-% empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
-% programmatically by saying
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption| \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6.
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5
-|\caption| {\small(\xF1\xEC.~\Ref{caption})}, \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xE1\xF9\xF3\xFE \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xF3, \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xE2
-\begin{quote}
-% |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
-% Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
-% this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
-% this purpose instead.}
- |list=no|\quad(\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xEB\xE5\xE2\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xF0\xE0\xEC\xE5\xF2\xF0\xE0 \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE,
- \xEE\xED \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xE8 \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth}.}
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{listformat=}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
-% With the option
-\xD1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
-\end{quote}
-\nopagebreak[3]
-% you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
-% the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
-% There are five standard caption list formats:
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEA\xE0\xEA \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 (|figure|) \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB (|table|) \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xED\xE0\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xED\xFB
-\xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6.
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xEF\xFF\xF2\xFC \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0\xF5:
-
-\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
- \item[empty]
-% No number will be typeset.
- \xCD\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-
- \item[simple]
-% The number will be typeset with label prefix.
- \xCD\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xEE\xEC \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8.
-
- \item[parens]
-% The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
- \xCD\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE1\xEA\xE0\xF5 \xF1~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xEE\xEC \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8.
-
- \item[subsimple]
-% Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
- \xD2\xEE \xE6\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE |simple|, \xED\xEE \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xE0. (\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE)
-
- \item[subparens]
-% Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
- \xD2\xEE \xE6\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE |parens|, \xED\xEE \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xE0.
-
- \item[\UserDefined]
-% Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
-% \SeeUserDefined
- \xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xFB \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0\xF5 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
- \SeeUserDefined
-\end{Options}
-
-% The prefix ($=$|\p at figure| resp.~|\p at table|), which runs ahead of the
-% number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
-% Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
-% so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
-% same with |parens| and |subparens|.
-% But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
-% Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
-% different purpose.\footnote{%
-% Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
-% or \package{subfig} package.}
-\xCF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xFB \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 ($=$|\p at figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8~|\p at table|), \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE
-\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xEC\xE8 ($=$|\the|\-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8~|\the|\-|table| \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE)
-\xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0\xF5 (\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6) \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xFB,
-\xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xFB |simple| \xE8~|subsimple| \xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2,
-\xF2\xEE \xE6\xE5 \xF1\xE0\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xEE\xE9\xE4\xB8\xF2 \xF1~|parens|
-\xE8~|subparens|.
-\xCD\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6
-\xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE5\xE9.\footnote{%
- \xCF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB
- \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \package{subcaption}
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{subfig}.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Names \& Numbering}
-\subsection{\xCD\xE0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF}
-\label{names}\label{numbering}
-
-\DescribeMacro{figurename=}
-\DescribeMacro{tablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
-% You can change the name of the figures and tables with the options
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}l@{\quad}l@{}}
- |figurename=| & \meta{name} & \xE8\\
- |tablename=| & \meta{name} & .\\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-% The document class usually sets them to ``Figure'' and ``Table'', but for
-% example with
-\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF5 \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xEA\xE0\xEA \xABFigure\xBB \xE8~\xABTable\xBB, \xED\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-\xE2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |figurename=Fig.|
-\end{quote}
-% you can change the figure name to ``Fig''.
-\xE2\xFB \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xABFig\xBB.
-
-\smallskip\INFO
-% If you use the \package{babel} package, please load \thispackage\ \emph{after}
-% the \package{babel} package.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{babel}, \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \thispackage\ \emph{\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5}
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{babel}.
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{name=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
-% In contrast to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| the option
-\xC2~\xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 |figure|\-|name=| \xE8~|table|\-|name=| \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF
-\emph{\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE} \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |name=|\meta{name}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
-% This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
-% |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
-\xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xEC\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE7\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5
-|\caption|\-|setup|, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
-\end{quote}
-% changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
-% figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
-\xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xEC\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xABFig.\xBB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xF1\xE5\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |wrap|\-|figure| (\xE2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8
-\xF3~\xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xABFigure\xBB).
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]%
-\DescribeMacro{listfigurename=}
-\DescribeMacro{listtablename=}\NEWfeature{v3.1g}%
-% Analogous to the options |figure|\-|name| and |table|\-|name| you can change
-% the title of the lists here. So for example
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF\xEC |figure|\-|name| \xE8~|table|\-|name| \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC
-\xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2. \xD2\xE0\xEA \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |listfigurename=List of Images|
-\end{quote}
-% changes the title ``List of Figures'' to ``List of images''.
-\xC8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xABList of Figures\xBB \xED\xE0 \xABList of Images\xBB.
-
-[\xC8\xEB\xE8, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xF3\xF1\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF2\xF3\xF0\xFB \xE2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |listfigurename=\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyro\cyrk\ |\\ |\cyri\cyrl\cyrl\cyryu\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrc\cyri\cyrishrt|
-\end{quote}
-\xE8\xEB\xE8
-\begin{quote}\def\ttdefault{cmtt}
- |listfigurename=\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xE8\xEB\xEB\xFE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE9|
-\end{quote}
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE2~\xAB\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xE8\xEB\xEB\xFE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE9\xBB.]
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{figurewithin=}
-\DescribeMacro{tablewithin=}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
-% If a document class providing |\chapter| is used (e.g.~\class{report} or
-% \class{book}), usually the |figure| and |table| caption counters
-% are dependent on the |chapter| counter. Otherwise usually the |figure| and
-% |table| counters are continuous throughout the document.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE3\xEB\xE0\xE2\xFB, \xE8~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\chapter|
-(\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \package{report} \xE8\xEB\xE8
-\package{book}), \xF2\xEE \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 |figure| \xE8~|table|
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF7\xE8\xED\xE5\xED\xE0 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xF3 \xE3\xEB\xE0\xE2\xFB |chapter|. \xC2~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE8\xE2\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF |figure|
-\xE8~|table| \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xEE \xE2\xF1\xE5\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xF3.
-
-% This can be changed with the options
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l}
- |figurewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{\xE8\xEB\xE8} \texttt{section} \emph{\xE8\xEB\xE8} \texttt{none}\quad \xE8\\
- |tablewithin=| & \texttt{chapter} \emph{\xE8\xEB\xE8} \texttt{section} \emph{\xE8\xEB\xE8} \texttt{none}\quad .\\
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-% If ``|none|'' is given as value, the numbering of figures resp. tables will
-% be continuous throughout the document.
-% Otherwise the numbering will be dependent on the given counter,
-% e.g.~|figure|\-|within=|\x|section| gives figures a section-dependent
-% numbering scheme.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xAB|none|\xBB, \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEA\xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xEE
-\xE2\xF1\xB8\xEC \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE5.
-\xC2~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE8\xE2\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF7\xE8\xED\xE5\xED\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xF3,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |figurewithin=|\x|section| \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2,
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF7\xE8\xED\xB8\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0\xEC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xEE\xE2
-\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF3\xF0\xEE\xE2\xED\xFF.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Expert*}
-% The name and numbering is internally done by the commands
-% |\|\meta{type}|name| \& |\the|\meta{type}, e.g.~|\figure|\-|name| \&
-% |\the|\-|figure| for figures.
-% While usually using the above options are sufficient, sometimes a direct
-% re-definition of these two macros is necessary. For example:
-\xCD\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE8~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEC\xE8 |\|\meta{type}|name|
-\xE8~|\the|\meta{type}, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 |\figurename| \xE8~|\thefigure| \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2.
-\xD5\xEE\xF2\xFF \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9, \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFB\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xE2\xFB\xF8\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE, \xE8\xED\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE
-\xEF\xF0\xFF\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xE4\xE2\xF3\xF5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{figurewithin=section}|\\
- |\renewcommand\thefigure{\arabic{section}\alph{figure}}|
-\end{quote}
-% gives you a section-dependent numbering scheme \meta{section}\meta{figure}
-% with a numerical section counter and a alphanumerical figure counter,
-% e.g.~``|Figure 2b|''.
-\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF7\xE8\xED\xB8\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xF3 \xF1\xF5\xE5\xEC\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \meta{section}\meta{figure}
-\xE3\xE4\xE5 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xE2~\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE5 \xE0\xF0\xE0\xE1\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xF6\xE8\xF4\xF0\xFB, \xE0~\xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \cdash--- \xE2~\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE5 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xEA\xE2\xE0\xEC\xE8,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xAB|Figure 2b|\xBB.
-\end{Expert*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Types}
-\subsection{\xD2\xE8\xEF\xFB (\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2)}
-\label{types}
-
-\DescribeMacro{type=}\NEWfeature{v3.0d}%
-% The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
-% e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
-% these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
-% kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
-% the caption type manually with
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption| \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF2\xE8\xEF\xEE\xE2,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |figure| \xE8~|table|. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption| \xE7\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xEC\xE8
-\xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9, \xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE5, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xFD\xF2\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xE5\xF2
-\xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xF2\xE8\xEF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC. \xCD\xEE \xE2~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEE\xE1\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF1\xE8\xF2\xF3\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF\xF5
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE8\xEF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xF0\xF3\xF7\xED\xF3\xFE, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF
-\begin{quote}
- |type=|\meta{float type}
-\end{quote}
-% prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
-% |\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
-% \package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
-% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
-% for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
-\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption| (\xE8~\xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4 \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0
-|\Continued|\-|Float|, \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
- \package{subcaption} \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\subfloat| \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}),
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xED\xE5\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE2\xF0\xEE\xE4\xE5 |minipage|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
- | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
- | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-% There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
-% which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
-% \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
-% hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
-% (See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0, |type*=|\x\meta{float type},
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xF2 |type=|\x\meta{float type} \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2
-\package{hyperref}\cite{hyperref}: \xE2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |type=| \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2
-\xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xF3 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 (hyperlink anchor, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |hypcap=|\x|true|), \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |type*=| \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xED\xE5 \xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2.
-(\xD1\xEC.~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \Ref{hyperref})
-\end{Expert}
-\begin{Expert}
-% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
-% for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
-% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
-\emph{\DefaultNoteText}: \xED\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE9\xF2\xE5, \xEF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE5\xED\xED\xFE\xFE \xEC\xE0\xEA\xF0\xEE\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\@captype|,
-\xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xEC\xE8 \xF0\xF3\xEA\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0
-|\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}|.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-% Own float types can be defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| offered by
-% this package, |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float}
-% package\cite{float}, or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
-% \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
-\xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF2\xE8\xEF\xFB \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC, \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9 |\new|\-|float|, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{float}\cite{float},
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
-
-\medskip
-
-\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
-% Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
-% \emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
-% at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
-% Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
-% regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
-% therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
-% You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |type=| \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE
-\emph{\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8} \xE1\xEE\xEA\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 (\xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 |\parbox| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |minipage|), \xF2.\,\xE5.
-\xE3\xE4\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xEE\xE9\xF2\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xF3\xFE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xFB \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xF1\xEC\xE5\xF8\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9
-\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6) \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE1\xEE\xEA\xF1 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xEA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC.\footnote{%
-\xC2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5, \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE2~\xEA\xE0\xF7\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xEF\xE8\xEB\xFF\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0 \TeX'\xE0 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF
-\eTeX.}
-
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Commands}
-\section{\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB}
-
-% \subsection{Typesetting captions}
-\subsection{\xCF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9}
-\label{caption}
-\label{captionlistentry}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\caption}
-% The command
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
-\end{quote}
-% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
-% Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
-% If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
-% figures or tables will be made. For example:
-\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0, \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.
-\xD2\xE0\xEA, \xFD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE0\xEC \xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE, \xED\xEE \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE8\xF2 \xE2~\xF2\xEE\xEC, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \meta{list entry} \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xFB\xEC, \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE2~\xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8
-\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF; \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,
-\begin{quote}
-% |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
- |\caption[]{\xCF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2~\xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2.}|
- \label{TeXr:nolistentry:I}%
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-% Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
-% if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
-% this argument is moving instead.
-% ``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
-% list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
-% ``List of Tables'', too.
-% \emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
-% everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
-% \emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
-% Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
-% own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
-% |\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xEE\xEC\xED\xE8\xEC, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \meta{heading} \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \emph{\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE2\xE8\xE6\xED\xFB\xEC},
-\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \meta{list entry}. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \meta{list entry},
-\xF2\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE2\xE8\xE6\xED\xFB\xEC \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2. \xD2\xE5\xF0\xEC\xE8\xED \xAB\emph{\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE2\xE8\xE6\xED\xFB\xE9} \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xBB
-\xE2~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEE\xED \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFB\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF4\xE0\xE9\xEB\xE5 \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB
-\xE7\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEC \xE5\xE3\xEE \xE2\xFB\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE2~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF5 \xAB\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2\xBB \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xAB\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xBB.
-\xC2~\emph{\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE2\xE8\xE6\xED\xFB\xE5} \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xFB \xED\xE5\xEB\xFC\xE7\xFF \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xF2\xFC \emph{\xF5\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEA\xE8\xE5} \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB,
-\xE2\xF1\xE5 \xFD\xEB\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \emph{\xED\xE5\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xEC\xE8} (\xED\xE5\xF5\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEA\xE8\xEC\xE8), \xE8\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2
-\xAB\emph{\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xF2}\xBB (\xF0\xE0\xF1\xEA\xF0\xFB\xF2), \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFF \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE8 \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5
-\xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE0\xF5 \LaTeX'\xEE\xEC. \xCD\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \emph{\xF5\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEA\xE8\xE5}
-\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \emph{\xE7\xE0\xF9\xE8\xF9\xE5\xED\xFB} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4 \xED\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\protect|.
-\xD7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \emph{\xED\xE5\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xEC\xE8}, \xE8\xF5 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xF2\xFC \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7 |\DeclareRobustCommand|, \xE0~\xED\xE5
-\xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7 |\newcommand|.
-
-% An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
-% |\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
-% So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
-% (e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
-% or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
-% |\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
-\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0: \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| \xE2\xFB\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0\xF5,
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\phantom| \emph{\xF5\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEA\xE0\xFF}. \xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2
-\meta{list entry}
-(\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,
-|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\protect|, \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE7\xE0\xF9\xE8\xF2\xFB \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\phantom| \xEE\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEE\xED\xE0
-\emph{\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xEB\xE0\xF1\xFC}:
-|\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
-
-% But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
-% single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
-% the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
-% An example:
-% |\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
-% |E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
-% |\right.| |\]}|.
-% Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
-% leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
-% So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
-% just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
-\xCD\xEE \xE8\xED\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE8~\xFD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2. \xCF\xF0\xE8\xF7\xE8\xED\xE0 \xEA\xF0\xEE\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF2\xE0\xEA \xED\xE0\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF0\xEA\xE5
-\xED\xE0 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xF3\xFE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC
-(single-line-check): \xEC\xE0\xEA\xF0\xEE\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \meta{heading}
-\xE2~\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xE7\xEE\xED\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE1\xEE\xEA\xF1,
-\xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xE8~\xFD\xF2\xEE \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0\xF5.
-\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-|\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
-|E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
-|\right.| |\]}|.
-\xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC \xED\xE5 \xE3\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF,
-\xFD\xF2\xEE \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xE5\xE4\xB8\xF2 \xEA~\xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0\xEC.
-(\xAB\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}\xBB) \xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEC\xFB \xE2\xFB\xED\xF3\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-|\captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}| \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9 |\caption|.
-
-% For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
-% \emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
-% \url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
-\xC1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xF3\xFE \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEE~\emph{\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE2\xE8\xE6\xED\xFB\xF5} \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF5 \xE8~\emph{\xF5\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEA\xE8\xF5}
-\xE8~\emph{\xED\xE5\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5} \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF5, \xF1\xEC\xEE\xF2\xF0\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2~\xE2\xE0\xF8\xE5\xEC \xF0\xF3\xEA\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \xEF\xEE \LaTeX'\xF3 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xEA~%
-\url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\caption*}\label{TeXr:starcaption:a}%
-% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
-% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
-% An example:
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{longtable} \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption*| \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF
-\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE8~\xE7\xE0\xED\xE5\xF1\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE5\xB8 \xE2~\xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6.
-\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{longtable}|
-\end{quote}
-% looks like
-\xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xE8\xF2 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEE\xEC:\nopagebreak
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-\vskip\intextsep
-\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
- \caption*{A table}
- \centering
- \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
- & x & y \\\hline
- a & 1 & 2 \\
- b & 3 & 4 \\
- \end{tabular}
-\end{minipage}
-\vskip\intextsep
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-% \Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
-% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
-\Thispackage\ \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xF3\xFE \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC. \xC8~\xF2\xE5\xEF\xE5\xF0\xFC \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
-\xF1~\xEB\xFE\xE1\xFB\xEC \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xE0, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{table}|\\
- | \caption*{A table}|\\
-% | \begin{tabular}{|\ldots|}|\\
-% | |\ldots\\
-% | \end{tabular}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\captionof}\label{TeXr:captionof:a}%
-\DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
-% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
-% putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
-% For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
-\xC8\xED\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \emph{\xE2\xED\xE5} \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0,
-\xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xE2, \xEA~\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xF3, \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |minipage|. \xC4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2
-\thispackage\ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
-% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
-% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
-% An example:
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2, \meta{float type}, \xE2~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF
-\xEE\xE1\xFF\xE7\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xEC, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\captionof| \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xE0 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF2\xFC, \xEA~\xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xEC\xF3
-\xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xF3 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0. \xAB\xD0\xE8\xF1.\xBB \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xAB\xD2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0\xBB) \xE8~\xE2~\xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC. \xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
-% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
- |\captionof{table}{A table}|
-\end{quote}
-% typesets captions like this:
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC:
-\begin{Example}
-% \begingroup
-% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
-% \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
-% \begingroup
- \captionof{table}{A table}
-% \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-
-% The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
-% command:
-% It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
-% or tables.
-\xAB\xC7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9\xBB \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 |\captionof*| \xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8~|\caption*|:
-\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xE8~\xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8
-\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6.
-
-\INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
-% Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
-% restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
-% |\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
-% environments, too.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\captionof| \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xF1\xE5\xE1\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |type|, \xF2\xE5 \xE6\xE5 \xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8~\xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |type=| \xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE8~|\captionof|
-\xE8~|\captionof*| \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \emph{\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8} \xE1\xEE\xEA\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9.
-\See{\Ref{types}}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
-% Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
-% (or table) entry on its own.
-% This could be achieved with
-\xC2~\xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xFF\xF5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE7\xED\xFB\xEC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 (\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6) \xEE\xF2\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
-% contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
-\xCE\xE4\xE8\xED \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0: \xEE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFC \xEB\xE5\xE3\xEA\xEE \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 |long|\-|table|
-\xF1~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFF\xEC\xE8 \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB
-\xE8~\xEE\xE4\xED\xE8\xEC \xE2\xF5\xEE\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xF3\xFE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endfirsthead|\\
- | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endhead|\\
- | |\ldots
-\end{quote}
-% But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
-% |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
-% the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
-% the table.
-% Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
-\xCD\xEE, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{longtable} \xED\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\endfirstfoot|,
-\xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \emph{\xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3} \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB, \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xE5\xE4\xE8\xED\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xE2\xF5\xEE\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xF3\xFE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xE8\xF2\xF3\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF, \xE3\xE4\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\captionlistentry| \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE7\xED\xE0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
- |\endfoot|\\
- | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
- | |\ldots
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Annotation*}
-% Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
-\xC4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xED\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE8 \xE2~\Ref{examples}.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\smallskip
-
-\begin{Expert}
-% There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
-% increment the \meta{float type} counter.
-% (Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
-% never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
-\xD2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xAB\xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9\xBB \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9
-\xED\xE5 \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-(\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |long|\-|table| \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
-\xED\xE8\xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xE0 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB. \xD1\xEC.~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \Ref{longtable}.)
-\end{Expert}
-
-\begin{Expert}
-% Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
-% it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \meta{list entry} \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \emph{\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE2\xE8\xE6\xED\xFB\xEC}
-\xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xEC, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE2\xF1\xB8 \xE5\xE3\xEE
-\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xEE \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \emph{\xED\xE5\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xEC}. (\xD1\xEC.~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption|)
-\end{Expert}
-
-
-% \subsection{Setting options}
-\subsection{\xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 \xE8~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9}
-\label{captionsetup}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
-% We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
-% but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
-% \meta{float type}.
-\xCD\xE0\xEC \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\captionsetup| (\xF1\xEC.~\Ref{usage}),
-\xED\xEE \xF1\xE5\xE9\xF7\xE0\xF1 \xEC\xFB \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE5\xF0\xB8\xEC \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0, \meta{float type}.
-
-% Remember, the syntax of this command is
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xEE\xEC\xED\xE8\xEC \xF1\xE8\xED\xF2\xE0\xEA\xF1\xE8\xF1 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
-% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
-% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
-% \meta{float type} gets typeset.
-% For example
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \meta{float type} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED, \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 \xE8~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8, \meta{options} \xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xE3\xEE
-\xED\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xF2 \xE2~\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF. \xCE\xED\xE8 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF
-\xE2~\xEC\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2, \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xEE\xEA\xE0\xE6\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0
-\meta{float type}.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
-\end{quote}
-% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \meta{options} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure|.
-
-% Here comes an example to illustrate this:
-\xC4\xE0\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xE8\xE4\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE8\xEB\xEB\xFE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xF1\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
-\end{quote}
-% gives captions like this:
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2\xE8\xE4\xE0:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{table}{A table}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-% As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
-% the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
-\xCA\xE0\xEA \xE2\xFB \xE2\xE8\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2
-\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xE2\xF1\xB8 \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-
-% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
-% |figure| or |table|.
-% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
-% \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
-% this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
-% commands can also be used with them.
-% \See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
-\xC2~\xEA\xE0\xF7\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \meta{float type} \xE2\xFB \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE4\xE2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8:
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.
-\xCD\xEE \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xE8\xE4\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE4\xED\xE5\xE5 \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \LaTeX'\xE0 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \package{floatrow},
-\package{longtable} \xE8~\package{sidecap}) \xE0~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFF\xEC\xE8 \xE8~\xFD\xF2\xE8 \xE4\xE2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xF1~\xED\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xFB.
-\See{\Ref{declare} \xE8~\Ref{packages}}
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-\begin{Expert}
-% There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE8~\xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\captionsetup|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
-\end{quote}
-% While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
-% \meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
-% (e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
-% starred variant will not.
-% \iffalse
-% This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
-% of a specific document.
-% \fi
-\xC2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xED\xE5\xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \meta{options} \xED\xE5
-\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE2~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE5 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 |\captionsetup[table]{font=sf}| \cdash---
-\xE8~\xED\xE8 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |table|), \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xED\xE5 \xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2.
-\iffalse
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE7\xED\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA, \xED\xE5\xE7\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF1\xE8\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xED\xEA\xF0\xE5\xF2\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.
-\fi
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
-% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
-% a particular environment you can use the command
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE0\xF0\xE0\xEC\xE5\xF2\xF0\xFB, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
-\begin{quote}
- |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
-% for figures in the example above:
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8
-\xE8\xE7 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0 \xE2\xFB\xF8\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
-\end{quote}
-\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
-% this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
-% \emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
-% If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
-% \cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
-% While the example above not only clears the options
-% |labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
-% for figures (but all options for figures instead),
-% this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
-% settings for figures intact:
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \meta{option}, \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8
-\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \meta{option}.\footnote{\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE
-\emph{\xEE\xE4\xED\xF3} \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE, \xE0~\xED\xE5 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xFF\xE4\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9, \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE4\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4
-\cs{clearcaptionsetup}.}
-\xC2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE2\xFB\xF8\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xEB \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |labelfont=bf,|\allowbreak
-|textfont=it|
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 (\xED\xEE \xE8~\xE2\xF1\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2),
-\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xF3 |labelfont=bf|, \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xE2 \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5
-\xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE5\xF2\xF0\xEE\xED\xF3\xF2\xFB\xEC\xE8:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- | \caption{A figure}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{font=small}
- \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
- \captionsetup{position=top}
- \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
- \begingroup
- \captionof{figure}{A figure}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-\begin{Expert}
-% Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
-% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
-% \meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5 |\captionsetup*| \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xE0\xFF \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0
-|\clearcaptionsetup*| \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \meta{option}
-\xED\xE5 \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \meta{float type}.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\medskip
-
-\DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
-% For debugging purposes the command\nopagebreak
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\nopagebreak
-\begin{quote}
- |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.\nopagebreak[3]
-\end{quote}
-% is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
-% for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
-\xCE\xED\xE0 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2~log-\xF4\xE0\xE9\xEB\xE5, \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xFF \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xFB\xE1\xF0\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \meta{float type}. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
- |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-% gives the info:
-\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5:
-\begin{quote}\small
- |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
- |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-% \subsection{Continued floats}
-\subsection{\xCF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5\xF1\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xFB}
-\label{ContinuedFloat}
-
-\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}\label{TeXr:continued:a}%
-% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
-% their own reference number. This is what the command
-\xC8\xED\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xE8\xEA\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE8 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB \xED\xE0 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE
-\xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xE8\xEC \xEE\xE1\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0. \xC4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xED\xE0\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |\ContinuedFloat|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
-% It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
-% |\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
-% gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
-% An example:
-\xCB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5 \xE5\xB8 \xEF\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\ContinuedFloat| \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0
-(\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9 |\caption|)
-\xE8~\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE6\xE5 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE8~\xF3~\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB \xE2\xFB\xF8\xE5. \xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\begin{table}|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-% gives the following result:
-\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \caption{A table}
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table (cont.)}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
-% the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
-% to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\Continued|\-|Float| \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8, \xF1\xE2\xFF\xE7\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5
-\xF1~\xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9"=\xF2\xE8\xEF\xEE\xEC \xAB|Continued|\-|Float|\xBB. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xE0\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE5\xF0\xED\xE0\xF2\xE8\xE2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEA \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 \xE8~\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xED\xEE \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}\selectlanguage{USenglish}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1e}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued1e}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\xC2~\xF0\xF3\xF1\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xE5\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{#1~#2 (\textit{\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5})}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1r}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued1r}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\smallskip
-% \See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
-% \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
-\See{\Ref{declare} \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFB\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9
- \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
-
-\medskip
-
-% There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
-% used for own purposes.
-% For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
-% continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
-% So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
-% environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
-% An example:
-\xD1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \LaTeX'\xE0, \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 |Continued|\-|Float|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC
-\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8.
-\xC2~\xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEE\xED \xF0\xE0\xE2\xE5\xED \xED\xF3\xEB\xFE, \xE2~\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xEC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xEC\xF1\xFF
-\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xED \xF0\xE0\xE2\xE5\xED \xE5\xE4\xE8\xED\xE8\xF6\xE5, \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xEC \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8~\xF2.\,\xE4.
-\xD2\xE0\xEA, \xEA\xE0\xE6\xE4\xE0\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\Continued|\-|Float| \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \xE8~\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2
-\xE1\xE5\xE7 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Continued|\-|Float| \xE2\xED\xEE\xE2\xFC \xEE\xE1\xED\xF3\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA.
-\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\medskip
-% A reference to this table would still result in the output
-% ``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
-% If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
-% too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
-% which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
-% continued floats and is preset to be empty.
-\xD1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE5
-\xAB\autoref{continued2}\xBB, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xEB\xF1\xFF \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA |Continued|\-|Float| \xE2~\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0\xF5,
-\xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float|,
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF, \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE8 \xE2~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5\xF1\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF5,
-\xF2\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \xFD\xF2\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0.
-\begin{quote}
- |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | \caption{A table}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{table}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
- \ContinuedFloat
- \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
- \centerline{\ldots}
-\end{Example}
-\medskip
-% A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
-\xD1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2 \xAB\autoref{continued3}\xBB.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
-% Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
-% kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
-% ``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
-% This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
-% which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
-% type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
-% |Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
-% instead:
-\xCF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE8\xEC \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5\xF1\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xF3 \xF1~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC
-\xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE2\xE8\xE4\xE0 \xABFigure 7a\xBB, \xE0~\xED\xE5 \xABFigure 7\xBB (\xE0~\xE7\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEC, \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\xABFigure 7b\xBB, \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xABFigure 7a\xBB).
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Continued|\-|Float*|
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \cdash--- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE8~|\Continued|\-|Float| \cdash--- \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xAB|Continued|\-|Float|\xBB \xE8~\xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \LaTeX'\xE0
-|Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{\xED\xEE} \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE8~\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2 \xE8\xE7 \xF1\xE5\xF0\xE8\xE8
-\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5\xF1\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2:
-\begin{quote}
- |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
- |\end{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
- |\end{figure}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
- \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\asbuk{ContinuedFloat}}
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat*
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{First figure of a series}
- \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Second figure of a series}
- \endgroup
- \begingroup
- \ContinuedFloat
- \centerline{\ldots}
- \caption{Third figure of a series}
- \endgroup
-\end{Example}
-\smallskip
-% \Note{Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
-% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.}
-\Note{\xCA~\xF1\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 \cs{ContinuedFloat*} \xED\xE5\xEB\xFC\xE7\xFF \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE5
- \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-% \subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
-\subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
-% If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
-% by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
-% this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
-% but instead you could write something like:
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9\xF1\xFF \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |long|\-|table|
-(\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{longtable}\cite{longtable})
-\xED\xE0 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6\xE5,
-\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 |\Continued|\-|Float| \emph{\xED\xE5} \xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xE2,
-\xED\xEE \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF7\xF2\xEE-\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xEE\xE4\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
- |\endfirsthead|\\
- | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
- | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
- |\endhead|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- |\end{longtable}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Own enhancements}
-\section{\xD1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8}
-\label{declare}
-
-% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
-% etc.
-% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
-% be associated with a name and kept in one place.
-% (These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
-% this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
-\xC8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xE5\xEC\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4, \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFE \xF1\xE0\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEE~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFF\xF5, \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE5, \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2\xE0\xF5, \xE8~\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFF\xF5
-\xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA~\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xF3, \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE2\xF1\xB8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE2~\xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xEC \xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5
-(\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xED\xE0\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE0\xEC\xE1\xF3\xEB\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \cdash---
-\xFD\xF2\xEE \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xFC \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4 |\document|\-|class| \xE8~|\begin{document}|).
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
-% You can define your own caption formats using the command
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xB8 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
-\begin{quote}
-% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{\xEA\xEE\xE4, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \#1, \#2 \xE8~\#3}\mbox{\ .}
-\end{quote}
-% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
-% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
-% pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
-\xCF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xEC\xEC\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \#1 \xED\xE0 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA, \#2 \xED\xE0
-\xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xE8~\#3 \xED\xE0 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xC8\xF2\xE0\xEA, \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 |plain| \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED
-\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \thispackage\ \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\begin{Expert}
-% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
-% which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
-% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xE4, \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE8\xEA\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xEC \xF0\xE5\xE6\xE8\xEC\xE5 (\xEC\xEE\xE4\xE5) \TeX'\xE0 (\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE
-\xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xE7\xEE\xED\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE),
-\xED\xEE \xE2~\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |indention=|.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
-% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{\xEA\xEE\xE4 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \#1 \xE8~\#2}
-\end{quote}
-% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
-% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
-% An example:
-\xCF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \#1 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xE8\xEC\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0. \xAB\xD0\xE8\xF1.\xBB) \xE8~\#2
-\xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xF0\xFF\xE4\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xAB12\xBB). \xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
-\end{quote}
-\example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
-\DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
-% If you define your own caption label formats and use the
-% \package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
-% you should take care of empty caption label names.
-% For this purpose the commands
-\xCA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xE2\xEE\xB8 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xE8~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5
-\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{subcaption} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{subfig},
-\xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF5 \xFD\xEB\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2
-\xAB\xE8\xEC\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xBB \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xFB\xEC. \xC4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\begin{quote}
- |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad \xE8\\
- |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
-\end{quote}
-% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
-% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
-% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xFB. \xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\bothIfFirst| \xF2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 (\xF7\xF2\xEE \xEE\xED
-\xED\xE5\xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9), \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\bothIfSecond| \xF2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xEC\xFB\xE9
-\xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE5\xF1\xF2\xFC, \xF2\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xE1\xE0 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0, \xE2~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE8\xE2\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xED\xE8 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 |simple| \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xEE \xED\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
-% is defined as
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \#1 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xFB\xEC. \xC2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE |simple|
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEE\xEC
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
- | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
-\xE2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xE5\xEB \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF2\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0, \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE5\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE8\xEC\xFF \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0.
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.0l}%
-% Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-\begin{quote}
-% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
- |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{\xEA\xEE\xE4, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \#1}
-\end{quote}
-% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
-\xCF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \#1 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
-% You can define your own caption label separators with
-\xCC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0 \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
- \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-% Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
-\xC8~\xEE\xEF\xFF\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE8\xE7 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \thispackage:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
- \end{quote}
- \begin{Expert}
-% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
-% which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
-% So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
-% are defined in this way.
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xE4, \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA \xE8\xE7 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |label|\-|font=|.
-\xD2\xE0\xEA, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xE8 |quad|, |newline| \xE8 |endash|
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9.
-\end{Expert}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
-% You can define your own caption justifications with
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xF3 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
-% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
-\xC0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \meta{code} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xF3 \xE4\xEE \xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE8 |raggedright|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
-\end{quote}
-% typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
-\xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2~\xEB\xE5\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xF0\xE0\xE9.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
-% You can define your own caption fonts with
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |small| \xE8~|bf| \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad \xE8\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\iffalse
-% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
-% for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
-\xC8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{setspace},
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
-% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
-% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
-% it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|\quad\footnote{%
- \emph{\DefaultNoteText}: \xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \cs{singlespacing} \xE2 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5
- \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 \cs{vskip}.}\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
- |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
-\end{quote}
-\example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
-\fi
-% An example which brings color into life:
-\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xF6\xE2\xE5\xF2\xE0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{color}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
-\end{quote}
-\example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
-% But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
-\xCD\xEE \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \thispackage\ \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF5\xE8\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF3\xEC\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
-\end{quote}
-% you can get the same result simply with
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF2\xEE\xF2 \xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{color}|\\
- |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
- | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-\medskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
-% You can define your own caption styles with
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
-% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
-% option |style=|\meta{style name}.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xEE\xEC\xED\xE8\xEC, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEB\xEB\xE5\xEA\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9, \xF1\xEE\xF5\xF0\xE0\xED\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xF5
-\xEF\xEE\xE4 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xEC. \xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE8\xF5 \xE2~\xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE8\xE5 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0
-|style=|\meta{style name}.
-
-% All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
-% for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
-% to them.
-\xC2\xF1\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE1\xE0\xE7\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0\xF5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE. (\xD1\xEC. \xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA
-\xE2~\Ref{style}.) \xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8, \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5
-\xEE\xF2 \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xF5.
-
-% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
-% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
-% the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 \meta{additional options} \xEE\xED\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE\xE9, \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC \xEA\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
-
-% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
-% caption style |base| is pre-defined as
-\xCE\xEF\xFF\xF2\xFC \xE6\xE5 \xEE\xF7\xE5\xED\xFC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE8\xE7 \xF1\xE0\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0. \xD1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 |base|
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED \xEA\xE0\xEA:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
- | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% Something more exciting:
-\xD7\xF2\xEE-\xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF1\xED\xE5\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
- | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
- | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
- |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
-\end{quote}
-% gives you caption like these ones:
-\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xEC \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE5:
-\begin{Example}
- \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
- \caption{\xCA\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE0\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC.}
- \caption{\xC4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF,
- \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF,
- \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xE4\xEB\xE8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF, \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC.}
-\end{Example}
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}\NEWfeature{v3.1}%
-% You can define your own caption list formats with
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE2, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{\xEA\xEE\xE4 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \#1 \xE8~\#2}\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p at figure|),
-% and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
-\xCF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \#1 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 |\p at figure|)
-\xE8~\#2 \cdash--- \xED\xE0 \xED\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF0 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |\thefigure|).
-
-\bigskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionType}\NEWfeature{v3.1f}%
-% You can define your own floating environments and caption types with
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8~\xF2\xE8\xEF\xFB \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{type}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
-\end{quote}
-% where \meta{options} are one or more of
-\xE3\xE4\xE5 \meta{options} \xEE\xE4\xED\xE0 \xE8\xE7
-\begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{r@{}l@{\qquad}l}
- |fileext=| & \meta{file extension}
- & {\small(\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0~|fileext=lod|)}\\
-% |listname=|\meta{list name}\\
-% |name=|\meta{prosa name}\\
- |placement=| & \meta{combination of \,\purett{htbp}}
- & {\small(\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0~|placement=tbp|)}\\
- |within=| & \meta{``within'' counter} \emph{or} \texttt{none}\quad.
- & {\small(\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0~|within=section|)}
-\end{tabular}\end{quote}
-% If no \meta{options} are given, ``lo\meta{type}'' will be used as \meta{file
-% extension} for the list, ``|tbp|'' as \meta{placement} specifier,
-% and ``|chapter|'' resp. ``|none|'' as \meta{``within'' counter},
-% i.e., the counter which resets the numbering.
-% (If ``|none|'' was specified as value, the numbering of the new
-% type will be continuous throughout the document.)
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \meta{options} \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB, \xABlo\meta{type}\xBB \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xEA\xE0\xEA \meta{file
-extension} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0, \xAB|tbp|\xBB \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \meta{placement}
-\xE8~\xAB|chapter|\xBB \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xAB|none|\xBB \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \meta{``within'' counter},
-\xF2.\,\xE5. \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA, \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE.
-(\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xAB|none|\xBB, \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEA\xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xFF.)
-
-% If no \meta{name} is given, the name of the newly created type will be set
-% to \meta{type}, but with an uppercase first letter.
-% If no \meta{list name} is given, the list name will be set to ``List of
-% \meta{name}s''.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 \meta{name}, \xE8\xEC\xFF \xE2\xED\xEE\xE2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xE7\xFF\xF2\xEE
-\xE8\xE7 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \meta{type}, \xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE1\xF3\xEA\xE2\xEE\xE9.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5\xF2 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \meta{list name}, \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xEE \xEA\xE0\xEA \xABList of
-\meta{name}s\xBB. [\xC4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \meta{name} \xED\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE0 \xF0\xF3\xF1\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEC \xFF\xE7\xFB\xEA\xE5.]
-% caption-deu.tex:
-% (Diese Vorbelegungen sind also nur fur
-% englischsprachige Dokumente geeignet,
-% bei anderssprachigen Dokumenten sollte man also immer \meta{Name} und
-% \meta{Listenname} mit angeben.) which means:
-%
-% (This presets are only appropriate for English documents, so for
-% other languages you should use the optional arguments "name" and "list name".)
-(\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xFB \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xE0\xED\xE3\xEB\xE8\xE9\xF1\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xFF\xE7\xFB\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \meta{name} \xE8~\meta{list name}
-\xEE\xE1\xFF\xE7\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB.)
-
-% The list will be typeset using the command |\list|\-|of|\meta{type}|s|,
-% analogous to |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| and |\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
-% If the \package{fltpage} package is loaded, an environment called
-% |FP|\meta{type} will be defined, same for |sideways|\meta{type}
-% (\package{rotating} package), |SC|\meta{type} (\package{sidecap} package),
-% and |wrap|\meta{type} (\package{wrapfig} package).
-\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\listof|\meta{type}|s|,
-\xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 |\list|\-|of|\-|figures| \xE8~|\list|\-|of|\-|tables|.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{fltpage}, \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-|FP|\meta{type} \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xEE, \xF2\xEE \xE6\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF |sideways|\meta{type}
-(\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{rotating}), |SC|\meta{type} (\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{sidecap}),
-\xE8~|wrap|\meta{type} (\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{wrapfig}).
-
-\smallskip
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-% So for example
-\xD2\xE0\xEA, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}|
-\end{quote}
-% will define a new caption type and floating environment called |diagram|,
-% the list will be stored in a file with the extension |lodiagram|, the name
-% (used for the caption) will be ``Diagram'' and the list name
-% ``List of Diagrams''.
-% The list could be typeset with |\listofdiagrams|.
-% Dependent on which packages are loaded, the environments |FPdiagram|,
-% |sidewaysdiagram|, |SCdiagram|, and |wrapdiagram| will be defined additionally.
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xF2\xE8\xEF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE8~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0, \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 |diagram|,
-\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFB\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF4\xE0\xE9\xEB \xF1~\xF0\xE0\xF1\xF8\xE8\xF0\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC |lodiagram|, \xE8\xEC\xFF
-(\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xE2~\xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8) \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xAB|Diagram|\xBB \xE8~\xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0
-\xAB|List of Diagrams|\xBB. \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE0\xF1\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xED \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xEE\xE9 |\listofdiagrams|.
-\xC2~\xE7\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF1\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xEA\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xFB, \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF
-|FPdiagram|,
-|sideways|\-|diagram|, |SCdiagram| \xE8~|wrap|\-|diagram|.
-
-%caption-deu.tex
-% So definiert zum Beispiel
-% \begin{quote}
-% |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[Diagramm][Diagrammverzeichnis]|
-% \end{quote}
-%
-\xCF\xEE\xE4\xEE\xE1\xED\xEE\xE5 \xE6\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xF3\xF1\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xE5\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionType{diagram}[\xC4\xE8\xE0\xE3\xF0\xE0\xEC\xEC\xE0][\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xE4\xE8\xE0\xE3\xF0\xE0\xEC\xEC]|
-\end{quote}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-% \subsection{Further examples}
-\subsection{\xC5\xF9\xB8 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xEE\xE2}
-\label{examples}
-
-\subsubsection*{Example 1}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-% If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
-% you could define it this way:
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xEE\xE2\xF3\xFE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xF3 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC,
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEE\xEC:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
-\end{quote}
-% If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
-% you get captions like this:
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE2\xFB\xE1\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
-\xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE8\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-% You could even use an indention with this caption format:
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xF1~\xFD\xF2\xE8\xEC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xEE\xEC:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
-\end{quote}
-% This would look like this:
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xE5\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-% Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
-% the caption text? No problem, e.g.
-\xC0~\xF7\xF2\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8, \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8?
-\xCD\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0
-\begin{quote}
- |\newlength\myindention|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
- | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
-\end{quote}
-% would give you captions like
-\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE2\xE8\xE4\xE0
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-% But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
-% it for example with
-% |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
-% This could be done, too:
-\xCD\xEE \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xE8, \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB
-\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE5\xB8 \xEA\xE0\xEA |\captionsetup|\x|[figure]|\x|{myindention=|\ldots|}|?
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC:
-\begin{quote}
- |\newlength\myindention|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
- | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
- | {#1#2\\\hspace\myindention #3}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
-\end{quote}
-% would give the same result as the example above.
-\xF7\xF2\xEE \xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2 \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xE5\xE4\xB8\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE2\xFB\xF8\xE5.
-
-% \subsubsection*{Example 2}
-\subsubsection*{\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 2}
-
-% You want captions to look like this:
-\xC2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xE8\xE4\xE0:
-%\begin{Example}
-% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
- \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
-%\end{Example}
-\pagebreak[2]
-% You could do it this way:
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEE\xEC:
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
- | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
- | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
-\end{quote}
-
-% \subsubsection*{Example 3}
-\subsubsection*{\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 3}
-
-% The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
-\xD2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE2\xFB\xE2\xE5\xE4\xE5\xED \xE2~\xEB\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5? \xC2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
-\end{quote}
-% As a result you would get captions like this:
-\xC2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-\example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-\medskip
-
-% If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
-% of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEB\xE5\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xF0\xE0\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0 \xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xED\xE8\xE8,
-\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4
-|\llap| \xE8~|\makebox|, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
- | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
-\end{quote}
-\example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
-
-% \subsubsection*{Example 4}
-\subsubsection*{\xCF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 4}
-
-% This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
-% This will be achieved by a combination of
-% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
-\xD1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xF0\xFF\xE4\xEE\xEC \xF1~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE5\xE9, \xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xE1\xF9\xF3\xFE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4
-|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| \xE8~|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
- | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |\begin{figure}|\\
- | \centering|\\
- | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
- | \qquad|\\
- | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
- | |\ldots\\
- | \end{tabular}|\\
- | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
- | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
- | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
- |\end{figure}|
-\end{quote}
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-\noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
- \captionsetup{type=figure}
- \centering
- \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
- \qquad
- \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
- & x & y \\\hline
- a & 1 & 2 \\
- b & 3 & 4 \\
- \end{tabular}
-% \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
-% \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
-% \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
- \captionlistentry[table]{\xD0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0 \xF1~\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE}
- \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
- \caption{\xD0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0 \xF1~\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE\footnotemark}
-\end{minipage}
-% \footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
-% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
-\IfFileExists{cat.eps}%
-{\footnotetext{\xD0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xEB\xFE\xE1\xE5\xE7\xED\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0\xEE\xE2 \xEA\xED\xE8\xE3\xE8
- \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}}{}
-\MakeShortVerb{\|}
-% (Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
-% resp.~table counter.)
-(\xCD\xE0\xEF\xEE\xEC\xED\xE8\xEC, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE8~|\caption|, \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.)
-
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Document classes \& Babel support}
-\section{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{babel}}
-\label{classes}
-
-% This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
-% \package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
-% what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
-% them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB \xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xEE\xE1\xE7\xEE\xF0 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{caption}, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEE\xED\xE8 \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFF\xEC\xE8,
-\xEA\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB \xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xE8\xEA\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xF1~\xED\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption}
-\xE8~\xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
-% how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
-% setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
-% with different document classes.
-\xD3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \xE7\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF1\xFF\xF2 \xEE\xF2 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xE0\xEC\xE8; \xEE\xED\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2
-\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xFB\xF1\xEB\xE0\xEC \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8
-|format=|\x|default| \xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xF1~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xED\xFB\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0\xEC\xE8.
-
-\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
-\INFO
-% If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
-% don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
-% are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
-% \class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
-% \Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
-% class used and will give you the clear warning
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE2~\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5, \xF2\xEE, \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE, \xFD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE4 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xEE\xEB\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF:
-\xEC\xED\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \class{octavo})
-\xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE5\xED\xFB \xE8\xE7 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2
-\class{article}, \class{report} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \class{book}, \xE8~\xE8\xEC\xE5\xFE\xF2
-\xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.
-\Thispackage\ \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF0\xEA\xF3 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0
-\xE8~\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xED\xE5\xE4\xE2\xF3\xF1\xEC\xFB\xF1\xEB\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-\begin{quote}\footnotesize
- |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
- |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
- |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
-\end{quote}
-% if such an incompatibility was detected.
-% If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
-% usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
-\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE0 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xEB\xE8, \xF2\xEE \xE2\xF1\xB8 \xE2~\xEF\xEE\xF0\xFF\xE4\xEA\xE5, \xED\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
-\xE2\xF1\xB8 \xE6\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xEB\xE8, \thispackage\ \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEC \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-
-\begin{Expert}
-% If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
-% anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
-% look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
-% without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
-% of the document class.
-% If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
-% via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
-% |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
-% state.
-% Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
-% keep your fingers crossed.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB, \xED\xE5\xF1\xEC\xEE\xF2\xF0\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xF1\xB8 \xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \thispackage{},
-\xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF0\xE8\xF2\xFC, \xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xE8\xEA\xE0\xE5\xF2. \xCE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \thispackage{}
-\xE1\xE5\xE7\xEE \xE2\xF1\xFF\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xE2~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xFF\xF5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xE8~\xEE\xED\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xFF\xF2 \xED\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA, \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xF1\xEC\xEE\xF2\xF0\xE5\xED\xEE \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xEC \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE2\xE0\xF1 \xF3\xE4\xEE\xE2\xEB\xE5\xF2\xE2\xEE\xF0\xFF\xE5\xF2, \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |style=|\x|base|,
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xE5\xE3\xEE \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xE5 |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5
-|\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}|, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xB8\xF2 \xF5\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF8\xEE \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xED\xE0\xE4\xE5\xFF\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5\xE5.
-\end{Expert}
-\endgroup
-
-\newcommand*\Option{\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF}
-\newcommand*\defaultvalue{\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \texttt{\xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE}}
-\newcommand*\uses{\textit{\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2}}
-\newcommand*\settings{\textit{\xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8}}
-\newcommand*\nofont{\textit{\xEE\xF2\xF1\xF3\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2}}
-
-% \subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
-\subsection{\xD1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \LaTeX: article, report, \xE8~book}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & \nofont \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{Annotation}
-% This also applies to document classes derived from them.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xF2\xED\xEE\xF1\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE8~\xEA~\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xE2\xEE\xE4\xED\xFB\xEC \xEE\xF2 \xED\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0\xEC.
-\end{Annotation}
-
-% \subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \AmS: amsart, amsproc, \xE8~amsbook}
-\label{AMS}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
-|labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-% |\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
-% |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
-\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \AmS\ \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\@caption|\-|font|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA
-|\normal|\-|font|, \xE0~|\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| \cdash--- \xEA\xE0\xEA |\scshape|.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-% Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
-% more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
-% the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
-% If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
-% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
-% into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
-\xCA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |\captionindent| \xE2~\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFF\xF5
-(\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xEE \xE2~\xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0\xF5~|3pc|),
-\xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xFC\xF8\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xE4\xE2\xE0 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE0.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE1\xEE\xE8\xF5 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xFC\xF2\xE5 \xE2~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE0\xEC\xE1\xF3\xEB\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0.
-
-% Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
-% will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
-% |figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
-% loading \thispackage.
-\xC4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|.
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xE8 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9
-|figure|\-|position=| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|\-|position=| \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0.
-
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 beamer}
-\label{beamer}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{\xED\xE5 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF} \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |raggedright| \\
-|font=| & \class{beamer} \xAB|caption|\xBB \settings \\
-|labelfont=| & \class{beamer} \xAB|caption name|\xBB \settings \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
-% You can setup font and color settings with
-% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
-% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
-% This will still work, unless you set a different font with
-% |\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
-% |\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
-% Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
-% which can be chosen with
-% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
-% Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
-% |\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
-% and
-% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
-% will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
-\subsubsection*{\xC2\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB}
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE8~\xF6\xE2\xE5\xF2 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} \xE8~%
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7
-|\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| \xE8\xEB\xE8
-|\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
-\xCA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \class{beamer} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF8\xE0\xE1\xEB\xEE\xED\xFB
-\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xE5 \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7
-|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \thispackage\ \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC, \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-|\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
-\xE8~|\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
-\xED\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xFE\xF2 \xF1\xE8\xEB\xFB \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE5\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8.
-
-% \subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, \xE8~scrbook}
-\label{KOMA}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-% |format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
-|format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \xE8~|\setcaphanging| \settings \\
-% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{\xF2\xEE \xE6\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \purett{simple}, \xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xEE\xE9 ``autodot''}\\
-|labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{caption}| \\
-|labelfont=| & \settings\ |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \\
-|textfont=| & \nofont \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-% \subsubsection*{Build-in features}
-% The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
-% feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
-% look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
-\subsubsection*{\xC2\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8}
-\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \KOMAScript\ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9. \xCF\xEE\xEB\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xE7\xEE\xF0 \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xED\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE8 \xE2~[\xE0\xED\xE3\xEB\xE8\xE9\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9] \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\KOMAScript, \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB `Tables and Figures'.
-
-% \subsubsection*{Side effects}
-% The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
-% will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
-% Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
-% |table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
-% |\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
-% the \package{caption} package.
-\subsubsection*{\xCF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB}
-\xC4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\setcapwidth| \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF (\xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0)
-\xE8~\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xE3\xED\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE\xEC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xF1~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{caption}.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \KOMAScript\ |tablecaptionabove| \xE8~%
-|table|\-|caption|\-|below| \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption|\-|above| \xE8~|\caption|\-|below|
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xF1\xE8\xEB\xFC\xED\xE5\xE5 \xF7\xE5\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |position=| \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{caption}.
-
-% \subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \NTG: artikel, rapport, \xE8~boek}
-\label{NTG}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |plain| \\
-|labelformat=| & |simple| \\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
-% |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
-% directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
-% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
-% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
-\subsubsection*{\xC2\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB}
-|\CaptionLabelFont| \xE8~|\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xED\xE5\xEF\xEE\xF1\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE, \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE
-\xF1~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Caption|\-|Fonts|. \xCE\xE1\xE0 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2\xE0
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xE1\xFB\xEB
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xEE\xE4\xE8\xED \xE8\xE7 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |labelfont=| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |textfont=| \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0.
-
-% \subsection{\SmF{}: smfart and smfbook}
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \SmF{}: smfart \xE8~smfbook}
-\label{SMF}
-
-% Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
-% the same default values are valid here.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xFB \SmF\ \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xE2\xEE\xE4\xED\xFB\xEC\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \AmS, \xF2\xEE \xF2\xE5 \xE6\xE5 \xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF
-\xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xE8~\xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC.
-
-% Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
-% If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
-% |max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
-% (which both means the same).
-\xCA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE4\xE5\xF1\xFF\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |\linewidth|.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xF1 \xED\xE5 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xE8\xF5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-|maxmargin=|\x|off| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |maxmargin=|\x|false| (\xEE\xE1\xE0 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE \xE8~\xF2\xEE \xE6\xE5).
-
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 thesis}
-\label{thesis}
-
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
-|format=| & |hang| \\
-% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
-|labelformat=| & \textit{\xF2\xEE \xE6\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \purett{simple}, \xED\xEE \xF1~\xEA\xF0\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8\xEC \xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xEC}\\
-|labelsep=| & |colon| \\
-|justification=| & |justified| \\
-|font=| & \nofont \\
-|labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
-|textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
-\subsubsection*{\xC2\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB}
-% The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
-% the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
-% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
-% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
-\xD8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
-\xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \cdash--- \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7 |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
-\xCE\xE1\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-|label|\-|font=| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |text|\-|font=|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \thispackage.
-
-% \subsection{frenchb Babel option}
-\subsection{\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF frenchb \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 Babel}
-\label{frenchb}
-
-% If you use the \package{frenchb} option of the \package{babel} package
-% with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
-% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-% (offered by \package{frenchb}), overriding the default value set by the
-% document class.
-% So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
-% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \package{frenchb} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{babel}
-\xF1~\xEE\xE4\xED\xE8\xEC \xE8\xE7 \xF2\xF0\xB8\xF5 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \LaTeX'\xE0 (\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF5 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xE2\xEE\xE4\xED\xFB\xEC\xE8)
-\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |labelsep=| [\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |labelsep=default|] \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{frenchb}), \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xE2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xEC.
-\xC0~\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE \xF2\xE5\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xF0, \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0 \xE2\xFB
-\xED\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |labelsep=|, \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5\xF1\xFF \xEE\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.
-
-\INFO*
-% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{babel} package.
-\xCF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \thispackage\ \emph{\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{babel}.
-
-% \subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB frenchle \xE8~frenchpro}
-\label{frenchpro}
-
-% If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
-% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-% (offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
-% value set by the document class.
-% So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
-% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{frenchle} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{frenchpro},
-\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |label|\-|sep=| \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-|\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8 \package{frenchle/pro}) \xEF\xEB\xFE\xF1 \cs{space}, \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xE2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xEC
-\xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
-\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xEE \xF2\xE5\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xF0, \xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0 \xE2\xFB
-\xED\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |labelsep=|, \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5\xF1\xFF \xEE\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.
-
-% Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
-% since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
-% \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
-% %If you redefine |\captionfont| after loading the \package{frenchle} or
-% %\package{frenchpro} package, this redefinition gets lost.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |text|\-|font=| \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED \xEA\xE0\xEA |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption|\-|font| \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8
-\package{frenchle} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{frenchpro}.
-% %\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\captionfont| \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE8 \package{frenchle} \xE8\xEB\xE8
-% %\package{frenchpro}, \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xEF\xE0\xE4\xB8\xF2.
-% Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
-% \package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
-% so you should not change it (anymore).
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption|\-|font| \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{caption} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE5\xE9, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5 \xE5\xFE \xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF.
-
-% The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
-% still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
-% than the default one.
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{\xE8\xEB\xE8} table} \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC,
-\xED\xEE \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |label|\-|format=|, \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9\xF1\xFF
-\xEE\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE.
-
-\INFO*
-% Please load \thispackage\ \emph{after} the \package{frenchle}
-% or \package{frenchpro} package.
-\xCF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \thispackage\ \emph{\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \package{frenchle}
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{frenchpro}.
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\pagebreak[4]
-% \section{Package support}
-\section{\xCF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2}
-\label{packages}
-\label{compatibility}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-% \Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
-% captions, too:
-\Thispackage\ \xE0\xE4\xE0\xEF\xF2\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xF1~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xEC\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFF\xEC\xE8:
-\begin{quote}
- \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
- \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
- \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
- \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
- \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
- \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
-\end{quote}
-
-% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
-% \package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
-% bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
-% and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow},
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subcaption} (\xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xFC\xFE \xE3\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEF\xFB \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \package{caption}),
-\xE8~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \thispackage\ \xE8~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xF4\xE5\xE9\xF1 |\caption|\-|setup|.
-
-\begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
-\INFO
-% If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
-% the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
-% over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
-% avoiding conflicts.
-% If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
-% warning message:~\footnote{%
-% You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
-% \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 (\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0), \xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3, \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2
-\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption|, \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEF\xEE\xF7\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE
-\xF1\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFE \xF1~\xF2\xE5\xEC \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \thispackage, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xEC\xE0\xEA\xF1\xE8\xEC\xF3\xEC \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8
-\xE8~\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE8\xE7\xE1\xE5\xE6\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE8\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF4\xEB\xE8\xEA\xF2\xEE\xE2.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xF2\xE5\xED\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xE0\xFF \xED\xE5\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xE1\xED\xE0\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE0, \xE2\xFB \xF3\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5:\footnote{%
- \xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \texttt{compatibility=true}
- \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0.}
-\begin{quote}\footnotesize
- |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
- |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
- |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
- |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
-\end{quote}
-\endgroup
-
-% As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
-\xC2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5, \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \thispackage,
-\xED\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC:
-\begin{itemize}
-% \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
-% \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
-% \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
-% \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
-% \item |\ContinuedFloat|
-% \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
-% \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
-% \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-% \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
- \item \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=| \xE8~|listformat=|
- \item |\caption*| (\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0)
- \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (\xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2)
- \item |\caption{}| (\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFF \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC)
- \item |\ContinuedFloat|
- \item \xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xE8\xEB\xFC\xED\xE0\xFF \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \texttt{wide} \xE8~\texttt{addmargin},
- \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF
- \item \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \textsf{hypcap} \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
- \item \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \See{\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEA~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{subcaption}}
-\end{itemize}
-
-\DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
-% You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE6\xE8\xEC \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2
-\begin{quote}
- |compatibility=false|
-\end{quote}
-% when loading \thispackage.
-% But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
-% since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
-% (For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
-\xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0.
-\xCD\xEE \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xED\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xE8~\xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xE8\xEA\xED\xF3\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB \xE8~\xE4\xE0\xE6\xE5 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE8.
-(\xCF\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE4\xF3 \xE2\xFB \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF0\xE0\xE7 \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.)
-
-\newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
- \ifvmode\else\par\fi
- \nopagebreak
- \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
- \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 algorithms}
-\label{algorithms}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
-% environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
-% for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
-% a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
-\xC3\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEF\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \package{algorithms}\cite{algorithms} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE2\xE0 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF:
-\xCE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \texttt{algorithmic} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE0\xEB\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF2\xEC\xEE\xE2,
-\xE0~\texttt{algorithm} \cdash--- \xAB\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE9\xBB \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2 \xE0\xEB\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF2\xEC\xEE\xE2.}
-
-% Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
-% provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \texttt{algorithm} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE7 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\new|\-|float|,
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xF3\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{float}\cite{float}, \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xEC\xFC\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xF1~\Ref{float}.
-
-\iffalse
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 algorithm2e}
-\label{algorithm2e}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
-% writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{algorithm2e}\cite{algorithm2e} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE0\xEB\xE3\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF2\xEC\xEE\xE2 \xE2~LaTeX2e.}
-
-% Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
-% interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
-% \package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
-% the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{algorithm2e} \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xF4\xE5\xE9\xF1 \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3~|\newfloat| \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{float}) \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8,
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{algorithm2e} \emph{\xED\xE5} \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC.
-%
-% So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
-% you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
-% floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
-% and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \thispackage,
-\xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xF1\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xF4\xE5\xE9\xF1 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xFB \xF1~\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8
-(\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{float} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \package{floatrow}),
-\xE8~\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF1~\xEA\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{algorithm2e}.
-%
-% As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
-% for example:
-\xD1\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \texttt{algorithmic},
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
- |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
- |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
- |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
- |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
- |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
- | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
- | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
- | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
- \ldots
-\end{quote}
-% Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
-% floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
-% (or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
-% and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
-% in its body, just like you would do when you use the
-% \package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
-\xCE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xE2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xED\xE5\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5,
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xB8 \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\newfloat| \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{float}, (\xE8\xEB\xE8 |\DeclareNewFloatType| \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{floatrow}),
-\xE8~\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xE8~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF
-\texttt{algorithmic} \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xED\xE5\xE3\xEE, \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF
-\xEF\xF0\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5\xEC\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2
-\package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic}.
-
-% You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
-\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{algorithm}, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- \ldots\\
- |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
- |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
- |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
- |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
- \ldots\\
- |% Example usage:|\\
- |\begin{algorithm}|\\
- |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
- |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
- | \SetVline|\\
- | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
- | a line\;|\\
- | }{|\\
- | another line\;|\\
- | }|\\
- |\end{algorithmic}|
-\end{quote}
-% Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
-% other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
-% please see \Ref{float}.
-\xD2\xE5\xEF\xE5\xF0\xFC \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xE8~\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xEB\xFE\xE1\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xEC\xF3
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFE \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0, \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{float} package\cite{float},
-\xF1\xEC.~\Ref{float}.
-
-% \begin{Annotation}
-% An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
-\xC2~\xEA\xE0\xF7\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \xE0\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE5\xF0\xED\xE0\xF2\xE8\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{algorithmicx}.
-% \end{Annotation}
-\fi
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 float}
-\label{float}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
-% \cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
-% and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
-% It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
-% the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{float}\cite{float} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\cs{restylefloat} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEC\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0
-\xE8~\cs{newfloat} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2.
-\xD2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEE\xED \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \texttt{H}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2
-\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2 \xAB\xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC\xBB, \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xE2 \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.}
-
-% For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
-% |po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
-% placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4 \cs{newfloat} \xE8\xEB\xE8
-\cs{restylefloat} \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF
-|po|\-|si|\-|tion| \xED\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xE0, \xF2\xE0\xEA \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8~\xF0\xE0\xF1\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA
-\xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEE\xEA \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE5\xEC \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{float}.
-
-% A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
-% executed additionally to the regular ones.
-% Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
-% |ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
-\xD1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 \xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xF6\xE8\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF1~\xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0
-\xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF3\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF.
-\xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \thispackage\ \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE5
-|ruled|: \xEE\xED \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
- | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
-\end{quote}
-% So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
-% |ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
-% options.%,
-%e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[ruled]{labelsep=|\x|colon}|.
-\xD2\xE0\xEA, \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9
-|ruled| \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\x\marg{options} \xE8~\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC
-\xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8.%,
-
-% Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
-% is specified, overriding its global value:
-\xD2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC, \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xEC \xE2~\xF0\xE0\xEC\xEA\xE5 (|boxed|) \xE8~\xE5\xE3\xEE
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5:
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
-\end{quote}
-% For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
-% with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
-% instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
-% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
-\xC4\xEB\xFF \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
-\xF1~\xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC. \xC8\xEB\xE8, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xE1\xF9\xE8\xE5
-(\xE3\xEB\xEE\xE1\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5) \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |skip|,
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEB\xEE\xEA\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2
-|\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-% Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
-% |\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
-% are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
-% As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
-% Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
-% so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
-% like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|
-% instead.
-% And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
-% recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
-% \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
-\xC2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEC\xE8 |\new|\-|float| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\re|\-|style|\-|float|
-\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEE\xE4\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xF7\xED\xF3\xFE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC, \xEA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xFD\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xED\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA, \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xEE\xEC \LaTeX'\xE5 |figure| \xE8~|table|.
-\xC2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5 \xEC\xED\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xED\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEE\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xF1~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC.
-\xC1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{float} \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE5\xE4\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE8~\xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-\xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xEA\xE0\xEA
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table| \cdash--- \xFF \xF0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xEE\xE2\xE0\xEB \xE1\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3
-|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
-\xC0~\xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xE8\xF5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE
-\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
-\end{Note}
-
-\iffalse
-% Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
-% the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
-% wrong.
-% And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
-% in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
-% correctly afterwards.
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xE0\xEC \emph{\xED\xE5} \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC |\restyle|\-|float| \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF
-\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xAB|H|\xBB. \xCD\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xF0\xF3\xEA\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE0 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE, \xED\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5\xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xEE.
-\xC0~\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 |\restyle|\-|float{table}| \xF5\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF8\xE8\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1 \xF1\xE1\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xE5\xE1\xFF \xF1~\xED\xEE\xE3,
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xE2~\xF1\xE2\xEE\xE8\xF5 \xEC\xE0\xEA\xF0\xEE\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |table| \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2
-\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC.
-\fi
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 floatflt}
-\label{floatflt}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
-% which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{floatflt}\cite{floatflt} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xF5
-\xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6,
-\xEE\xE1\xF2\xE5\xEA\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
-% |float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |floating|\-|figure|
-\xE8~|floating|\-|table|,
-\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{\xE8}\\
- |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |figure| resp.~|table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xE4\xEB\xFF |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
-% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |margin| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |width| \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6,
-\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE,
-\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}| \xE8\xEB\xE8
-|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 fltpage}
-\label{fltpage}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
-% caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
-% for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
-% of the previous or next page.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{fltpage}\cite{fltpage} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xED\xE5\xF8\xED\xFE\xFE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|, \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xE7\xE0\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF6\xE5\xEB\xF3\xFE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6\xF3.
-\xCF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFB\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6\xE5 [\xED\xE0 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE5].}
-
-\iffalse
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
-\xD1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE0 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |FPfigure| \xE8~|FPtable|:
-\begin{description}
-% \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-% If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
-% |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
-% (The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
-% \item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-% If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
-% will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
-% (The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
- \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |caption|, \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xED\xEE\xF1\xE8\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xEA~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8; \xE0~\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-|figure| \cdash--- \xF2\xEE \xEA~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-(\xC7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |FPlist=|\x|caption|.)
-\item{\texttt{FPref=caption} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |caption|, \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, \xE8\xEB\xE8 \cs{nameref}
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xE0\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8; \xE0~\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 |figure| \cdash--- \xF2\xEE \xEA~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-(\xC7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |FPref=figure|.)
-\end{description}
-\fi
-
-% If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
-% environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |FPfigure| \xE8~|FPtable|
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{\xE8}\\
- |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |figure| or |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC \xE4\xEB\xFF
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.
-
-% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
-% an environment called |FP|\meta{name} which behaves like |FP|\-|figure| and
-% |FP|\-|table|.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |FP|\meta{name}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE |FPfigure| \xE8~|FPtable|.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 hyperref}
-\label{hyperref}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
-% referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 hyperref\cite{hyperref} \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF3\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEA\xF0\xB8\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEE\xEA
-\xE2~\LaTeX'\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE2\xFB\xF5 \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEE\xEA \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
-% anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
-% which they supersede.}
-\xD1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF2 \xE4\xE2\xE0 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0, \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEE\xEA:\footnote{\xDD\xF2\xE8
-\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xED\xE0\xE7\xE2\xE0\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{hypcap}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xED\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xFE\xF2.}
-\begin{description}
-% \item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-% If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
-% List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
-% the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
-% If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
-% (The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
-\item{\texttt{hypcap=true} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |true| \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \cdash--- \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 (\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6),
-\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\ref| \xE8~|\autoref| \cdash--- \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xE0\xED\xFB
-\xEA~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xF3 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.\par
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |false| \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 (\xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE) \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.\par
-(\xC7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |hypcap=true|.)
-% \item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-% Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
-% the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
-% the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
-% e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
-% (The default setting is |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.)
-\item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE2\xFB\xE3\xEB\xFF\xE4\xE8\xF2 \xEF\xEB\xEE\xF5\xEE, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEF\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE \xE2\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB,
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xF0\xE0\xEC\xE5\xF2\xF0 \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xED\xE8\xFF \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8
-\xE8~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| \xF3\xE1\xE8\xF0\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xED\xE8\xE5.\par
-(\xC7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |hypcapspace=0.5\baselineskip|.)
-\end{description}
-
-% Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
-% \package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
-% \package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
-% \package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
-% \package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
-% anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
-% |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
-\xCE\xE1\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xFE\xF2 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xE0 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF\xF5 |lstlisting| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{listings}), |longtable| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{longtable}), |super|\-|tabular| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{supertabular}) \xE8 |xtabular| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{xtab}),
-\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xF2\xE0\xEA,
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| \xE8~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt|.
-
-%\pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
-\pagebreak[3]\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5:\nopagebreak
-\begin{description}
-% \item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
-% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
-% \\[\smallskipamount]
-% Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
-% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
-% the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
-% For example:
-\item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg\ldots\ \xE8~%
- \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount]
-\xC1\xE5\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{hyperref}, \xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xE8\xE4\xE5\xED\xF2\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFB.
-\xCD\xEE \xF1~\xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{hyperref}, \xE8~\xF1~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9 |hypcap=|\x|true|,
-\xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
-|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
-| |\ldots\\
-| \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
-|\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-% will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
-% (And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
-% But
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xF3 \xE2~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC.
-(\xC0~\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true|, \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.)
-\xCD\xEE
-\begin{quote}
-|\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
-| \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
-| |\ldots\\
-| \caption{A figure}|\\
-|\end{minipage}|
-\end{quote}
-% will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
-% since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
-% to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
-\xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xF3 \xE2~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |mini|\-|page|,
-\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\caption|\-|setup|\x|{type=|\x|figure}| \xED\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xABfigure\xBB, \xED\xEE \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xF3.
-
-% \item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
-% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
-\item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg\ldots\ \xE8~%
- \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg\ldots}\\[\smallskipamount]
-% Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
-% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
-% So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
-% the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
-% So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
-% |\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
-% So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
-% want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
-\xCE\xEF\xFF\xF2\xFC \xE6\xE5, \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{hyperref}, \xEE\xE1\xE0 \xE2\xE0\xF0\xE8\xE0\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE4\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2.
-\xC0~\xF1~\xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{hyperref}, \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE2~\xED\xFE\xE0\xED\xF1\xE0\xF5.
-\xD2\xE0\xEA, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption| \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED \xE2~%
-|aux|-\xF4\xE0\xE9\xEB, \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\name|\-|ref|.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8~|\caption| \xF1~\xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xFB\xEC \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xEC \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xEC, \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0
-|\name|\-|ref| \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xAB\xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9\xBB \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xE5 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE
-\xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFB\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEE\xEA \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6.
-\end{description}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 hypcap}
-\label{hypcap}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
-% that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
-% rather than the beginning of the float.
-% Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
-% the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
-% %, at least when you use \thispackage.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{hypcap}\cite{hypcap} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC, \xF1\xE2\xFF\xE7\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xF1~\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8
-\xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{hyperref}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \xE2~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC,
-\xE0~\xED\xE5 \xE2~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xEE \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \thispackage\ \version{3.1} \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE8\xEB \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC\xF3 \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE8\xEC\xE8 \xF1\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE0\xEC\xE8,
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{hypcap} \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xED\xE5 \xED\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED.%
-% , \xEA\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5
-% \thispackage.
-}
-
-% If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
-% \package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
-% anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
-% and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{hypcap} \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xEA~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{hyperref},
-\xF2\xEE \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC \xE7\xE0 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2 \xEE\xF2 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption} \xEA~\xED\xE5\xEC\xF3,
-\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEA\xF0\xFB\xE2\xE0\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |hypcap=| \xE8~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
-
-% So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
-% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
-% instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
-% package) for this.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xF3\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|
-\xF3\xE6\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xE3\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xE8~\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\capstart|
-(\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xF3\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{hypcap}).
-
-% Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
-% placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
-% |table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
-% offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
-% |floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
-% |FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
-% |fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
-% |par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
-% |SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
-% |three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
-% and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).%---%
-% %so by loading the \package{hypcap} package additionally you will
-% %loose that.
-\xCF\xF0\xE8 \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEE\xEA, \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{hypcap} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xEE\xE5
-\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |figure| \xE8~%
-|table|. \xC2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |hypcap=true| \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption}, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5
-\xEA\xEE\xF0\xF0\xE5\xEA\xF2\xED\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEE\xEA \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9
-|floating|\-|figure| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{floatflt}),
-|FPfigure| \xE8~|FPtable| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{fltpage}),
-|figwindow| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{picinpar}),
-|parpic| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{picins}),
-|SCfigure| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{sidecap}),
-|three|\-|part|\-|table| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{threeparttable}),
-\xE8~|wrap|\-|figure| (\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{wrapfig}).%---%
-%\xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{hypcap}, \xE2\xFB \xF2\xE5\xF0\xFF\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xE8 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 listings}
-\label{listings}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{listings}\cite{listings} \xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xF1\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE3\xF0\xE0\xEC\xEC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xE4.}
-
-% If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
-% you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE6\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |lstlinsting|
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
-% for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
-% |caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
-% \See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
-% These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
-% can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
-% e.g.%~
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{listings} \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE1\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE0\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE2\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
-|caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, \xE8~|below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
-\See{\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xEE\xE1\xED\xE5\xE5 \xE2~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{listings}.}
-\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{listings} \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \package{caption}, \xED\xEE
-\xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE2~\xF1\xE2\xEE\xFE \xEE\xF7\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFC \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA
-|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,
-\begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 longtable}
-\label{longtable}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
-% which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
-% itself can span multiple pages.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{longtable}\cite{longtable} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5,
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \texttt{tabular}, \xED\xEE \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEC\xE0\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE8\xE0\xEB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6.}
-
-% If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
-% you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE6\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |long|\-|table|
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC \xE4\xEB\xFF
-|table|.
-
-% The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
-% so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
-% |long|\-|table|s.
-% But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
-% $=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
-% (But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
-% |\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
-% even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |margin| \xE8~|width| \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEA\xF0\xFB\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-|\LTcapwidth|, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE8\xE4\xE5\xED\xF2\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF\xF5 |table| \xE8~%
-|longtable|.
-\xCD\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| \xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE,
-\xF7\xF2\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xEE ${}={}$|4in|, \thispackage\ \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
-(\xCD\xEE |\LTcapwidth| \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xEE\xE9
-|\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|, \xE4\xE0\xE6\xE5 \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xEE
-\xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xEC \xEE\xF2~|4in|.)
-
-\begin{Note}
-% |\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
-% Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
-% the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
-% instead.
-% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
-% please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
-% \package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
-% loaded automatically).
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption|\-|of| \xE8~|\Continued|\-|Float| \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xE2~\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF\xF5 |long|\-|table|.
-\xCA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xED\xE8 |\caption| \xED\xE8 |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| \xED\xE5 \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xE0
-\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 |table|; \xE5\xE3\xEE \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xF3\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC |long|\-|table|.
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |longtable| \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA\xE0 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, |table|,
-\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |longtable*|, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{ltcaption},
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xFC\xFE \xE3\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEF\xFB \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption} \xE8~\xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE8.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 picinpar}
-\label{picinpar}
-\packagedescription{%
-% Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
-% package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
-% width of a page and are float around by text.
-% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
-% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{floatflt}, \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{picinpar}%
-\cite{picinpar} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, \xEE\xE1\xF2\xE5\xEA\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC.
-\xC7\xE0 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xEE\xE1\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEE~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF9\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC
-\xEA~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
-% |tab|\-|window| environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xFB \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |figwindow| \xE8~|tabwindow|
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{\xE8}\\
- |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |figure| or |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
-% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
-% |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |margin| \xE8~|width| \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6,
-\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figwindow]{|\ldots|}| \xE8\xEB\xE8
-|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figtable]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 picins}
-\label{picins}
-\packagedescription{%
-% Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
-% \package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
-% span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
-% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
-% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC \package{floatflt} \xE8~\package{picinpar}
-\package{picins}\cite{picins} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, \xEE\xE1\xF2\xE5\xEA\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC.
-\xC7\xE0 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xEE\xE1\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEE~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF9\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC
-\xEA~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |parpic| \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |figure| or |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.\par
-
-% Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
-% and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| \xED\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2,
-\xE0~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0.
-
-\begin{Note}
-% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
-% \iffalse
-% if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
-% The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
-% |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
-% \fi
-% But you can override this by setting it explicit with
-% |\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |margin| \xE8~|width| \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6.
-\iffalse
-\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side|.
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |width| \xED\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF (\xED\xEE \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |margin| \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2), \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side|.
-\fi
-\xCD\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8
-|\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-% If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
-% do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
-% documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
-% which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC, |\piccaption|, \xED\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF |figure|, \xE0~\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0,
-\emph{\xED\xE5} \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\@captype|, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xEE \xE2~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{picins}.
-\xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xF3\xFE \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0:
-\begin{quote}
- |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
- |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
- |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 rotating}
-\label{rotating}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
-% environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
-% are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
-% Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{rotating}\cite{rotating} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2
-\texttt{side\-ways\-figure} \xE8~\texttt{side\-ways\-table}
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEC\xE8 \xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0\xEC\xE8, \xED\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE2\xB8\xF0\xED\xF3\xF2\xFB\xEC\xE8 \xED\xE0 90~\xE3\xF0\xE0\xE4\xF3\xF1\xEE\xE2.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \cs{rotcaption} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.}
-
-\iffalse % No, we don't do that
-% If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
-% |side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |sidewaysfigure| \xE8~|sidewaystable|
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
- |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.\par
-\fi
-
-% The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
-% |\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
-% |\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\rot|\-|caption| \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF8\xE8\xF0\xE5\xED\xE0 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3
-|\rot|\-|caption*| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xFB \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE
-\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEC |\caption*| \xE8~|\captionof|.
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
-% an environment called |side|\-|ways|\meta{name} which behaves like
-% |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and |side|\-|ways|\-|table|.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xED\xE0\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE5 |side|\-|ways|\meta{name}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE
-|side|\-|ways|\-|figure| \xE8~|side|\-|ways|\-|table|.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 setspace}
-\label{setspace}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
-% to change the spacing,
-% e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
-% causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{setspace}\cite{setspace} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF
-\xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6\xE0,
-\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF1\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2, \xF0\xE0\xF1\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF2\xEE\xF0\xED\xFB\xEC \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6\xE5\xEC.}
-
-% If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
-% the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
-% by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
-% |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
-% \See{also \Ref{fonts}}
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{setspace} \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xF1~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC,
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xE0\xED\xE0 \xF1~\xEE\xE4\xE8\xED\xE0\xF0\xED\xFB\xEC \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xEB\xE8\xED\xFC\xFF\xE6\xE5\xEC. \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC,
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE |font=onehalfspacing|, |font=doublespacing|, \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE
-|font={stretch=|\meta{amount}|}|. \See{\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \Ref{fonts}}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 sidecap}
-\label{sidecap}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
-% \texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
-% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{sidecap}\cite{sidecap} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2
-|SCfigure| \xE8~|SCtable|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEC\xE8 \xE6\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0\xEC\xE8,
-\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \emph{\xF1\xE1\xEE\xEA\xF3} \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE.}
-
-% If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
-% environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |SCfigure| \xE8~|SCtable|
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
- |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |figure| or |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.\par
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
-% an environment called |SC|\meta{name} which behaves like |SC|\-|figure| and
-% |SC|\-|table|.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \cs{DeclareCaptionType}\marg{name} \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |SC|\meta{name}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE |SCfigure| \xE8~|SCtable|.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\begin{Note}
-% The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
-% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
-% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{sidecap} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.
-\xC8~\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xED\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB, \xF2\xEE \xEE\xED\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0
-|justification=| \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xF1\xE1\xEE\xEA\xF3.
-\end{Note}
-
-\begin{Note}
-% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
-% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-% or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |margin| \xE8~|width| \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6,
-\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE |\captionsetup|\x|[SCfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 |\captionsetup|\x|[SCtable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-% Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
-% powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
-% captions beside the contents.
-\xC2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{sidecap} \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xEE\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow} \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xE1\xEE\xEA\xF3 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-% \subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
-% The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
-% options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
-\subsubsection*{\xCD\xE5\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{sidecap} \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \version{1.6} \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE5\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5
-\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8:
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{margincaption}
-% The package option
-\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
-\end{quote}
-% causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
-\xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE2\xF1\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF1\xE1\xEE\xEA\xF3 \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
-% The command
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
-\end{quote}
-% sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
-% (for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
-% The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
-% defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| it's `|b|'.
-\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF2\xE8\xEA\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8. \xC0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \meta{pos} \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE `|t|'
-(\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xFB\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE8\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3), `|b|' (\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xFB\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE8\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xED\xE8\xE7\xF3), \xE8\xEB\xE8 `|c|'
-(\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xFB\xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE8\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xF6\xE5\xED\xF2\xF0\xF3).
-\xC7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, |table|, \cdash--- `|t|',
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2, |figure|, \xE8~\xE2\xF1\xE5\xF5 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9, \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xF5
-\xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type| \cdash--- `|b|'.
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 subfigure}
-\label{subfigure}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
-% `sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
-% This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfigure}\cite{subfigure} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 (\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2)
-\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xEC, \xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFF\xEC \xF0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfig}.}
-
-% Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
-% a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
-% development) should still compile as expected.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfigure} \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xE9, \xEE\xED \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xEF\xE8\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE2~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF5
-(\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \thispackage\ \version{1.x}).
-
-% Please use the \package{subfig} package instead with supports \thispackage\
-% \version{3.x}.
-\xC2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5, \xEF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfig}; \xE5\xE3\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \thispackage\
-\version{3.x}.
-
-% \See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
-\See{\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}.}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB supertabular \xE8~xtab}
-\label{supertabular}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
-% packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
-% similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
-% \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
-% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
-% packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} \xE8~\package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5,
-\xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE5 \texttt{long\-table}, (\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{longtable}\cite{longtable}),
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE1\xE8\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6.
-\xC4\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xFA\xFF\xF1\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xE9 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEC\xEE\xF9\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2
-\xF1\xEC.~\xE2~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-% If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
-% resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |super|\-|tabular|
-\xE8\xEB\xE8~|xtabular| \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{\xE8, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE}\\
- |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.\par
-
-\begin{Note}
-% |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\Continued|\-|Float| \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1~|super|\-|tabular| \xE8~|xtabular|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 threeparttable}
-\label{threeparttable}
-\packagedescription{%
-% The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
-% for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
-% the caption.
-% This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
-% tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable}
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xF5\xE5\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, \xE8\xEC\xE5\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xF3\xEA\xF2\xF3\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEC\xE0\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE8\xE0\xEB\xE0
-\xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-\xDD\xF2\xE0 \xF1\xF5\xE5\xEC\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC\xFB \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1\xED\xEE\xF1\xEE\xEA \xE2~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0\xF5 \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xF1\xED\xEE\xF1\xEE\xEA.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
-% |measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9
-|three|\-|part|\-|table| \xE8~|measured|\-|figure|,
-\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{\xE8}\\
- |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |table| or |figure|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.\par
-
-\begin{Note}
-% Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
-% the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
-% at least unless you set it explicit with
-% |\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
-% |\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
-\xCF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF0\xE0\xE2\xED\xE0 \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB,
-\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 |margin| \xE8~|width| \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6,
-\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE
-|\caption|\-|setup|\x|[threeparttable]|\x|{|\ldots|}|
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[measuredfigure]|\x|{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\medskip
-
-\begin{Annotation*}
-% Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
-% also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
-\xC2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{threeparttable} \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
-\end{Annotation*}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 wrapfig}
-\label{wrapfig}
-\packagedescription{%
-% Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
-% \package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
-% figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
-% around by text.
-% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
-% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-\xC0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC \package{floatflt}, \package{picinpar} \xE8~%
-\package{picins}, \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{wrapfig}\cite{wrapfig} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2
-\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xF5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 \xEE\xE1\xF2\xE5\xEA\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC.
-\xC7\xE0 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF0\xEE\xE1\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEE~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF9\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC
-\xEA~\LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
-
-\NEWfeature{v3.1}
-% If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
-% |wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 |wrap|\-|figure|
-\xE8~|wrap|\-|table| \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\\
- |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
-% |figure| or |table|.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA~\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xEC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xEC
-|figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|.\par
-
-% Furthermore |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} will also define
-% an environment called |wrap|\meta{name} which behaves like |wrap|\-|figure|
-% and |wrap|\-|table|.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|\marg{name} \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2
-\xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |wrap|\meta{name}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xE0\xED\xE0\xEB\xEE\xE3\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE |wrap|\-|figure| \xE8~|wrap|\-|table|.
-
-\begin{Note}
-% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
-% tables, unless you set it explicit with
-% |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
-% or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
-\xCD\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9 |margin| \xE8~|width| \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8~\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6,
-\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE3\xEE |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}|
-\xE8\xEB\xE8 |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[wraptable]{|\ldots|}|.
-\end{Note}
-
-\begin{Note}
-% If the \package{wrapfig} package should be used in coorperation with the
-% \package{float} package, it needs to be loaded \emph{after} the
-% \package{float} package. Furthermore |\new|\-|float| and |\restyle|\-|float|
-% commands \emph{should} be placed after \emph{both} packages have been loaded.
-\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{wrapfig} \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
-\package{float}, \xF2\xEE \xE5\xE3\xEE \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xE8\xF2\xFC \emph{\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{float}. \xCA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\new|\-|float| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\restyle|\-|float|
-\emph{\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB} \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE8 \emph{\xEE\xE1\xEE\xE8\xF5} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2.
-\end{Note}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Further reading}
-\section{\xD0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xF3\xE5\xEC\xE0\xFF \xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF2\xF3\xF0\xE0}
-
-% I recommend the following documents for further reading:
-\xDF \xF0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xF3\xFE \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xE5\xE9\xF8\xE5\xE3\xEE \xF7\xF2\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item
-% The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
- The \TeX\ FAQ -- \xD7\xE0\xC2\xEE \xEF\xEE \TeX'\xF3 \xE8~\LaTeX'\xF3:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
-
-\item
- A French FAQ can be found at
- \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
-
-\item
- ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
- \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
-
-\item
-%^^A \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
-%^^A including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
-%^^A You will find this document in the directory
- \textsf{epslatex} (Keith Reckdahl) \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xF2 \xEC\xED\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF1\xEA\xE0\xE7\xEE\xEA
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE8\xEB\xEB\xFE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEC\xE0\xF2\xE5\xF0\xE8\xE0\xEB \xE2~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2~\LaTeXe.
- \xC2\xFB \xED\xE0\xE9\xE4\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xF4\xE0\xE9\xEB \xE2~\xE4\xE8\xF0\xE5\xEA\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE8\xE8
- \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
-\end{itemize}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-% \section{Thanks}
-\section{\xC1\xEB\xE0\xE3\xEE\xE4\xE0\xF0\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8}
-
-{\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm}
-\selectfont
-I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
-Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
-David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, and Keith Reckdahl.
-Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
-
-Also I would like to thank
-Harald Harders,
-Peter L\"offler,
-Peng Yu,
-Alexander Zimmermann,
-Matthias Pospiech,
-J\"urgen Wieferink,
-Christoph Bartoschek,
-Uwe St\"ohr,
-Ralf Stubner,
-Geoff Vallis,
-Florian Keiler,
-J\"urgen G\"obel,
-Uwe Siart,
-Sang-Heon Shim,
-Henrik Lundell,
-David Byers,
-William Asquith,
-Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
-Frank Martini,
-Danie Els,
-and
-Markus Kohm,
-who all helped to make this package a better one.}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage\appendix
-% \section{Alphabetical Reference}
-\section{\xC0\xEB\xF4\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF3\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC}
-
-%\newenvironment{Warnings}%
-% {\begin{trivlist}%
-% \def\Message{\pagebreak[3]\leftskip=0pt\relax\item[]\color{blue}}%
-% \def\Description{\nopagebreak\par\nopagebreak\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em\nopagebreak}%
-% }%
-% {\color{black}\end{trivlist}}
-\makeatletter
-\newenvironment{Warnings}{%
- \newif\ifMessage
- \def\Message{%
- \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
- \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
- \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
- \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
- \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
- \color{blue}%
- \Messagetrue}%
- \def\Description{%
- \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
- \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{\xE8\xEB\xE8}}%
- \def\@Or[##1]{%
- \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
-}{%
- \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
-}
-\makeatother
-
-% \subsection{Options}
-\subsection{\xCA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8 (\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8)}
-\newcommand\preambleoption{\,%
- \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
- \footnotemark[2]%
- \endgroup}
-\newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
- \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
-% \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
- \footnotetext[2]{\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE2~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE0\xEC\xE1\xF3\xEB\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.}%
- \endgroup}
-
-\newcommand\cell[1]{\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\endtabular}
-
-\begin{longtable*}{@{}l@{\ }ll@{}}
-% Option & Short description & Section \\
-\xCA\xEB\xFE\xF7 & \xCA\xF0\xE0\xF2\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 & \xD0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB \\
-\hline\noalign{\vskip2pt}
-\endhead
-% |aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
-|aboveskip| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xF3 \xED\xE0\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE & \ref{skips} \\
-% |belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
-|belowskip| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC\xFE & \ref{skips} \\
-% |compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{classes} \\
-|compatibility|\preambleoption & \xF4\xEE\xF0\xF1\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC (\xED\xE5)\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC & \ref{compatibility} \\
-%|config| & & \ref{x} \\
-% |figurename|\preambleoption & sets the figure name & \ref{names} \\
-|figurename|\preambleoption & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE2~\xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE5 & \ref{names} \\
-% |figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
-|figureposition|\preambleoption & \xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF1\xEA\xE0\xE7\xEA\xF3 \xEE~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE8\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 & \ref{skips} \\
-% |figurewithin|\preambleoption & sets the figure ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\
-|figurewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF7\xE8\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF\\ \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2}
- & \ref{numbering} \\
-% |font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
-|font|(|+|) & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 & \ref{fonts} \\
-% |format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
-|format| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 & \ref{formats} \\
-\iffalse
-% |FPlist| & to where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-|FPlist| & \xEA~\xF7\xE5\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC FPfigure \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-% |FPref| & to where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-|FPref| & \xEA~\xF7\xE5\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xFB\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC |\ref| \xE4\xEB\xFF FPfigure? & \ref{fltpage} \\
-\fi
-% |hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
-|hangindent| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 [\xED\xE0 \xE2\xE5\xF1\xF3;\\ \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5 \cs{hangindent}]} & \ref{margins} \\
-% |hypcap| & select `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
-|hypcap| & \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 `hypcap' & \ref{hyperref} \\
-% |hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink \& contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
-|hypcapspace| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF1\xF2\xEE\xFF\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xEE\xE9\\ \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC
-\xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xE0} & \ref{hyperref} \\
-% |indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
-|indention| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xF3 & \ref{margins} \\
-% |justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
-|justification| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xEA\xF3 & \ref{justification} \\
-% |labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
-|labelfont|(|+|) & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 & \ref{fonts} \\
-% |labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelformat| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 [\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5] \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE\\ \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0} & \ref{formats} \\
-% |labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelsep| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC\\ \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC
-\xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8} & \ref{formats} \\
-% |labelseparator| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
-|labelseparator| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xFB\xEC\\ \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xEE\xEC
-\xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xEE\xEC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8} & \ref{formats} \\
-% |list| & switches the entries in the `List of' on or off & \ref{lists} \\
-|list| & \cell{\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 (\xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2/\xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2) \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9\\ \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2} & \ref{lists} \\
-% |listformat| & sets the `List of' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
-% |listfigurename| & sets the `List of Figure' name & \ref{names} \\
-|listfigurename| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 & \ref{names} \\
-|listformat| & \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 & \ref{lists} \\
-% |listtablename| & sets the `List of Tables' name & \ref{names} \\
-|listtablename| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEE\xEA \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6 & \ref{names} \\
-% |margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
-|margin| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF \xE2\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{margins} \\
-% |margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
-|margin*| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF, \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8\\ \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0} & \ref{margins} \\
-% |maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
-|maxmargin| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEC\xE0\xEA\xF1\xE8\xEC\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF & \ref{margins} \\
-% |minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
-|minmargin| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEC\xE8\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xF3\xFE \xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE8\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF & \ref{margins} \\
-%| name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
-|name| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE8\xEC\xFF \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF & \ref{names} \\
-% |oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
-|oneside| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xED\xED\xFE\xFE \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 & \ref{margins} \\
-% |options| & executes the given option list & \ref{x} \\
-|options| & \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 & \\
-% |parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
-|parindent| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEE\xF2\xF1\xF2\xF3\xEF & \ref{margins} \\
-% |parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
-|parskip| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xF3 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE0\xEC\xE8 & \ref{margins} \\
-% |position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
-|position| & \xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF1\xEA\xE0\xE7\xEA\xF3 \xEE~\xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{skips} \\
-% |singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
-|singlelinecheck| & \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC [\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF] \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 & \ref{justification} \\
-%|size| & sets the size of font & \ref{x} \\
-% |skip| & sets the skip between content \& caption & \ref{skips} \\
-|skip| & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xF3 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xFB\xEC \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8} & \ref{skips} \\
-% |strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
-|strut| & \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xF0\xE0\xF1\xEF\xEE\xF0\xEA\xE8 |\strut| & \ref{formats} \\
-% |style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
-|style| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{style} \\
-%|style*| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
-% |subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
-|subtype| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
-% |tablename|\preambleoption & sets the table name & \ref{names} \\
-|tablename|\preambleoption & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE8\xEC\xFF \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB & \ref{names} \\
-% |tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
-|tableposition|\preambleoption & \cell{\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF1\xEA\xE0\xE7\xEA\xF3 \xEE~\xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB
- \\(\xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0)} & \ref{skips} \\
-% |tablewithin|\preambleoption & sets the table ``within'' counter & \ref{numbering} \\
-|tablewithin|\preambleoption & \cell{\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF1\xF7\xB8\xF2\xF7\xE8\xEA \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF7\xE8\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF\\ \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6}
- & \ref{numbering} \\
-% |textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
-|textfont|(|+|) & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{fonts} \\
-% |textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
-|textformat| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{formats} \\
-% |twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
-|twoside| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xE4\xE2\xF3\xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xED\xED\xFE\xFE \xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 & \ref{margins} \\
-% |type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
-|type| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF2\xE8\xEF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF9\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xEE \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 & \ref{types} \\
-% |type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
-|type*| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xF2\xE8\xEF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{types} \\
-% |width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
-|width| & \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 \xF4\xE8\xEA\xF1\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 & \ref{margins} \\
-\end{longtable*}
-\preambleoptiontext
-% \footnotetext{The option \opt{subtype} is explained in the
-% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
-\footnotetext{\xC7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \texttt{subtype} \xEE\xE1\xFA\xFF\xF1\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEA~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3
- \package{subcaption}.}
-
-\nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{%
-\begin{Note*}
-% Obsolete options are not listed here. See
-% \Ref{caption1} and
-% \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.}
- \xD3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC \xED\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xF7\xE8\xF1\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF. \xC7\xE0 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEC \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xEA~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8
- \Ref{caption1} \xE8~\Ref{caption2}.
-\end{Note*}}
-
-% \subsection{Commands}
-\subsection{\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB}
-
-\begin{longtable*}{lll}
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 & & \xD0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB \\
-\hline
-\endhead
-|\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
-%|\AtBeginCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
-%|\AtEndCaption| & & \ref{hooks} \\
-|\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
-|\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
-|\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
-|\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
-|\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
-|\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-|\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
-|\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\DeclareCaptionType| & & \ref{declare} \\
-|\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
-\end{longtable*}
-% \footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
-% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
-\footnotetext{\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} \xEE\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE0
- \xE2~\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xEA~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{subcaption}.}
-
-\clearpage
-% \subsection{Warnings}
-\subsection{\xCF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF}
-
-\begin{Warnings}
-
-\Message
- |\caption outside box or environment.|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
-\Or
- |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
- | or environment.|
-\Description
-% You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
-% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
-% or environment.
-% You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
-% \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, \xE8\xEB\xE8
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| \xE2\xED\xE5 \xE1\xEE\xEA\xF1\xE0, \xE3\xF0\xF3\xEF\xEF\xFB
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF.
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB.
- \par\See{\Ref{types} \xE8~\Ref{caption}}
-
-\Message
- |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
- |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
- |unknown to the caption package.|
-\Description
-% If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
-% package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
-% |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
-% As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
-% using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
-% or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
-% If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
-% like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
-% you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
-% a try and keep your fingers crossed.
-% (But you will get the next warning instead.)
-% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
- \Thispackage\ \xEE\xE1\xED\xE0\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE8\xEB, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9-\xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE (\xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9) \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8
- \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2, \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xE2\xF8\xE8\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |\caption|, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE4\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xE5\xE9\xF8\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5
- |\caption| \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xF3\xED\xE8\xF7\xF2\xEE\xE6\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xEC\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8.
- \xC2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5 \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8, \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xE0\xEA |\caption*|, |\ContinuedFloat|,
- \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 |\captionsetup|,
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 |list=| \xE8~|hypcap=| \xED\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE.\par
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xE5 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xFB \xEE\xF0\xE8\xE3\xE8\xED\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE8~\xE2\xE0\xE6\xED\xE5\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE5\xEA\xF2\xF0 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0, \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xED\xE5\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xEC\xF3\xFE(!) \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE |compatibility=false|
- \xE8~\xED\xE0\xE4\xE5\xFF\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5\xE5.
- (\xCD\xEE \xE2~\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.)
- \par\See{\Ref{classes}}
-
-\Message
- |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
- |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
- |was given.|
-\Description
-% Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
-% \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
-% But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
-% can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
-% fingers crossed!
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC \xEE\xF2\xE2\xE0\xE6\xED\xFB, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE |compatibility=|\x|false|,
- \thispackage\ \xEF\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE2\xF1\xB8, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xF2\xF0\xE5\xE1\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5.
- \xCD\xEE \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE \xF1~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xEC
- \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE8.
- \xC8\xF2\xE0\xEA, \xED\xE0\xE4\xE5\xE9\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xED\xE0 \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5\xE5!
- \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
- |stopped early.|
-\Description
-% If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
-% (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
-% \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
-% \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
-% or tables.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{hyperref} \xE7\xE0\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF8\xE8\xEB\xE0\xF1\xFC \xF0\xE0\xED\xFC\xF8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE
- (\xEF\xEE \xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9-\xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE8\xF7\xE8\xED\xE5), \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{hyperref} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
- \package{caption} \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xE0. \xC2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5
- \package{hyperref} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE8~\xED\xE5\xF4\xF3\xED\xEA\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE0 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE8
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB.
- \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
-\Description
-% \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
-% captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
-% \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
-% this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
- \Thispackage\ \xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xF0\xF0\xE5\xEA\xF2\xED\xEE \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \KOMAScript, \xEE\xF2\xED\xEE\xF1\xFF\xF9\xE8\xE5\xF1\xFF \xEA~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFF\xEC.
- \xCD\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\setcapwidth| \xE8\xE7
- \KOMAScript\ \xE5\xF9\xB8 \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xF1~\xFD\xF2\xE8\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC,
- \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE5\xB8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC, \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
- \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-\Message
- |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
-\Description
-% You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
-% |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
-% in \thispackage.
-% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
- \xCD\xE0\xE4\xE5\xFE\xF1\xFC \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xF3\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF, \xEE\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xE8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9
- |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|, \xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3, \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0 \xF1\xE0\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
- \package{caption}.
- \xCF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xEF\xF0\xE8\xF8\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 e-mail \xF1~\xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xF6\xEE\xEC, \xE4\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
-
-\Message
- |\label before \caption ignored|
-\Description
-% Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
-% non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
-% at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
-% So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
-% \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
- \xCC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8, |\label|, \xEA~\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xEE\xE1\xFA\xE5\xEA\xF2\xE0\xEC \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xED\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA, \xEA\xE0\xEA \xED\xE5\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF:
- \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE3\xE5\xED\xE5\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE5 \xE2~\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF,
- \xE0~\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption|.
- \xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\label| \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \emph{\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5} \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0
- |\caption| \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
-
-\Message
- |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
-\Description
-% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
-% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
-% and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
-% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
-% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
-% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF3\xE4\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xE8\xE7 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9,
- \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
- \xE0~\xFD\xF2\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xEE\xE1\xED\xE0\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE0 \xE2~\xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5, \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5
- \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xF1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xE7-\xE7\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE8~\xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE
- \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 |\clearcaptionsetup*| \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE
- |\clearcaptionsetup|.
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
-\Description
-% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
-% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
-% and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
-% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
-% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
-% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xF3\xE4\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xE8\xE7 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9,
- \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
- \xE0~\xFD\xF2\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xED\xE5 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xEE\xE1\xED\xE0\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE0 \xE2~\xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5, \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5
- \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xF1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xE7-\xE7\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE8~\xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE
- \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 |\clearcaptionsetup*| \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE
- |\clearcaptionsetup|.
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\iffalse
-\Message
- |Possibly superfluous \restylefloat{|\meta{type}|} detected.|\\
- |If you think that this warning is unjustified,|\\
- |you can switch it off using the caption package|\\
- |option `restylefloatcheck=off'.|
-\Description
- \TODO
-\fi
-
-\Message
- |`ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore|\\
- |substituting \raggedright for \RaggedRight.|
-\Description
-% The caption option |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| is only full functional
-% if you have the \package{ragged2e} package installed in your \TeX\ system.
-% If not, you will get this warning, and |justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
-% will be treated as |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
- \xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |justification=|\x|RaggedRight| \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF4\xF3\xED\xEA\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{ragged2e} \xE8\xED\xF1\xF2\xE0\xEB\xEB\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xE2~\xE2\xE0\xF8\xE5\xE9 \xF1\xE8\xF1\xF2\xE5\xEC\xE5 \TeX{}.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xED\xE5\xF2, \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE8~|justification=|\x|RaggedRight|
- \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEA\xE0\xEA |justification=|\x|raggedright|.
- \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-\Message
- |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
-\Description
-% The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
-% emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
-% away.
- \xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption2}, |ignoreLTcapwidth|, \xED\xE5 \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF
- \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0, \xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xE3\xED\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
-
-\Message
- |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
- |captions right.|
-\Description
-% The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
-% is actually needed.
-% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
-% get this warning.
-% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
- \xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{ragged2e} \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{caption} \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE
- \xE4\xE5\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE.
- \xCF\xEE \xEA\xF0\xE0\xE9\xED\xE5\xE9 \xEC\xE5\xF0\xE5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xFB \xE4\xE2\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE8 \LaTeX'\xE0, \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE5
- \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
- \xD1\xEA\xEE\xEC\xEF\xE8\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7 \xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xF7\xE5\xE7\xED\xE5\xF2.
- \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-\Message
- |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
-\Description
-% If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
-% page numbers to get the margins right.
-% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
-% this warning.
-% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 |twoside|, \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xED\xE8\xF6,
- \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xEC\xE5\xF9\xB8\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFF.
- \xC4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xFB \xE4\xE2\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE8 \LaTeX'\xEE\xEC, \xE0~\xEF\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xEA\xE5 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE
- \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
- \xD1\xEA\xEE\xEC\xEF\xE8\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7 \xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xF7\xE5\xE7\xED\xE5\xF2.
- \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-\Message
- |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
-\Description
-% This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
-% you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
-% |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
-% this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
-% the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
-% and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
-% as well.\par
-% {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
-% |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE8\xED\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xEE~\xF1\xEC\xE5\xF8\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9. \xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0,
- \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 |\captionof{table}{|\ldots|}| \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure|,
- \xFD\xF2\xEE \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xEE\xEC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xE1\xE5\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE5\xF6\xE8\xF4\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8:
- \xE4\xEB\xFF |figure| (\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE |\captionsetup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
- \xE8~\xE4\xEB\xFF |table| (\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE |\captionsetup[table]{|\ldots|}|).\par
- {\small(\xC2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFF \xE7\xE2\xB8\xE7\xE4\xED\xF3\xFE \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xF3 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
- |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
- |particular \caption.|
-\Description
-% \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
-% caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
-% default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
-% or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
-% or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
- \Thispackage\ \xED\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF8\xB8\xEB \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF5\xEE\xE4\xFF\xF9\xE5\xE5 \xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9
- \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xE3\xED\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 |hypcap=|\x|true| (\xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5
- \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE). \xC2~\xF0\xE5\xE7\xF3\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE0\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE5 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2,
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF5 |\ref| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\autoref|) \xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xE2\xFF\xE7\xE0\xED\xE0 \xEA~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB,
- \xE0~\xED\xE5 \xEA~\xF1\xEE\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xEC\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB.\par
-% This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
-% but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
-% which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xEE\xE9\xF2\xE8 \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\captionof| \xE2~\xED\xE5\xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE5\xEC \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE8,
- \xE0~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0, \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|,
- \xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3.\par
-% If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
-% |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
-% |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2 \xE8~\xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xE4
- |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xE4 |\caption| \xE8\xEB\xE8
- |\captionof|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE6\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
-% If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
-% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE6\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE2\xE0\xF1 \xED\xE5 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE0\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE3\xE8\xEF\xE5\xF0\xF1\xF1\xFB\xEB\xEA\xF3, \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
- |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}|.
- \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}}
-
-\Message
- |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
- |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
-\Description
-% Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
-% have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
-% (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
-% This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
-% unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
- \xCB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5\xED \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3, \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE2\xFB
- \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\@makecaption|
- (\xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE5\xED\xED\xFF\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0, \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE0\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8).
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF7\xF2\xEE \thispackage\ \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2 \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xED\xE5\xE6\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xEC \xF1\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xEE\xEC,
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xEA\xE0\xE6\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC.
- \par\See{\Ref{classes} \xE8~\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
-\Description
-% You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
-% not used later on.
-% This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
-% or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
-% which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
-% of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
-% (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
-% instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
- \xC2\xFB \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |\captionsetup[|\meta{type}|]| \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5
- \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE4\xED\xE5\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF1\xFC.
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE8\xE7\xEE\xE9\xF2\xE8 \xE8\xE7-\xE7\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8 \xE2~\xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE5 \meta{type},
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |figure| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |table|,
- \xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3, \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF
- \meta{type} \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEB\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA.\par
- (\xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE5\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5, \xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC |\captionsetup*| \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xEE
- |\captionsetup|.)\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
- \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
-
-\Message
- |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
- |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
- |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
- |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
-\Description
-% The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
-% Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
-% other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
- \xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \meta{package} \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
- \xD0\xE5\xF8\xE8\xF2\xE5, \xF7\xE5\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xF4\xE5\xE9\xF1 \xE2\xFB \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEF\xEE\xF7\xF2\xB8\xF2\xE5: \thispackage\ \xE8\xEB\xE8
- \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xEE\xE8\xF5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\end{Warnings}
-
-\pagebreak[3]
-%^^A\subsection{Errors}
-\subsection{\xD1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0\xF5}
-
-\begin{Warnings}
-
-\Message
- |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
-\Or
- |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
-\Description
-% If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
-% you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
-% for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
-% use such list.
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xF5\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF7\xF2\xEE-\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xFB\xF7\xED\xEE\xE5 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xF3) \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8,
- \xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\captionof|,
- \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2 \xE2~\xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6, \xE4\xE0\xE6\xE5 \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5
- \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEE\xEA.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, \xE8~\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\Message
- |\caption outside float.|
-\Description
-% You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
-% a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
-% If this is what you want to, please use either
-% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
-% |\caption|\-|of|.
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption| \xE7\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8
- |longtable|. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5
- |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\captionof|.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
-
-\Message
- |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
-\Description
-% You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
-% environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\ContinuedFloat| \xE2\xED\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0.
-% If this is what you want to, please use the combination
-% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE
- |\captionsetup{|\x|type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\ContinuedFloat|.\par
-% Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
-% working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
-% typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
-% if sufficient for you.
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 |\ContinuedFloat| \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 |longtable| (\xEF\xEE\xEA\xE0) \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2,
- \xED\xEE, \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |longtable*|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2 |longtable|
- \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xF3\xE2\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 |table|, \xF0\xE5\xF8\xE8\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xF8\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC\xFB.
- \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} \xE8~\Ref{longtable}}
-
-\Message
- |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
-\Description
-% Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
-% environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
-% e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
- \xCF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5\xF1\xFF \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE8 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEF\xF0\xE5\xF0\xFB\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF
- \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF2\xE8\xEF\xE0 (\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC |long|\-|table|),
- \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xE0 \xEC\xE5\xE6\xE4\xF3 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE8~\xE5\xE3\xEE \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC.
- \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
-
-\Message
- |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\
- |with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'|\\
- |package *(right) after* the `float' package.|
-\Description
-% Please take care of the load order of packages
-% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
-% \package{float} package.
- \xC1\xF3\xE4\xFC\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xF0\xFF\xE4\xEA\xEE\xEC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5
- \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{wrapfig} \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE \xF1~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
- \package{float}.
- \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}}
-
-\Message
- |For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package|\\
- |with the `float' package you should use at least|\\
- |`wrapfig' version 3.6.|
-\Description
-% Please take care of the version of the \package{wrapfig} package
-% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
-% \package{float} package.
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{wrapfig}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xF3\xFE \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5,
- \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xF1~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
- \package{float}.
- \par\See{\Ref{wrapfig}}
-
-\Message
- |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
- |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
- |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
-\Description
-% \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
-% to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
- \Thispackage\ \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0, \xEE\xE1\xED\xEE\xE2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE5\xE3\xEE,
- \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEC\xE8\xED\xE8\xEC\xF3\xEC \xE4\xEE \xF2\xF0\xE5\xE1\xF3\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8.
-
-\Message
- |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
-\Description
-% You should never see this error.
-% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
- \xC2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
- \xCF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xEF\xF0\xE8\xF8\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 e-mail \xF1~\xEE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xE7\xF6\xEE\xEC, \xE4\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5.
-
-\Message
- |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
-\Description
-% The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
-% |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
-% not defined.
-% \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
-% any other floating environment defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|,
-% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float},
-% or |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow}
-% package\cite{floatrow}.
- \xD2\xE8\xEF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xE0 \meta{type}, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xE2\xFB \xE2\xFB\xE1\xF0\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF5 |\captionsetup|\x|{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
- |\captionof|\x\marg{type} \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|SubType| \xED\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED.
- \xD4\xEB\xEE\xF2 \meta{type} \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xE5\xED \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE `\texttt{figure}' \xE8\xEB\xE8 `\texttt{table}', \xE8\xEB\xE8
- \xEB\xFE\xE1\xEE\xE5 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xB8\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|,
- |\newfloat|, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{float}\cite{float},
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 |\Declare|\-|NewFloat|\-|Type| \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}.
-
-\Message
- |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
-\Description
-% The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
-% Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
-% |long|\-|table| environment instead.
- \xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption| \xED\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF |long|\-|table*|.
- \xCB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption*| \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0
- |longtable|.
-
-\Message
- |Not available in compatibility mode.|
-\Description
-% The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
-% `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
-% incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
-% extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
-% some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
- \xD2\xF0\xE5\xE1\xF3\xE5\xEC\xE0\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE8\xEC\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8.
- \xD2\xE5\xF0\xEC\xE8\xED `compatibility mode' (\xAB\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE8\xEC \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8\xBB) \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \thispackage\ \xEE\xE1\xED\xE0\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE8\xEB
- \xED\xE5\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEC\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF4\xE8\xF6\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2
- \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\caption|. \xCE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xE2 \xEE\xF0\xE8\xE3\xE8\xED\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE5\xF2\xF0\xEE\xED\xF3\xF2\xFB\xEC\xE8,
- \thispackage\ \xEE\xF2\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xF1\xE2\xEE\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8.
- \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
-
-\Message
- |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
-\Description
-% Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
-% package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
- \xC2\xED\xF3\xF2\xF0\xE8 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9, \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xEC\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8 \package{fltpage} \xE8~\package{sidecap}
- \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xEE\xE4\xED\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC. (\xDD\xF2\xEE \xF2\xF0\xE5\xE1\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF.)
-
-\Message
- |Option clash for package caption.|
-%\Or[but sometimes also]
-\Or[\xED\xEE \xE8\xED\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5]
- |Missing \begin{document}.|
-\Description
-% \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
-% so you can't do that again specifying different options.
-% A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
-% the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
-% package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
-% \package{subfig} package.
-% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
- \Thispackage\ \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \LaTeX'\xE0,
- \xE8~\xED\xE5\xEB\xFC\xE7\xFF \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE2\xF2\xEE\xF0\xED\xEE, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8.
- \xCF\xE5\xF0\xE2\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xF7\xE8\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xFB\xE7\xE2\xE0\xE2\xF8\xE5\xE9 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{subfig};
- \xE8~\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF2\xE0\xEA,
- \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xE8\xF2\xE5 \thispackage\ \emph{\xE4\xEE} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig}
- \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5 |caption=|\x|false| \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5
- \package{subfig}.
- \par\See{\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}}
-
-\Message
- |Paragraph ended before \caption at makecurrent was complete.|
-\Or
- |Paragraph ended before \caption at prepareanchor was complete.|
-\Description
-% If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
-% optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
-% Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
-% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
- \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE8\xE7 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xE0\xE1\xE7\xE0\xF6\xE5\xE2, \xE2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xE4\xEE\xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE0\xF0\xE3\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2 \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF5 |\caption| \xE8\xEB\xE8~|\captionof| \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xEE\xE2 \xE8\xEB\xE8
- \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xF2\xE0\xE1\xEB\xE8\xF6\xFB, \xE4\xE0\xE6\xE5 \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xE8 \xF1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE8.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, \xE8~\Ref{hyperref}\,}
-
-\iffalse % was removed in v3.1b
-\Message
- |Something is going wrong here...|\\
- |For a removal of this problem please consult the|\\
- |caption package documentation, especially the sections|\\
- |about the `float' and the `wrapfig' package.|
-\Description
-% Please take care of the load order of packages
-% if you use the \package{wrapfig} package in cooperation with the
-% \package{float} package. But maybe a different package tried to extent
-% the \package{float} package in a manner which is incompatible to
-% \thispackage!?
-% \par\See{\Ref{float} and \Ref{wrapfig}}
- \xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xF0\xFF\xE4\xEE\xEA \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2,
- \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{wrapfig} \xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE5 \xF1~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC
- \package{float}. \xCD\xEE \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEA\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE9"=\xF2\xEE \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF0\xE0\xF1\xF8\xE8\xF0\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
- \package{float} \xED\xE5\xE8\xE7\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{caption} \xF1\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xEE\xEC!?
- \par\See{\Ref{float} \xE8~\Ref{wrapfig}}
-\fi
-
-\Message
- |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
- |in the last figure or table.|
-\Description
-% It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
-% which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
-% This is not supported.
- \xC2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3 |\sub|\-|caption| (\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xF3\xFE \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xF3, \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF9\xF3\xFE
- \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xF0\xE8\xF1\xF3\xED\xEA\xE0) \xE1\xE5\xE7 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB |\caption|.
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-
-\Message
- |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
- |with `format=hang'.|
-\Or
- |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
- |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
-\Description
-% A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
-% |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
-% (like |format=|\x|hang|).
-% Please select either another caption label separator
-% (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
-% (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
-% \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
- \xD0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC \xED\xF3\xEC\xE5\xF0\xE0\xF6\xE8\xEE\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE3\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE0 \xE8~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0 |\\| (\xF2.\,\xE5.
- |labelsep=|\x|newline|) \xED\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE1\xE8\xED\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xF1~\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xEC \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xF3 \xED\xE0 \xE2\xE5\xF1\xF3
- (like |format=|\x|hang|).
- \xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC
- (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) \xEB\xE8\xE1\xEE \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE9 \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8
- (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
- \par\See{\Ref{formats} \xE8\xEB\xE8~\Ref{KOMA}}
-
-\Message
- |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
- |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
- |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
-\Description
-% You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
-% for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
-% offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
-% \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
-% anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
-% do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
-% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
- \xC2\xFB \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xEB\xE8 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE |caption=|\x|false|. \xDD\xF2\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE,
- \xF7\xF2\xEE\xE1\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{caption} \xF6\xE5\xEB\xE8\xEA\xEE\xEC (\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xE8\xE2 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4
- \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xF1\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xEC \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xED\xE5\xF2\xF0\xEE\xED\xF3\xF2\xFB\xEC\xE8), \xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xF2\xFC
- \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{subfig}. \xDD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xE9 \xE8~\xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF,
- \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig} \xE8~\xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5
- \thispackage\ \xE2\xEE\xE2\xF1\xE5.
- \par\See{\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
-% with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
-% |on|, |1| is allowed here.
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE1\xF3\xEB\xE5\xE2 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 (\xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, |singlelinecheck=| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |hypcap=|)
- \xF1~\xED\xE5\xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE5\xE9. \xD2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| \xE8\xEB\xE8 |true|, |yes|,
- |on|, |1| \xE4\xEE\xEF\xF3\xF1\xEA\xE0\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF\xF5 \xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xE9.
-
-\Message
- |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF2\xEA\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE8\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xD1\xEF\xE8\xF1\xEA\xE0 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xF0\xE0\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xF2\xE8\xEB\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{style}}
-
-\Message
- |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
- |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
-\Description
-% % (ftcap,nonfloat,topcapt)
-% The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
-% Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
-% of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
-% would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
-% not supported.
- \xC4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8.
- \xD0\xE5\xF8\xE8\xF2\xE5, \xEA\xE0\xEA\xE8\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2\xFB \xF1\xEE\xE1\xE8\xF0\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC: \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7 |position=|
- \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption} \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0; \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE1\xEE\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2
- \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE4\xE8\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xE2\xE5\xF0\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xF2\xE1\xE8\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xF1\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF5\xF3 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xED\xE8\xE7\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE8~\xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xE6\xF0\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF.
- \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
-
-\Message
- |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
-\Description
-% You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
-% Maybe a typo!?
- \xC2\xFB \xEF\xFB\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xE0\xF2 \xF2\xE5\xEA\xF1\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xED\xE5 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2.
- \xCC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xE5\xF7\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE0!?
- \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
-
-\Message
- |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
- |the (current) caption package.|
-\Description
-% This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
-% Please use only \thispackage.
- \xDD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE5 \xF1\xEA\xE0\xE7\xE0\xEB\xEE \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE2\xF1\xB8, \xE8~\xE2\xE0\xEC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5\xEB\xFC\xE7\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0\xF2\xFC
- [\xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB \package{caption} \xE8~\package{caption}2].
- \xC8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \thispackage.
- \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
-
-
-\end{Warnings}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Version history}
-\section{\xC8\xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE8\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE9}
-\label{history}
-
-% The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
-% to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
-% Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
-% \package{subfigure} packages.
-% Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
-% version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
-% Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
-% while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
-\xC2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF $1.0$ \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xED\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xE0 \xE2~1994~\xE3\xEE\xE4\xF3 \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xEC\xED\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9
-\xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE2\xFB\xE2\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9. \xCA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5 \xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xFD\xF2\xE0 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xFB
-\package{rotating} \xE8~\package{subfigure}.
-\xC2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF $1.1$ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE8\xEB\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE |center|\-|last|;
-\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF $1.2$ \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xE8\xEB\xE0
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{float}.
-\xC2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF $1.3$ \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE8\xEB\xE0 \xF3\xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5\xED\xED\xF3\xFE \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfigure},
-\xF2\xEE\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF $1.4$ \xE2\xFB\xF8\xEB\xE0 \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |nooneline|.
-
-% The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
-% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
-% without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
-% features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
-% package.
-% Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
-% (A version $2.1$ was offered as bugfix-release in 2002.)
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{caption2} \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 $2.0$ \xE1\xFB\xEB \xFD\xEA\xF1\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE5\xE9
-\xEE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption}. \xCE\xED \xE1\xFB\xEB \xEE\xEF\xF3\xE1\xEB\xE8\xEA\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE1\xE5\xF2\xE0-\xF2\xE5\xF1\xF2-\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF
-\xE1\xE5\xE7 \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE2~1995~\xE3\xEE\xE4\xF3, \xF2\xE0\xEA \xEA\xE0\xEA \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xED\xE0\xE7\xF0\xE5\xEB\xE0 \xED\xE5\xEE\xE1\xF5\xEE\xE4\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC
-\xE2~\xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xF5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xF5 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xE4\xEB\xFF \package{longtable}.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfigure}.
-(\xC2~\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 $2.1$, \xED\xE0\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2~2002~\xE3\xEE\xE4\xF3 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEE\xEA.)
-
-% In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
-% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
-% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
-% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
-% \package{caption2} package.
-% Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
-% the user interface.
-% Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
-% \package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
-% additionally.
-\xC2~2003~\xE3\xEE\xE4\xF3 \xFF \xE2\xF1\xB8-\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8 \xED\xE0\xF8\xB8\xEB \xED\xE5\xEC\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8, \xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF0\xE5\xEB\xE8\xE7\xE0 $3.0$
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption}, \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE
-\xF1~\xD4\xF0\xE0\xED\xEA\xEE\xEC \xCC\xE8\xF2\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xE1\xE0\xF5\xEE\xEC (Frank Mittelbach) \xE8~\xD1\xF2\xE8\xE2\xE5\xED\xEE\xEC \xCA\xEE\xEA\xF0\xE5\xE9\xED\xEE\xEC (Steven Cochran).
-\xDD\xF2\xE0 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF3\xE1\xEB\xE8\xEA\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE0 \xE2~\xE4\xE5\xEA\xE0\xE1\xF0\xE5 2003~\xE3\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xE8~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xEE\xE9
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption2}.
-\xCE\xF1\xED\xEE\xE2\xED\xFB\xE5 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xED\xFB, \xE8~\xE1\xFB\xEB \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED \xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xE5\xEB\xFC\xF1\xEA\xE8\xE9 \xE8\xED\xF2\xE5\xF0\xF4\xE5\xE9\xF1.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xE8\xEB\xE0\xF1\xFC \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
-\package{listings}, \package{sidecap} \xE8~\package{supertabular}.
-
-% While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
-% \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
-% the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
-% \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
-% as well.
-\xC2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFB\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xFB \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2
-\LaTeX'\xE0: \class{article}, \class{report} \xE8~\class{book},
-\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF3\xF9\xE0\xFF \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF $3.1$, \xEE\xEF\xF3\xE1\xEB\xE8\xEA\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xE2~2007~\xE3\xEE\xE4\xF3 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xF3 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \AmS,
-\KOMAScript, {\NTG} \xE8~\SmF, \xE0~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \class{beamer}.
-% Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{frenchb} Babel option,
-% the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
-% and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
-% \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
-% and \package{wrapfig} packages.
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xEA~\xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \package{frenchb} \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{babel},
-\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC \package{frenchle} \xE8~\package{frenchpro},
-\xE0~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
-\package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable}
-\xE8~\package{wrapfig}.
-% New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
-% |font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
-% |list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
-% |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|, and
-% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
-\xC1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xEE\xE6\xE5\xED\xFB \xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xE8~\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE8, \xED\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0 \xEF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF7\xE5\xE3\xEE
-|font+|, |figure|\-|within| \xE8~|table|\-|within|,
-|list| \xE8~|list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \xE8~|min|\-|margin|,
-|\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format| \xE8~%
-|\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Type|.
-% Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
-% the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
-% feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
-\xC2~\xE4\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xE5\xE9\xF8\xE5\xEC \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xEE\xE1\xE0\xE2\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xF1~\xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0\xEC\xE8 \xE8~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0\xEC\xE8
-\see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 |hypcap| \see*{\Ref{hyperref}}
-\xE8~\xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2
-\see*{\xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEA~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xF3 \package{subcaption}}.
-
-\clearpage
-% \section{Compatibility to older versions}
-\section{\xD1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE \xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xEC\xE8 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF\xEC\xE8}
-
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{caption} v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
-\label{caption1}
-
-% This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
-% and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
-% So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
-% don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
-% and can cause ugly side effects.
-\xC4\xE0\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE2~\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF\xF5 $1.0$--$1.4$ \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0. \xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xED\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xEE \xE2\xEE\xE7\xED\xE8\xEA\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xEF\xE8\xEB\xFF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xED\xEE, \xEF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xED\xE5 \xF1\xEC\xE5\xF8\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5
-\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xF1~\xED\xEE\xE2\xFB\xEC\xE8. \xDD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF
-\xE8~\xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xEF\xF0\xE8\xFF\xF2\xED\xFB\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB.
-
-% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
-% they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
-\xC7\xE4\xE5\xF1\xFC \xE4\xE0\xED \xEA\xF0\xE0\xF2\xEA\xE8\xE9 \xEE\xE1\xE7\xEE\xF0 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4 \xE8~\xF7\xE5\xEC
-\xEE\xED\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xFB \xE2~\xF1\xEE\xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption}:
-
-\begin{center}\small
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
-\hline
-%\endhead
-|normal| & |format=plain|\\
-|hang| & |format=hang|\\
-|isu| & |format=hang|\\
-|center| & |justification=centering|\\
-|centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
-|nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
-|scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
-|footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
-|small| & |font=small|\\
-|normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
-|large| & |font=large|\\
-|Large| & |font=Large|\\
-|up| & |labelfont=up|\\
-|it| & |labelfont=it|\\
-|sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
-|sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
-|md| & |labelfont=md|\\
-|bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
-|rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
-|sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
-|tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
-% the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
-% |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
-% |\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
-% change the font used for captions.
-% This mechanism was replaced by the commands
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE5\xEA \xED\xF3\xE6\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2\xE0 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-|\caption|\-|size|, \xE0~\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 |\caption|\-|font| \xE8~|\caption|\-|label|\-|font|
-\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xEB\xE8 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEE\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE5\xED\xFB \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE |\renewcommand| \xE8~\xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xEB\xE8
-\xE0\xEB\xFC\xF2\xE5\xF0\xED\xE0\xF2\xE8\xE2\xED\xFB\xE9 \xE8~\xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xE3\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE8\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1 \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF8\xF0\xE8\xF4\xF2 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9.
-\xC4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xB8\xED \xED\xE0 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad \xE8\\
- |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-\SeeUserDefined
-
-% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
-\xD3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xEE\xE2\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9 \xE2~\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \version{1.x} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE8\xF1\xFC \xF1~\xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xF9\xFC\xFE
-\begin{quote}
- |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-% This was replaced by
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xEE \xED\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-% For example the old-style code
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xE9 \xEA\xEE\xE4
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
- |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
- |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
-\end{quote}
-% will still work fine, but should be written today as
-\xE4\xEE \xF1\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xF0 \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xED\xEE \xEB\xF3\xF7\xF8\xE5 \xEF\xE5\xF0\xE5\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE0\xF2\xFC \xE5\xE3\xEE \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
- | margin=10pt]{caption}|
-\end{quote}
-% or
-\xE8\xEB\xE8
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage{caption}|\\
- |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
- | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
-% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
-% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
-% caption package, too.
-% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
-% version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
-% for changing the captions of these floating environments:
-\xD2\xE0\xEA\xE0\xFF \xFD\xEA\xE7\xEE\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE0\xFF \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |ruled|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE2\xEE\xEB\xFF\xEB\xE0 \xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xF1~\xEE\xF4\xEE\xF0\xEC\xEB\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC |ruled| \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{float}, \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xE8~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xEC \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xEC \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5.
-\xCD\xEE \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE5\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE5\xED\xE4\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xEF\xEE\xF1\xEA\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xF3 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xE0\xFF \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xFF \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE5 \xE3\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE8\xE9 \xF1\xEF\xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1 \xE4\xEB\xFF \xE8\xE7\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9
-\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEA\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE5\xED\xE8\xE9 \xEF\xEB\xE0\xE2\xE0\xFE\xF9\xE8\xF5 \xF4\xEB\xEE\xF2\xEE\xE2:
-\begin{quote}
- |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
-\end{quote}
-% resp.
-\xE8, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-\SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, \xE8~\Ref{float}]
-
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
-\label{caption2}
-
-% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
-% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
-% very different implementation design.
-% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
-% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
-% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
-% package will still compile fine.
-\xD5\xEE\xF2\xFF \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEE\xE4\xED\xE8 \xE8~\xF2\xE5 \xE6\xE5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xE8~\xE2~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE5 \package{caption}
-\xE8~\xE2~\xFD\xEA\xF1\xEF\xE5\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0\xEB\xFC\xED\xEE\xE9, \xED\xEE \xF1\xE5\xE9\xF7\xE0\xF1 \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE5\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8"=\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE5
-\package{caption2}, \xF3~\xFD\xF2\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF8\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \xE8\xF5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xFF.
-\xCF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xEF\xEE\xEB\xED\xE0\xFF \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xED\xE5\xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xE0.
-\xCF\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF0\xE8\xF7\xE8\xED\xE5 \xE4\xEE \xF1\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xEE\xF0 \xF1\xF3\xF9\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE2\xF3\xE5\xF2 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 |caption2.sty| \xE2~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xEC
-\xE4\xE8\xF1\xF2\xF0\xE8\xE1\xF3\xF2\xE8\xE2\xE5, \xE8~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xFB, \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \package{caption2}
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xF3\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xEC\xEF\xE8\xEB\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF.
-
-% Newly created documents should use the actual version of
-% \thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
-\xCD\xEE\xE2\xFB\xE5 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xFB \xE4\xEE\xEB\xE6\xED\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xED\xFB\xE5 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0
-\package{caption}. \xC2~\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xED\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5\xE2 \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEA\xF3
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
-\end{quote}
-% by
-\xED\xE0
-\begin{quote}
- |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
-\end{quote}
-% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
-% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
-% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
-% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
-% for help.
-\xCD\xEE \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xED\xE5 \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF, \xE8~\xE2\xFB \xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5
-\xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xF2\xFC \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0\xF5. \xC4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB \xEF\xEE\xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xE0\xEC \xEB\xE8\xEA\xE2\xE8\xE4\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC
-\xF2\xE0\xEA\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE8. \xC5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xF3~\xE2\xE0\xF1 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC\xFB \xEF\xEE \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption2}
-\xED\xE0 \package{caption} \xED\xE5 \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xF3\xEC\xFB\xE2\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xE8~\xEE\xF2\xEF\xF0\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xEC\xED\xE5 e-mail.
-
-% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
-% these ones will be emulated, too:
-\xCF\xEE\xEC\xE8\xEC\xEE \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xF5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE9 \xE8\xE7 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFB\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE3\xEE \xF0\xE0\xE7\xE4\xE5\xEB\xE0
-\xF1\xEB\xE5\xE4\xF3\xFE\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF:
-
-\begin{center}\small
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
-\hline
-%\endhead
-|flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
-|flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
-|oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
-\xC7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xE5\xEA (\xEF\xEE\xEB\xE5\xE9) \xE4\xEB\xFF \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9, \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xF5 \xE2~\version{2.x}
-\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
- |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| \xE8\xEB\xE8, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE
- |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-}\end{quote}
-% This was replaced by
-\xCE\xED\xE8 \xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2 \xE1\xFB\xF2\xFC \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xFB \xED\xE0
-\begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
- |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| \xE8\xEB\xE8, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE
- |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
-}\end{quote}
-\See{\Ref{margins}}
-
-% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
-\xC2\xF2\xFF\xE6\xEA\xE0 \xE2~\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \version{2.x} \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xEB\xE0\xF1\xFC \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
- |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-\pagebreak[3]
-% This is now done with
-\xD1\xE5\xE9\xF7\xE0\xF1 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA
-\nopagebreak[3]
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
-\end{quote}
-
-% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
-% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
-% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
-% This was replaced by
-\xCA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC \xEA\xEE\xF0\xEE\xF2\xEA\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE8 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xEC\xE8
-|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (\xEE\xF2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFC)
-\xE8~|\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (\xE4\xEB\xFF \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEA\xEE\xED\xF2\xF0\xEE\xEB\xFF).
-\xDD\xF2\xEE \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE5\xED\xEE \xED\xE0
-|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
-% resp.
-\xE8, \xF1\xEE\xEE\xF2\xE2\xE5\xF2\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5\xED\xED\xEE
-|\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|.
-\See{\Ref{justification}}
-
-% The commands
-\xCA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB
-\begin{quote}
- |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
- |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, \xE8~|\renewcaptionstyle|
-\end{quote}
-% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
-% by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
-% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
-% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
-% be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
-\xED\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xFE\xF2 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFB \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xED\xE5 \xFD\xEC\xF3\xEB\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFE\xF2\xF1\xFF
-\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0. (\xC8\xF5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xFB\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF2
-\xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xE1 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE5.) \xC7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xE0 \xFD\xF2\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEA\xEE\xE4\xE0 \xED\xE5 \xE2\xF1\xE5\xE3\xE4\xE0 \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0,
-\xED\xEE \xE4\xEE\xE1\xF0\xEE\xF1\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF1\xF2\xED\xEE \xEF\xF0\xEE\xF7\xE8\xF2\xE0\xE2 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE5 \xF0\xF3\xEA\xEE\xE2\xEE\xE4\xF1\xF2\xE2\xEE, \xE2\xFB \xF1\xEC\xEE\xE6\xE5\xF2\xE5 \xED\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE8
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xF5\xEE\xE4\xFF\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xE8 \xE8~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xFB \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFB.
-
-\iffalse
-... (some examples)
-\fi
-
-% The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
-% replacement, too.
-% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
-% in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
-% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
-% default one which is |4in|).
-\xCE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFF |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \version{2.x} \xF2\xEE\xE6\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xE5\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFB.
-\xCD\xEE \xE2~\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE8\xED\xF1\xF2\xE2\xE5 \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5\xE2 \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE \xEE\xEF\xF3\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF2\xFC, \xEF\xEE\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE2~\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE9
-\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xE5\xF2 \xE8\xE3\xED\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xE2~\xEB\xFE\xE1\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 (\xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE2\xFB \xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE4\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5,
-\xEE\xF2\xEB\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE5 \xEE\xF2 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE |4in|).
-\See{\Ref{longtable}}
-
-\subsection{\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
-\label{caption3}
-
-%\NEWdescription{v3.1}
-% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
-% other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
-% and \class{book}.
-% Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
-% supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
-% document class used.
-\Thispackage\ \version{3.0} \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xEB \xED\xE8\xEA\xE0\xEA\xE8\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xEA\xF0\xEE\xEC\xE5
-\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \LaTeX'\xE0: \class{article}, \class{report},
-and \class{book}.
-\xC2~\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE0\xF5 \xE2\xE5\xE4\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xE0 \xED\xE0\xE4 \xEE\xF8\xE8\xE1\xEA\xE0\xEC\xE8, \xED\xEE~\xF2\xE5\xEF\xE5\xF0\xFC \thispackage{}
-\xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2 \xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xEF\xE8\xF1\xE5\xE9 \xE7\xE0\xE2\xE8\xF1\xFF\xF2 \xEE\xF2 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEE
-\xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.
-
-% For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
-% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
-% it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
-% classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
-% with the \class{beamer} document class.
-\xCD\xE0\xEF\xF0\xE8\xEC\xE5\xF0, \xE2~\xF2\xEE \xE2\xF0\xE5\xEC\xFF \xEA\xE0\xEA \xE2~\xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 $3.0$ \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5\xEC \xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0 |justification|
-\xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \xFF\xE2\xEB\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF |justi|\-|fied|, \xEE\xED\xEE \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF |justi|\-|fied| \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8
-\xF1\xF2\xE0\xED\xE4\xE0\xF0\xF2\xED\xFB\xF5 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xE2 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xEE\xE2, \xED\xEE \xE7\xE0\xEC\xE5\xED\xFF\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE0 |ragged|\-|right| \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE8
-\xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \class{beamer}.
-
-% %An easy way to select the `old' defaults---if desired---is using the option
-% An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
-% |style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
-\xCF\xF0\xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xE9 \xEF\xF3\xF2\xFC \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xF2\xFC \xAB\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xFB\xE5\xBB \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xEF\xEE \xF3\xEC\xEE\xEB\xF7\xE0\xED\xE8\xFE \cdash--- \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE
-|style=base| \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 (\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE7\xE4\xED\xE5\xE5, \xE2~\xEA\xEE\xEC\xE0\xED\xE4\xE5 |\caption|\-|setup|).
-
-% Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
-% incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
-% incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
-\xC5\xF9\xB8 \xEE\xE4\xED\xEE\xE9 \xEE\xF1\xEE\xE1\xE5\xED\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC\xFE \xF1\xF2\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xE0\xE2\xF2\xEE\xEC\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF7\xE5\xF1\xEA\xE0\xFF \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE2\xE5\xF0\xEA\xE0 \xED\xE0 \xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC [\xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE8~\xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0]; \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-\xEE\xE1\xED\xE0\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF \xED\xE5\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC, \xE2\xFB\xE4\xE0\xB8\xF2\xF1\xFF \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEE~\xED\xE5\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE8 \xED\xE5\xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xFB\xF5 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9
-\xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xEE\xE3\xEE \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \xF1~\xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xEE\xEC \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0.
-% Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
-% such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
-% as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
-% side-effects or causing problems.
-\xCE\xE1\xF0\xE0\xF2\xE8\xF2\xE5 \xE2\xED\xE8\xEC\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xF2\xE0\xEA\xEE\xE5 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xE8\xEB\xEE\xF1\xFC \xF2\xEE\xEB\xFC\xEA\xEE \xE2~\xF2\xE5\xEA\xF3\xF9\xE5\xE9 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0, \xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8
-\xE2\xFB \xEF\xEE\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE8\xEB\xE8 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xF1\xEE\xEE\xE1\xF9\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5 \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEE\xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE0\xE5\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xE8~\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xFB\xE4\xF3\xF9\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \xE1\xFB\xEB\xE8 \xF2\xE0\xEA\xE6\xE5 \xED\xE5\xF1\xEE\xE2\xEC\xE5\xF1\xF2\xE8\xEC\xFB,
-\xE8~\xEE\xED\xE8 \xF3\xE6\xE5 \xE8\xEC\xE5\xEB\xE8 \xEF\xEE\xE1\xEE\xF7\xED\xFB\xE5 \xFD\xF4\xF4\xE5\xEA\xF2\xFB \xE8~\xEC\xEE\xE3\xEB\xE8 \xF1\xEE\xE7\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xF2\xFC \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC\xFB.
-% So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
-% happen, but not that they actually will happen.
-% Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
-% you should use it with care.
-\xDD\xF2\xE8 \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xFF \xE3\xEE\xE2\xEE\xF0\xFF\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \emph{\xEC\xEE\xE3\xF3\xF2} \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xE8\xF2\xFC\xF1\xFF \xEF\xF0\xEE\xE1\xEB\xE5\xEC\xFB, \xED\xEE \xFD\xF2\xEE \xED\xE5 \xE7\xED\xE0\xF7\xE8\xF2, \xF7\xF2\xEE \xEE\xED\xE8
-\xED\xE5\xEF\xF0\xE5\xEC\xE5\xED\xED\xEE \xEF\xEE\xFF\xE2\xFF\xF2\xF1\xFF.
-\xC2~\xEB\xFE\xE1\xEE\xEC \xF1\xEB\xF3\xF7\xE0\xE5 \xE5\xF1\xEB\xE8 \xE2\xFB \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xF3\xE5\xF2\xE5 \thispackage\ \xE8\xE3\xED\xEE\xF0\xE8\xF0\xF3\xFF \xFD\xF2\xEE \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xF3\xEF\xF0\xE5\xE6\xE4\xE5\xED\xE8\xE5,
-\xE1\xF3\xE4\xFC\xF2\xE5 \xEE\xF1\xF2\xEE\xF0\xEE\xE6\xED\xFB.
-
-\bigskip
-
-\begin{Note*}
-% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
-% which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
-% (leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
-% intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
-% This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
-% to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
-% %\par\See{the \package{subfig} package documentation}
-\xCF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xE5\xF0\xF1\xE8\xE8 \version{3.0} \xEF\xF0\xE5\xE4\xEB\xE0\xE3\xE0\xEB \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE |caption=false|, \xEA\xEE\xF2\xEE\xF0\xE0\xFF \xE2\xEA\xEB\xFE\xF7\xE0\xEB\xE0 \xEB\xE8\xF8\xFC
-\xF7\xE0\xF1\xF2\xE8\xF7\xED\xEE\xE5 \xE8\xF1\xEF\xEE\xEB\xFC\xE7\xEE\xE2\xE0\xED\xE8\xE5 \xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xE5\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{caption} (\xF1\xEE\xF5\xF0\xE0\xED\xFF\xFF
-\xED\xE0\xF1\xF2\xF0\xEE\xE9\xEA\xE8 \xEA\xEB\xE0\xF1\xF1\xE0 \xE4\xEE\xEA\xF3\xEC\xE5\xED\xF2\xE0 \xE8\xEB\xE8 \xE4\xF0\xF3\xE3\xE8\xF5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xEE\xE2 \xED\xE5\xF2\xF0\xEE\xED\xF3\xF2\xFB\xEC\xE8), \xED\xEE \xEE\xF1\xF2\xE0\xE2\xEB\xFF\xEB\xE0
-\xE2\xEE\xE7\xEC\xEE\xE6\xED\xEE\xF1\xF2\xFC \xF0\xE0\xE1\xEE\xF2\xFB \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig}.
-\xDD\xF2\xEE\xF2 \xEC\xE5\xF5\xE0\xED\xE8\xE7\xEC \xF2\xE5\xEF\xE5\xF0\xFC \xF3\xF1\xF2\xE0\xF0\xE5\xE2\xF8\xE8\xE9 \xE8~\xE1\xEE\xEB\xFC\xF8\xE5 \xED\xE5 \xEF\xEE\xE4\xE4\xE5\xF0\xE6\xE8\xE2\xE0\xE5\xF2\xF1\xFF,
-\xEF\xEE\xFD\xF2\xEE\xEC\xF3 \xE7\xE0\xE4\xE0\xE2\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5, \xEF\xEE\xE6\xE0\xEB\xF3\xE9\xF1\xF2\xE0, \xFD\xF2\xF3 \xEE\xEF\xF6\xE8\xFE \xEF\xF0\xE8 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE7\xEA\xE5 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2\xE0 \package{subfig},
-\xE8~\xED\xE5 \xE7\xE0\xE3\xF0\xF3\xE6\xE0\xE9\xF2\xE5 \xE4\xE0\xED\xED\xFB\xE9 \xEF\xE0\xEA\xE5\xF2 \xE2\xEE\xE2\xF1\xE5.
-%\par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
-\end{Note*}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\clearpage
-\begin{thebibliography}{99}
-\fontencoding{T1}%\fontfamily{ptm}
-\selectfont
-
- \bibitem{TLC2}
- Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
- \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
- \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
-
- \bibitem{beamer}
- Till Tantau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
- {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
- March 11, 2007
-
- \bibitem{KOMAScript}
- Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
- {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
- 2007-01-09
-
- \bibitem{NTG}
- Victor Eijkhout:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
- {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
- 3 September 1989
-
- \bibitem{algorithms}
- Rog\'erio Brito:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
- {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
- June 2, 2006
-
-\iffalse
- \bibitem{algorithm2e}
- Christophe Fiorio:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithm2e}%
- {\emph{algorithm2e.sty -- package for algorithms}},\\
- March 11, 2007
-\fi
-
- \bibitem{float}
- Anselm Lingnau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
- {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
- 2001/11/08
-
- \bibitem{floatflt}
- Mats Dahlgren:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
- {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
- 1998/06/05
-
- \bibitem{floatrow}
- Olga Lapko:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
- {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
- 2008/03/28
-
- \bibitem{fltpage}
- Sebastian Gross:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
- {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
- 1998/11/13
-
- \bibitem{hyperref}
- Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
- {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
- November 12, 2007
-
- \bibitem{hypcap}
- Heiko Oberdiek:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hypcap}%
- {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
- 2007/04/09
-
- \bibitem{listings}
- Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
- {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
- 2007/02/22
-
- \bibitem{longtable}
- David Carlisle:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
- {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
- 2004/02/01
-
- \bibitem{picinpar}
- Friedhelm Sowa:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
- {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
- July 13, 1993
-
- \bibitem{picins}
- Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
- {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
- September~1992
-
- \bibitem{rotating}
- Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
- {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
- 1997/09/26
-
- \bibitem{setspace}
- Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
- {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
- 1 December 2000
-
- \bibitem{sidecap}
- Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
- {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
- 2003/06/06
-
- \bibitem{subfigure}
- Steven D. Cochran:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
- {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
- 2002/07/02
-
- \bibitem{subfig}
- Steven D. Cochran:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
- {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
- 2005/07/05
-
- \bibitem{supertabular}
- Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
- {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
- 2002/07/19
-
- \bibitem{threeparttable}
- Donald Arseneau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
- {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
- 2003/06/13
-
- \bibitem{wrapfig}
- Donald Arseneau:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
- {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
- 2003/01/31
-
- \bibitem{xtab}
- Peter Wilson:\\
- \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
- {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
- 2004/05/24
-
-\end{thebibliography}
-
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-
-\end{document}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption-thesis.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -27,11 +27,10 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
+%
% \CheckSum{9}
%
% \iffalse
@@ -139,6 +138,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
% This is file `caption.dtx'.
%
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
%
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
@@ -27,17 +27,16 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{2692}
%
+% \CheckSum{2869}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2020/10/11 v3.5 Implementation of the caption package]
+\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2022/02/20 v3.6 Implementation of the caption package]
\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
%\errorcontextlines=3
%
@@ -44,6 +43,8 @@
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\setlength\parindent{0pt}
\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\setlength\leftmargini{2em}% default = 2.5em
+%\makeatletter\g at addto@macro\MacroFont{\normalcolor}\makeatother
%
\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC
%\newcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
@@ -50,6 +51,9 @@
\renewcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}}
\makeatother
%
+\newcommand\LineBreak{\linebreak[3]}
+\newcommand\PageBreak{\pagebreak[3]}
+%
\usepackage{ifpdf}
\ifpdf
\usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
@@ -57,16 +61,136 @@
\addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
\fi
%
+\usepackage[bottom]{footmisc}
+\usepackage{graphicx,longtable,setspace}
+%
\usepackage{hypdoc}
\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\subsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname
+ \let\subsubsectionautorefname\sectionautorefname}
%
-\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2013/01/01]
+\usepackage[listof=false,hypcap=false]{caption}[2022/01/06]
%
\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
{e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
%
+\usepackage{marvosym}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\INFO{\@ifstar{\@INFO{}}{\@INFO{\vbox to \ht\strutbox}}}
+\newcommand*\@INFO[1]{\MARGINSYM{#1{\LARGE\Info}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*\MARGINSYM[1]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{#1}}}}
+\newcommand*\NEW[1]{\@ifstar{\@NEW{#1}{\vskip2pt}}{\@NEW{#1}{}}}
+\newcommand*\@NEW[3]{\MARGINSYM{#2\footnotesize#1\\#3}}
+\makeatother
+
+% \ContinuedFloat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued1}{Continued #1~#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued2}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}
+% \DeclareCaptionStyle
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}[margin=5mm,justification=centering]%
+ {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}
+% Example 1
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat1}{#1#2\\#3}
+\newlength\myindention
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat2}{#1#2\\\hspace*\myindention#3}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}{\setlength\myindention{#1}}
+% Example 2
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}
+% Example 3
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}{\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}
+% Example 4
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}{#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}
+
+\newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}}
+\newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}}
+\newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}}
+\let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf % obsolete
+\let\cls\puresf \let\pkg\puresf
+\let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+
+\newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+\newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+\newcommand*\version[2][]{v$#2$}
+\newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1}
+\newcommand*\x{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\newenvironment{Annotation}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \smallskip
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+\newenvironment{Annotation*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \small(\ignorespaces}{\unskip)\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Example}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[2]%
+ \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}%
+ {\smallskip\endminipage\par}
+
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand\example{\@ifstar
+ {\@example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}}%
+ {\@example{}}}
+\def\@example#1{%
+ \@testopt{\@@example{#1}}{figure}}
+\long\def\@@example#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \captionsetup{#1,size=small,margin={\leftmargini,10pt},#3}%
+ \captionof{#2}[]{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\newenvironment{Expert}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \smallskip
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Expert*}%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi\pagebreak[3]%
+ \footnotesize\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Note}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \smallskip
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+\newenvironment{Note*}[1][\DefaultNoteText]%
+ {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi
+ \small\emph{#1:}~\ignorespaces}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+ {\list{}{\renewcommand\makelabel[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+ \setlength\leftmargin{10pt}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}%
+ \addtolength\leftmargin{\labelsep}}}%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\Ref{\@ifstar{\@Ref\ref}{\@Ref\autoref}}
+\def\@Ref#1#2{#1{#2}: \textit{\nameref{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\SEE[3][]{\nopagebreak{#1(#2 #3)}}
+\newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{\See{\Ref{declare}#1}}
+\makeatother
+%
\begin{document}
\DocInput{caption.dtx}
\end{document}
@@ -73,30 +197,27 @@
%</driver>
% \fi
%
-% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}}
-% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}}
-% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}}
-% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
-% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
%
% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package}
% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package}
%
-% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
-% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
-% \newcommand*\version[2][]{v$#2$}
+% \newcommand*\DefaultNoteText{Note}
+% \newcommand*\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}}
+% \newcommand*\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}}
+% \makeatletter
+% \newcommand*\See{\@ifstar{\SEE{See}}{\SEE[\small]{See}}}
+% \newcommand*\see{\@ifstar{\SEE{see}}{\SEE[\small]{see}}}
+% \makeatother
%
-% \newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1}
-%
% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv}
% \let\docdate\filedate
% \let\docversion\fileversion
% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
%
-% \title{The Implementation of
-% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% \title{Customizing captions of floating environments%^^A
+% \texorpdfstring{\thanks{%^^A
% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A
-% {the caption package}}
+% {}}
% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}}
% \date{\docdate}
@@ -103,39 +224,4079 @@
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{abstract}
-% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel
-% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|).
-%
-% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands
-% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to
-% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel
-% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|.
-% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages
-% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package):
-% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT at makecaption| or
-% |\ST at caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel.
-% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it
-% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from
-% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the
-% \package{caption3} kernel.
+% \Thispackage\ offers customization of captions
+% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with
+% many other packages.
+% \par\smallskip
+% \textit{Please note:} Many document classes already have build-in options and
+% commands for customizing captions.
+% If these possibilities are sufficient for you, there is usually no need for
+% you to use the \package{caption} package at all.
+% And if you are only interested in using the command \cs{captionof}, loading of
+% the very small \package{capt-of} package is usually sufficient.
% \end{abstract}
-%
-% \section*{User manual}
%
-% This document is describing the code implementation only.
-% The user documentation can be found in
-% \nopagebreak\begin{quote}
+% \newcommand\shortexampletext{%
+% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant
+% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and
+% perfumes.}
+% \newcommand\exampletext{\shortexampletext\space
+% Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one
+% of the many championship courses.}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \section*{Introduction}
+%
+% Within the standard \LaTeX\ document classes captions haven't received the
+% attention they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no
+% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here:
+%
+% \example*{size=normalsize,margin=0pt}{\shortexampletext}
+%
+% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice
+% to make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal
+% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font
+% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one:
+%
+% \example*{size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\shortexampletext}
+%
+% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use
+% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+% \small
+% Please note that \thispackage\ is only controlling the look \& feel of the
+% captions. It does \emph{not} control the placement of the captions.
+% (But you could do so by using other packages like the \package{floatrow}
+% package\cite{floatrow}.)
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \INFO\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+% \small
+% This documentation is outdated and is currently under revision.
+% Progress could be tracked here:
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/commits/doc/caption}
+% \end{minipage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Using this package}
+% \label{usage}
+%
+% Insert
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+% \end{quote}
+% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document
+% between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{doc|\-|u|\-|ment}|.
+% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g.,
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf,|\\
+% | labelsep=endash]{caption}|%
+% %|[|\texttt{\filedate}|]|
+% \end{quote}
+% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% For a later change of options \thispackage\ provides the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% So
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% and
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}|
+% \end{quote}
+% are equal in their results.
+%
+% It's good to know that |\caption|\-|setup| has an effect on the current
+% environment only. So if you want to change settings for the
+% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\caption|\-|setup| command
+% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command.
+% For example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\
+% | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure|,
+% so all the other captions remain untouched.
+%
+% \begin{Annotation}
+% For a detailed description of |\caption|\-|setup| see \Ref{captionsetup}.
+% \end{Annotation}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Options}
+% \label{options}
+%
+% \def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
+% \def\UserDefined{\ldots}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Formatting}
+% \label{formats}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{format=}
+% A figure or table caption mainly consists of three parts: the caption label,
+% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is
+% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short
+% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text
+% from the label.
+%
+% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented;
+% it is specified with the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=|\meta{format name}\quad,
+% \end{quote}
+% having the name of the caption format as its argument.
+%
+% There are two standard caption formats:
+% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+% \item[plain]%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph.
+%
+% \item[hang]
+% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text.
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format|.\LineBreak
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% An example: Specifying the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=hang|
+% \end{quote}
+% yields captions like this:
+% \example{format=hang}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{indention=}
+% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra
+% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the
+% option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |indention=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Two examples:
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,indention=.5cm|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{labelformat=}
+% With the option
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% \begin{quote}
+% |labelformat=|\meta{label format name}
+% \end{quote}
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% you specify how the caption label will be typeset.
+% There are five standard caption label formats:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+% \item[original]
+% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class,
+% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}).
+%
+% Until \version{3.4} of \thispackage\ this label format was called `default'.
+% Since \version{3.5} it is called `original' and usually is the default label
+% format, so |label|\-|format=|\-|default| will still select this label format,
+% unless the default was changed by either a document class or babel language package.
+%
+% \item[empty]
+% The caption label will be empty.
+% \iffalse
+% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+% \texttt{labelsep=none}.)
+% \fi
+%
+% \item[simple]
+% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number.
+%
+% \item[brace]\NEWfeature{v3.1f}
+% The caption label will be closed with a single (right) brace.
+%
+% \item[parens]
+% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses.
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own label formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% An example: Using the options
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives captions like this one:
+% \example{format=plain,labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \begin{Note*}
+% Some environments, e.g.~the |algorithm| environment offered by the
+% \package{algorithm2e} package, might react allergic to a change of the
+% caption label format.
+% \end{Note*}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{labelsep=}
+% With the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name}
+% \end{quote}
+% you specify what caption separator will be used.\footnote{%
+% If the caption label or the caption text is empty,
+% no separator will be used.}
+% You can choose one of the following:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+% \item[none]
+% There is no caption separator.
+% \iffalse
+% (This option makes sense when used together with other options like
+% \texttt{labelformat=empty}.)
+% \fi
+%
+% \item[colon]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space.
+%
+% \item[period]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space.
+%
+% \item[space]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space.
+%
+% \item[quad]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|.
+%
+% \item[newline]
+% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|).
+% Please note that this separator does not work with all caption
+% formats (e.g.~|format=|\x|hang|), and you'll get an error message
+% trying such combination of options.
+%
+% \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h}
+% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash,
+% surrounded by spaces (\verb*| -- |).
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own separators can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% Three examples:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,labelsep=period|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=plain,labelsep=period}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=plain,labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,labelsep=endash|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=plain,labelsep=endash}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{textformat=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% With the option
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% \begin{quote}
+% |textformat=|\meta{text format name}
+% \end{quote}
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% you specify how the caption text will be typeset.
+% There are two standard caption text formats:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+% \item[empty]
+% The caption text will be suppressed.
+%
+% \item[simple]
+% The caption text will be typeset as it is.
+%
+% \item[period]
+% The caption text will be followed by a period.
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own text formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Text|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \subsection{Justification}
+% \label{justification}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{justification=}
+% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a
+% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% You can choose one of the following:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+% \item[justified]
+% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph.
+%
+% \item[centering]
+% Each line of the caption will be centered.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \item[Centering]
+% \fi
+%
+% \item[centerlast]
+% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered.
+%
+% \item[centerfirst]
+% Only the first line of the caption will be centered.
+%
+% \item[raggedright]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \item[RaggedRight]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using
+% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+% \else
+% \item[RaggedRight]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too.
+% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e}
+% package will be used to achieve this.
+% The main difference to |raggedright| is that the word breaking
+% algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions.\footnote{%
+% The need for the \package{ragged2e} package will be detected at
+% run-time, therefore you maybe need a second \LaTeX\ run if this
+% option is used for the first time.}
+% \fi
+%
+% \item[raggedleft]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \item[RaggedLeft]
+% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using
+% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package.
+% \fi
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own justifications can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% Three examples:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=hang,justification=raggedright|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=hang,justification=centerlast|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=hang,justification=centerlast}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example*{format=plain,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \smallskip
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=}
+% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (\class{article}, \class{report}, and
+% \class{book}) automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line:
+%
+% \example*{}{A short caption.}
+%
+% \INFO
+% \Thispackage\ adapts this behavior and therefore usually ignores the
+% justification \& indention you have set with |justification=| \&
+% |indention=| in such case.
+% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off
+% with the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the
+% extra centering off:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |singlelinecheck=false|
+% \end{quote}
+% Doing so the above short caption would look like
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \captionsetup{type=figure}
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \example*{singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.}
+% \endgroup
+%
+% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1|
+% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.)
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+% \label{fonts}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{font=}
+% \DescribeMacro{labelfont=}
+% \DescribeMacro{textfont=}
+% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption:
+% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption
+% label and separator (|label|\-|font|) and at least one which only affects the
+% caption text (|text|\-|font|).
+% You set them up using the options
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+% |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+% |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\
+% |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% where \meta{font options} is a list of comma separated font options.
+%
+% And these are the available font options:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size}
+% \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes}
+% \item[small] {\small Small size}
+% \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size}
+% \item[large] {\large Large size}
+% \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size}
+% \end{Options}
+% \vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normalfont] {\normalfont Normal shape \& series \& family}
+%
+% \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape}
+% \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape}
+% \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape}
+% \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape}
+%
+% \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series}
+% \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series}
+%
+% \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family}
+% \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family}
+% \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family}
+% \end{Options}
+% \vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[singlespacing] Single spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[onehalfspacing] One-and-a-half spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[doublespacing] Double spacing \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \item[stretch=\meta{amount}] |\setstretch|\marg{amount} \See{\Ref{setspace}}
+% \end{Options}
+% \vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normalcolor] |\normalcolor|
+% \item[color=\meta{colour}] |\color|\marg{colour}
+% {\small(If the \package{color} or \package{xcolor} package is loaded,
+% see \Ref{declare} for an example)}
+% \end{Options}
+% \vspace{0pt}\pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{Options}{stretch=\meta{amount}}
+% \item[normal] The combination of the options |normal|\-|color|,
+% |normal|\-|font|, |normal|\-|size|, and |single|\-|spacing|
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own font options can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Font|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces;
+% e.g., the options
+% |font={small}|
+% and
+% |font=small|
+% will give the same result.
+%
+% Three examples:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |font=it,labelfont=bf|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{font=it,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |labelfont=sc,textfont=it|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{labelfont=sc,textfont=it}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |font={small,stretch=0.80}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{font={small,stretch=0.80}}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{font+=}
+% \DescribeMacro{labelfont+=}
+% \DescribeMacro{textfont+=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% You can also add font options to the current ones, so for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{font+=it}|
+% \end{quote}
+% is identical to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{font={small,it}}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options}
+% \label{margins}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{margin=}
+% \DescribeMacro{width=}
+% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or}
+% a fixed width:~\footnote{Only fixed widths are supported here; if you are
+% looking for a way to limit the width of the caption to the width of the
+% figure or table, please take a look at the \package{floatrow}\cite{floatrow}
+% or \package{threeparttable}\cite{threeparttable} package.}
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll}
+% |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{--or--}\\
+% |margin=| & |{|\meta{left amount}|,|\meta{right amount}|}| & \emph{--or--}\\
+% |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you specify just one \meta{amount} for the margin, it will be used for
+% both, the left and right margin, e.g.~|margin=|\x|10pt| is equivalent to
+% |margin=|\x|{10pt,10pt}|.
+% In two-side documents the left and right margin will be swapped on even pages.
+% \DescribeMacro{oneside}
+% \DescribeMacro{twoside}
+% To prevent this you can specify the option |oneside| additionally,
+% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup{margin=|\x|{0pt,10pt},|\x|oneside}|.\par
+% But if you are specifying a width, then both, the left and the right margin,
+% will have the same amount.
+%
+% Three examples will illustrating this:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |margin=10pt|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{margin=10pt}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |margin={1cm,0cm}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{margin={1cm,0cm}}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |width=.75\textwidth|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\exampletext}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% When the caption is placed beside the contents (for example in a |SC|\-|figure|
+% environment offered by the \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap}) or the
+% figure is an in-text figure (for example in a |wrap|\-|figure| environment
+% offered by the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig}), the margin setting
+% will be automatically reset to |0pt| at the very beginning of the environment.
+% But if you really want to setup an extra margin for these environments, you can
+% do so by setting this margin either inside the environment itself, of by
+% specifying a margin for this particular environment,
+% e.g.~|\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{margin=|\x|10pt}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% \DescribeMacro{margin*=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% There is also a starred variant of the |margin=| option, |margin*=|, which only
+% changes the margin if no width was set.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% \DescribeMacro{minmargin=}
+% \DescribeMacro{maxmargin=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% You can also set a minimum or maximum margin amount. This can be useful for
+% limiting the margin amount in smaller environments, e.g.~|minipage|s.
+% For example the \SmF\ document classes limit the margin amount to
+% |maxmargin=|\x|0.1\linewidth|. (See \Ref{SMF})
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{parskip=}
+% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph.
+% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |parskip=|\meta{amount}
+% \end{quote}
+% One example:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{hangindent=}
+% The option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |hangindent=|\meta{amount}
+% \end{quote}
+% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each
+% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option
+% leads to the same result as the option |indention=|\meta{amount} you already
+% know about.
+% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference:
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=hang,indention=-.5cm|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Example}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm|
+% \end{quote}
+% \captionsetup{skip=0pt}
+% \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{%
+% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.\par
+% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to
+% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% If your caption contains more than one paragraph, you have
+% to specify an alternative caption for the list-of-figures using the
+% optional argument of |\caption| or |\caption|\-|of|, otherwise you will
+% get an error message.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \subsection{Styles}
+% \label{style}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{style=}
+% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}.
+% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with
+% |\page|\-|style|;
+% the caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout.
+%
+% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |style=|\meta{style name}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \Thispackage\ pre-defines two styles: |base| and |default|.
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% The |base| style puts all options you already know about to values reflecting
+% the look of the captions when using one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes
+% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book}.
+% This means that specifying the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |style=base|
+% \end{quote}
+% has the same effect as specifying all these options:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,|\\
+% |justification=justified,font={},labelfont={},|\\
+% |textfont={},margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+% |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Annotation*}
+% But |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+% the caption fits into a single line.
+% \end{Annotation*}
+%
+% In contrast the |default| style follows the default values, reflecting
+% the look of the captions given by the document class you actually use.
+% This style is selected by default and represents these options:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\
+% |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\
+% |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt|\\
+% |parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Annotation*}
+% But again |justification=centering,indention=0pt| will be set if
+% the caption fits into a single line.
+% \end{Annotation*}
+%
+% So if you use one of the base \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article},
+% \class{report}, or \class{book}, both caption styles, |base| and |default|,
+% point to (nearly) the same settings.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% Own caption styles can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Style|.\LineBreak
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Skips}
+% \label{skips}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{skip=}
+% The vertical space between the caption and the figure or table contents is
+% controlled by the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |skip=|\meta{amount}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report} and
+% \class{book} preset it to |skip=|\x|10pt|, but other document classes may
+% use a different amount.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{position=}
+% The |\caption| command offered by \LaTeX{} has a design flaw:
+% The command does not know if it stands on the beginning of the figure or
+% table, or at the end. Therefore it does not know where to put the space
+% separating the caption from the content of the figure or table.
+% While the standard implementation always puts the space above the caption
+% in floating environments (and inconsistently below the caption in
+% |long|\-|table|s), the implementation offered by this package is more
+% flexible:
+% By giving the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |position=top|\quad or\quad |position=above|
+% \end{quote}
+% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{top} of the
+% environment and therefore the space setup with |skip=|\x\meta{amount}
+% is placed below the caption.
+% (Please note that |position=|\x|top| does \emph{NOT} mean that the
+% caption is actually placed at the top of the figure or table.
+% Instead the caption is usually placed where you place the |\caption|
+% command.)
+% But with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |position=bottom|\quad or\quad |position=below|
+% \end{quote}
+% it's assumed that the caption is standing at the \emph{bottom} of the
+% environment and therefore the space is placed above the caption.
+% And finally with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |position=auto|\quad {\small(which is the default setting)}
+% \end{quote}
+% \thispackage\ tries its best to determine the actual position of
+% the caption on its own. Please note that while this is successfully in
+% most cases, it could give wrong results under rare circumstances.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{figureposition=}
+% \DescribeMacro{tableposition=}
+% The |position| option is especially useful when used together with the
+% optional argument of the |\caption|\-|setup| command.
+% \See{also \Ref{captionsetup}}\par
+% For example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[table]{position=above}|
+% \end{quote}
+% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above}
+% the table (regarding spacing around it).
+% Because this is a very common setting, \thispackage\ offers
+% the abbreviating options |figure|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos} and
+% |table|\-|position=|\x\meta{pos}, e.g.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% is equivalent to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \INFO
+% Please note that the options |skip=|, |position=|, |figure|\-|position=|,
+% and |table|\-|position=| do not always have an effect.
+% Since it's a matter of the document class to supply the environments
+% |figure| and |table|, it could use its very own spacing, and could
+% decide for itself if the caption will be typeset as ``top'' or ``bottom''
+% caption.
+% For example the \KOMAScript\ document classes support the |skip=|
+% setting, but will always typeset |figure| captions as ``bottom'' captions,
+% and |table| captions are dependent on the global option
+% |table|\-|captions|\-|above| resp.\ |table|\-|captions|\-|below|.
+% \See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+%
+% Furthermore some packages control the behavior of the spacing above and
+% below the caption for themself, e.g.~the \package{float}, the
+% \package{floatrow}, and the \package{supertabular} package.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{Expert*}
+% Internally the skip between caption and contents is represented by
+% |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| (which is always set above the caption in
+% \LaTeX{}s implementation).
+% But there is a second value |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| (usually set to
+% |0pt| by default) which is set below the caption in \LaTeX{}s implementation,
+% but on the other side than |\above|\-|caption|\-|skip| by this package.
+% So technically speaking, this package swaps the meaning of these two skips
+% when |position=|\x|top| is set.
+% Please note that there are several packages around which do the same trick
+% (like the \package{ftcap}, the \package{nonfloat}, and the \package{topcap}
+% package), so the usage of the \package{caption} option |position=| is not
+% supported if one of these packages will be used, too.
+% \end{Expert*}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Lists}
+% \label{lists}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{list=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% The |\caption| command usually places an entry in the List of Figures
+% resp.~List of Tables. You can either suppress that individually by giving an
+% empty optional argument to |\caption| {\small(see \Ref{caption})}, or
+% programmatically by saying
+% \begin{quote}
+% |list=no|\quad(or any other boolean value instead of |no|)\quad.~\footnote{%
+% Please note that the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is not supporting
+% this option, it uses the counters \texttt{lofdepth} \& \texttt{lotdepth} for
+% this purpose instead.}
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{listformat=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% With the option
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% \begin{quote}
+% |listformat=|\meta{list format name}
+% \end{quote}
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% you can specify how the |figure| or |table| number will be typeset within
+% the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables.
+% There are five standard caption list formats:
+%
+% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+% \item[empty]
+% No number will be typeset.
+%
+% \item[simple]
+% The number will be typeset with label prefix.
+%
+% \item[parens]
+% The number will be typeset in parentheses, with label prefix.
+%
+% \item[subsimple]
+% Same as |simple|, but without label prefix. (default)
+%
+% \item[subparens]
+% Same as |parens|, but without label prefix.
+%
+% \item[\UserDefined]
+% Own list formats can be defined using |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+% \SeeUserDefined
+% \end{Options}
+%
+% The prefix ($=$|\p at figure| resp.~|\p at table|), which runs ahead of the
+% number ($=$|\the|\-|figure| resp.~|\the|\-|table|) in lists (e.g.~List of
+% Figure/Table) and references, is usually empty,
+% so the list formats |simple| and |subsimple| gives equal results;
+% same with |parens| and |subparens|.
+% But this can be different for sub-figures or sub-tables listed in the List of
+% Figures resp.~List of Tables, or when the label prefix is redefined for a
+% different purpose.\footnote{%
+% Sub-figures and sub-tables can be typeset using the \package{subcaption}
+% or \package{subfig} package.}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Names}
+% \label{names}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{name=}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% The option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |name=|\meta{name}
+% \end{quote}
+% changes the name of the \emph{current} environment.
+% This could be useful in conjunction with the optional argument of
+% |\caption|\-|setup|, e.g.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.}|
+% \end{quote}
+% changes the name to ``Fig.'' for all |wrap|\-|figure|s (while all the other
+% figure captions will still have ``Figure'' as name).
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Types}
+% \label{types}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{type=}
+% The |\caption| command can typeset captions for different types,
+% e.g.~|figure| and |table|. If you try to use the |\caption| command outside
+% these environments you will get an error message, because it does not know what
+% kind of caption do you want to have here. But in such situations you can set
+% the caption type manually with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |type=|\meta{float type}
+% \end{quote}
+% prior to the usage of the |\caption| command (and other commands like
+% |\Continued|\-|Float|, or |\sub|\-|caption|\-|box| offered by the
+% \package{subcaption} package, or |\sub|\-|float| offered by the
+% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}),
+% for example within an non-floating environment like |minipage|:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}|\\
+% | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+% | \subfloat{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+% |\end{minipage}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant of this option, |type*=|\meta{float type},
+% which behaves different than |type=|\meta{float type} if the
+% \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is loaded: While |type=| sets an
+% hyperlink anchor (if |hypcap=|\x|true| is set), |type*=| does not.
+% (See also \Ref{hyperref}\,)
+% \end{Expert}
+% \begin{Expert}
+% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Please don't re-define the internal macro |\@captype|
+% for yourself, like suggested by some documentations, always use
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\ldots|}| instead.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% Own float types can be defined with
+% |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
+% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
+% |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{float}.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% Please note that you should use the option |type=| only
+% \emph{inside} boxes or environments (like |\par|\-|box| or |mini|\-|page|),
+% at best one where no page break could happen between contents and caption.
+% Furthermore some visual side-effects (e.g.~mixed-up figure and table settings
+% regarding captions) could occur without using a box or environment,
+% therefore a warning message will be issued if you try to do so.\footnote{%
+% You only get this warning message if you use \eTeX\ as underlying \TeX\ engine.}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Commands}
+%
+% \subsection{Typesetting captions}
+% \label{caption}
+% \label{captionlistentry}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\caption}
+% The command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption|\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}
+% \end{quote}
+% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|.
+% Well, you already know this, but \thispackage\ offers an extension:
+% If you leave the argument \meta{list entry} empty, no entry in the list of
+% figures or tables will be made. For example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption[]{A figure without list entry.}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% Please remember that the \meta{heading} is a so-called \emph{moving} argument,
+% if no \meta{list entry} has been given. But if a \meta{list entry} is given,
+% this argument is moving instead.
+% ``\emph{Moving} argument'' means that the argument will be written to the
+% list-of file, make it appearing in the ``List of Figures'' resp.
+% ``List of Tables'', too.
+% \emph{Moving} arguments are not allowed to contain \emph{fragile} commands,
+% everything must be \emph{robust}, otherwise the argument could get
+% \emph{broken}, resulting in strange errors at the next \LaTeX\ run.
+% Some \emph{fragile} commands could be \emph{protected} by a leading |\protect|,
+% own definitions could get defined with |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command| instead of
+% |\new|\-|command| to make them \emph{robust}.
+%
+% An example: |\caption{${}^{137}_{\phantom{1}55}$Cs}| will cause errors since
+% |\phantom| is \emph{fragile}.
+% So we have either have to use the optional argument \meta{list entry}
+% (e.g.~|\caption[${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{55}$|\x|Cs]|\x|{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|)
+% or add |\protect| to prevent the |\phantom| command from getting \emph{broken}:
+% |\caption{${}^|\x|{137}_|\x|{|\textcolor{blue}{\cs{protect}}|\phantom{1}55}$|\x|Cs}|.
+%
+% But sometimes even this is not sufficient. The reason behind is the so-called
+% single-line-check: It puts the \meta{heading} into a horizontal box to determine
+% the width of the caption, and this could cause error messages, too.
+% An example:
+% |\caption{A| |scheme.| |\[V_{C}| |\sim| |\left| |\{| |\begin{array}{cc}|
+% |E_{g}| |&| |\textrm{p-n}| |\\| |e\phi_{B}| |&| |\textrm{M-S}| |\end{array}|
+% |\right.| |\]}|.
+% Using |\caption[A| |scheme]{|\ldots|}| is not sufficient here, it's still
+% leading to errors. (``\texttt{Missing \$ inserted.}'')
+% So we have to put a |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+% just in front of the |\caption| command additionally.
+%
+% For more information about \emph{moving} arguments and \emph{fragile} \&
+% \emph{robust} commands, take a closer look at your \LaTeX\ manual or visit
+% \url{http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html}.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\caption*}
+% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which
+% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables.
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | \caption*{A table}\\|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{longtable}|
+% \end{quote}
+% looks like
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \vskip\intextsep
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \captionsetup{type=table,position=t}
+% \caption*{A table}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}{r|rr}
+% & x & y \\\hline
+% a & 1 & 2 \\
+% b & 3 & 4 \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \vskip\intextsep
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \Thispackage\ offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within
+% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{table}|\\
+% | \caption*{A table}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{table}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionof}
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionof*}
+% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment,
+% putting a figure within a non-floating |mini|\-|page| for instance.
+% For this purpose \thispackage\ offers the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{list entry}\marg{heading}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because
+% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label
+% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry.
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionof{table}{A table}|
+% \end{quote}
+% typesets captions like this:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \captionof{table}{A table}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% The star variant |\caption|\-|of*| has the same behavior as the |\caption*|
+% command:
+% It typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures
+% or tables.
+%
+% \INFO % \NEWdescription{v3.1}
+% Since |\caption|\-|of| uses the option |type| internally, the same
+% restrictions as for the |type| option apply here, so you should use both
+% |\caption|\-|of| and |\caption|\-|of*| only \emph{inside} boxes or
+% environments, too.
+% \See{\Ref{types}}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionlistentry}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% Under certain circumstances it could be useful to make a list-of-figure
+% (or table) entry on its own.
+% This could be achieved with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% One example: It's quite easy to have a |long|\-|table| with captions above the
+% contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of the table:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | \caption{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+% |\endfirsthead|\\
+% | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+% |\endhead|\\
+% | |\ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% But since the \package{longtable} package does not offer an
+% |\end|\-|first|\-|foot| command, you cannot easily have captions \emph{below}
+% the table contents and a single list entry which points to the first page of
+% the table.
+% Here is were the |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| command could be used:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | \caption[]{|\ldots|}\\|\\
+% |\endfoot|\\
+% | \captionlistentry{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | |\ldots
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \begin{Annotation*}
+% Another example can be found in \Ref{examples}.
+% \end{Annotation*}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry*|, which does not
+% increment the \meta{float type} counter.
+% (Note that inside |long|\-|table| environments |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|
+% never increments the |table| counter. See also \Ref{longtable}.)
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% Please note that \meta{list entry} is a \emph{moving} argument, so everything
+% it contains must be \emph{robust}. (See also explanation of |\caption|)
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \subsection{Setting options}
+% \label{captionsetup}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionsetup}
+% We already know the |\caption|\-|setup| command (see \Ref{usage}),
+% but this time we get enlighten about its optional argument
+% \meta{float type}.
+%
+% Remember, the syntax of this command is
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't
+% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use,
+% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type
+% \meta{float type} gets typeset.
+% For example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}.
+%
+% Here comes an example to illustrate this:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives captions like this:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{font=small}
+% \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+% \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{table}{A table}
+% \endgroup
+% \end{Example}
+% As you see the command |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}| only changes
+% the look of the |figure| caption labels, not touching the other ones.
+%
+% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only:
+% |figure| or |table|.
+% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the \package{floatrow},
+% \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package for example) and also
+% this package offer additional environments with captions and these two
+% commands can also be used with them.
+% \See{\Ref{declare} and \Ref{packages}}
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% There is also a starred variant of |\caption|\-|setup|:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
+% \end{quote}
+% While the non-starred variant can give you warnings---for example if the
+% \meta{options} are actually not used throughout the document
+% (e.g.~a |\caption|\-|setup[table]{font=|\x|sf}| without a |table|)---the
+% starred variant will not.
+% \iffalse
+% This can get quite useful when setting generic options which are independent
+% of a specific document.
+% \fi
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup}
+% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within
+% a particular environment you can use the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{float type}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear all the extra handling
+% for figures in the example above:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% | \caption{A figure}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% | \caption{A figure}|\\
+% \ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{font=small}
+% \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+% \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \clearcaptionsetup{figure}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If an optional argument \meta{option} is given, only the settings regarding
+% this particular \meta{option} are cleared.\footnote{You can only specify
+% \emph{one} option here, not a list of options.
+% If you want to clean more than one option, you need to use more than one
+% \cs{clear}\-\texttt{caption}\-\texttt{setup}.}
+% While the example above not only clears the options
+% |labelfont=bf,|\x|textfont=it|
+% for figures (but all options for figures instead),
+% this one would only clear the |labelfont=bf| setting, leaving all other
+% settings for figures intact:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% | \caption{A figure}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% | \caption{A figure}|\\
+% \ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{font=small}
+% \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+% \captionsetup{position=top}
+% \clearcaptionsetup[labelfont]{figure}
+% \begingroup
+% \captionof{figure}{A figure}
+% \endgroup
+% \end{Example}
+% \begin{Expert}
+% Analogous to |\caption|\-|setup*| there is also a starred form
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| which suppresses warnings if the given
+% \meta{option} was not setup for the specified \meta{float type}.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\showcaptionsetup}
+% For debugging purposes the command
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\showcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}
+% \end{quote}
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% is offered. It generates a log file entry, showing the given options
+% for the specified \meta{float type}. For example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf,textfont=it}|\\
+% |\showcaptionsetup{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives the info:
+% \begin{quote}\small
+% |Caption Info: Option list on `figure'|\\
+% |Caption Data: {labelfont=bf,textfont=it} on input line 5.|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Continued floats}
+% \label{ContinuedFloat}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat}
+% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them
+% their own reference number. This is what the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\ContinuedFloat|
+% \end{quote}
+% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment.
+% It prevents the incrementation of the relevant counter (usually done by
+% |\caption|), so a figure or table containing a |\Continued|\-|Float| inside
+% gets the same reference number as the figure or table before.
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{table}|\\
+% | \caption{A table}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{table}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% | \caption{A table (cont.)}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{table}|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives the following result:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+% \caption{A table}
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \end{Example}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \caption{A table (cont.)}
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Furthermore the |\Continued|\-|Float| command executes options associated with
+% the type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|''. For example this can be used to switch
+% to a different label format for continued figures or tables, as shown here:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% | \caption{A table}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{table}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+% \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued1}
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \caption{A table}\label{continued1}
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \end{Example}
+% \smallskip
+% \See{\Ref{declare} for an explanation of
+% \cs{Declare}\-\texttt{Caption}\-\texttt{Label}\-\texttt{Format}.}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% There is also a \LaTeX\ counter called |Continued|\-|Float| which could be
+% used for own purposes.
+% For ordinary (floating) environments it's set to zero, to one for the first
+% continued float, to two inside the second one, and so on.
+% So every |\Continued|\-|Float| increments this counter and a floating
+% environment without |\Continued|\-|Float| command resets this counter to zero.
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{cont}{#1~#2\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+% |\captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=cont}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% | \caption{A table}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{table}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+% \captionsetup[ContinuedFloat]{labelformat=continued2}
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \caption{A table}\label{continued2}
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \end{Example}
+% \medskip
+% A reference to this table would still result in the output
+% ``\autoref{continued2}'' since only the caption label format was changed.
+% If you would like to use the |Continued|\-|Float| counter for the references,
+% too, you could redefine the command |\the|\-|Continued|\-|Float| instead,
+% which will be appended to the figure or table counter automatically in
+% continued floats and is preset to be empty.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% | \caption{A table}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{table}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=table,position=b,skip=0pt}
+% \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \caption{A table}\label{continued3}
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \end{Example}
+% \medskip
+% A reference to that table would result in the output ``\autoref{continued3}''.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat*}
+% Suppose you want to start the first figure or table of such a series with a
+% kind of ``Figure 7a'' and not with ``Figure 7'' (and the second one with
+% ``Figure 7b'' instead of ``Figure 7a'').
+% This is possible, too, by using the starred variant |\Continued|\-|Float*|
+% which---just like |\Continued|\-|Float|---executes options associated with the
+% type name ``|Continued|\-|Float|'' and increments the \LaTeX\ counter
+% |Continued|\-|Float|, \emph{but} marks the first figure or table of a series
+% instead:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat*|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \caption{First figure of a series}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \caption{Second figure of a series}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{figure}\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \caption{Third figure of a series}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=figure,position=b,skip=0pt}
+% \renewcommand\theContinuedFloat{\alph{ContinuedFloat}}
+% \begingroup
+% \ContinuedFloat*
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \caption{First figure of a series}
+% \endgroup
+% \begingroup
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \caption{Second figure of a series}
+% \endgroup
+% \begingroup
+% \ContinuedFloat
+% \centerline{\ldots}
+% \caption{Third figure of a series}
+% \endgroup
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% Unfortunately \cs{ContinuedFloat*} is not available if the
+% \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} is loaded.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection*{A note about longtables}
+% If you want to have a different caption label in |long|\-|table|s (offered
+% by the \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}) after a page break,
+% this can \emph{not} be archived by using |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+% but instead you could write something like:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{Continued #1~#2}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{longtable}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | \caption{A longtable}\\|\\
+% |\endfirsthead|\\
+% | \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|\\
+% | \caption[]{A longtable}\\|\\
+% |\endhead|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% |\end{longtable}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Own enhancements}
+% \label{declare}
+%
+% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats
+% etc.
+% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to
+% be associated with a name and kept in one place.
+% (These commands need to appear in the document preamble,
+% this is the part between |\document|\-|class| and |\begin{document}|.)
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Format}
+% You can define your own caption formats using the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\mbox{\quad.}
+% \end{quote}
+% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the
+% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is
+% pre-defined by \thispackage\ as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Format*|,
+% which causes the code being typeset in \TeX s vertical (instead of
+% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelFormat}
+% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}
+% \end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2
+% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12'').
+% An example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{bf-parens}{(\textbf{#2})}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \example*{labelformat=bf-parens,labelsep=quad}{\exampletext}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst}
+% \DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond}
+% If you define your own caption label formats and use the
+% \package{subcaption} or \package{subfig}\cite{subfig} package,
+% you should take care of empty caption label names.
+% For this purpose the commands
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\
+% |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}
+% \end{quote}
+% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is
+% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes,
+% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them.
+%
+% \smallskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1~#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+% \end{quote}
+% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple|
+% is defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}%|\\
+% | {\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}|\mbox{\quad,}
+% \end{quote}
+% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present.
+%
+% \smallskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\TextFormat}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% Likewise you can define your own caption text formats:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1}
+% \end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the caption text.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\LabelSeparator}
+% You can define your own caption label separators with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+% \end{quote}
+% Again an easy example taken from \thispackage\ itself:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{Expert}
+% There is also a starred variant, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator*|,
+% which causes the code being typeset without using the |label|\-|font=| setting.
+% So for example the label separators |quad|, |new|\-|line|, and |en|\-|dash|
+% are defined in this way.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Justification}
+% You can define your own caption justifications with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\mbox{\quad.}
+% \end{quote}
+% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption.
+% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\mbox{\quad,}
+% \end{quote}
+% typesets captions with all lines moved to the left margin.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Font}
+% You can define your own caption fonts with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \iffalse
+% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package,
+% for example:%\NEWdescription{v3.0h}
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{setspace}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|~\footnote{%
+% \emph{\DefaultNoteText:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since
+% it contains a \cs{vskip} command.}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+% \fi
+% An example which brings color into life:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{color}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{labelfont={blue,bf},textfont=green}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \example*{labelfont={color=blue,bf},textfont={color=green},singlelinecheck=off}{\exampletext}
+% But since \thispackage\ already includes the tricky definition
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% you can get the same result simply with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{color}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{labelfont={color=blue,bf},|\\
+% | textfont={color=green}}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\Style}
+% You can define your own caption styles with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options}\mbox{\quad.}
+% \end{quote}
+% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved
+% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the
+% option |style=|\meta{style name}.
+%
+% All caption styles are based on the |base| set of options. (See \Ref{style}
+% for a complete list.) So you only need to specify options which are different
+% to them.
+%
+% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when
+% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with
+% the option |single|\-|line|\-|check=off|.
+%
+% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The
+% caption style |base| is pre-defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}%|\\
+% | [justification=centering,indention=0pt]{}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Something more exciting:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{mystyle}%|\\
+% | [margin=5mm,justification=centering]%|\\
+% | {font=footnotesize,labelfont=sc,margin={10mm,0mm}}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{style=mystyle}|
+% \end{quote}
+% gives you caption like these ones:
+% \begin{Example}
+% \captionsetup{type=figure,style=mystyle,position=b}
+% \caption{A short caption.}
+% \caption{A long long long long long long long long long
+% long long long long long long long long long
+% long long long long long long long long long caption.}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaption-\\ListFormat}
+% \NEWfeature*{v3.1}
+% You can define your own caption list formats with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2}\mbox{\quad.}
+% \end{quote}
+% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the label prefix (e.g.~|\p at figure|),
+% and \#2 gets replaced with the reference number (e.g.~|\thefigure|).
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Further examples}
+% \label{examples}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Example 1}
+%
+% If you would like to have a line break between caption label and text
+% you could define it this way:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}{#1#2\\#3}|
+% \end{quote}
+% If you select this format with |\caption|\-|setup{format=|\x|myformat}|
+% you get captions like this:
+% \example{format=myformat1,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+% You could even use an indention with this caption format:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{format=myformat,indention=1cm}|
+% \end{quote}
+% This would look like this:
+% \example{format=myformat1,indention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+% Instead, you would like to have an indention only of the first line of
+% the caption text? No problem, e.g.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newlength\myindention|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+% | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention}#3}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\setlength\myindention{1cm}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{format=myformat}|
+% \end{quote}
+% would give you captions like
+% \example{format=myformat2,myindention=1cm,labelfont=bf}{\exampletext}
+% But you want to have an caption option for this indention, so you can use
+% it for example with
+% |\caption|\-|setup|\x|[figure]|\x|{my|\-|indention=|\x\ldots|}|?
+% This could be done, too:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newlength\myindention|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionOption{myindention}%|\\
+% | {\setlength\myindention{#1}}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{myformat}%|\\
+% | {#1#2\\\hspace*{\myindention} #3}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\captionsetup{format=myformat,myindention=1cm}|
+% \end{quote}
+% would give the same result as the example above.
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Example 2}
+%
+% You want captions to look like this:
+% \example{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,labelfont=it}{\exampletext}
+%
+% \pagebreak[2]
+% You could do it this way:
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}%|\\
+% | {(\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2)}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\
+% | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Example 3}
+%
+% The caption text should go into the left margin? A possible solution would be:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}|
+% \end{quote}
+% As a result you would get captions like this:
+% \example{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% If the indention into the margin shall be fixed, you could use a combination
+% of |\llap| and |\makebox|, for example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llapx}%|\\
+% | {\llap{\makebox[5em][l]{#1}}#3\par}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \example{format=llapx,singlelinecheck=off,skip=0pt,margin=0pt}{\exampletext}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Example 4}
+%
+% This example puts a figure aside a table, but uses only one common caption for both.
+% This will be achieved by a combination of
+% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Format| and |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{andtable}%|\\
+% | {#1~#2 \& \tablename~\thetable}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\begin{figure}|\\
+% | \centering|\\
+% | \includegraphics{|\ldots|}%|\\
+% | \qquad|\\
+% | \begin{tabular}[b]{\ldots}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \end{tabular}|\\
+% | \captionlistentry[table]{|\ldots|}|\\
+% | \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}|\\
+% | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\
+% |\end{figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+% \noindent\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
+% \captionsetup{type=figure}
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=30pt]{cat}%
+% \qquad
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{r|rr}
+% & x & y \\\hline
+% a & 1 & 2 \\
+% b & 3 & 4 \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \captionlistentry[table]{A figure and a table with a common caption}
+% \captionsetup{labelformat=andtable}
+% \caption{A figure and a table with a common caption~\footnotemark}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \footnotetext{The picture was taken with permission from the
+% \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2} examples.}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% (Please remember that |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| increments the figure
+% resp.~table counter.)
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Supported document classes}
+% \label{classes}
+%
+% This section will give you an overview of the document classes the
+% \package{caption} supports, what do they already offer regarding captions,
+% what side effects will occur when using the \package{caption} package with
+% them, and what are the `default' settings for them.
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% The `default' settings depend on the document class you use; they represent
+% how the class author wanted the captions to look like. So for example
+% setting |format=|\x|default| can give you different visual designs when used
+% with different document classes.
+%
+% \begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+% \INFO
+% If you don't find the document class you use in this section, you usually
+% don't have to worry: Many document classes (e.g.~the \class{octavo} class)
+% are derived from one of the standard document classes \class{article},
+% \class{report}, or \class{book}, and behave the same regarding captions.
+% \Thispackage\ automatically does a compatibility check against the document
+% class used and will give you the clear warning
+% \begin{quote}\footnotesize
+% |Package caption Warning: Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+% |(caption) usage of the caption package is not recommended.|\\
+% |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+% \end{quote}
+% if such an incompatibility was detected.
+% If you don't get such warning everything is fine, but if you get it the
+% usage of \thispackage\ is not recommended and especially not supported.
+% \endgroup
+%
+% \begin{Expert}
+% If you get such a compatibility warning but decide to use \thispackage{}
+% anyway, you should watch carefully what side-effects occur, usually the
+% look and feel of your captions will change by just including \thispackage{}
+% without options, meaning they do not look like as intended by the author
+% of the document class.
+% If this is fine for you, you should first specify the option |style=|\x|base|
+% via |\use|\-|package[style=|\x|base]{caption}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{style=|\x|base}| to set \thispackage\ into a well-defined
+% state.
+% Afterwards you can start setting your own options additionally and
+% keep your fingers crossed.
+% \end{Expert}
+%
+% \newcommand*\Option{Option}
+% \newcommand*\defaultvalue{\texttt{default} value}
+% \newcommand*\uses{\textit{uses}}
+% \newcommand*\settings{\textit{settings}}
+% \newcommand*\nofont{\textit{none}}
+%
+% \subsection{Standard \LaTeX: article, report, and book}
+%
% \begin{tabular}{ll}
-% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}%
-% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\
-% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}%
-% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\
-% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}%
-% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\
+% \Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & |plain| \\
+% |labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+% |labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+% |justification=| & |justified| \\
+% |font=| & \nofont \\
+% |labelfont=| & \nofont \\
+% |textfont=| & \nofont \\
% \end{tabular}
-% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation}
+%
+% \begin{Annotation}
+% This also applies to document classes derived from them.
+% \end{Annotation}
+%
+% \subsection{\AmS: amsart, amsproc, and amsbook}
+% \label{AMS}
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & |plain| \\
+% |labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+% |labelsep=| & |.\enspace| \\
+% |justification=| & |justified| \\
+% |font=| & |\@captionfont| \\
+% |labelfont=| & |\@captionheadfont| \\
+% |textfont=| & |\@captionfont\upshape| \\
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \begin{Annotation*}
+% |\@caption|\-|font| will be set to |\normal|\-|font|, and
+% |\@caption|\-|head|\-|font| to |\sc|\-|shape| by the \AmS\ document classes.
+% \end{Annotation*}
+%
+% Furthermore the margin will be set to |\caption|\-|indent| for
+% more-than-one-line captions (which will be set to |3pc| by the \AmS\ classes),
+% the margin for single-line captions will be set to the half of it instead.
+% If you want to use a common margin for both, insert
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[margin*]{single|\-|line}|
+% into the preamble of your document, after loading \thispackage.
+%
+% Additionally the options |figure|\-|position=b,|\x|table|\-|position=t|
+% will be set. You can override these settings by specifying other values for
+% |figure|\-|position=| or |table|\-|position=| in the option list while
+% loading \thispackage.
+%
+% \subsection{beamer}
+% \label{beamer}
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & |plain| \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{not numbered} \\
+% |labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+% |justification=| & |raggedright| \\
+% |font=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption|'' \settings \\
+% |labelfont=| & \class{beamer} ``|caption name|'' \settings \\
+% |textfont=| & \nofont \\
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% You can setup font and color settings with
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption}|\marg{options} and
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|font{caption name}|\marg{options}.
+% This will still work, unless you set a different font with
+% |\caption|\-|setup{font=|\x\meta{options}|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{label|\-|font=|\x\meta{options}|}|.\par
+% Furthermore the \class{beamer} classes offer different caption templates
+% which can be chosen with
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|.
+% Since \thispackage\ replaces this caption template mechanism,
+% |\def|\-|beamer|\-|template*|\x|{caption}|\x\marg{template code}
+% and
+% |\set|\-|beamer|\-|template|\x|{caption}|\x|[|\meta{template}|]|
+% will have no effect when \thispackage\ is used.
+% (Exception: Selecting the template |default|, |num|\-|bered|, or
+% |caption| |name| |own| |line| will be recognized by \thispackage and be mapped
+% to corresponding options.)
+%
+% \subsection{\KOMAScript: scrartcl, scrreprt, and scrbook}
+% \label{KOMA}
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & \uses\ |\setcapindent| \textit{\&} |\setcaphanging| \settings \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with support of ``autodot''}\\
+% |labelsep=| & |\captionformat| \\
+% |justification=| & |justified| \\
+% |font=| & |\setkomafont{caption}| \settings \\
+% |labelfont=| & |\setkomafont{captionlabel}| \settings \\
+% |textfont=| & \nofont \\
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features}
+% The \KOMAScript\ document classes offer many ways to customize the look and
+% feel of the captions. For an overview and a full description please take a
+% look at the \KOMAScript\ documentation, section `Tables and Figures'.
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Side effects}
+% The optional argument of |\set|\-|cap|\-|width| is not supported and
+% will be ignored if used in conjunction with the \package{caption} package.
+% Furthermore the \KOMAScript\ options |table|\-|caption|\-|above| \&
+% |table|\-|caption|\-|below| and the commands |\caption|\-|above| \&
+% |\caption|\-|below| are stronger than the |position=| setting offered by
+% the \package{caption} package.
+%
+% \subsection{\NTG: artikel, rapport, and boek}
+% \label{NTG}
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & |plain| \\
+% |labelformat=| & |simple| \\
+% |labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+% |justification=| & |justified| \\
+% |font=| & \nofont \\
+% |labelfont=| & |\CaptionLabelFont| \\
+% |textfont=| & |\CaptionTextFont| \\
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% |\Caption|\-|Label|\-|Font| and |\Caption|\-|Text|\-|Font| can be set either
+% directly or by using |\Caption|\-|Fonts|.
+% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+%
+% \subsection{\SmF: smfart and smfbook}
+% \label{SMF}
+%
+% Since the \SmF\ document classes are derived from the \AmS\ document classes
+% the same default values are valid here.
+%
+% Additionally the margin is limited up to the tenth of the |\line|\-|width|.
+% If you don't like this limitation, you can switch it off with the option
+% |max|\-|margin=|\x|off| or |max|\-|margin=|\x|false|
+% (which both means the same).
+%
+% \subsection{thesis}
+% \label{thesis}
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \Option & \defaultvalue \\\hline
+% |format=| & |hang| \\
+% |labelformat=| & \textit{like \purett{simple}, but with short name}\\
+% |labelsep=| & |colon| \\
+% |justification=| & |justified| \\
+% |font=| & \nofont \\
+% |labelfont=| & |\captionheaderfont| \\
+% |textfont=| & |\captionbodyfont| \\
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Build-in features, and side-effects}
+% The caption label font can be set with |\caption|\-|header|\-|font|,
+% the caption text font with |\caption|\-|body|\-|font|.
+% Both is still supported unless you use one of the two options
+% |label|\-|font=| or |text|\-|font=| offered by \thispackage.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Supported babel package options}
+% \label{babel}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.5}
+% Since version \version{3.5} of the \package{caption} package the support
+% is independent on the load order of \package{caption} and \package{babel}.
+%
+% \subsection{french babel option}
+% \label{french}
+%
+% If you use the \package{french} option of the \package{babel} package
+% with one of the three standard \LaTeX{} classes (or a one derived from them)
+% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+% (offered by \package{french}), overriding the default value set by the
+% document class.
+% So redefining |\Caption|\-|Sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Supported packages}
+% \label{packages}
+% \label{compatibility}
+%
+% \Thispackage\ was adapted to the following packages which deals with
+% captions, too:
+% \begin{quote}
+% \package{float}, \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage},
+% \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap}, \package{listings},
+% \package{longtable}, \package{picinpar}, \package{picins},
+% \package{rotating}, \package{setspace}, \package{sidecap},
+% \package{subfigure}, \package{supertabular}, \package{threeparttable},
+% \package{wrapfig}, and \package{xtab}
% \end{quote}
%
+% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}, the
+% \package{subcaption} package (which is part of the \package{caption} package
+% bundle), and the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} support \thispackage{}
+% and use its |\caption|\-|setup| interface.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begingroup\setlength\leftmargini{0.3em}% default = 2.5em
+% \INFO
+% If a package (or document class) unknown to \thispackage\ redefines
+% the |\caption| command as well, this redefinition will be preferred
+% over the one this package offers, providing maximum compatibility and
+% avoiding conflicts.
+% If such a potential incompatibility is detected, you will see this
+% warning message:~\footnote{%
+% You can suppress this warning by specifying the option
+% \texttt{compatibility=true} when loading \thispackage.}
+% \begin{quote}\footnotesize
+% |Package caption Warning: \caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+% |(caption) redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+% |(caption) unknown to the caption package.|\\
+% |See the caption package documentation for explanation.|
+% \end{quote}
+% \endgroup
+%
+% As a result, the following features offered by \thispackage\ will not be available:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item the options |labelformat=|, |position=auto|, |list=|, and |listformat=|
+% \item |\caption*| (to produce a caption without label)
+% \item |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| (to produce no entry in the List of Figures or Tables)
+% \item |\caption{}| (to produce an empty caption without label separator)
+% \item |\ContinuedFloat|
+% \item correctly justified captions in environments like \texttt{wide} and
+% \texttt{addmargin} which add extra margins
+% \item the \textsf{hypcap} feature \See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+% \item the sub-caption feature \See{\package{subcaption} package documentation}
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{compatibility=}
+% You can override this compatibility mode by specifying the option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |compatibility=false|
+% \end{quote}
+% when loading \thispackage.
+% But please note that using this option is neither recommended nor supported
+% since unwanted side-effects or even errors could occur afterwards.
+% (For that reason you will get a warning about this.)
+%
+% \newcommand\packagedescription[1]{%
+% \ifvmode\else\par\fi
+% \nopagebreak
+% \parbox[b]{\linewidth}{\footnotesize\leftskip=10pt\rightskip=10pt\relax#1}\par
+% \nopagebreak\smallskip\nopagebreak}
+%
+% \PageBreak
+% \subsection{algorithms}
+% \label{algorithms}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{algorithms} package bundle\cite{algorithms} provides two
+% environments: The \texttt{algorithmic} environment provides a possibility
+% for describing algorithms, and the \texttt{algorithm} environment provides
+% a ``float'' wrapper for algorithms.}
+%
+% Since the \texttt{algorithm} environment is implemented via |\new|\-|float|
+% provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, please see \Ref{float}.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{algorithm2e}
+% \label{algorithm2e}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{algorithm2e} package\cite{algorithm2e} offers an environment for
+% writing algorithms in LaTeX2e.}
+%
+% Since the \package{algorithm2e} package does not use some kind of standard
+% interface for defining its floating environment (e.g.~|\newfloat| of the
+% \package{float} package) and typesetting its caption,
+% the \package{algorithm2e} package is \emph{not} supported by \thispackage.
+%
+% So if you want to customize the captions using \thispackage,
+% you have to build a new environment which uses a supported interface regarding
+% floats (e.g. using the \package{float} or \package{floatrow} package),
+% and combine this environment with the internal \package{algorithm2e} code.
+%
+% As first step you could define a non-floating environment \texttt{algorithmic},
+% for example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{algorithm2e}|\\
+% |% save the "algorithm" environment from the algorithm2e package|\\
+% |\let\ORIGalgorithm\algorithm|\\
+% |\let\ORIGendalgorithm\endalgorithm|\\
+% |% define the algorithmic environment|\\ % , based on the saved environment
+% |\newenvironment{algorithmic}%|\\
+% | {\renewenvironment{algocf}[1][h]{}{}% pass over floating stuff|\\
+% | \ORIGalgorithm}%|\\
+% | {\ORIGendalgorithm}|\\
+% \ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% Having defined this non-floating environment, you could define your own new
+% floating environment with |\newfloat| of the \package{float} package
+% (or |\DeclareNewFloatType| of the \package{floatrow} package),
+% and use the combination of this floating environment and \texttt{algorithmic}
+% in its body, just like you would do when you use the
+% \package{algorithm}/\package{algorithmic} package tandem.
+%
+% You could even use the \package{algorithm} package for this purpose, for example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% \ldots\\
+% |% load the algorithm package to re-define the|\\
+% |% floating environment "algorithm" and \listofalgorithms|\\
+% |\let\listofalgorithms\undefined|\\
+% |\usepackage{algorithm}|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |% Example usage:|\\
+% |\begin{algorithm}|\\
+% |\caption{An algorithm}|\\
+% |\begin{algorithmic}|\\
+% | \SetVline|\\
+% | \eIf{cond1}{|\\
+% | a line\;|\\
+% | }{|\\
+% | another line\;|\\
+% | }|\\
+% |\end{algorithmic}|
+% \end{quote}
+% Now you are finally able to customize the float and caption layout like every
+% other floating environment defined with the \package{float} package\cite{float},
+% please see \Ref{float}.
+%
+% \begin{Annotation}
+% An alternative would be using the \package{algorithmicx} package.
+% \end{Annotation}
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{float}
+% \label{float}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{float} package\cite{float} introduces the commands
+% \cs{restylefloat} to give existing floating environments a new look \& feel
+% and \cs{newfloat} to define new floating environments.
+% It also provides the ``\texttt{H}'' float placement option which places
+% the environments ``here'' instead of letting them floating around.}
+%
+% For floating environments defined with \cs{newfloat} or \cs{restylefloat} the
+% |po|\-|si|\-|tion| option has no effect on the main caption anymore, since its
+% placement and spacing will be controlled by the selected float style instead.
+%
+% A caption style and options defined with the name of the float style will be
+% executed additionally to the regular ones.
+% Using this mechanism \thispackage\ emulates the default look \& feel of the
+% |ruled| captions: It defines the caption style
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}%|\\
+% | {labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=off}|\mbox{\quad.}
+% \end{quote}
+% So to change this you need either define your own caption style called
+% |ruled| or use |\caption|\-|setup[ruled]|\marg{options} to specify additional
+% options.
+%
+% Also by using this mechanism the skip between a |boxed| float and its caption
+% is specified, overriding its global value:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt}|
+% \end{quote}
+% For changing this, just use |\caption|\-|setup[boxed]{skip=|\x\meta{value}|}|
+% with an appropriate value. Or if you want to use the global |skip| setting
+% instead, you can remove the usage of the local setting for these floats with
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[skip]{boxed}|.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% Only one single caption can be typeset inside environments defined with
+% |\new|\-|float| or |\re|\-|style|\-|float|, furthermore these environments
+% are not behaving exactly like the pre-defined floats |figure| and |table|.
+% As a consequence many packages do not cooperate well with these.
+% Furthermore the \package{float} package has some caveats \& limitations,
+% so if you just want to define a new simple floating environment---behaving
+% like |figure| or |table|---I recommend using |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|
+% offered by the \package{newfloat} package instead.
+% And for defining non-simple floating environments and customization I
+% recommend using |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the
+% \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% Please also note that you \emph{don't} need a |\restyle|\-|float| for using
+% the ``|H|'' float placement specifier. Some docs say so, but they are
+% wrong.
+% And |\restyle|\-|float{table}| is a very good method to shoot yourself
+% in the foot, since many packages using |table| internally are not working
+% correctly afterwards.
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{floatflt}
+% \label{floatflt}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{floatflt} package\cite{floatflt} offers figures and tables
+% which do not span the full width of a page and are float around by text.}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |float|\-|ing|\-|figure| and
+% |float|\-|ing|\-|table| environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+% |\captionsetup[floatingtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| resp.~|table|.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures resp.~tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% resp.~|\caption|\-|setup[floating|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{fltpage}
+% \label{fltpage}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{fltpage} package\cite{fltpage} offers the outhouse of the
+% caption for |figure|s or |table|s which needs the whole page
+% for its contents. This will be done by placing the caption on the bottom
+% of the previous or next page.}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% Two options control the links to the environments |FPfigure| and |FPtable|:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item{\texttt{FPlist=caption} or \texttt{FPlist=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |caption|, the list entry will link to the caption; if set to
+% |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+% (The default setting is |FP|\-|list=|\x|caption|.)
+% \item{\texttt{FPref=caption} or \texttt{FPref=figure}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |caption|, a \cs{ref}, \cs{pageref}, \cs{autoref}, or \cs{nameref}
+% will link to the caption; if set to |figure|, it will link to the figure contents.
+% (The default setting is |FP|\-|ref=|\x|figure|.)
+% \end{description}
+% \fi
+%
+% If you want to setup special options for the |FPfigure| and |FPtable|
+% environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[FPfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+% |\captionsetup[FPtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{frenchle and frenchpro packages}
+% \label{frenchpro}
+%
+% If you use the \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package,
+% the default |label|\-|sep=| will be set to |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor|
+% (offered by \package{frenchle/pro}) plus \cs{space}, overriding the default
+% value set by the document class.
+% So redefining |\caption|\-|sep|\-|a|\-|ra|\-|tor| will still work, unless you
+% don't select a different |label|\-|sep=| than the default one.
+%
+% Furthermore the default |text|\-|font=| will be set to |text|\-|font=|\x|it|,
+% since this emulates the default setting of |\caption|\-|font| defined by the
+% \package{frenchle} or \package{frenchpro} package.
+% Please note that the command |\caption|\-|font| is used by the
+% \package{caption} package internally for a different purpose,
+% so you should not change it (anymore).
+%
+% The command |\un|\-|numbered|\-|captions|\marg{figure \emph{or} table} will
+% still work, but only unless you don't select a different |label|\-|format=|
+% than the default one.
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.5}
+% Since version \version{3.5} of the \package{caption} package the support
+% is independent on the load order of \package{caption} and \package{frenchle}
+% resp~.\package{frenchpro}.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{hyperref}
+% \label{hyperref}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} is used to handle cross
+% referencing commands in LaTeX to produce hypertext links in the document.}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% There are two options available to control the placement of hyperlink
+% anchors:~\footnote{These options are named after the \package{hypcap} package
+% which they supersede.}
+% \begin{description}
+% \item{\texttt{hypcap=true} or \texttt{hypcap=false}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% If set to |true| all hyperlink anchors -- where entries in the
+% List of Figures, |\ref|, and |\auto|\-|ref| will link to -- are placed at
+% the beginning of the (floating) environment.\par
+% If set to |false| the hyperlink anchor is (usually) placed at the caption.\par
+% (The default setting is |hypcap=|\x|true|.)
+% \item{\texttt{hypcapspace=}\meta{amount}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% Because it looks poor if the hyperlink points exactly at the top of
+% the figure or table, you can specify a vertical distance between
+% the hyperlink anchor and the (floating) environment itself,
+% e.g.~|hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| removes this distance.\par
+% (The default setting is |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0.5\base|\-|line|\-|skip|.)
+% \end{description}
+%
+% Both settings have no effect in |lst|\-|listing|s (provided by the
+% \package{listings} package), |long|\-|table|s (provided by the
+% \package{longtable} package), |super|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+% \package{supertabular} package), and |x|\-|tabular|s (provided by the
+% \package{xtab} package), within these environments hyperlink
+% anchors will always be placed as if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| and
+% |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|\x|0pt| would be set.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]Please note:\nopagebreak
+% \begin{description}
+% \item{\cs{captionof}\marg{type}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{type=\textrm{\meta{type}}}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}%
+% \\[\smallskipamount]
+% Without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, and with |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| requested,
+% the hyperlink anchor will be placed different.
+% For example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\
+% |\end{minipage}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will place the hyperlink anchor at the caption.
+% (And if |hyp|\-|cap=|\x|true| is set, you will get a warning about this.)
+% But
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}|\\
+% | \captionsetup{type=figure}|\\
+% | |\ldots\\
+% | \caption{A figure}|\\
+% |\end{minipage}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will place the hyperlink anchor at the beginning of the |mini|\-|page|,
+% since |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|figure}| does not only set the caption type
+% to ``figure'' but does place a hyperlink anchor, too.
+%
+% \item{\cs{caption}\csoarg{}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}
+% vs.~\cs{captionsetup}\csmarg{list=false}$+$\cs{caption}\csmarg{\purerm\ldots}}\\[\smallskipamount]
+% Again, without \package{hyperref} loaded, both will give you identical results.
+% But with \package{hyperref} loaded, the difference is in the nuances.
+% So for example the optional argument of |\caption| will also be written to
+% the |aux| file, and will be used by the |\name|\-|ref| command.
+% So if you choose to use |\caption| with empty optional argument,
+% |\name|\-|ref| will also give you an empty result.
+% So it's better to use |\caption|\-|setup{list=|\x|false}| if you don't
+% want an entry in the List of Figures or List of Tables.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{hypcap}
+% \label{hypcap}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{hyp\-cap} package\cite{hypcap} offers a solution to the problem
+% that links to a float using \package{hyper\-ref} may anchors to the caption
+% rather than the beginning of the float.
+% Since \thispackage\ \version{3.1} already solves this problem for itself,
+% the \package{hypcap} package is usually not needed.}
+%
+% If the \package{hyp\-cap} package is loaded additionally to the
+% \package{hyper\-ref} package, it takes over the control of the hyperlink
+% anchor placement from \thispackage, overriding the options |hyp|\-|cap=|
+% and |hyp|\-|cap|\-|space=|.
+%
+% So for a manual placement of hyperlink anchors
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| is not sufficient anymore,
+% instead you need to use |\cap|\-|start| (provided by the \package{hyp\-cap}
+% package) for this.
+%
+% Regarding the automatically placement the \package{hypcap} package offers good
+% placement of hyperlink anchors for the floating environments |figure| and
+% |table| only. In contrast the |hypcap=|\x|true| option of \thispackage\ also
+% offers good placements of hyperlink anchors for
+% |floating|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{float\-flt} package),
+% |FP|\-|figure|s \& |FPtable|s (provided by the \package{flt\-page} package),
+% |fig|\-|window|s (provided by the \package{pic\-in\-par} package),
+% |par|\-|pic|s (provided by the \package{pic\-ins} package),
+% |SC|\-|figure|s (provided by the \package{side\-cap} package),
+% |three|\-|part|\-|table|s (provided by the \package{three\-part\-table} package),
+% and |wrapfigure|s (provided by the \package{wrap\-fig} package).
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{listings}
+% \label{listings}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} typesets programming code.}
+%
+% If you want to setup special options for the |lst|\-|listing| environment
+% you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[lstlisting]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Please note that the \package{listings} package has its very own options
+% for controlling the position and the skips of the caption:
+% |caption|\-|pos=|, |above|\-|caption|\-|skip=|, and |below|\-|caption|\-|skip=|.
+% \See{\package{listings} documentation for details.}
+% These \package{listings} options override the \package{caption}'s ones, but
+% can be again overwritten by |\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{|\ldots|}|,
+% e.g.%~
+% \begin{quote}|\caption|\-|setup[lst|\-|listing]{skip=|\x|10pt}|\quad.\end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{longtable}
+% \label{longtable}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers an environment
+% which behaves similar to the \texttt{tabular} environment, but the table
+% itself can span multiple pages.}
+%
+% If you want to setup special options for the |long|\-|table| environment
+% you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[longtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table|.
+%
+% The |margin| and |width| settings usually override |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|,
+% so you get an equal look \& feel of the captions in |table|s and
+% |long|\-|table|s.
+% But if you set |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| to a value different than its default
+% $=$ |4in|, \thispackage\ will follow that.
+% (But |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width| will be overwritten by
+% |\caption|\-|setup[long|\-|table]{width=|\x\meta{value}|}|,
+% even if it is set to a value different than |4in|.)
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% |\caption|\-|of| and |\Continued|\-|Float| do \emph{not} work for |long|\-|table|s.
+% Furthermore neither |\caption| nor |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| will increment
+% the |table| counter here; it's incremented by the |long|\-|table| environment
+% instead.
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you need a |long|\-|table| which does not increment the |table| counter
+% please use the |long|\-|table*| environment (offered by the
+% \package{ltcaption} package which is part of \thispackage\ bundle and will be
+% loaded automatically).
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{picinpar}
+% \label{picinpar}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt} package the \package{picinpar}
+% package\cite{picinpar} offers figures and tables which do not span the full
+% width of a page and are float around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |fig|\-|window| and
+% |tab|\-|window| environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[figwindow]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+% |\captionsetup[tabwindow]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|window]{|\ldots|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup[fig|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{picins}
+% \label{picins}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt} and \package{picinpar} package the
+% \package{picins} package\cite{picins} offers figures and tables which do not
+% span the full width of a page and are float around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |par|\-|pic| environment you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[parpic]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+%
+% Furthermore |\pic|\-|caption[]{|\ldots|}| produce no entry in the List of Figures,
+% and |\pic|\-|caption*{|\ldots|}| gives an unlabeled \& unnumbered caption.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables.
+% \iffalse
+% if |pic|\-|caption|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|top|\-|side| is used.
+% The |width| setting will not be used (but the |margin| setting will) if
+% |pic|\-|caption|\-|out|\-|side| or |pic|\-|caption|\-|in|\-|side| is used.
+% \fi
+% But you can override this by setting it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[par|\-|pic]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% If you want to have a |\pic|\-|caption| of another type as |figure|, please
+% do \emph{not} re-define |\@cap|\-|type| as suggested by the \package{picins}
+% documentation. Please use the |\pic|\-|caption|\-|type|\marg{type} command
+% which is offered by \thispackage\ instead, e.g.:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\piccaptiontype{table}|\\
+% |\piccaption{An example table}|\\
+% |\parpic(50mm,10mm)[s]{|\ldots|}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{rotating}
+% \label{rotating}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating
+% environments \texttt{side\-ways\-figure} and \texttt{side\-ways\-table} which
+% are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 resp.~270 degree.
+% Furthermore a command \cs{rot\-caption} is offered for rotated captions only.}
+%
+% \iffalse % No, we don't do that
+% If you want to setup special options for the |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| and
+% |side|\-|ways|\-|table| environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[sidewaysfigure]|\marg{options}\\
+% |\captionsetup[sidewaystable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+% \fi
+%
+% The command |\rot|\-|caption| will be extended by \thispackage, so
+% |\rot|\-|caption*| and |\rot|\-|caption|\-|of| can be used analogous to
+% |\caption*| and |\caption|\-|of|.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{setspace}
+% \label{setspace}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{setspace} package\cite{setspace} offers options and commands
+% to change the spacing,
+% e.g.\ \cs{usepackage}\x\csoarg{one\-half\-spacing}\x\csmarg{set\-space}
+% causes the document to be typeset in one-and-a-half spacing.}
+%
+% If the \package{setspace} package is used in conjunction with \thispackage,
+% the caption will be typeset with single spacing as default. This can be changed
+% by specifying either |font=|\x|one|\-|half|\-|spacing|,
+% |font=|\x|double|\-|spacing|, or |font={stretch=|\x\meta{amount}|}|.
+% \See{also \Ref{fonts}}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{sidecap}
+% \label{sidecap}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating environments
+% \texttt{SC\-figure} and \texttt{SC\-table} which are like usual figures
+% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents.}
+%
+% If you want to setup special options for the |SCfigure| and |SCtable|
+% environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[SCfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+% |\captionsetup[SCtable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{Note}
+% The \package{sidecap} package offers its own options for justification.
+% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option
+% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion=| for captions beside their contents.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% unless you set it explicit with |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% or |\caption|\-|setup[SC|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \begin{Annotation*}
+% Instead of using the \package{sidecap} package you can also use the more
+% powerful and flexible \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for typesetting
+% captions beside the contents.
+% \end{Annotation*}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsubsection*{Undocumented features}
+% The \package{sidecap} package \version{1.6} has some undocumented package
+% options and commands which allow further customization of the side-captions:
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{margincaption}
+% The package option
+% \begin{quote}
+% |margincaption|\qquad{\small(e.g.~|\usepackage[margincaption]{sidecap}|)}
+% \end{quote}
+% causes all side-captions to be placed into the margin.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \DescribeMacro{\sidecaptionvpos}
+% The command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\sidecaptionvpos|\marg{float type}\marg{pos}
+% \end{quote}
+% sets the vertical position of the side-caption. \meta{pos} can be either `|t|'
+% (for top alignment), `|b|' (for bottom alignment), or `|c|' (for center alignment).
+% The default setting for |table| is `|t|', for |figure| and all other ones
+% defined with |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| it's `|b|'.
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{subfigure}
+% \label{subfigure}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{subfigure} package\cite{subfigure} provides support for small or
+% `sub' figures and tables within a single figure or table environment.
+% This package is obsolete, new users should use \package{subfig} instead.}
+%
+% Since the \package{subfigure} package is obsolete it will only be supported in
+% a way that old documents (which have used \thispackage\ \version{1.x} during
+% development) should still compile as expected.
+%
+% Please use the \package{subfig} or \package{subcaption} package instead which both supports \thispackage\
+% \version{3.x}.
+%
+% \See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation for details.}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{supertabular and xtab}
+% \label{supertabular}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{supertabular}\cite{supertabular} and \package{xtab}\cite{xtab}
+% packages offer an environment which can span multiple pages and is quite
+% similar to the \texttt{long\-table} environment provided by the
+% \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable}.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these powerful
+% packages please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+%
+% If you want to setup special options for the |super|\-|tabular|
+% resp.~|x|\-|tabular| environment you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[supertabular]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{resp.}\\
+% |\captionsetup[xtabular]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table|.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work for |super|\-|tabular|s and |x|\-|tabular|s.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{threeparttable}
+% \label{threeparttable}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% The \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} provides a scheme
+% for tables that have a structured note section after the table contents and
+% the caption.
+% This scheme provides an answer to the old problem of putting footnotes in
+% tables---by making footnotes entirely unnecessary.}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |three|\-|part|\-|table| and
+% |measured|\-|figure| environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[threeparttable]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+% |\captionsetup[measuredfigure]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |table| or |figure|.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% Since the caption will have the same width as the contents here,
+% the |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and tables,
+% at least unless you set it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[three|\-|part|\-|table]{|\ldots|}| or
+% |\caption|\-|setup[measured|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \begin{Annotation*}
+% Instead of using the \package{threeparttable} package you can
+% also use the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} for this purpose.
+% \end{Annotation*}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{wrapfig}
+% \label{wrapfig}
+% \packagedescription{%
+% Similar to the \package{floatflt}, the \package{picinpar}, and the
+% \package{picins} package the \package{wrapfig} package\cite{wrapfig} offers
+% figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and are float
+% around by text.
+% For a detailed discussion about the differences between these packages
+% please take a look at The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{TLC2}.}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.1}
+% If you want to setup special options for the |wrap|\-|figure| and
+% |wrap|\-|table| environments you can use
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]|\marg{options}\quad\emph{and}\\
+% |\captionsetup[wraptable]|\marg{options}\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% These options will be executed additionally to the regular ones for
+% |figure| or |table|.
+%
+% \begin{Note}
+% The |margin| resp.~|width| setting will not be used for these figures and
+% tables, unless you set it explicit with
+% |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|figure]{|\ldots|}|
+% or |\caption|\-|setup[wrap|\-|table]{|\ldots|}|.
+% \end{Note}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Further reading}
+%
+% I recommend the following documents for further reading:
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% The \TeX\ FAQ -- Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX:
+% \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote}
+%
+% \item
+% A French FAQ can be found at
+% \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote}
+%
+% \item
+% ``What is a minimal working example?'' from Christian Faulhammer and Ulrich Schwarz:
+% \begin{quote}\url{http://www.minimalbeispiel.de/mini-en.html}\end{quote}
+%
+% \item
+% \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around
+% including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents.
+% You will find this document in the directory
+% \begin{quote}\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/info/epslatex/}\end{quote}
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \section{Thanks}
+%
+% I would like to thank Katja Melzner,
+% Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, Olga Lapko,
+% David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Keith Reckdahl, Markus Kohm,
+% Heiko Oberdiek, and Herbert Vo\ss.
+% Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support!
+%
+% Also I would like to thank
+% Harald Harders,
+% Peter L\"offler,
+% Peng Yu,
+% Alexander Zimmermann,
+% Matthias Pospiech,
+% J\"urgen Wieferink,
+% Christoph Bartoschek,
+% Uwe St\"ohr,
+% Ralf Stubner,
+% Geoff Vallis,
+% Florian Keiler,
+% J\"urgen G\"obel,
+% Uwe Siart,
+% Sang-Heon Shim,
+% Henrik Lundell,
+% David Byers,
+% William Asquith,
+% Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann,
+% Frank Martini,
+% Danie Els,
+% Philipp Woock,
+% Fadi Semmo,
+% Matthias Stevens, and
+% Leo Liu
+% who all helped to make this package a better one.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage\appendix
+% \section{Alphabetical Reference}
+%
+% \makeatletter
+% \newenvironment{Warnings}{%
+% \newif\ifMessage
+% \def\Message{%
+% \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\vspace\itemsep\pagebreak[3]\fi
+% \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
+% \setlength\parindent{0pt}%
+% \setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}%
+% \setlength\leftskip{0pt}%
+% \color{blue}%
+% \Messagetrue}%
+% \def\Description{%
+% \par\color{black}\leftskip=1.5em}%
+% \def\Or{\@testopt\@Or{or}}%
+% \def\@Or[##1]{%
+% \\{\small\color{black}\hspace{1.5em}\textit{-- ##1 --}}\\}%
+% }{%
+% \ifMessage\end{minipage}\par\fi
+% }
+% \makeatother
+%
+% \subsection{Options}
+% \newcommand\preambleoption{~%
+% \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+% \footnotemark[2]%
+% \endgroup}
+% \newcommand\preambleoptiontext{%
+% \begingroup\def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}%
+% \footnotetext[2]{These options are only available in the preamble of the document.}%
+% \endgroup}
+%
+% \begin{longtable*}{lll}
+% Option & Short description & Section \\
+% \hline
+% \endhead
+% |aboveskip| & sets the skip above caption & \ref{skips} \\
+% |belowskip| & sets the skip below caption & \ref{skips} \\
+% |compatibility|\preambleoption & force (non-)compatibility & \ref{compatibility} \\
+% |figureposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the figure caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+% |font|(|+|) & sets the font & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |format| & sets the format & \ref{formats} \\
+% \iffalse
+% |FPlist| & To where the list entry of a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+% |FPref| & To where a |\ref| to a FPfigure should link? & \ref{fltpage} \\
+% \fi
+% |hangindent| & sets the hang indention & \ref{margins} \\
+% |hypcap| & selects `hypcap' feature & \ref{hyperref} \\
+% |hypcapspace| & sets the distance between hyperlink and contents & \ref{hyperref} \\
+% |indention| & sets the indention & \ref{margins} \\
+% |justification| & sets the justification & \ref{justification} \\
+% |labelfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption label & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |labelformat| & sets the format of the caption label & \ref{formats} \\
+% |labelsep| & sets the label separator & \ref{formats} \\
+% |labelseparator| & --same as |labelsep|-- & \ref{formats} \\
+% |list| & switches the entries in the List on or off & \ref{lists} \\
+% |listformat| & sets the `List of Figure/Table' entry format & \ref{lists} \\
+% |margin| & sets the margin & \ref{margins} \\
+% |margin*| & sets the margin, but only if no width is set & \ref{margins} \\
+% |maxmargin| & sets the max. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+% |minmargin| & sets the min. margin & \ref{margins} \\
+% |name| & sets the name of the current environment & \ref{names} \\
+% |oneside| & selects the one-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+% |options| & executes the given option list & \\
+% |parindent| & sets the paragraph indention & \ref{margins} \\
+% |parskip| & sets the skip between paragraphs & \ref{margins} \\
+% |position| & gives a hint about the caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+% |singlelinecheck| & switches the single-line-check on or off & \ref{justification} \\
+% |skip| & sets the skip between content and caption & \ref{skips} \\
+% |strut| & switches the usage of |\strut|s on or off & \ref{formats} \\
+% |style| & sets the caption style & \ref{style} \\
+% |subtype| & sets the sub-caption type & \phantom{t}--~\footnotemark \\
+% |tableposition|\preambleoption & gives a hint about the table caption position & \ref{skips} \\
+% |textfont|(|+|) & sets the font of the caption text & \ref{fonts} \\
+% |textformat| & sets the format of the caption text & \ref{formats} \\
+% |twoside| & selects the two-side mode & \ref{margins} \\
+% |type| & sets the caption type \& places a hyperlink anchor & \ref{types} \\
+% |type*| & sets the caption type only & \ref{types} \\
+% |width| & sets a fixed caption width & \ref{margins} \\
+% \end{longtable*}
+% \preambleoptiontext
+% \footnotetext{The option \texttt{subtype} is explained in the
+% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+%
+% \nopagebreak\parbox[t]{\linewidth}{% prevent from page break
+% \begin{Note*}
+% Obsolete options are not listed here. See
+% \Ref{caption1} and
+% \Ref{caption2} for a list of these options.
+% \end{Note*}}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Commands}
+%
+% \begin{longtable*}{lll}
+% Command & & Section \\
+% \hline
+% \endhead
+% |\abovecaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+% |\belowcaptionskip| & & \ref{skips} \\
+% |\caption| & & \ref{caption} \\
+% |\caption*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+% |\captionlistentry| & & \ref{captionlistentry} \\
+% |\captionof| & & \ref{caption} \\
+% |\captionof*| & & \ref{caption} \\
+% |\captionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+% |\captionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+% |\centerfirst| & & \ref{justification} \\
+% |\centerlast| & & \ref{justification} \\
+% |\clearcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+% |\clearcaptionsetup*| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+% |\ContinuedFloat| & & \ref{ContinuedFloat} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionJustification| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionOption| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType| & & --~\footnotemark \\
+% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat| & & \ref{declare} \\
+% |\showcaptionsetup| & & \ref{captionsetup} \\
+% \end{longtable*}
+% \footnotetext{\cs{DeclareCaptionSubType} is explained in the
+% \package{subcaption} package documentation.}
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \subsection{Warnings}
+%
+% \begin{Warnings}
+%
+% \Message
+% |\caption outside box or environment.|
+% \Or
+% |\captionsetup{type=...} outside box or environment.|
+% \Or
+% |\captionsetup{type*=...} or \captionof outside box|\\
+% | or environment.|
+% \Description
+% You have placed a |\caption|, |\caption|\-|of|, or
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| command outside an box, group,
+% or environment.
+% You should not do this since it could cause some bad side-effects.
+% \par\See{\Ref{types} and \Ref{caption}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |\caption will not be redefined since it's already|\\
+% |redefined by a document class or package which is|\\
+% |unknown to the caption package.|
+% \Description
+% If \thispackage\ detects that some (unknown) document class or
+% package has enhanced |\caption|, it will not redefine
+% |\caption|, too, since this would simply kill the enhancement.
+% As a result some features, like |\caption*|, |\Continued|\-|Float|,
+% using the optional argument of |\caption|\-|setup|,
+% or the options |list=| and |hypcap=| will not be available.\par
+% If you don't care about the original enhancements but would
+% like to use the full range of features of \thispackage\ instead
+% you can give the unsupported(!) option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+% a try and keep your fingers crossed.
+% (But you will get the next warning instead.)
+% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Forced redefinition of \caption since the|\\
+% |unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'|\\
+% |was given.|
+% \Description
+% Since you were so keen to specify the option |compatibility=|\x|false|
+% \thispackage\ will try to do its best to fulfill your wishes.
+% But depending on the document class or other packages you use that
+% can end in non-functional features or even errors. So keep your
+% fingers crossed!
+% \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Hyperref support is turned off because hyperref has|\\
+% |stopped early.|
+% \Description
+% If the \package{hyperref} package stops early during loading
+% (because of what-ever reason), the \package{hyperref} support of
+% \thispackage\ will not be available. As a result you could get
+% \package{hyperref} warnings and non-functional hyperlinks to figures
+% or tables.
+% \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Ignoring optional argument [|\meta{pos}|] of \setcapwidth.|
+% \Description
+% \Thispackage\ tries to emulate the \KOMAScript\ commands regarding
+% captions as best as it can. But the optional argument of the
+% \KOMAScript\ command |\setcapwidth| is not (yet) working if you use
+% this package, so if you try to use it anyway, you will get this warning.
+% \par\See{\Ref{KOMA}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Internal Warning: |\meta{warning message}|.|
+% \Description
+% You should never see this warning, either you use a package which redefines
+% |figure| or |table| and which is unknown to \thispackage, or this is a bug
+% in \thispackage.
+% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+%
+% \Message
+% |\label without proper \caption|
+% \Description
+% Regarding |\label| the floating environments behave differently than its
+% non-floating counterparts: The internal reference will not be generated
+% at the beginning of the environment, but at |\caption| instead.
+% So you have to place the |\label| command either just \emph{after} or
+% \emph{inside} the caption text (mandatory argument of |\caption|).
+%
+% \Message
+% |Option `|\meta{option}|' was not in list `|\meta{option list}|'.|
+% \Description
+% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[po|\-|si|\-|tion]{table}|,
+% and this option can not be found inside the option list, you will
+% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+% \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Option list `|\meta{option list}|' undefined.|
+% \Description
+% If you try to remove a specific option of an option list,
+% for example with |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup[for|\-|mat]{figure}|,
+% and this option list is not defined (yet), you will
+% get this warning. If this is not because of a typo and you would like
+% to suppress this warning, use |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup*| instead of
+% |\clear|\-|caption|\-|setup|.
+% \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored.|
+% \Description
+% The \package{caption2} package option |ignoreLTcapwidth| will not be
+% emulated by this version of \thispackage, usually you can simply wipe it
+% away.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption2} and \Ref{longtable}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |`ragged2e' support has been changed. Rerun to get|\\
+% |captions right.|
+% \Description
+% The \package{ragged2e} package will only be loaded by \thispackage\ if it
+% is actually needed.
+% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, so on the first run you could
+% get this warning.
+% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+% \par\See{\Ref{justification}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Reference on page |\meta{page no.}| undefined.|
+% \Description
+% If you use a |twoside| page layout, \thispackage\ needs to track the
+% page numbers to get the margins right.
+% At least two \LaTeX\ runs are needed for that, on the first run you could get
+% this warning.
+% Just compile your document again and this warning should go away.
+% \par\See{\Ref{margins}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |The caption type was already set to `|\meta{type}|'.|
+% \Description
+% This warning informs you about mixed caption options. For example if
+% you use a |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x|table}| or
+% |\caption|\-|of{table}{|\ldots|}| inside a |figure| environment,
+% this would result in using both option sets for that specific caption,
+% the one for |figure| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[figure]{|\ldots|}|)
+% and the one for |table| (specified with |\caption|\-|setup[table]{|\ldots|}|)
+% as well.\par
+% {\small(You can suppress this warning by using the starred form
+% |\caption|\-|setup*{type=|\x\ldots|}|.)\par}
+% \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this|\\
+% |particular \caption.|
+% \Description
+% \Thispackage\ hasn't found a proper hyperlink anchor for this particular
+% caption, so it decides to ignore the setting |hypcap=|\x|true| (which is set by
+% default). As a result a link to this caption (e.g.~in the List of Figures,
+% or set by |\ref| or |\auto|\-|ref|) will link you to the caption of the figure
+% or table, not to the figure or table itself.\par
+% This can happen if you use |\caption|\-|of| inside a non-floating environment,
+% but also if you use some package which redefines |figure| or |table|, and
+% which is unknown to \thispackage.\par
+% If this is ok for you but you want to suppress this warning, simply place a
+% |\caption|\-|setup{hyp|\-|cap=|\x|false}| just before the |\caption| or
+% |\caption|\-|of| command which is causing the warning.
+% If this is not ok for you, you can set a hyperlink anchor with
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{float type}|}| for yourself.
+% \par\See{\Ref{hyperref}\,}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Unsupported document class (or package) detected,|\\
+% |usage of the caption package is not recommended.|
+% \Description
+% Either the document class you use is unknown to \thispackage, or you
+% have included a package in your document which redefines |\@make|\-|caption|
+% (which is responsible for typesetting the caption internally) as well.
+% This means \thispackage\ will either change the design of captions in an
+% unwanted way, or it even refuses to work correctly at all.
+% \par\See{\Ref{classes} and \Ref{compatibility}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Unused \captionsetup[|\meta{type}|].|
+% \Description
+% You have specified options with |\caption|\-|setup[|\meta{type}|]| which are
+% not used later on.
+% This can be because of a typo in \meta{type},
+% or because you use a package which redefines |figure| or |table| and
+% which is unknown to \thispackage, or simply because you don't have any usage
+% of the environment \meta{type} after this line.
+% (If you want to suppress this warning you can use |\caption|\-|setup*|
+% instead of |\caption|\-|setup|.)
+% \par\See{\Ref{captionsetup}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Usage of the |\meta{package}| package together with the|\\
+% |caption package is strongly not recommended.|\\
+% |Instead of loading the |\meta{package}| package you should|\\
+% |use the caption package option `tableposition=top'.|
+% \Description
+% The package \meta{package} is dealing with caption skips as well.
+% Please decide which one do you actually want to use, \thispackage\ or the
+% other one, using both can lead to wrong skips above or below the caption.
+% \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+%
+% \end{Warnings}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \subsection{Errors}
+%
+% \begin{Warnings}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Argument of \@caption has an extra }.|
+% \Or
+% |Paragraph ended before \@caption was complete.|
+% \Description
+% If you want to typeset something special (like a tabular) as caption,
+% you need to give an optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of|
+% for the List of Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't
+% use such list.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+%
+% \Message
+% |\caption outside float.|
+% \Description
+% You have placed a |\caption| command outside a floating environment, or
+% a |long|\-|table| or |wrap|\-|figure|.
+% If this is what you want to, please use either
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\caption| or
+% |\caption|\-|of|.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |\ContinuedFloat outside float.|
+% \Description
+% You have placed a |\Continued|\-|Float| command outside a floating
+% environment. % or |long|\-|table|.
+% If this is what you want to, please use the combination
+% |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}| $+$ |\Continued|\-|Float|.\par
+% Please note that |\Continued|\-|Float| inside a |long|\-|table| is not
+% working, but maybe using the |long|\-|table*| environment, which
+% typesets a |long|\-|table| without incrementing the |table| counter,
+% if sufficient for you.
+% \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat} and \Ref{longtable}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Continued `|\meta{type}|' after `|\meta{type}|'.|
+% \Description
+% Continued figures or tables are not allowed to be interrupted by a floating
+% environment (or |long|\-|table|) of another type,
+% e.g.~a table between a figure and a continued figure.
+% \par\See{\Ref{ContinuedFloat}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |For a successful cooperation we need at least version|\\
+% |`|\meta{date}|' of package |\meta{package}|, but only version|\\
+% |`|\meta{old-date}|' is available.|
+% \Description
+% \Thispackage\ does not work with such an outdated package, please update it
+% to a more recent version, at least to the one requested.
+%
+% \Message
+% |Internal Error: |\meta{error message}|.|
+% \Description
+% You should never see this error.
+% Please send me an e-mail reporting this issue.
+%
+% \Message
+% |No float type '|\meta{type}|' defined.|
+% \Description
+% The \meta{type} you have specified in |\caption|\-|setup{type=|\x\meta{type}|}|,
+% |\caption|\-|of|\marg{type}, or |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type| is
+% not defined.
+% \meta{type} should be either `\texttt{figure}' or `\texttt{table}', or
+% any other floating environment defined with
+% |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| offered by the \package{newfloat} package,
+% |\new|\-|float| offered by the \package{float} package\cite{float}, or
+% |\Declare|\-|New|\-|Float|\-|Type| offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow}.
+%
+% \Message
+% |Not allowed in longtable* environment.|
+% \Description
+% The usage of |\caption| is not allowed inside the |long|\-|table*| environment.
+% Please use either |\caption*| for a caption without label or use the regular
+% |long|\-|table| environment instead.
+%
+% \Message
+% |Not available in compatibility mode.|
+% \Description
+% The feature required is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% `compatibility mode' means that \thispackage\ has detected either an
+% incompatible document class or an incompatible package which also
+% extents the |\caption| command. Leaving the original extension intact,
+% some features of \thispackage\ are not supported.
+% \par\See{\Ref{compatibility}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Only one \caption can be placed in this environment.|
+% \Description
+% Inside the environments offered by the \package{fltpage} and \package{sidecap}
+% package only \emph{one} caption can be placed. (This is due implementation design.)
+%
+% \Message
+% |Option clash for package caption.|
+% \Or[but sometimes also]
+% |Missing \begin{document}.|
+% \Description
+% \Thispackage\ has already been loaded by some other \LaTeX\ package,
+% so you can't do that again specifying different options.
+% A candidate causing this could be the \package{subfig} package; if this is
+% the case, please load \thispackage\ \emph{before} the \package{subfig}
+% package or specify the option |caption=|\x|false| while loading the
+% \package{subfig} package.
+% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Paragraph ended before \caption at makecurrent was complete.|
+% \Or
+% |Paragraph ended before \caption at prepareanchor was complete.|
+% \Description
+% If you want to typeset multi-paragraph captions, you need to give an
+% optional argument to |\caption| resp.~|\caption|\-|of| for the List of
+% Figures resp.~List of Tables, too, even if you don't use such list.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption}, \Ref{lists}, and \Ref{hyperref}\,}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \caption|\\
+% |in the last figure or table.|
+% \Description
+% It seems that you have used a |\sub|\-|caption| command (or a different one
+% which has typeset a sub-caption) without a corresponding |\caption| command.
+% This is not supported.
+%
+% \Message
+% |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+% |with `format=hang'.|
+% \Or
+% |The option `labelsep=|\meta{name}|' does not work|\\
+% |with \setcaphanging (which is set by default).|
+% \Description
+% A caption label separator which contains a |\\| command (like
+% |labelsep=|\x|newline|) can not be combined with a hanging caption format
+% (like |format=|\x|hang|).
+% Please select either another caption label separator
+% (e.g.~|labelsep=|\x|colon|) or another caption format
+% (e.g.~|format=|\x|plain|).
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats} resp.~\Ref{KOMA}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |The package option `caption=false' is obsolete.|\\
+% |Please pass this option to the subfig package instead|\\
+% |and do *not* load the caption package anymore.|
+% \Description
+% You have specified the option |caption=|\x|false|. This used to be a workaround
+% for not using the whole \package{caption} package (leaving the caption stuff
+% offered by the document class or other packages intact), but keeping the
+% \package{subfig} package working. This mechanism is obsolete and not offered
+% anymore, please pass this option to the \package{subfig} package instead and
+% do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+% \par\See{the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} documentation}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined boolean value `|\meta{value}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a boolean option (like |singlelinecheck=| or |hypcap=|)
+% with an improper value. Only |false|, |no|, |off|, |0| or |true|, |yes|,
+% |on|, |1| is allowed here.
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined label format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption label format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined label separator `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption label separator which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined list format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption list-of format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{lists}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined position `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption position with an improper value.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined style `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption style which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{style}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Usage of the `position' option is incompatible|\\
+% |to the `|\meta{package}|' package.|
+% \Description
+% The given package is dealing with caption skips as well.
+% Please decide which one do you actually want to use: The |position=| option
+% of \thispackage\ or the mechanism of the other one; using both this way
+% would lead to wrong skips above or below the caption and is therefore
+% not supported.
+% \par\See{\Ref{skips}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |Undefined text format `|\meta{name}|'.|
+% \Description
+% You tried to set a caption text format which does not exists.
+% Maybe a typo!?
+% \par\See{\Ref{formats}}
+%
+% \Message
+% |You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*|\\
+% |the (current) caption package.|
+% \Description
+% This error message says it all, you simply can't do that.
+% Please use only \thispackage.
+% \par\See{\Ref{caption2}}
+%
+% \end{Warnings}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Version history}
+% \label{history}
+%
+% The version $1.0$ was written in 1994 and was offering a handful of options
+% to customize the look \& feel of the captions.
+% Furthermore this version already supported the \package{rotating} and
+% \package{subfigure} packages.
+% Version $1.1$ introduced the |center|\-|last| option;
+% version $1.2$ added the support of the \package{float} package.
+% Version $1,3$ offered a better support of the \package{subfigure} package,
+% while version $1.4$ came with the new option |nooneline|.
+%
+% The \package{caption2} package $2.0$ was an experimental side-version of
+% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version
+% without proper documentation in 1995 because of the strong demand for new
+% features and adaptations to additional packages like the \package{longtable}
+% package.
+% Furthermore it offered a revised support of the \package{subfigure} package.
+% (An improved version $2.1$ was offered in 2002.)
+%
+% In 2003 I finally found some time, so a new regular release $3.0$
+% of the \package{caption} package could be build in cooperation with
+% Frank Mittelbach and Steven Cochran.
+% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected
+% \package{caption2} package.
+% Main parts were re-written and it provided a complete re-work of
+% the user interface.
+% Furthermore it supported the \package{hyperref}, \package{hypcap},
+% \package{listings}, \package{sidecap}, and \package{supertabular} packages
+% additionally.
+%
+% While all the previous versions were designed for usage with the standard
+% \LaTeX\ document classes \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book},
+% the current version $3.1$ released in 2007 also supports the \AmS,
+% \KOMAScript, \NTG, and \SmF\ document classes, and the \class{beamer} class
+% as well.
+% Furthermore it was adapted to the \package{french} Babel option,
+% the \package{frenchle} \& \package{frenchpro} packages,
+% and the \package{floatflt}, \package{fltpage}, \package{picinpar},
+% \package{picins}, \package{setspace}, \package{threeparttable},
+% and \package{wrapfig} packages.
+% New options and commands were introduced as well, among other things
+% |font+|, |figure|\-|within| \& |table|\-|within|,
+% |list| \& |list|\-|format|, |max|\-|margin| \& |min|\-|margin|,
+% |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry|, |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|List|\-|Format|.
+% Further benefits are the new compatibility check \see*{\Ref{compatibility}},
+% the new ``hypcap'' feature \see*{\Ref{hyperref}\,}, and the sub-caption
+% feature \see*{\package{subcaption} package documentation}.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Compatibility to older versions}
+%
+% \subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$1.x$}{1.x}}
+% \label{caption1}
+%
+% This version of \thispackage\ still supports the old options
+% and commands provided by the version $1.0$ to $1.4$ of this package.
+% So there shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please
+% don't mix old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported
+% and can cause ugly side effects.
+%
+% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and how
+% they have been replaced within this version of \thispackage:
+%
+% \begin{center}\small
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \package{caption} \version{1.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+% \hline
+% |normal| & |format=plain|\\
+% |hang| & |format=hang|\\
+% |isu| & |format=hang|\\
+% |center| & |justification=centering|\\
+% |centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\
+% |nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\
+% |scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\
+% |footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\
+% |small| & |font=small|\\
+% |normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\
+% |large| & |font=large|\\
+% |Large| & |font=Large|\\
+% |up| & |labelfont=up|\\
+% |it| & |labelfont=it|\\
+% |sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\
+% |sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\
+% |md| & |labelfont=md|\\
+% |bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\
+% |rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\
+% |sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\
+% |tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also
+% the commands |\caption|\-|size| resp.~|\caption|\-|font| and
+% |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| who could be redefined with
+% |\re|\-|new|\-|command| and allowed an alternate and more flexible way to
+% change the font used for captions.
+% This mechanism was replaced by the commands
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\
+% |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \SeeUserDefined
+%
+% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% This was replaced by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \See{\Ref{margins}}
+%
+% For example the old-style code
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\
+% |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\
+% |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}|
+% \end{quote}
+% will still work fine, but should be written today as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+% | margin=10pt]{caption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% or
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{caption}|\\
+% |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\
+% | margin=10pt}|\qquad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of
+% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the
+% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the
+% caption package, too.
+% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this
+% version of \thispackage\ offers a more flexible way
+% for changing the captions of these floating environments:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}|
+% \end{quote}
+% resp.
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \SeeUserDefined[, \Ref{captionsetup}, and \Ref{float}]
+%
+% \subsection{caption2 v\texorpdfstring{$2.x$}{2.x}}
+% \label{caption2}
+%
+% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and
+% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a
+% very different implementation design.
+% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered.
+% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in
+% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2}
+% package will still compile fine.
+%
+% Newly created documents should use the actual version of
+% \thispackage\ instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace the command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[...]{caption2}|
+% \end{quote}
+% by
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad.
+% \end{quote}
+% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get
+% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing
+% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2}
+% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking
+% for help.
+%
+% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section
+% these ones will be emulated, too:
+%
+% \begin{center}\small
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \package{caption} \version{3.x}\\
+% \hline
+% |flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\
+% |flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\
+% |oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with
+% \begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+% |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp.
+% |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+% }\end{quote}
+% This was replaced by
+% \begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{%
+% |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp.
+% |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+% }\end{quote}
+% \See{\Ref{margins}}
+%
+% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionstyle{indent}|\\
+% |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% This is now done with
+% \nopagebreak[3]
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands
+% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and
+% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on).
+% This was replaced by
+% |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|off}|
+% resp.
+% |\caption|\-|setup{single|\-|line|\-|check=|\x|on}|\quad.
+% \See{\Ref{justification}}
+%
+% The commands
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\
+% |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle|
+% \end{quote}
+% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated
+% by this version of \thispackage. (So using them will
+% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and
+% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should
+% be able to find appropriate options and commands instead.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% ... (some examples)
+% \fi
+%
+% The \version{2.x} option |ignore|\-|LT|\-|cap|\-|width| do not have a
+% replacement, too.
+% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because
+% in this version of \thispackage\ the value of |\LT|\-|cap|\-|width|
+% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the
+% default one which is |4in|).
+% \See{\Ref{longtable}}
+%
+% \subsection{caption v\texorpdfstring{$3.0$}{3.0}}
+% \label{caption3}
+%
+% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} did not support any document classes
+% other than the standard \LaTeX\ ones: \class{article}, \class{report},
+% and \class{book}.
+% Therefore the default settings used to be fixed, but now \thispackage{}
+% supports more classes, therefore they are now set in dependence on the
+% document class used.
+%
+% For example: While in \version{3.0} the default caption
+% |jus|\-|ti|\-|fi|\-|ca|\-|tion| used to be always |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied|,
+% it's now still |jus|\-|ti|\-|fied| when using one of the standard document
+% classes, but |ragged|\-|right| will be used as default format when used
+% with the \class{beamer} document class.
+%
+% An easy way to select the `old' defaults is using the option
+% |style=base| when loading \thispackage\ (or later on using |\caption|\-|setup|).
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% Another new feature is the automatic check for compatibility; if an
+% incompatibility will be found, a warning message will be issued and if a strong
+% incompatibility was found some features of \thispackage\ will be disabled.
+% Please note that only this check was added to \thispackage, so if you get
+% such warning message, the previous versions of \thispackage\ were incompatible
+% as well, but did not issued such warning, they were ``only'' having
+% side-effects or causing problems.
+% So these warnings only say that some bad side effects or problems could
+% happen, but not that they actually will happen.
+% Anyway, if you use \thispackage\ in such circumstances,
+% you should use it with care.
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% \begin{Note*}
+% \Thispackage\ \version{3.0} offered the option |caption=|\x|false|,
+% which used to be a workaround for not using the whole \package{caption} package
+% (leaving the caption stuff offered by the document class or other packages
+% intact), but keeping the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig} working.
+% This mechanism is obsolete and not offered anymore, please pass this option
+% to the \package{subfig} package instead and do not load \thispackage\ anymore.
+% \end{Note*}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Commands for document class authors}
+%
+% A document class could simply load the \package{caption} package instead
+% of defining an own variant of |\@make|\-|caption|. However if the author decides
+% not to do this -- for whatever reason -- there is a second option:
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.5}
+% If a document class defines |\caption at document|\-|class|, an adaption to the
+% \package{caption} package will be loaded as |caption-|\meta{documentclass}|.sto|
+% if the \package{caption} kernel is loaded.
+% The goal of this adaption file is changing the default settings of the
+% \package{caption} package so simply loading it (without any package options)
+% will not make any harm to the look at feel of the captions.
+% This gives end-users the opportunity to fine-tune certain aspects of the
+% appearance of captions by adding package options, without unwanted
+% side-effects on other aspects of the appearance.
+%
+% In both cases the command |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default|
+% could be used to adapt the \package{caption} package default values:
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\SetCaptionDefault}
+% The command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetCaptionDefault*|\marg{option}\marg{default value}
+% \end{quote}
+% changes the default value for the option \meta{option}, for example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetCaptionDefault{format}{hang}|\\
+% |\SetCaptionDefault{justification}{raggedright}|\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{silly}{ +++ }|\\
+% |\SetCaptionDefault{labelseparator}{silly}|
+% \end{quote}
+% This command is available for the options
+% |box|,
+% |font|,
+% |format|,
+% |justification|,
+% |label|\-|font|,
+% |label|\-|format|,
+% |label|\-|separator|,
+% |list|\-|format|,
+% |margin|,
+% |parbox|,
+% |position|,
+% |single|\-|line|\-|check|,
+% |text|\-|font|,
+% |text|\-|format|, and
+% |width|.
+%
+% The starred variant only makes a difference when setting the default length
+% of either |margin| or |width|, in this case it will use |\def| internally
+% instead of |\edef| to store the value so the actual margin will be calculated
+% when used (and not when set).
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\SetCaptionFallback}
+% The command
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetCaptionFallback|\marg{option}\marg{fallback value}
+% \end{quote}
+% changes the fallback value for the option \meta{option}, for example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\SetCaptionFallback{labelformat}{simple}|
+% \end{quote}
+% Currently only the pre-defined label format `original' uses a fallback
+% value when |\fnum@|\meta{environment} is not defined for the current (floating)
+% environment.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AtCaptionPackage}
+% The adaption file will be loaded when the \package{caption} kernel |caption3.sty|
+% will be loaded so the given adaptions will be done for the \package{floatrow}
+% and \package{subfig} packages even if the \package{caption} package isn't loaded.
+%
+% But some adaptions have to be done for the \package{caption} package,
+% and for this reason the hook
+% \begin{quote}|\AtCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\end{quote}
+% is offered to authors of adaption files.
+% The \meta{code} inside the hook will be executed right before the given package
+% options will be evaluated.
+%
+% For example the adaption file for the \KOMAScript\ document classes
+% uses |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Caption| to re-define the \package{caption} package
+% options |figure|\-|position| and |table|\-|position| to issue a warning
+% that using these options have little effect here.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AfterCaptionPackage}
+% The additional hook
+% \begin{quote}|\AfterCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\end{quote}
+% is offered to authors of adaption files as well.
+% The \meta{code} inside the hook will be executed at the very end of the
+% \package{caption} package.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Commands for babel language package authors}
+%
+% \NEWfeature{v3.5}
+% \DescribeMacro{\caption at switchdefault}
+% If the \package{caption3} kernel package is loaded, the command
+% \begin{quote}|\caption at switchdefault|\marg{option}\marg{code with \#1}\marg{new value}\end{quote}
+% is available which saves the old default value of the given option using
+% \meta{code} and sets the new default value afterwards.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\caption at restoredefault}
+% The command
+% \begin{quote}|\caption at restoredefault|\marg{option}\marg{old value}\end{quote}
+% restores the old default value which was stored in \meta{old value} before.
+%
+% Example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{french}{|\ldots|}|\\
+% |\addto\extrasfrench{%|\\
+% | \caption at switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel at save #1}{french}}|\\
+% |% Note: \caption at restoredefault isn't needed here|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Another example:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption at switchdefault{font}{\let\original at captionfont#1}{it}%|\\
+% \ldots\\
+% |\caption at restoredefault{font}{\original at captionfont}%|\\
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Since boths commands are defined with |\def| inside the \package{caption3}
+% kernel, they could be pre-defined with
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\providecommand\caption at switchdefault[3]{}|\\
+% |\providecommand\caption at restoredefault[2]{}|
+% \end{quote}
+% inside the babel language package so their existence doesn't need to be tested
+% prior use.
+%
+% Additionally babel language packages should not re-define |\@make|\-|caption|
+% if the \package{caption} package is loaded, i.e.~if |\caption at makecaption| is
+% defined. (Unfortunately one cannot use the \LaTeX{} kernel command
+% |\@if|\-|package|\-|loaded{caption}| here since it's only available in the
+% document preamble.)
+%
+% Please note that code like
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\addto\extraswhatever{%|\\
+% | \@ifundefined{caption at makecaption}{%|\\
+% | \babel at save\@makecaption|\\
+% | \let\@makecaption\my at makecaption|\\
+% | }{%|\\
+% | \caption at switchdefault{|\ldots|}{\babel at save #1}{|\ldots|}%|\\
+% | }}|
+% \end{quote}
+% would be wrong since it mixes up the presence of the \package{caption3} kernel
+% and the \package{caption} package.
+% If the \package{caption3} kernel is loaded this does not mean that the
+% \package{caption} package is loaded, too, and the latter one re-defines
+% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@make|\-|caption| while the \package{caption3}
+% kernel does not re-define any of them, instead it only provides (default) values
+% for the \package{caption}, \package{floatrow}, and \package{subfig} package.
+%
+% Currently there is build-in support for the following babel language options:
+% |arabic|, |farsi|, |french|, |hungarian|, |latvian|, and |magyar|.
+% This support could be deactivated by defining
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\def\caption at ifbabel@|\meta{package}|{false}|
+% \end{quote}
+% where \meta{package} is either |arabi|, |french|, |frenchle|, |hungarian|,
+% or |latvian|.
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
% \pagebreak[4]
% \section*{Internal commands}
%
@@ -145,11 +4306,8 @@
% Internal command & Currently used by \\
% \hline
% |\caption at kernel@addcontentsline| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at makecaption| & \package{bidi} \\
% |\caption at settype| & \package{newfloat} \\
% |\caption at setsubtype| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at starfalse| & \package{bidi} \\
-% |\caption at startrue| & \package{bidi} \\
% |\caption at xlabel| & \package{cleveref} \\
% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
%
@@ -160,14 +4318,163 @@
% but we are working on it on the Git branch \texttt{feature/lwarp}:
% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/tree/feature/lwarp}
%
-% \StopEventually{}
-% \clearpage
-% \tableofcontents
-%
% \iffalse
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
% \fi
%
+% \StopEventually{%^^A
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+%
+% \bibitem{TLC2}
+% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+%
+% \bibitem{beamer}
+% Till Tantau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}%
+% {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+% March 11, 2007
+%
+% \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}%
+% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+% 2007-01-09
+%
+% \bibitem{NTG}
+% Victor Eijkhout:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}%
+% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+% 3 September 1989
+%
+% \bibitem{algorithms}
+% Rog\'erio Brito:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/algorithms}%
+% {\emph{Algorithms}},\\
+% June 2, 2006
+%
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
+% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+% 2001/11/08
+%
+% \bibitem{floatflt}
+% Mats Dahlgren:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+% 1998/06/05
+%
+% \bibitem{floatrow}
+% Olga Lapko:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
+% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+% 2009/08/02
+%
+% \bibitem{fltpage}
+% Sebastian Gross:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+% 1998/11/13
+%
+% \bibitem{hyperref}
+% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
+% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX: a manual for hyperref}},\\
+% November 2012
+%
+% \bibitem{hypcap}
+% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek}%
+% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+% 2011/02/16
+%
+% \bibitem{listings}
+% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
+% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+% 2007/02/22
+%
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+% 2004/02/01
+%
+% \bibitem{picinpar}
+% Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
+% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+% July 13, 1993
+%
+% \bibitem{picins}
+% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
+% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+% September~1992
+%
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
+% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+% 1997/09/26
+%
+% \bibitem{setspace}
+% Erica M. S. Harris \& Geoffrey Tobin:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/setspace}%
+% {\emph{LaTeX Document Package ``setspace''}},\\
+% 1 December 2000
+%
+% \bibitem{sidecap}
+% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
+% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+% 2003/06/06
+%
+% \bibitem{subfigure}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
+% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+% 2005/03/15
+%
+% \bibitem{subfig}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
+% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+% 2005/07/05
+%
+% \bibitem{supertabular}
+% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
+% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+% 2004/02/20
+%
+% \bibitem{threeparttable}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
+% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+% March 5, 2010
+%
+% \bibitem{wrapfig}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
+% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+% Jan 31, 2003
+%
+% \bibitem{xtab}
+% Peter Wilson:\\
+% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
+% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+% 2011/07/31
+%
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
@@ -191,6 +4498,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -216,7 +4524,8 @@
% \fi
%
% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
-% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par}
+% \renewcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par}
+% \let\endNote\undefined
%
% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release}
% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \texttt{centerlast}}
@@ -232,27 +4541,71 @@
% \fi
%
% \clearpage
+% \section{The implementation}
%
% \iffalse
%<*package>
% \fi
%
-% \section{Identification}
+% \subsection{Introduction}
%
+% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel
+% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|).
+%
+% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands
+% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to
+% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel
+% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|.
+% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages
+% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package):
+% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT at makecaption| or
+% |\ST at caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel.
+% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it
+% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from
+% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the
+% \package{caption3} kernel.
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% We need at least \LaTeX2e\ version 1994/12/01.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2020/10/26 v3.5g Customizing captions (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Loading the kernel}
+% Bypass the release declarations in case the \LaTeX\ kernel doesn’t know how to deal with them
+% (as suggested by \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2018-FMi-TUB-tb122mitt-version-rollback.pdf}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\DeclareRelease[3]{}
+\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Declare all supported releases.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/10/06] % needs v2.2b or newer
+\DeclareRelease{v1}{1994-10-27}{caption_1995-04-05.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v3.0}{2003-12-20}{caption_2007-04-16.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v3.1}{2007-09-01}{caption_2010-01-09.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v3.2}{2011-08-06}{caption_2011-11-10.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v3.3}{2013-01-10}{caption_2019-09-01.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v3.4}{2019-11-24}{caption_2020-07-29.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v3.5}{2020-08-30}{caption_2020-10-26.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v3.6}{2022-02-20}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Check against unknown document classes}
+% Identify the current version of the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2022/02/20 v3.6 Customizing captions (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \subsection{Loading the kernel}
+%
+% Load a matching version of the \package{caption} kernel.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption3}[2022/01/07] % needs v2.3 or newer
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Check against unknown document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at ifbool{documentclass}{}{%
\caption at WarningNoLine{%
Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak
@@ -259,7 +4612,7 @@
standard defaults will be used}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Check against incompatible packages}
+% \subsection{Check against incompatible packages}
%
% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -271,43 +4624,111 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Check against incompatible packages which used to work fine with \version{1} of the `caption' package.
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/02}{Check against incompatible packages \package{ftcap}, \package{nonfloat}, and \package{topcapt} revised}
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption at DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption at DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption at DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}}
+ \caption at setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{captcont}}{captcont package}%
+ \caption at setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}}{ftcap package}%
+ \caption at setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}}{nonfloat package}%
+ \caption at setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}}{topcapt package}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at DisablePositionOption}
-% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added}
-% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{%
-% Name changed from \cs{caption at IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption at DisablePositionOption};
-% disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning}
-% |\caption at DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par
-% disables the `position' option.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setincompatible}
+% \changes{v3.4}{2019/09/09}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/22}{Adapted to fallback concept}
+% |\caption at setincompatible|\marg{condition}\marg{message text}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at DisablePositionOption[1]{%
- \caption at InfoNoLine{%
- `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}%
- \caption at setposition b%
+\newcommand*\caption at setincompatible[2]{%
+ #1{%
+ \caption at Error{%
+ The #2 is incompatible to the\MessageBreak
+ current version of the `caption' package,\MessageBreak
+ so try \string\usepackage{caption}[=v1] instead}%
+ }{}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption at setincompatible
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Positioning}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{%
- \caption at Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak
- to the `#1' package}}}
+\DeclareCaptionPosition{auto}{#2}{%
+ \caption at ifsubcaption@above{#2}{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \caption at autoposition{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@onlypreamble\caption at DisablePositionOption
+\def\caption at position@a{\caption at position@auto} % needed by floatrow package, \flrow at cappos
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\SetCaptionDefault{position}{auto}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setautoposition}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/03}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'}
+% |\caption at setautoposition|\marg{position}\\
+% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at setautoposition[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*\caption at position@auto{%
+ \@nameuse{caption at position@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Declaration of options}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at autoposition}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Split into \cs{caption at fixposition} & \cs{caption at autoposition}}
+% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/05}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'; \cs{ifvmode} moved into definition of `auto'}
+% We try to guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prev|\-|depth|.
%
-% \subsection{Miscellaneous options}
+% A different solution would be setting the |\space|\-|factor| to something
+% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption at start| and
+% checking this value here by |\ifnum\space|\-|factor=994|.
+% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)
%
+% Another idea would be checking |\@if|\-|mini|\-|page|, but since some packages
+% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a good one.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at autoposition[2]{%
+ \edef\caption at tempa{\the\prevdepth}%
+ \caption at Debug{\string\prevdepth=\caption at tempa}%
+ \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@
+ #2% position=bottom
+ \else
+ #1% position=top
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at autoposition}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/05}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionAutoPosition|\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}\\
+% replaces the inner algorithm of |position=auto| with a custom one.
+% If \#1 is applied the skip will be typeset below the caption
+% (like |position=t|), if \#2 is applied the skip will by typeset
+% above the caption (like |position=b|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionAutoPosition{%
+ \renewcommand*\caption at autoposition[2]}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{%
\InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}%
{\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}%
@@ -335,106 +4756,9 @@
\captionsetup{list-entry=default}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at declparboxrestore}
-% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{This macro added}
-% |\caption at declparboxrestore|\marg{name}\marg{code}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% TODO: Remove \caption at declparboxrestore
-\newcommand\caption at declparboxrestore{%
- \caption at decl{parboxrestore}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@onlypreamble\caption at declparboxrestore
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at setparboxrestore}
-% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{New implementation; default changed from `partial' to `full'}
-% |\caption at setparboxrestore|\marg{\purett{partial} or \purett{full}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% TODO: Remove \caption at setparboxrestore
-\newcommand*\caption at setparboxrestore{%
- \caption at set{parboxrestore}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at declparboxrestore{full}{%
- \@parboxrestore}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|):
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr}
-% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{%
-% \let\if at nobreak\iffalse
-% \let\if at noskipsec\iffalse
-% \let\par\@@par
-% \let\-\@dischyph
-% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
-% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z at skip
-% \everypar{}%
-% \linewidth\hsize
-% \@totalleftmargin\z@
-% \leftskip\z at skip \rightskip\z at skip \@rightskip\z at skip
-% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
-% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
-% \sloppy}
-% \end{verbatim}%^^A
-% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at declparboxrestore{partial}{%
- \let\if at nobreak\iffalse
- \let\if at noskipsec\iffalse
- \let\par\@@par
-% \let\-\@dischyph
-% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
- \parindent\z@ \parskip\z at skip
- \everypar{}%
-% \linewidth\hsize
-% \@totalleftmargin\z@
- \leftskip\z at skip \rightskip\z at skip \@rightskip\z at skip
- \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
- \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
- \sloppy
- \let\\\@normalcr}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at parboxrestore@mini}
-% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{Renamed from \cs{caption at boxrestore@mini} to \cs{caption at parboxrestore@mini}}
-% Resets |\par| so the very first |\par| in |\@caption| behaves quite the same as in floating environments.
-% Will be used by |\set|\-|caption|\-|type|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at declparboxrestore{mini}{%
- \let\par\@@par
- \parindent\z@ \parskip\z at skip
- \sloppy}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% `default' usually maps to `full'.
-% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{The default of \cs{caption at parboxrestore} maps to `full' instead of `partial' now}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\SetCaptionDefault{parboxrestore}{full}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Option \opt{parboxrestore} added}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% TODO: Remove the (undocumentated) option "parboxrestore"
-\DeclareCaptionOption{parboxrestore}{\caption at setparboxrestore{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/07}{(Undocumented) Option \opt{parboxrestore} removed}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at parboxrestore}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added}
-% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added}
-% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added}
-% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{New implementation; renamed from \cs{caption at boxrestore} to \cs{caption at parboxrestore}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% TODO: Change definition to \def\caption at parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore}
-\captionsetup{parboxrestore=default}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{%
@@ -444,60 +4768,32 @@
\captionsetup{@minipage=default}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{caption v1.x compatibility options}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised}
% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options}
% \changes{v3.5a}{2020/09/02}{caption v1.x compatibility options fixed}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/22}{Option `compatibility' adapted to fallback concept}
%
-% Currently we support |v1| and |v3| as values for the |compatibility=| option.
-% But since this used to be a boolean option is the past we still support any boolean value
-% for compatibility reasons.
+% We only support boolean values for the |compatibility=| option
+% since these were the only one which were documented in the past.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[v1]{%
- \caption at ifinlist{#1}{v1,1,true,yes,on}{%
- \let\caption at ifcompatibility\@firstoftwo
- }{\caption at ifinlist{#1}{v3,3,0,false,no,off}{%
- \let\caption at ifcompatibility\@secondoftwo
+\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[1]{%
+ \caption at ifinlist{#1}{1,true,yes,on}{%
+ \caption at Error{%
+ Obsolete compatibility value `#1',\MessageBreak
+ please use either \string\usepackage{caption}[=v1]\MessageBreak
+ or \string\usepackage{caption-light} instead}%
+ }{\caption at ifinlist{#1}{0,false,no,off}{%
+ % nothing to do
}{%
\caption at Error{Undefined compatibility value `#1'}%
}}}
-\@onlypreamble at key{caption}{compatibility}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at setbool{compatibility}{0} % default: Try not to be compatible to v1.x
-% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at setincompatible}
-% \changes{v3.4}{2019/09/09}{This macro added}
-% |\caption at setincompatible|\marg{condition}\marg{message text}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at setincompatible[2]{%
- #1{%
- \caption at WarningNoLine{%
- #2;\MessageBreak
- Setting compatibility to v1}%
- \caption at setbool{compatibility}{1}%
- }{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \subsubsection{caption v1.x compatibility options}
%
-% Check against incompatible packages which used to work fine with v1 of the `caption' package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at AtBeginDocument{\caption at ifcompatibility{}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The usage of the (now obsolete) \package{captcont} package,
-% which brings its own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common in the old days.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{captcont}}{captcont package is loaded}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To be continued\ldots
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{%
\caption at setup{format=plain,justification=justified}}
\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{%
@@ -540,7 +4836,7 @@
\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption at setbool{ruled}{1}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options}
+% \subsubsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options}
% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised}
% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options}
@@ -560,7 +4856,7 @@
\caption at WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options}
+% \subsubsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete,
% gives error now}
%
@@ -574,7 +4870,7 @@
and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{fltpage package support options}
+% \subsubsection{fltpage package support options}
%
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added}
% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp.
@@ -597,7 +4893,7 @@
\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{hyperref package support options}
+% \subsubsection{hyperref package support options}
%
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added}
% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off
@@ -610,7 +4906,7 @@
\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Document class support}
+% \subsection{Document class support}
%
% Execute the code declared with |\At|\-|Caption|\-|Package|.
% We do this right before processing the options so stuff done with
@@ -622,7 +4918,7 @@
\let\AtCaptionPackage\@firstofone
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Processing of options}
+% \subsection{Processing of options}
%
% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package}
@@ -633,31 +4929,74 @@
\caption at ProcessOptions*{caption}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}}
+% \subsection{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifflag}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten (and renamed) so a counter is used instead of a switch}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at flags}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This counter and associated macros added}
% Since we support continued floats and sub-figures it's not an easy task
-% to manage the figure (and table) counter. (Especially since previous versions
-% of the caption package has proven that correcting a counter locally is not a good idea.)
+% to manage the figure (and table) counter, especially since previous versions
+% of the caption package have proven that correcting a counter locally is not a good idea,
+% and to make it dependent on the |position=| setting (like the \package{subfig} package does)
+% is not a good idea, either.
%
-% These three switches hold the
-% current status: |\caption at if|\-|flag{2}| is set if the caption was already
-% typeset (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented for sub-figures),
-% |\caption at if|\-|flag{4}| is set if there is already content which have
-% incremented the counter (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented
-% for the main caption, further sub-figures, and other stuff), and
-% |\caption at if|\-|flag{1}| is set if |\continued|\-|float| was given.
-%
% In the past three boolean switches were used to store the flags, but since some
% packages (like the \package{floatrow} and \package{tabu} package) try hard to keep
-% counter changes locally under certain circumstances, it seems a good idea to make
-% these flags a counter value, too.
+% \LaTeX{} counter changes locally under certain circumstances, it seems a good idea to make
+% these flags a \LaTeX{} counter value.
+%
+% See also:
+% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/issues/27} and
+% \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/444942/subcaptionbox-in-tabu-wrong-numbering-of-subfigures}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcounter{caption at flags}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at clrflags}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at clrflags| clears all flags.
+% Note that we have to use |\set|\-|counter| here (instead of using \TeX{} primitives)
+% since some packages re-define |\set|\-|counter| to keep counter changes local.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at clrflags{%
+ \setcounter{caption at flags}{0}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifflags}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/28}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at ifflags|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if any of the flags is set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifflags{%
+ \ifcase\c at caption@flags
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setflag}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch}
+% |\caption at setflag|\marg{number}\\
+% sets the flag with the given number (where \meta{number} is one of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, \ldots).
+% Note that we have to use |\add|\-|to|\-|counter| here (instead of |\advance|)
+% since some packages re-define |\add|\-|to|\-|counter| to keep counter changes local.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at setflag[1]{%
+ \caption at ifflag{#1}{}{\addtocounter{caption at flags}{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifflag}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten (and renamed) so a counter is used instead of a switch}
+% |\caption at ifflag|\marg{number}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the flag with the given number is set (where \meta{number} is one of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, \ldots).
+% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at ifflag[1]{%
\@tempcnta\c at caption@flags
\divide\@tempcnta #1\relax
@@ -669,37 +5008,81 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at clrflags}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This macro added}
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at clrflag}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch}
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at setflag}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch}
-% Furthermore we introduce the macros \cs{caption at clrflag} and \cs{caption at setflag}
-% for clearing resp.~setting these flags.
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setcontinued}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at setcontinued| sets the `continued float' flag, i.e. |\continued|\-|float| was used.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at clrflags{%
- \setcounter{caption at flags}\z@}
+\newcommand*\caption at setcontinued{\caption at setflag1}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifcontinued}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{\cs{ifcaption at ContinuedFloat} replaced by \cs{caption at ifflag1}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{Revived as \cs{caption at ifcontinued}}
+% |\caption at if|\-|continued|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the `continued float' flag is set.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at clrflag[1]{%
- \caption at ifflag{#1}{\caption at addtoflags{-#1}}{}}
-\newcommand*\caption at setflag[1]{%
- \caption at ifflag{#1}{}{\caption at addtoflags{#1}}}
-\newcommand*\caption at addtoflags{%
- \addtocounter{caption at flags}}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifcontinued{\caption at ifflag1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setcaption}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at setcaption| sets the `caption' flag, i.e. |\caption|, |\phantom|\-|caption|, or |\caption|\-|list|\-|entry| was used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at setcaption{\caption at setflag2}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifcaption}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{\cs{ifcaption at caption} replaced by \cs{caption at ifflag2}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{Revived as \cs{caption at ifcaption}}
+% |\caption at if|\-|caption|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the `caption' flag is set.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifcaption{\caption at ifflag2}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setsubcaption}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at setsubcaption| sets the `subcaption' flag, i.e. |\subcaption|, |\subcaptionbox|, \ldots was used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at setsubcaption{%
+ \caption at ifcaption{\caption at setflag8}{\caption at setflag4}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifsubcaption@above}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{\cs{ifcaption at subcaption} replaced by \cs{caption at ifflag4}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{Revived as \cs{caption at ifsubcaption@above} and \cs{caption at ifsubcaption@below}}
+% |\caption at if|\-|sub|\-|caption at above|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the `subcaption' flag was set before the `caption' flag was set, i.e. a sub-caption was typeset \emph{above} the corresponding caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifsubcaption@above{\caption at ifflag4}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifsubcaption@below}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{\cs{ifcaption at subcaption} replaced by \cs{caption at ifflag4}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{Revived as \cs{caption at ifsubcaption@above} and \cs{caption at ifsubcaption@below}}
+% |\caption at if|\-|sub|\-|caption at below|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the `subcaption' flag was set after the `caption' flag was set, i.e. a sub-caption was typeset \emph{below} the corresponding caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifsubcaption@below{\caption at ifflag8}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at caption}
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added}
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed}
% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save \& use original definition anymore}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|.
% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the
% various packages we support.
@@ -713,11 +5096,20 @@
\caption at star
{\caption at refstepcounter\@captype}%
{\caption at dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}%
- {\caption at Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}%
- \caption at gobble}}
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\caption
+ \caption at withoptargs\@gobbletwo}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at OutsideFloat}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at OutsideFloat}| issues a ``\meta{command} outside float'' error.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at OutsideFloat[1]{%
+ \caption at Error{\string#1 outside float}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at star}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption at caption} to \cs{caption at star}}
% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{global} removed}
@@ -736,6 +5128,7 @@
% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class}
% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M at gettitle} moved to \cs{caption at prepareanchor}}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to the \textsf{nag} package}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/06}{Usage of \cs{caption at nobreak} added to improve \textsf{beamer} document class support}
% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support.
% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption at begin|\-|ex| \&
% |\caption at end| instead of |\begin|\-|group| \& |\end|\-|group|.
@@ -753,6 +5146,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\par
+ \caption at nobreak
\caption at beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\caption at setfloatcapt{%
\caption at parboxrestore
@@ -765,6 +5159,7 @@
\fi
\@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}%
{\ignorespaces\caption at makeanchor{#3}}\par
+ \caption at nobreak
\caption at if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}%
\caption at end}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -789,8 +5184,40 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at nobreak}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/06}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at nobreak| for use in places where |\@caption| resp.~|\beamer at makecaption| does |\nobreak|.
+% It's defined to do nothing unless the \cls{beamer} document class is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at nobreak{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at parboxrestore}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro definition added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added}
+% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{New implementation; renamed from \cs{caption at boxrestore} to \cs{caption at parboxrestore}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/02}{Always uses \cs{@parboxrestore} now}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/02/13}{Hooks added}
+% |\caption at parboxrestore| simply expands to |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore|,
+% surrounded by `before' and `after' hooks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at parboxrestore{%
+ \caption at before@parboxrestore
+ \caption@@parboxrestore
+ \caption at after@parboxrestore}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at before@parboxrestore{}
+\newcommand*\caption@@parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore}
+\newcommand*\caption at after@parboxrestore{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at makecaption}
% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption at rule} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/06}{Usage of \cs{caption at nobreak} added to improve \textsf{beamer} document class support}
% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard
% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting
@@ -798,9 +5225,13 @@
% typeset the caption.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\caption at makecaption#1#2{%
+ \caption at nobreak
\caption at make@above
+ \caption at nobreak
\caption@@make{#1}{#2}%
- \caption at make@below}
+ \caption at nobreak
+ \caption at make@below
+ \caption at nobreak}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -826,156 +5257,91 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at redefine}
-% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Re-definition of \cs{@xfloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{cs{@xfloat} will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{The macro \cs{caption at redefine} contains the patching code now}
+% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Re-definition of \cs{@xdblfloat} added}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at redefine{}
+\newcommand*\caption at redefine{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Prior to \version{3.4} we only redefined |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions
-% were well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} package \version{1.x}) days
-% (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not redefined by us) still compiled fine.
-% This used to make sense when introducing \version{3.0} in the year 2003
-% but is simply overcautious and especially unwanted by the user nowadays.
-% So starting with \version{3.4} we only do not redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the
-% `compatibility' option is set to `v1'.
-%
+% Prior to \version{3.4} we only redefined |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions
+% were well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} package \version{1.x}) days
+% (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not redefined by us) still compiled fine.
+% This used to make sense when introducing \version{3.0} in the year 2003
+% but is simply overcautious and especially unwanted by the user nowadays.
+% So starting with \version{3.4} we only do not redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the
+% `compatibility' option is set to `true', and starting with \version{3.6} we always redefine them.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\g at addto@macro\caption at redefine{%
+ \let\caption\caption at caption
+ \let\@caption\caption@@caption
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifcompatibility{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at InfoNoLine{
- \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since `compatibility' is set to v1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\caption at redefine{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% |\continuedfloat| is not supported in compatibility mode `v1'.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\caption at continuedfloat[1]{%
- \caption at Error{Not available with option `compatibility=v1'}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% |\caption at start| is not supported in compatibility mode `v1'.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at AtBeginDocument*{%
- \let\caption at start\relax
- \caption at ifdefined\caption at ORI@capstart{%
- \caption at Debug{%
- Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}%
- \let\capstart\caption at ORI@capstart}{}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at star}
-% We redefine |\caption at star| here so it does not make any harm.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\caption at star[2]{#1#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption}
-% \begin{macro}{\@caption}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\caption at redefine{%
- \let\caption\caption at caption
- \let\@caption\caption@@caption}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at redefine
- \caption at AtBeginDocument*{%
- \let\caption at ORI@capstart\@undefined}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added}
-% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too}
-% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Hook added}
% We redefine |\@x|\-|float| so inside floating environments our
% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref}
% anchor will be set etc.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\caption at ORI@xfloat\@xfloat
+ \let\@xfloat\caption at xfloat
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{%
- \caption at ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]%
- \caption at settype{#1}%
- \caption at xfloat@hook}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Hook, could be extended with |\g at addto@macro\caption at x|\-|float at hook{|\ldots|}|.
-% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\caption at xfloat@hook{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@xdblfloat}
-% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Re-definition of \cs{xdblfloat} added}
% We redefine |\@xdbl|\-|float|, too, so special options for |figure*|
% resp.~|table*| will be applied here.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\caption at ORI@xdblfloat\@xdblfloat
+ \let\@xdblfloat\caption at xdblfloat
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\@xdblfloat#1[#2]{%
- \caption at ORI@xdblfloat{#1}[#2]% expands to \@xfloat{#1}[#2] + extra stuff
- \caption at setoptions{#1*}%
- \caption at xdblfloat@hook}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Hook, could be extended with |\g at addto@macro\caption at xdbl|\-|float at hook{|\ldots|}|.
-% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\caption at xdblfloat@hook{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines
% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too.
-% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure
+% So we have to use |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| here, so we can make sure
% our definition is the one which will be valid at last.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at AtBeginDocument{\caption at redefine}
+\caption at AtBeginDocument{%
+ \caption at redefine
+ \let\caption at redefine\relax}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
+% The redefinition of |\@make|\-|caption| will be done immediately.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\@makecaption\caption at makecaption
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption}
-% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added}
-% |\phantomcaption|\par
-% Use this one for figures with subcaptions but without main caption.
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at xfloat}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Re-definition of \cs{@xfloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Definition and usage of \cs{caption at xfloat@hook} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{Re-definition of \cs{@xfloat} put into \cs{caption at xfloat}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\phantomcaption{%
- \caption at iftype
- {\caption at refstepcounter\@captype}%
- {\caption at Error{\noexpand\phantomcaption outside float}}}%
+\def\caption at xfloat#1[#2]{%
+ \caption at ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]%
+ \caption at settype{#1}%
+ \caption at xfloat@hook}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Hook, could be extended with |\g at addto@macro\caption at x|\-|float at hook{|\ldots|}|.
+% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at xfloat@hook{}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{\cs{setcaptiontype} and \cs{setcaptionsubtype}}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at xdblfloat}
+% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Re-definition of \cs{@xdblfloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Definition and usage of \cs{caption at xdblfloat@hook} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{Re-definition of \cs{@xdblfloat} put into \cs{caption at xdblfloat}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption at xdblfloat#1[#2]{%
+ \caption at ORI@xdblfloat{#1}[#2]% expands to \@xfloat{#1}[#2] + extra stuff
+ \caption at setoptions{#1*}%
+ \caption at xdblfloat@hook}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Hook, could be extended with |\g at addto@macro\caption at xdbl|\-|float at hook{|\ldots|}|.
+% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at xdblfloat@hook{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{\cs{setcaptiontype} and \cs{setcaptionsubtype}}
+%
% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added}
@@ -1005,35 +5371,64 @@
% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Check added if the subtype is defined}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/24}{Definition method adapted to the \package{caption-light} package}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/02}{Usage of \cs{caption at initposition} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Usage of \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/02/20}{Optional argument added}
% Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if |\caption|\-|setup| was redefined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\setcaptiontype{%
- \caption at parboxrestore@mini
+ \caption at parboxrestore@light
\caption at settype}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at settype{%
+ \caption at initposition
+ \caption at clrflags
+ \aftergroup\flushsubcaptionlistentries
+ \caption@@settype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@settype{%
+ \caption at teststar\caption@@settype@\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@settype@[1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption@@settype@@{#1}}%
+ {\caption@@@settype{}{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@settype@@#1[#2]#3{%
+ \caption@@@settype{}{#1}{#3}%
+ \caption at setoptions{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionsubtype}
% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/15}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.5d}{2020/09/28}{This macro revised}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/07}{Multiple use is suppressed now by checking \cs{caption at ifsubtype}}
% Same, but sets the sub-type.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\setcaptionsubtype{%
- \caption at iftype
- \caption at setsubtype
- {\caption at Error{\noexpand\setcaptionsubtype outside float}}}%
+\newcommand*\setcaptionsubtype{%
+ \caption at setsubtype}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption at setsubtype{%
+\newcommand*\caption at setsubtype{% used by the floatrow package
\caption at teststar\caption@@setsubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@@setsubtype[1]{%
- \caption@@@settype{sub}{#1}{sub\@captype}}
+ \caption at iftype
+ {\caption at ifsubtype
+ {\caption at Debug{subtype=\@subcaptype}}%
+ {\caption@@@settype{sub}{#1}{sub\@captype}}}%
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\setcaptionsubtype}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at settype}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@settype}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption at xlabel} added}
% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption at checkgrouplevel} revised}
@@ -1044,35 +5439,21 @@
% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Resetting of \cs{ifcaption at caption} and \cs{ifcaption at subcaption} added}
% \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Checks added to prevent misuse regading subtypes}
% \changes{v3.5d}{2020/09/28}{This macro revised}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{Some code out-sourced to \cs{caption at reset@currentlabel}}
% |\caption at settype*|\marg{type}\par
% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it
% (using |\caption at set|\-|options|).
-% Furthermore we check |\current|\-|group|\-|level| (if avail),
-% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result
-% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and
+% Furthermore we check |\current|\-|group|\-|level| (if avail), and
% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|type|\-|hook| (which will be used by our
% \package{float} package support).\par
% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally
% (if |hypcap=|\-|true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at settype{%
- \caption at clrflags
- \caption at set@type}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at set@type{%
- \caption at teststar\caption@@settype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@settype{%
- \caption@@@settype{}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{%
% #1 = "" or "sub"
% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise
% #3 = <type>, e.g.: "figure" or "subfigure"
- \caption at Debug{#1type=#3}%
+ \caption at Debug{#1type:=#3}%
\@nameuse{caption at check#1type}{#3}%
{\caption at checkgrouplevel{#1}{%
\captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or
@@ -1099,20 +5480,42 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{}{%
- \let\@currentlabel\caption at undefinedlabel
-% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined
- \ifx\caption at x@label\@undefined
- \let\caption at x@label\label
- \let\label\caption at xlabel
- \fi
- \caption at start}}}
+ #2{}{\caption at reset@currentlabel\caption at start}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at parboxrestore@light}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{Renamed from \cs{caption at boxrestore@mini} to \cs{caption at parboxrestore@mini}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/02}{Renamed from \cs{caption at parboxrestore@mini} to \cs{caption at parboxrestore@light}}
+% Resets |\par| so the very first |\par| in |\@caption| behaves quite the same as in floating environments.
+% Will be used by |\set|\-|caption|\-|type|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at parboxrestore@light{%
+ \let\par\@@par
+ \parindent\z@ \parskip\z at skip
+ \sloppy}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at reset@currentlabel}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{This macro out-sourced from \cs{caption at settype}}
+% Redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result
+% in a hint instead of a wrong reference.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at reset@currentlabel{%
+ \let\@currentlabel\caption at undefinedlabel
+% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined
+ \ifx\caption at x@label\@undefined
+ \let\caption at x@label\label
+ \let\label\caption at xlabel
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at iftype}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added}
-% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro definition added}
+% Since we often need to check if |\@cap|\-|type| is defined (means: we
% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at iftype{\caption at ifdefined\@captype}
@@ -1119,8 +5522,17 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifsubtype}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/07}{This macro definition added}
+% Since we often need to check if |\@sub|\-|cap|\-|type| is defined (means: we
+% are inside a sub-caption group of a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifsubtype{\caption at ifdefined\@subcaptype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at checktype}
-% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf at counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added}
% |\caption at checktype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par
% is used by |\caption at settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error
@@ -1128,7 +5540,7 @@
% |\DeclareCaptionSubType| or |\newsubfloat|\cite{subfig}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at checktype[1]{%
- \caption at ifsubtype{#1}\@firstoftwo{\caption at ifin@list\sf at counterlist{#1}}%
+ \caption at ifdefined@subtype{#1}\@firstoftwo{\caption at ifin@list\sf at counterlist{#1}}%
{\caption at Error{Should not be used with subtype `#1'}%
\@gobble}%
\@firstofone}
@@ -1136,7 +5548,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at checksubtype}
-% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf at counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added}
% |\caption at checksubtype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par
% is used by |\caption at settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error
@@ -1147,7 +5559,7 @@
% those sub-types as well (but not without warning since we do not support this).
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at checksubtype[1]{%
- \caption at ifsubtype{#1}%
+ \caption at ifdefined@subtype{#1}%
\@firstofone
{\caption at ifin@list\sf at counterlist{#1}%
{\caption at Warning{%
@@ -1162,7 +5574,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at checkgrouplevel}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/21}{Uses \cs{caption at ifeTeX} now}
% \changes{v3.5}{2019/09/11}{Relies on \eTeX{} now}
@@ -1184,7 +5596,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at undefinedlabel}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}}
% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption at xref}(\ldots)}
% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption at xref} is robust now}
@@ -1206,8 +5618,9 @@
\newcommand*\caption at labelname{??}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at xlabel}
-% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised}
% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now}
% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Works with optional arguments now, too}
@@ -1256,36 +5669,155 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{\cs{captionlistentry}}
+% \subsection{\cs{phantomcaption}}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
+% |\phantomcaption|\par
+% increments the counter and generates an reference
+% which could be used with |\label|, but does not typeset anything.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\phantomcaption{%
+ \caption at iftype
+ {\caption at refstepcounter\@captype}%
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\phantomcaption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{captionlistentry}}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added}
% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{With optional argument \cs{caption at refstepcounter@} is used instead of \cs{caption at refstepcounter}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\
% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\captionlistentry{%
- \caption at teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+ \caption at teststar\caption at listentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{%
- \@testopt{\caption at listentry{#1}}\@captype}
+\newcommand*\caption at listentry[1]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption at listentry@{#1}}%
+ {\caption@@listentry{#1}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\caption at listentry#1[#2]#3{%
+\def\caption at listentry@#1[#2]{%
+ \caption@@@listentry{#1}{#2}{\caption at refstepcounter@}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@listentry[1]{%
+ \caption at iftype
+ {\caption@@@listentry{#1}{\@captype}{\caption at refstepcounter}}%
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\captionlistentry
+ \@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@listentry[4]{%
\@bsphack
- #1{\caption at gettitle{#3}}%
- {\caption at refstepcounter{#2}%
- \caption at makecurrent{#2}{#3}}%
- \caption at addcontentsline{#2}{#3}%
+ #1{\caption at gettitle{#4}}%
+ {#3{#2}\caption at makecurrent{#2}{#4}}%
+ \caption at addcontentsline{#2}{#4}%
\@esphack}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{\cs{captionbox}}
+% \subsection{\cs{captiontext}}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\captiontext}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
+% |\captiontext*|\oarg{number}\marg{text for caption}\par
+% typesets the caption without incrementing the counter,
+% without putting an entry into the list, and without skips.
+% The starred variant skips the single-line-check additionally
+% and does not use a box or parbox or margin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captiontext{%
+ \caption at iftype
+ {\caption at text\@captype}%
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\captiontext
+ \caption at withoptargs\@gobbletwo}}
+\newcommand*\caption at text[1]{%
+ \caption at teststar{\caption@@text{#1}}\caption@@@make\caption@@make}
+\newcommand*\caption@@text[2]{%
+ \kernel at ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption@@@text{#1}#2\@iden}%
+ {\caption@@@text{#1}#2\@gobble[0]}}
+\long\def\caption@@@text#1#2#3[#4]#5{%
+ \begingroup
+ #3{\csname c@#1\endcsname #4\relax}%
+ #2{\caption at fnum{#1}}{#5}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{The \env{captiongroup} environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{captiongroup}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/02/20}{This environment definition added}
+% \env{captiongroup} is simply an environment containing |\set|\-|caption|\-|type|, that's all.
+% A starred variant of this environment is available, too, which uses |\set|\-|caption|\-|type*|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{captiongroup}{\setcaptiontype}{}
+\newenvironment{captiongroup*}{\setcaptiontype*}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \env{captionblock} environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at minipage}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/02/20}{This macro definition added}
+% This is a \env{minipage} with |\set|\-|caption|\-|type| as first contents line.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at minipage{%
+ \@testopt\caption at iminipage b}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We pass all other optional arguments using the generic helper macro
+% |\caption at with|\-|opt|\-|args| offered by the \pkg{caption} kernel).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption at iminipage[#1]{%
+ \caption at withoptargs{\caption at iiminipage{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% `B' and `T' will add a |\vspace{0pt}|, all other values (and additional
+% optional arguments) will be passed unseen to the |minipage| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at iiminipage[3]{%
+ \let\caption at endminipage@hook\@empty
+ \if#1B%
+ \minipage[b]#2{#3}%
+ \def\caption at endminipage@hook{\vspace{0pt}}%
+ \else\if#1T%
+ \minipage[t]#2{#3}%
+ \vspace{0pt}%
+ \else
+ \minipage[#1]#2{#3}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \@floatboxreset
+ \setcaptiontype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at endminipage{%
+ \caption at endminipage@hook
+ \endminipage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{captionblock}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/02/20}{This environment definition added}
+% \env{captionblock} is a \env{minipage} with |\set|\-|caption|\-|type| as first contents line.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{captionblock}{\caption at minipage}{\caption at endminipage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{captionbox}}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\captionbox}
% \changes{v3.2}{2010/12/17}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/16}{\cs{captionsetup} replaces with \cs{captionbox at settype} and \cs{caption at setposition}}
@@ -1293,6 +5825,7 @@
% \changes{v3.3}{2017/03/19}{When used with fixed witdh the content will not be hboxed anymore}
% \changes{v3.3c}{2019/09/01}{Adapted so it could be used by \cs{subfloat} offered by \package{subcaption}}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/28}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/24}{Check of argument \meta{inner-pos} added}
% A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\captionbox{%
@@ -1319,27 +5852,28 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\caption at iiiibox#1#2#3#4#5[#6][#7]#8{%
- \begingroup
- #1*% set \caption at position
- \caption at iftop{%
- \endgroup
- \parbox[t]{#6}{%
- #1\relax
- \caption at setposition t%
- #2{\caption#4{#5}}%
- \captionbox at hrule
- \csname caption at justification@#7\endcsname
- #8}%
- }{%
- \endgroup
- \parbox[b]{#6}{%
- #1\relax
- \caption at setposition b%
- \csname caption at justification@#7\endcsname
- #8%
- \captionbox at hrule
- #3{\caption#4{#5}}}%
- }}
+ \caption at checkdecl{justification}{#7}{%
+ \begingroup
+ #1*% set \caption at position
+ \caption at iftop{%
+ \endgroup
+ \parbox[t]{#6}{%
+ #1\relax
+ \caption at setposition t%
+ #2{\caption#4{#5}}%
+ \captionbox at hrule
+ \csname caption at justification@#7\endcsname
+ #8}%
+ }{%
+ \endgroup
+ \parbox[b]{#6}{%
+ #1\relax
+ \caption at setposition b%
+ \csname caption at justification@#7\endcsname
+ #8%
+ \captionbox at hrule
+ #3{\caption#4{#5}}}%
+ }}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\captionbox at innerpos@default{c}
@@ -1353,8 +5887,59 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{\cs{continuedfloat}}
+% \subsection{\cs{continuedfloat}}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\c at continuedfloat}
+% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Counter renamed from \cs{ContinuedFloat} to \cs{continuedfloat}}
+% |\thecontinuedfloat| will be preset to |\@empty|, so usually the continuation counter is not
+% included in the caption label or references.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{continuedfloat}
+\let\c at ContinuedFloat\c at continuedfloat % defined for compatibility reasons
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\thecontinuedfloat{\theContinuedFloat}
+\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty % defined for compatibility reasons
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\continuedfloat at captype}
+% \changes{v3.6}{Renamed from \cs{caption at CFtype} to \cs{continuedfloat at captype}}
+% Since we have only a single `continuedfloat' counter (and not one per caption type),
+% we need to attach a caption type to our counter to make sure that the counter is not
+% (mis-)used for a different float type while it holds a value other than zero.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\continuedfloat at captype{??}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at reset@continuedfloat}
+% |\caption at reset@continuedfloat|\marg{caption type}\\
+% resets the continuation counter to zero and attaches the given caption type to it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at reset@continuedfloat[1]{%
+ \xdef\continuedfloat at captype{#1}%
+ \@stpelt{continuedfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at set@continuedfloat}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{Some code of \cs{continuedfloat} out-sourced to this macro}
+% |\caption at set@continuedfloat|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% checks if the current caption type matches the one attached to the `continuedfloat' counter
+% before increasing it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at set@continuedfloat{%
+ \ifx\@captype\continuedfloat at captype
+ \stepcounter{continuedfloat}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \caption at Error{Continued `\@captype' after `\continuedfloat at captype'}%
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\continuedfloat}
% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{Optional argument added}
% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}}
@@ -1362,101 +5947,67 @@
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption at setoptions} added}
% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant added}
% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Undocumented optional argument removed}
+% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@@@continuedfloat} added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Uses \cs{ifcaption at ContinuedFloat} now}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption at restorecounters} added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Does not use \cs{caption at ContinuedFloat} anymore since this breaks \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package}
% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Renamed from \cs{ContinuedFloat} to \cs{continuedfloat}}
% \changes{v3.5f}{2020/10/06}{Usage of \cs{caption at restorecounters} removed}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{Check of counter caption type out-sourced to \cs{caption at check@continuedfloat}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
% |\continuedfloat|\\
% |\continuedfloat*|\par
-% This mainly sets the appropriate flag, increments the
-% continuation counter, and executes the given options.
-% Furthermore we set |\caption at reset|\-|continued|\-|float| to |\@gobble| so the
-% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption at ref|\-|step|\-|counter|.\par
-% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem
-% that the usage of |\continued|\-|float| will create duplicate
-% hyper links -- |\@current|\-|Href| will be the same for the main float and
-% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references
-% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and
-% |\the|\-|H|\-|table|, so for continued floats the scheme
-% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote}
-% will be used instead of
-% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote}
-% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)}
-% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option
-% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.}
+% This mainly sets the `continued float' flag, increments the continuation counter, and executes the given options.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\continuedfloat{%
- \caption at iftype
- {\caption at continuedfloat\@captype}%
- {\caption at Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}}
+ \caption at teststar\caption at continuedfloat\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at continuedfloat[1]{%
- \@ifstar
- {\caption@@refstepcounter\@captype
- \caption@@continuedfloat{#1}}%
- {\caption at continued@float{#1}}}
+ \caption at iftype
+ {#1{\caption@@refstepcounter\@captype}{}%
+ \caption@@continuedfloat\@captype}%
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\continuedfloat}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at continued@float[1]{%
- \edef\caption at tempa{#1}%
- \ifx\caption at tempa\caption at CFtype
- \caption@@continuedfloat{#1}%
- \else
- \caption at Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption at CFtype'}%
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@@continuedfloat{%
- \caption at setflag1% continued float
- \caption@@@continuedfloat}
-\newcommand*\caption@@@continuedfloat{%
- \stepcounter{continuedfloat}%
- \caption@@@@continuedfloat}
+ \caption at clrflags
+ \caption at set@continuedfloat
+ {\caption at setcontinued
+ \caption@@@continuedfloat}%
+ {\@gobble}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@@@continuedfloat[1]{%
+\newcommand*\caption@@@continuedfloat[1]{%
\caption at setoptions{ContinuedFloat}% for compatibility reasons
\caption at setoptions{continuedfloat}%
\caption at setoptions{continued#1}%
\expandafter\l at addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\thecontinuedfloat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem
+% that the usage of |\continued|\-|float| will create duplicate
+% hyper links -- |\@current|\-|Href| will be the same for the main float and
+% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references
+% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and
+% |\the|\-|H|\-|table|, so for continued floats the scheme
+% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote}
+% will be used instead of
+% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote}
+% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)}
+% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{%
\expandafter\l at addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{%
\@alph\c at continuedfloat}}%
- \let\caption@@@@continuedfloat\@gobble}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Make sure the options and the \package{hyperref} patch is only applied once (per group).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at CFtype{??}
+ \let\caption@@@continuedfloat\@gobble}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\thecontinuedfloat}
-% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Renamed from \cs{theContinuedFloat} to \cs{thecontinuedfloat}}
-% This one is preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not
-% included in the caption label or references.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{continuedfloat}
-\let\c at ContinuedFloat\c at continuedfloat % defined for compatibility reasons
-\def\thecontinuedfloat{\theContinuedFloat}
-\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty % defined for compatibility reasons
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at reset@continuedfloat}
-% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Redefinition of \cs{continuedfloat} added}
-% |\caption at reset@continuedfloat|\marg{type}\par
-% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it.
-% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at reset@continuedfloat[1]{%
- \xdef\caption at CFtype{#1}%
- \@stpelt{continuedfloat}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat}
-% For compatibility reasons we still support |\Continued|\-|Float|.
+% For compatibility reasons we still support the obsolete |\Continued|\-|Float|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\ContinuedFloat{\continuedfloat} % defined for compatibility reasons
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1465,17 +6016,47 @@
% \begin{macro}{\caption at ContinuedFloat}
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Revised and defined with \cs{def} instead of \cs{newcommand}}
-% |\caption at ContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par
+% |\caption at ContinuedFloat|\marg{caption type}\par
% This one is used by \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package.
+% Since the \package{subfig} package does its own counter handling we try not to
+% interfere by changing couter-related flags.
+% not interfere with it
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\caption at ContinuedFloat{%
- \let\caption at reset@continuedfloat\@gobble
- \caption@@@continuedfloat}
+ \caption at set@continuedfloat\caption@@@continuedfloat\@gobble}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Internal helpers}
+% \begin{macro}{\nextfloat}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{This command added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Usage of \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
+% |\nextfloat| resets the flags (indicating that the next contents of the floating environment starts here),
+% and sets a new \package{hyperref} anchor.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\nextfloat{%
+ \caption at teststar\caption at nextfloat\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at nextfloat[1]{%
+ \caption at iftype
+ {\caption@@nextfloat\@captype
+ #1{}{\caption at reset@currentlabel\caption at start}}%
+ {\caption at OutsideFloat\nextfloat}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@nextfloat[1]{%
+ \flushsubcaptionlistentries
+ \caption at clrflags
+ \ifx\caption@@@continuedfloat\@gobble
+ % next continued float
+ \caption at set@continuedfloat\caption at setcontinued\relax
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{Internal helpers}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at refstepcounter}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from \cs{caption@@@settype} to here}
@@ -1482,81 +6063,152 @@
% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Usage of \cs{ifcaption at caption}, \cs{ifcaption at subcaption}, and \cs{ifcaption at ContinuedFloat} added}
% \changes{v3.5e}{2020/09/28}{Bugfix in re-definition of \cs{stepcounter}; uses \cs{edef} instead of \cs{def} now}
-% Increments the float (i.e. |figure| or |table|) counter,
-% resets the continuation counter, and redefines itself to |\@gobble|.
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{Handling of flags out-sourced to \cs{caption at ifrefstepcounter}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{\cs{caption@@@refstepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption at refstepcounter@}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Adapted to current interface of \cs{caption at prepare@stepcounter}}
+% |\caption at refstepcounter|\marg{counter}\\
+% increments the float counter (using |\ref|\-|step|\-|counter|) and resets the continuation counter.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at refstepcounter[1]{%
- \@ifundefined{c@#1}%
- {\caption at Error{No float type '#1' defined}}%
- {\caption at ref@stepcounter{#1}%
+\newcommand*\caption at refstepcounter{%
+ \@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}% Support of the memoir document class
+ \caption at ifrefstepcounter\caption@@refstepcounter\caption@@refcounter}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Set flag if this part of the figure (or table) contains a caption now.
-% (If |\caption at if|\-|top| is not set, |\caption| is at the bottom of this part,
-% therefore ending this part, so we set the flag to |false| in this case.)
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at fixposition % TODO: Make this independant on the "position" setting
- \caption at iftop\caption at setflag\caption at clrflag2% caption
+\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter[1]{%
+ \caption at prepare@stepcounter{#1}%
+ \caption at refstepcounter@{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% This part does not contain content (like sub-figures) yet,
-% so we set |\if|\-|caption at sub|\-|caption| to |false|.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at clrflag4% subcaption
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Support of the \textsf{memoir} document class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at ref@stepcounter{%
- \caption at ifflag1{% continued float
- \let\caption at tempa\caption@@refcounter
- \caption at clrflag1% continued float
- }{%
- \let\caption at tempa\caption@@refstepcounter
- \caption at ifflag2{}{% caption
- \caption at ifflag4{% subcaption
- % Counter was already incremented by content, so we suppress \stepcounter{#1} here
- \let\caption at tempa\caption@@refcounter
- }{}%
- }%
- }%
- \caption at tempa}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@@refcounter[1]{%
\let\caption at stepcounter@ORI\stepcounter
\def\stepcounter##1{%
\edef\caption at tempa{#1}%
\edef\caption at tempb{##1}%
- \ifx\caption at tempa\caption at tempb \else
+ \ifx\caption at tempa\caption at tempb
+ % Suppress incrementation of counter
+ \else
\caption at stepcounter@ORI{##1}%
\fi}%
- \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}%
- \let\stepcounter\caption at stepcounter@ORI}
+ \caption at refstepcounter@{#1}%
+ \let\stepcounter\caption at stepcounter@ORI}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter[1]{%
- \caption at prepare@stepcounter{#1}{ref}%
- \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}}
+\newcommand*\caption at refstepcounter@{\refstepcounter}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at stepcounter}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{Handling of flags out-sourced to \cs{caption at ifstepcounter}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{\cs{caption@@@stepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption at stepcounter@}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Adapted to current interface of \cs{caption at prepare@stepcounter}}
+% |\caption at stepcounter|\marg{counter}\\
+% increments the float counter (using |\step|\-|counter|) and resets the continuation counter.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at stepcounter{%
+ \caption at ifstepcounter\caption@@stepcounter\caption@@counter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption@@stepcounter[1]{%
- \caption at prepare@stepcounter{#1}{}%
- \caption@@@stepcounter{#1}}
+ \caption at prepare@stepcounter{#1}%
+ \caption at stepcounter@{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at prepare@stepcounter[2]{%
- \caption at addsubcontentslines{#2stepcounter}%
- \caption at reset@continuedfloat{#1}}
+\newcommand*\caption@@counter[1]{} % nothing to do
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter}
+\newcommand*\caption at stepcounter@{\stepcounter}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at prepare@stepcounter}
+% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Argument \meta{source hint} dropped; adapted to current interface of \cs{caption at addsubcontentslines}}
+% |\caption at prepare@stepcounter|\marg{counter}
+% Dumps the cached list entries and resets the continuation counter.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@@stepcounter{\stepcounter}
+\newcommand*\caption at prepare@stepcounter{%
+ \caption at addsubcontentslines\relax
+ \caption at reset@continuedfloat}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifrefstepcounter}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at ifrefstepcounter|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the counter should be increased or not. Furthermore it updates the flags accordingly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifrefstepcounter{%
+ \caption at ifcounter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a caption was already typeset in this environment, we need to increment the counter (again).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\caption at ifcaption}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a caption and a sub-caption below it were already typeset, we issue a warning additionally.
+% (This will only be done if |position=b| is set because this is the case were the sub-caption numbering got most likely wrong.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\caption at ifsubcaption@below{\caption at iftop\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}{\@secondoftwo}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In each case set the `caption' flag to indicate a caption was typeset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\caption at setcaption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifstepcounter}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/27}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at ifstepcounter|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% tests if the counter should be increased or not. Furthermore it updates the flags accordingly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifstepcounter{%
+ \caption at ifcounter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a caption and a sub-caption above it were already typeset in this environment, we need to increment the counter (again).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\caption at ifcaption\caption at ifsubcaption@above\@secondoftwo}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In this case issue a warning additionally.
+% (This will only be done if |position=t| is set because this is the case were the sub-caption numbering got most likely wrong.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\caption at iftop}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In each case set the `subcaption' flag to indicate a sub-caption was typeset.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\caption at setsubcaption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifcounter}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/28}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at ifcounter|\marg{increment the counter?}\marg{issue a warning?}\marg{set flag}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% contains the common code of |\caption at if|\-|ref|\-|step|\-|counter| and |\caption at if|\-|step|\-|counter|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at ifcounter[3]{%
+ \caption at ifflags
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Test if the counter should be incremented (again). If yes, test if a warning should be issued additionally.
+% (If the counter gets incremented all flags will be cleared to indicate a new run.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {#1%
+ {#2\caption at Warning\@gobble{Ambiguous sub-caption(s), use \string\nextfloat}%
+ \caption at clrflags
+ \let\caption at next\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\let\caption at next\@secondoftwo}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Always increment the counter if no flag was set so far.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\let\caption at next\@firstoftwo}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set either the `caption' or `subcaption' flag.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ #3%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption at next}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at dblarg}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel at ifnextchar} (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too}
@@ -1569,7 +6221,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption at dblarg[1]{%
- \kernel at ifnextchar[{\caption at ydblarg{#1}}{\caption at xdblarg{#1}}}
+ \kernel at ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption at ydblarg{#1}}%
+ {\caption at xdblarg{#1}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption at xdblarg[2]{%
@@ -1638,23 +6292,8 @@
% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added}
% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at setfnum}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/03}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0}
-% |\caption at setfnum|\marg{type}\\
-% stores the original definition of |\fnum@|\meta{type} in |\caption at fnum@|\meta{type}
-% and re-defines it according the caption label format set with |label|\-|format=|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at setfnum[1]{%
- \@ifundefined{caption at fnum@#1}%
- {\expandafter\let\csname caption at fnum@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname fnum@#1\endcsname
- \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption at fnum{#1}}}%
- {}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at normalsize}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0}
% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1700,7 +6339,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at gettitle}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro definition added}
% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption at gettitle[1]{%
@@ -1710,7 +6349,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Support for sub-captions}
+% \subsection{Support for sub-captions}
% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at subtypehook}
@@ -1727,6 +6366,7 @@
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package}
% \changes{v3.4f}{2020/01/03}{Redefinition of \cs{@caption} added since it was redefined by the \env{threeparttable} environment}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/09/20}{Handling of flags out-sourced to \cs{caption at stepcounter}}
% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption at setsubtype}.\par
% (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep
% the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.)
@@ -1734,24 +6374,13 @@
\newcommand*\caption at subtypehook{%
\ifx\caption\caption at subcaption \else
\caption at warmup
+ \caption at stepcounter\@captype
+ \caption at ifcaption
+ {}%
+ {\let\caption at add@contentsline\caption at addsubcontentsline
+ \let\caption at addsubcontentslines\@gobble}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifflag2{}{% caption
-% no \caption in this part of the (floating) environment yet
- \let\caption at add@contentsline\caption at addsubcontentsline
- \let\caption at addsubcontentslines\@gobble
- \caption at ifflag4{}{% subcaption
-% no \subcaption in this part of the (floating) environment yet
- \caption at ifflag1{% continued float
- \caption at clrflag1%
- }{%
- \caption@@stepcounter\@captype
- }%
- \caption at setflag4% subcaption
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\c at continuedfloat=0\relax
\let\caption at setfloatcapt\@firstofone
\let\caption at chkfloat\@gobbletwo
@@ -1780,8 +6409,9 @@
\let\@caption\caption@@caption
\let\phantomcaption\caption at subphantom
\let\captionlistentry\caption at sublistentry
+ \let\captiontext\caption at subtext
% \let\@captype\@subcaptype
- \let\caption at refstepcounter\caption@@@refstepcounter
+ \let\caption at refstepcounter\caption at refstepcounter@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
% restore \@makecaption
@@ -1841,10 +6471,20 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\@subcaptionlistentry[1]{%
- \@testopt{\caption at listentry{#1}}\@subcaptype}
+ \@testopt{\caption at listentry{#1}}{\@subcaptype}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at subtext}
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added}
+% Same as |\captiontext|, but for sub-captions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at subtext{%
+% \caption at checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaptiontext
+ \caption at text\@subcaptype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{caption at clearsubcontentslines}
% Clear pending sub-caption list entries.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1884,51 +6524,26 @@
% \begin{macro}{\flushsubcaptionlistentries}
% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Renamed from \cs{caption at addsubcontentslines} to \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries}}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{Bugfix: Missing redefinition of \cs{caption at addsubcontentslines} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Patch of \cs{chapter} and \cs{appendix} dropped}
% Writes pending sub-caption list entries.
+% (Note: We keep the parameter of |\caption at add|\-|sub|\-|contents|\-|lines| for compatibility reasons although it's not used anymore.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\flushsubcaptionlistentries{%
- \caption at addsubcontentslines{user}}
+ \caption at addsubcontentslines\relax}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*\caption at addsubcontentslines[1]{%
- \caption at Debug{\string\flushsubcaptionlistentries (#1)}%
+ \caption at Debug{\string\flushsubcaptionlistentries}%
\begingroup
\caption at subcontentslines
\endgroup
\caption at clearsubcontentslines}
% \end{macrocode}
-% We need to patch \cs{chapter} otherwise a vertical gap will be inserted into
-% the list prior pending sub-caption list entries.
-% We do this |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| so packages like \package{newfloat}
-% will not complain about an unknown document class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifdefined\chapter{%
- \let\caption at chapter@ORI\chapter
- \def\chapter{%
- \caption at addsubcontentslines{chapter}\caption at chapter@ORI}}{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Same for \cs{appendix}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifdefined\appendix{%
- \let\caption at appendix@ORI\appendix
- \def\appendix{%
- \caption at addsubcontentslines{appendix}\caption at appendix@ORI}}{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Flush the list of pending sub-caption list entries at the end of the document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at addsubcontentslines{AtEndDocument}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \section{Babel package support}
+% \subsection{Babel package support}
%
-% \subsection{The arabic \& farsi babel option}
+% \subsubsection{The arabic \& farsi babel option}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{arabic} babel support addded}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1948,7 +6563,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The frenchle \& frenchpro package}
+% \subsubsection{The frenchle \& frenchpro package}
% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/01}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support updated}
%
@@ -1984,7 +6599,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The hungarian \& magyar babel option}
+% \subsubsection{The hungarian \& magyar babel option}
% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} babel support added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} babel support revised}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{magyar} babel support updated}
@@ -2013,7 +6628,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The latvian babel option}
+% \subsubsection{The latvian babel option}
% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{latvian} babel support updated}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2031,7 +6646,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Package support}
+% \subsection{Package support}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc.~are not supported anymore, removed}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at IfPackageLoaded}
@@ -2073,12 +6688,13 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at clearmargin}
-% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro definition added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{caption at setmargin}}
% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual
% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at clearmargin{%
- \setcaptionmargin\z@
+ \caption at setmargin\z@
\let\caption at minmargin\@undefined}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2119,10 +6735,14 @@
\newcommand*\caption at freeze{%
\let\caption at frozen@continuedfloat\continuedfloat
\def\continuedfloat{%
- \caption@@freeze{\caption@@@@continuedfloat\@captype}%
+ \caption@@freeze{\caption@@@continuedfloat\@captype}%
\caption at frozen@continuedfloat}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption at frozen@nextfloat\nextfloat
+ \def\nextfloat{\caption at freeze@error}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\let\caption at frozen@setup\caption at setup
\def\caption at setup##1{%
\caption@@freeze{\caption at setup{##1}}%
@@ -2131,14 +6751,11 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\caption at frozen@caption\caption
\def\caption{%
- \def\caption{%
- \caption at Error{%
- Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}%
- \caption at gobble}%
+ \def\caption{\caption at freeze@error\caption at gobble}%
\@ifstar
- {\caption at SC@caption*}%
- {\let\@currentlabel\caption at SClabel
- \caption at withoptargs\caption at SC@caption}}%
+ {\caption at SC@caption*}%
+ {\let\@currentlabel\caption at SClabel
+ \caption at withoptargs\caption at SC@caption}}%
\long\def\caption at SC@caption##1##2{%
\caption@@freeze{\caption##1{##2}}%
\ignorespaces}%
@@ -2167,10 +6784,15 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\caption at warmup{%
\let\continuedfloat\caption at frozen@continuedfloat
+ \let\nextfloat\caption at frozen@nextfloat
\let\caption at setup\caption at frozen@setup
\let\caption\caption at frozen@caption
\let\label\caption at frozen@label}}%
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption at freeze@error{%
+ \caption at Error{Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at prepare@defrost}
@@ -2178,7 +6800,7 @@
% Prevent resetting the caption flags
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at prepare@defrost{%
- \let\caption at settype\caption at set@type}
+ \let\caption at settype\caption@@settype}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -2212,7 +6834,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{The changepage package}
+% \subsubsection{The changepage package}
% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{Patch of the \package{changepage} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2242,12 +6864,14 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at set@adjustwidth}
-% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro definition added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/02/13}{Usage of \cs{AtBeginCaption} replaced by \cs{l at addto@macro}\cs{caption at before@parboxrestore}}
% Store the values of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand*\caption at set@adjustwidth{%
\caption at adjustwidth@hsize\hsize
- \caption at adjustwidth@linewidth\linewidth}%
+ \caption at adjustwidth@linewidth\linewidth
+ \l at addto@macro\caption at before@parboxrestore\caption at test@adjustwidth}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand*\caption at patch@changepage[1]{%
@@ -2262,7 +6886,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at test@adjustwidth}
-% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro definition added}
% Test if the values of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} are identical to
% the ones stored in the \env{adjustwidth} environment.
% If yes, set \cs{hsize} to the correct value.
@@ -2274,9 +6898,6 @@
\fi
\fi}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \AtBeginCaption{\caption at test@adjustwidth}%
-% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2283,7 +6904,7 @@
}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The chkfloat package}
+% \subsubsection{The chkfloat package}
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Support of the \package{chkfloat} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2308,12 +6929,11 @@
}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The float package}
+% \subsubsection{The float package}
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved}
% \iffalse
-% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3
-% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation
-% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip)
+% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with \version{1.3}
+% now, so \version{1.2} is no longer supported.
% \fi
%
% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command
@@ -2401,9 +7021,9 @@
% \begin{macro}{\float at makebox}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Corrects wrong load order hyperref-float now}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/03}{Correction of wrong load order hyperref-float revised}
-% Redefine |\float at makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode `v1').
+% Redefine |\float at makebox|:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at AtBeginDocument{\caption at ifcompatibility{}{%
+ \caption at AtBeginDocument{%
% \end{macrocode}
% If it was redefined by the \package{hyperref} package,
% we need to build on the original definition (and not on the redefined one).
@@ -2415,7 +7035,7 @@
\caption at ORI@float at makebox{#1\relax \caption at defrostHref}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- }}%
+ }%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -2540,7 +7160,7 @@
\caption at undefbool{ruled}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The floatflt package}
+% \subsubsection{The floatflt package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2583,7 +7203,6 @@
\newcommand*\caption at floatflt[1]{%
\caption at settype{#1}%
\caption at clearmargin
- \caption at setparboxrestore{full}%
\caption at setoptions{floating#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2592,7 +7211,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The fltpage package}
+% \subsubsection{The fltpage package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2742,7 +7361,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The hyperref package}
+% \subsubsection{The hyperref package}
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper at makecurrent} instead of
% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package}
@@ -2768,14 +7387,14 @@
Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak
because hyperref has stopped early}%
}{%
- \g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc{\measuring at true}%
+ \AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{\measuring at true}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@refstepcounter}
-% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H at refstepcounter| will be used
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at refstepcounter@}
+% We redefine |\caption at refstepcounter@| so |\H at refstepcounter| will be used
% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\H at refstepcounter}%
+ \renewcommand*\caption at refstepcounter@{\H at refstepcounter}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -2813,7 +7432,7 @@
\fi}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc{\let\caption at makeanchor\@firstofone}%
+ \AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{\let\caption at makeanchor\@firstofone}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -3016,11 +7635,11 @@
}}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The hypcap package}
+% \subsubsection{The hypcap package}
% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added}
% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}}
% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0
\ifx\caption at start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early
@@ -3038,7 +7657,6 @@
% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same
% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption at ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode
\caption at ifundefined\capstarttrue % check for v1.10 of hypcap package
{\def\capstart{\caption at start@}}%
{\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption at start@\fi}}%
@@ -3060,7 +7678,7 @@
\fi}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The listings package}
+% \subsubsection{The listings package}
% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3073,6 +7691,7 @@
% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-07-20a: Set \cs{hsize} to \cs{linewidth}, if necessary}
% \changes{v3.4c}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists added}
% \changes{v3.4d}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists revised}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/04}{Re-definition of \cs{addcontentsline} added}
% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine
% |\lst at Make|\-|Caption| so the original stuff is nested with
% |\caption at begin| and |\caption at end| etc.\par
@@ -3083,7 +7702,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\caption at ORI@lst at MakeCaption\lst at MakeCaption
- \def\lst at MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b'
+ \renewcommand*\lst at MakeCaption[1]{% #1 is `t' or `b'
% \end{macrocode}
% This macro is always called twice by the \package{listings} package (with `t' resp. `b' as parameter),
% therefore we need an extra group here.
@@ -3123,6 +7742,15 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at setautoposition{#1}%
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% We re-define |\addcontentsline| so our list format gets used for the lol entry etc.
+ \ifx\lst@@caption\@empty \else
+ \let\caption at ORI@addcontentsline\addcontentsline
+ \renewcommand*\addcontentsline[3]{%
+ \let\addcontentsline\caption at ORI@addcontentsline
+ \caption at addcontentsline{lstlisting}{\lst@@caption}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code.
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at begin{lstlisting}%
@@ -3160,7 +7788,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The longtable package}
+% \subsubsection{The longtable package}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added}
@@ -3194,6 +7822,7 @@
% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Support for \cs{bicaption} added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Definition of \cs{captionlistentry} fixed}
% \changes{v3.5}{2018/04/15}{Usage of \cs{caption at AtBeginLongtable} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2022/01/05}{Usage of \cs{caption at Error} replaced by \cs{caption at OutsideFloat}}
% We redefine |\LT at array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} working inside |longtable|s.
% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT at array} as well
% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT at array},
@@ -3256,7 +7885,7 @@
% }%
% \global\let\caption at setContinuedFloat\@empty
\def\continuedfloat{\noalign{%
- \caption at Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}}%
+ \caption at OutsideFloat\continuedfloat}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% |\bicaption| for longtable:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3291,6 +7920,7 @@
% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption at LT@make} introduced}
% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{Support for \cs{bicaption} via \cs{caption at LT@setup} added}
% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow} added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/09}{Adapted to current interface of \cs{caption at prepare@stepcounter}}
% |\LT at makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
% \smallskip
% The original definition:
@@ -3336,7 +7966,7 @@
\caption at startrue#1\caption at starfalse
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype{LT}%
+ \caption at prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption at font@normal} added}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3389,6 +8019,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\caption at LT@settype}
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Uses argument no. 1 instead of \cs{LTcaptype}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{caption at setwidth}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at LT@settype[1]{%
\caption at settype*{#1}%
@@ -3398,7 +8029,7 @@
% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else
- \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth
+ \caption at setwidth\LTcapwidth
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3447,7 +8078,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{The picinpar package}
+% \subsubsection{The picinpar package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3484,8 +8115,7 @@
\let\@makecaption\caption@@make
\caption at setautoposition b%
\caption at settype{#1}%
- \caption at clearmargin
- \caption at setparboxrestore{full}}%
+ \caption at clearmargin}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -3493,6 +8123,7 @@
% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{\cs{caption at ContinuedFloattrue} added}
% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/06}{\cs{caption at ContinuedFloattrue} replaced by \cs{caption at setflag1}}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/28}{\cs{caption at setflag1} replaced by \cs{caption at clrflags}\cs{caption at setcontinued}}
% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption at wincaption[1]{%
@@ -3505,7 +8136,9 @@
\let\caption@@start\relax
\caption at prepareslc
\else
- \caption at setflag1%
+ % don't increment the figure or table counter again
+ \caption at clrflags
+ \caption at setcontinued
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text
@@ -3531,7 +8164,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The picins package}
+% \subsubsection{The picins package}
% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added}
%
% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype}
@@ -3609,11 +8242,10 @@
\caption at freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic
\caption at settype\@piccaptype
% \ifnum\c at piccaptionpos>2\relax
- \caption at clearmargin
+ \caption at clearmargin
% \else
-% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting
+% \caption at width\z@ % do not use "width=" setting
% \fi
- \caption at setparboxrestore{full}%
\caption at setoptions{parpic}%
\caption at setautoposition b%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3668,7 +8300,7 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The rotating package}
+% \subsubsection{The rotating package}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{%
@@ -3695,8 +8327,9 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption}
% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now}
-% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption at parbox} instead of \cs{caption at start/endbox} now}
+% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption at parbox} instead of \cs{caption at start/endbox}}
% \changes{v3.3}{2012/12/26}{Rewritten (again)}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{caption at setmargin}}
% Original (bugfixed) code:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{%
@@ -3717,8 +8350,8 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{%
\rotatebox{90}{%
- \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@
- \setcaptionwidth{.8\vsize}%
+ \ifdim\caption at width=\z@
+ \caption at setwidth{.8\vsize}%
\l at addto@macro\caption at singleline{%
\caption at setup{parbox=none}}%
\fi
@@ -3732,7 +8365,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The sidecap package}
+% \subsubsection{The sidecap package}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{%
@@ -3831,7 +8464,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The subfigure package}
+% \subsubsection{The subfigure package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3869,7 +8502,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The supertabular and xtab packages}
+% \subsubsection{The supertabular and xtab packages}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{%
@@ -3979,9 +8612,9 @@
% \begingroup
% \@parboxrestore
% \normalsize
-% %% \if at topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi
+% %% \if at topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi
% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
-% %% \if at topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi
+% %% \if at topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi
% \endgroup
% \global\advance\ST at pageleft -\PWSTcapht
% \ST at trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST at pageleft}}
@@ -4010,7 +8643,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The threeparttable package}
+% \subsubsection{The threeparttable package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4080,7 +8713,7 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{The wrapfig package}
+% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package}
% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added}
% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten}
%
@@ -4090,6 +8723,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat}
% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Redefinition of this macro added}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/28}{Usage of \cs{@testopt} added}
% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package
% load order regarding the \package{float} package.
% Since the usage of |\@float at set|\-|every| is missing in the code of the \package{wrapfig}
@@ -4104,7 +8738,7 @@
% \@float at setevery{#1}%
\def\WF at floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF at box
\global\setbox\WF at box\float at makebox{\wd\WF at box}}}%
- \@ifnextchar[\WF at wr{\WF at wr[]}}
+ \@testopt\WF at wr{}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -4144,7 +8778,7 @@
\@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{\@float at setevery{#1}}%
\caption at settype{#1}%
\caption at clearmargin
-%%% \caption at setoptions{wrap}%
+%%% \caption at setoptions{wrap}%
\caption at setoptions{wrap#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4153,8 +8787,46 @@
}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{That's all Folks!}
+% \subsection{Debug stuff}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at checkcounter}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/28}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at checkref|\marg{counter}\marg{expected value}\\
+% checks if |\value|\marg{counter} would result in the \meta{expected value}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at checkcounter[1]{%
+ \caption at check{\the#1}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at check[3]{%
+ \edef\caption at tempa{#2}%
+ \edef\caption at tempb{#3}%
+ \ifx\caption at tempa\caption at tempb
+ \caption at Info{\string#1 = \caption at tempa}%
+ \else
+ \caption at Error{\string#1 = \caption at tempa\space <> \caption at tempb}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at checkref}
+% \changes{v3.6}{2020/12/28}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at checkref|\marg{marker}\marg{expected value}\\
+% checks if |\ref|\marg{marker} would result in the \meta{expected value}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at checkref[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@#1}{}%
+ {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \caption@@checkref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@nil{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@checkref#1#2\@nil#3#4{%
+ \caption at check{\ref{#3}}{#1}{#4}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{That's all Folks!}
+%
% Execute the code declared with |\After|\-|Caption|\-|Package|.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4172,121 +8844,7 @@
% \fi
%
% \clearpage
-% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
-% \bibitem{float}
-% Anselm Lingnau:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}%
-% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
-% 2001/11/08
-%
-% \bibitem{floatflt}
-% Mats Dahlgren:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}%
-% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
-% 1998/06/05
-%
-% \bibitem{floatrow}
-% Olga Lapko:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}%
-% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
-% 2009/08/02
-%
-% \bibitem{fltpage}
-% Sebastian Gross:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}%
-% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
-% 1998/11/13
-%
-% \bibitem{hyperref}
-% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}%
-% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX: a manual for hyperref}},\\
-% November 2012
-%
-% \bibitem{hypcap}
-% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek}%
-% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
-% 2011/02/16
-%
-% \bibitem{listings}
-% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}%
-% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
-% 2007/02/22
-%
-% \bibitem{longtable}
-% David Carlisle:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}%
-% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
-% 2004/02/01
-%
-% \bibitem{picinpar}
-% Friedhelm Sowa:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}%
-% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
-% July 13, 1993
-%
-% \bibitem{picins}
-% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}%
-% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
-% September~1992
-%
-% \bibitem{rotating}
-% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}%
-% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
-% 1997/09/26
-%
-% \bibitem{sidecap}
-% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}%
-% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
-% 2003/06/06
-%
-% \bibitem{subfigure}
-% Steven D. Cochran:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}%
-% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
-% 2005/03/15
-%
-% \bibitem{subfig}
-% Steven D. Cochran:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}%
-% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
-% 2005/07/05
-%
-% \bibitem{supertabular}
-% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}%
-% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
-% 2004/02/20
-%
-% \bibitem{threeparttable}
-% Donald Arseneau:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}%
-% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
-% March 5, 2010
-%
-% \bibitem{wrapfig}
-% Donald Arseneau:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}%
-% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
-% Jan 31, 2003
-%
-% \bibitem{xtab}
-% Peter Wilson:\\
-% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}%
-% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
-% 2011/07/31
-% \end{thebibliography}
-%
-% \iffalse
-% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
-% \fi
-%
-% \clearpage
% \Finale
%
\endinput
+
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption.ins 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
\preamble
-Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption
@@ -33,9 +33,7 @@
caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
- caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-and the user manuals
- caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+ caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
\endpreamble
@@ -56,14 +54,28 @@
\generate{\file{ltcaption.sty}{\from{ltcaption.dtx}{package}}}
\generate{\file{subcaption.sty}{\from{subcaption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_1995-04-05.sty}{\from{fallback/v1/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption2_1995-10-09.sty}{\from{fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption2_2005-10-03.sty}{\from{fallback/v2.1/caption2.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_2007-04-16.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.0/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3_2007-04-11.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.0/caption.dtx}{kernel}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_2010-01-09.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3_2010-01-14.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx}{kernel}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_2011-11-10.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.2/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3_2011-11-01.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.2/caption3.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_2019-09-01.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.3/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3_2019-09-01.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.3/caption3.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_2020-07-29.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.4/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3_2020-07-29.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.4/caption3.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption_2020-10-26.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.5/caption.dtx}{package}}}
+\generate{\file{caption3_2020-10-26.sty}{\from{fallback/v3.5/caption3.dtx}{package}}}
+
\Msg{***********************************************************}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the files}
\Msg{* `*.sty' and `*.sto' into a directory searched by TeX.}
\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file}
-\Msg{* `caption-eng.tex' (English version) or `caption-rus.tex'}
-\Msg{* (Russian version) or `caption-deu.tex' (German version)}
-\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the files}
+\Msg{* `*.dtx' through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{***********************************************************}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption2.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
% This is file `caption2.dtx'.
%
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
%
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
@@ -27,18 +27,16 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{864}
%
+% \CheckSum{818}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption2.drv}%
- [2007/11/28 v2.2 Documentated code of the (obsolete) caption2 package]
+\ProvidesFile{caption2.drv}[2007/11/28 v2.2 Documentated code of the (obsolete) caption2 package]
\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
%\errorcontextlines=3
%
@@ -70,9 +68,16 @@
% \newcommand*{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
% \newcommand*{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
% \newcommand*{\purett}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
-% \let\package\puresf\def\thispackage{\package{caption2}}
+% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption2} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption2} package}
+%
+% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{v$#2$}
+%
% \GetFileInfo{caption2.drv}
% \let\docdate\filedate
% \let\docversion\fileversion
@@ -180,6 +185,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\if,\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -209,41 +215,40 @@
%
% \subsection{Identificaton}
%
+% We need at least \LaTeX2e\ version 1994/12/01.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{caption2}[2020/09/28 v2.2f Customising captions (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \changes{v2.2b}{2007/06/15}{Made obsolete warning even more annoying}
+% Bypass the release declarations in case the \LaTeX\ kernel doesn’t know how to deal with them
+% (as suggested by \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2018-FMi-TUB-tb122mitt-version-rollback.pdf}).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\PackageWarning{caption2}{%
- ****************************************************\MessageBreak
- THIS PACKAGE IS OBSOLETE:\MessageBreak
- This package attempts to provide an `caption2'\MessageBreak
- package v2.0/2.1 author environment so that OLD\MessageBreak
- documents can be successfully processed. It should\MessageBreak
- NOT be used for NEW documents! New documents should\MessageBreak
- use the regular `caption' package v3.x instead.\MessageBreak
- ****************************************************\@gobbletwo}%
+\providecommand\DeclareRelease[3]{}
+\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Loading the caption3 kernel}
+% Declare all supported releases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v2.0}{1995-10-09}{caption2_1995-10-09.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v2.1}{2002-08-03}{caption2_2005-10-03.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v2.2}{2007-04-09} % 1st version using caption3
+% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Identify the current version of the package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{caption3}[2020/09/28] % needs v2.2a or newer
+\ProvidesPackage{caption2}[2021/01/20 v2.2i Customising captions (AR)]
+%\PackageWarning{caption2}{THIS PACKAGE IS OBSOLETE, PLEASE USE caption INSTEAD}
% \end{macrocode}
-% We undefine user commands offered by \package{caption} but not by \package{caption2}
-% since they should not be used together with \package{caption2}.
+%
+% \subsection{Loading the caption3 kernel}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\captionsetup\@undefined
-\let\clearcaptionsetup\@undefined
-\let\showcaptionsetup\@undefined
-\let\DeclareCaptionType\@undefined
-\let\DeclareCaptionSubType\@undefined
+\RequirePackage{caption3}[2007/03/04]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\captiontwo at Error}
% \changes{v2.2f}{2020/09/28}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.2g}{2020/12/25}{Fallback definition of \cs{caption@@eh} added}
% |\captiontwo at Error|\marg{message}\\
% issues an error message (with code line indication).
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -250,6 +255,12 @@
\newcommand*\captiontwo at Error[2][]{%
\PackageError{caption2}{#2}{#1\caption@@eh{caption2}}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@@eh[1]{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `#1' package, especially the\MessageBreak
+ section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Check against the regular caption package}
@@ -280,7 +291,17 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth}
+% \changes{v2.2h}{2021/01/19}{Re-added since the \package{caption3} kernel uses \cs{caption at width} now}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{captionwidth}
+ {\let\captionwidth\caption at width}
+ {}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionwidth}
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{New implementation, based on \cs{captionwidth}}
% Either \cs{captionmargin} (with specifies an extra margin) or \cs{captionwidth}
% (with specifies an explicit width) can be set, therefore we need the flag \cs{ifcaptionwidth}
% to determine with parameter we should pay attention to.
@@ -291,19 +312,22 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\captionindent}
% \changes{v2.2b}{2007/08/12}{Re-added since the \package{caption3} kernel uses \cs{caption at indent} now}
+% \changes{v2.2g}{2020/12/25}{Will only be defined if it is not defined yet}
% \cs{captionindent} will be used in caption style \texttt{indent} and specifies the indention
-% after the first line.
+% after the first line. (In \package{caption3} \version{1.1} \cs{captionindent} was renamed to
+% \cs{caption at indent} to improve compatibility to the AMS \& SMF document classes.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\captionindent\caption at indent
+\@ifundefined{captionindent}
+ {\let\captionindent\caption at indent}
+ {}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/20}{New ifs \cs{ifcaptionlabel} and \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth}}
-%
% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionlabel}
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/20}{New switch \cs{ifcaptionlabel}}
% If \cs{ifcaptionlabel} is not set the caption label should be suppressed;
% we need this flag to support the \cs{caption*} command.
-% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{New definition, based on \cs{ifcaption at star}}
+% \changes{v2.2}{2007/04/06}{New implementation, based on \cs{ifcaption at star}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\ifcaptionlabel{%
\ifcaption at star
@@ -331,6 +355,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ifignoreLTcapwidth}
+% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/20}{New switch \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth}}
% If \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth} is set we ignore the \cs{LTcapwidth} of \textsf{longtable}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifignoreLTcapwidth
@@ -337,6 +362,23 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin}
+% \changes{v2.2h}{2021/01/19}{Re-added since the \package{caption3} kernel does not define it anymore}
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth}
+% \changes{v2.2h}{2021/01/19}{Re-added since the \package{caption3} kernel does not define it anymore}
+% User-friendly commands to set the caption margin resp.\ width.
+% Note that they additionally set the \cs{ifcaptionwidth} flag.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\setcaptionmargin{%
+ \setlength\captionwidth\z@
+ \setlength\captionmargin}
+\providecommand*\setcaptionwidth{%
+ \setlength\captionmargin\z@
+ \setlength\captionwidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\normalcaptionparams}
% \cs{normalcaptionparams} resets all caption related parameters to it's normal default values.
% \cs{captionfont} will be set to \cs{captionsize} so setting the obsolete \cs{captionsize} will still work.
@@ -667,6 +709,7 @@
% of the package given in parameter \#1, a value of 0 will deactivate it.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at setpackage[1]{\@namedef{caption at pkt@#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption at setpackage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -692,7 +735,8 @@
% \begin{macro}{all}
% These options will enable or suppress the support of all the above packages.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{none}{\caption at twozerofalse
+\DeclareOption{none}{%
+ \caption at twozerofalse
\caption at setpackage{float}{0}\caption at setpackage{longtable}{0}%
\caption at setpackage{subfigure}{0}}
\DeclareOption{all}{\ExecuteOptions{float,longtable,subfigure}}
@@ -721,13 +765,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{debug}
-% This option will put additional debug information in the log file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{debug}{\caption at setup{debug}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \subsection{Execution of options}
%
% Now we set the default values and start processing the options.
@@ -767,9 +804,9 @@
% (like \textsf{ucthesis}), so we do it here if not already done.
% \changes{v2.1}{2002/02/19}{\cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be defined if neccessary}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{%
+\@ifundefined{abovecaptionskip}{%
\newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{}
-\caption at ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{%
+\@ifundefined{belowcaptionskip}{%
\newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -783,7 +820,7 @@
% These values are only set and used within the caption code itself.
% \cs{captionlinewidth} will be set to the given vertical space for the caption,
% normally this is \cs{linewidth}. (This value was called \cs{realcaptionwidth}
-% within \thispackage\ \mbox{2.0}, so we will offer this, too.)
+% within \thispackage\ \version{2.0}, so we will offer this, too.)
%
% \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext} will be set to the caption label
% resp.\ the caption text.
@@ -845,7 +882,7 @@
% If we are we call the appropriate caption definition.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\usecaptionstyle[1]{%
- \caption at ifundefined\captiontext{%
+ \@ifundefined{captiontext}{%
\captiontwo at Error
[The usage of \protect#1 is only
allowed inside code declared with\MessageBreak \protect\defcaptionstyle,
@@ -861,7 +898,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
-% This is the heart of the \thispackage\ package -- the redefinition of the
+% This is the heart of the \thispackage{} -- the redefinition of the
% core caption code. It was taken from the \LaTeXe\ standard classes and modified.
% It's very easy -- apart from using \cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip}
% we just set \cs{captionlinewidth}, \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext}
@@ -882,45 +919,41 @@
% \subsection{Support of other packages}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifpackage}
-% This macro will execute the code needed to support the package
-% named within argument \#1. The parameter \#2 is the command
-% which shows if the package is loaded -- it is defined, it is
-% already loaded, otherwise not. The parameter \#3 contains code
-% which will be executed if no support is required -- this is for
-% cleanup purposes. The final parameter \#4 contains the code itself.
+% This macro will execute the code needed to support the package named within
+% argument \#1.
+% The parameter \#2 contains code which will be executed if the package is loaded.
+% The parameter \#3 contains code which will be executed if no support is
+% required -- this is for cleanup purposes.
% \changes{v2.1c}{2004/05/09}{Compatibility warning removed}
+% \changes{v2.2i}{2021/01/20}{Interface and code revised (uses \cs{@ifpackageloaded} now)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at ifpackage[3]{%
- \if1\@nameuse{caption at pkt@#1}%
- \@ifundefined{#2}%
- {\let\next\AtBeginDocument}%
- {\let\next\@firstofone}%
- \else\ifcaption at twozero
- \@ifundefined{#2}%
- {#3\let\next\@gobble}%
- {\let\next\@firstofone}%
+\newcommand\caption at ifpackage[3]{%
+ \ifcaption at twozero
+ \let\next\@firstofone
+ \else\if1\@nameuse{caption at pkt@#1}%
+ \def\next{\@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone\AtBeginDocument}%
\else
- #3\let\next\@gobble
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 package is disabled}%
+ #3%
+ \let\next\@gobble
\fi\fi
- \expandafter\let\csname caption at pkt@#1\endcsname\undefined
- \caption at ifdebug{%
- \ifx\next\@gobble\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => gobble}%
- \else\ifx\next\@firstofone\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => firstofone}%
- \else\ifx\next\AtBeginDocument\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => AtBeginDocument}%
- \fi\fi\fi}{}%
- \next}
+ \@nameundef{caption at pkt@#1}%
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \next{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{%
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 package is loaded}%
+ #2}{%
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 package is not loaded}%
+ #3}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption at ifpackage
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Support of the float package}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at ifpackage{float}{floatc at plain}{}{%
- \ifx\floatc at plain\relax
- \PackageWarning{caption2}{%
- Option `float' was set but there is no float package loaded}
- \else
- \PackageInfo{caption2}{float package v1.2 (or newer) detected}
+\caption at ifpackage{float}{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at floatc}
@@ -936,15 +969,15 @@
%
% \changes{v2.1b}{2004/03/19}{\cs{realcaptionwidth}$=$\cs{hsize} was missing here}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand\caption at floatc[3]{%
- \ifx\captionlabelfont\@empty
- \let\captionlabelfont\@fs at cfont
- \fi
- \captionlinewidth\hsize
- \realcaptionwidth\hsize
- \def\captionlabel{#2}%
- \def\captiontext{#3}%
- \usecaptionstyle{#1}}
+ \newcommand\caption at floatc[3]{%
+ \ifx\captionlabelfont\@empty
+ \let\captionlabelfont\@fs at cfont
+ \fi
+ \captionlinewidth\hsize
+ \realcaptionwidth\hsize
+ \def\captionlabel{#2}%
+ \def\captiontext{#3}%
+ \usecaptionstyle{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -954,7 +987,7 @@
% \texttt{plain} and \texttt{boxed} float types will use the actual
% caption style set by the user.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\floatc at plain{\caption at floatc{\caption at style}}
+ \renewcommand*\floatc at plain{\caption at floatc{\caption at style}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -968,17 +1001,17 @@
% Then we redefine \cs{floatc at ruled} so the caption style `ruled' will
% be used.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifcaption at ruled
- \dummycaptionstyle{ruled}{\onelinecaptionsfalse\setcaptionmargin{\z@}}%
- \else
- \newcaptionstyle{ruled}{%
- \ifcaptionlabel
- {\@fs at cfont\captionlabel}\space%
- \fi\captiontext\par}%
- \fi
+ \ifcaption at ruled
+ \dummycaptionstyle{ruled}{\onelinecaptionsfalse\setcaptionmargin{\z@}}%
+ \else
+ \newcaptionstyle{ruled}{%
+ \ifcaptionlabel
+ {\@fs at cfont\captionlabel}\space%
+ \fi\captiontext\par}%
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\floatc at ruled{\caption at floatc{ruled}}
+ \renewcommand*\floatc at ruled{\caption at floatc{ruled}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1005,37 +1038,33 @@
% group again so the original \cs{@fs at capt} is happy with closing the group.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\caption at of[2]{\def\@captype{#2}%
- \@ifundefined{fst@#2}{}{%
- \@nameuse{fst@#2}%
- \caption at ifundefined\@float at setevery{}{\@float at setevery{#2}}%
- \let\caption at fs@capt\@fs at capt
- \let\@fs at capt\caption at of@float}%
- #1}
+ \renewcommand*\caption at of[2]{%
+ \def\@captype{#2}%
+ \@ifundefined{fst@#2}{}{%
+ \@nameuse{fst@#2}%
+ \@ifundefined{@float at setevery}{}{\@float at setevery{#2}}%
+ \let\caption at fs@capt\@fs at capt
+ \let\@fs at capt\caption at of@float}%
+ #1}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand\caption at of@float[2]{\egroup
- \vskip\abovecaptionskip
- \normalsize\caption at fs@capt{#1}{#2}%
- \vskip\belowcaptionskip
- \bgroup}%
+ \newcommand\caption at of@float[2]{\egroup
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \normalsize\caption at fs@capt{#1}{#2}%
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \bgroup}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi}
+}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Support of the longtable package}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at ifpackage{longtable}{LT at makecaption}{}{%
- \ifx\LT at makecaption\relax
- \PackageWarning{caption2}{%
- Option `longtable' was set but there is no longtable package loaded}
- \else
- \PackageInfo{caption2}{longtable package v3.15 (or newer) detected}
+\caption at ifpackage{longtable}{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\LT at makecaption}
@@ -1058,28 +1087,28 @@
% (Remember: |#1| is |\@gobble| in star form of |\caption|,
% and |\@firstofone| otherwise.)
% \begin{macrocode}
- \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}
+ \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand\LT at makecaption[3]{%
- \LT at mcol\LT at cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\hsize{%
- \ifignoreLTcapwidth
- \else
- \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth
- \fi
- \captionlinewidth\hsize
- \realcaptionwidth\hsize
- \captionlabelfalse#1\captionlabeltrue
- \def\captionlabel{#2}%
- \def\captiontext{#3}%
- \usecaptionstyle{longtable}%
- \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
- \hss}}}
+ \renewcommand\LT at makecaption[3]{%
+ \LT at mcol\LT at cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\hsize{%
+ \ifignoreLTcapwidth
+ \else
+ \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth
+ \fi
+ \captionlinewidth\hsize
+ \realcaptionwidth\hsize
+ \captionlabelfalse#1\captionlabeltrue
+ \def\captionlabel{#2}%
+ \def\captiontext{#3}%
+ \usecaptionstyle{longtable}%
+ \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
+ \hss}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi}
+}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{Support of the subfigure package}
@@ -1091,13 +1120,8 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapstyle}
% This sets the subcaptionstyle to a appropriate value.
-%
-% If \cs{ifsubcapraggedright} is undefined (it was introduced
-% into v2.1 of the \textsf{subfigure} package) we define it first.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\setsubcapstyle{%
- \caption at ifundefined\subcapraggedrightfalse{%
- \newif\ifsubcapraggedright}{}%
\ifsubcaphang
\ifsubcapcenter
\subcapstyle{hang+center}%
@@ -1118,6 +1142,13 @@
\subcapstyle{normal}%
\fi\fi\fi\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
+% If \cs{ifsubcapraggedright} is undefined (it was introduced
+% in \version{2.1} of the \textsf{subfigure} package) we define it first.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifundefined{subcapraggedrightfalse}{%
+ \newif\ifsubcapraggedright}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at makesubcaption}
@@ -1188,15 +1219,7 @@
% the helper macros in the garbage can.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at ifpackage{subfigure}{@makesubfigurecaption}{%
- \let\setsubcapstyle\undefined
- \let\caption at makesubcaption\undefined}{%
- \ifx\@makesubfigurecaption\relax
- \PackageWarning{caption2}{%
- Option `subfigure' was set but there is no subfigure package loaded}
- \let\setsubcapstyle\undefined
- \let\caption at makesubcaption\undefined
- \else
+\caption at ifpackage{subfigure}{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Some stuff has changed from version 2.0 to 2.1 of the
@@ -1205,8 +1228,8 @@
% otherwise we assume v2.1 or newer.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\subcapfont\undefined
- \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.0 detected}
+ \ifx\subcapfont\@undefined
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.0 detected}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\subcapfont}
@@ -1213,7 +1236,7 @@
% We define \cs{subcapfont} here so we can use it later
% in common code for \textsf{subfigure} v2.0 and v2.1 (or newer).
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\subcapfont\@empty
+ \let\subcapfont\@empty
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1227,13 +1250,13 @@
% Note: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is a command in v2.0 of \textsf{subfigure}.
% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} a command, too.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\subfigcapwidth{\z@}
- \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{%
- \subfigcapwidthfalse
- \renewcommand*\subfigcapmargin}
- \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{%
- \subfigcapwidthtrue
- \renewcommand*\subfigcapwidth}
+ \newcommand*\subfigcapwidth{\z@}%
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{%
+ \subfigcapwidthfalse
+ \renewcommand*\subfigcapmargin}%
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{%
+ \subfigcapwidthtrue
+ \renewcommand*\subfigcapwidth}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1242,7 +1265,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabelsep}
% Analogous to \cs{captionlabelsep} we define \cs{subcaplabelsep}.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\space}
+ \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\space}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1249,13 +1272,13 @@
% \begin{macro}{\caption at subfig@hss}
% This will be uses within the caption code itself.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption at subfig@hss\hfil
+ \let\caption at subfig@hss\hfil
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \else
- \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.1 (or newer) detected}
+ \else
+ \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.1 (or newer) detected}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\subfigcapwidth}
@@ -1268,13 +1291,13 @@
% Note: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is a length in v2.1 of \textsf{subfigure}.
% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} a length, too.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newdimen\subfigcapwidth
- \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{%
- \subfigcapwidthfalse
- \setlength\subfigcapmargin}
- \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{%
- \subfigcapwidthtrue
- \setlength\subfigcapwidth}
+ \newdimen\subfigcapwidth
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{%
+ \subfigcapwidthfalse
+ \setlength\subfigcapmargin}%
+ \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{%
+ \subfigcapwidthtrue
+ \setlength\subfigcapwidth}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1283,7 +1306,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabelsep}
% Analogous to \cs{captionlabelsep} we define \cs{subcaplabelsep}.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\hskip\subfiglabelskip}
+ \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\hskip\subfiglabelskip}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1290,12 +1313,12 @@
% \begin{macro}{\caption at subfig@hss}
% This will be uses within the caption code itself.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption at subfig@hss\hss
+ \let\caption at subfig@hss\hss
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Here starts the common code for \textsf{subfigure} v2.0 and v2.1.
@@ -1306,9 +1329,9 @@
% Analogous to \cs{ifcaptionwidth}, \cs{captionindent} \& \cs{captionlabeldelim}
% we define \cs{ifsubfigcapwidth}, \cs{subcapindent} \& \cs{subcaplabeldelim}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newif\ifsubfigcapwidth
- \newdimen\subcapindent
- \newcommand*\subcaplabeldelim{}
+ \newif\ifsubfigcapwidth
+ \newdimen\subcapindent
+ \newcommand*\subcaplabeldelim{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1319,13 +1342,13 @@
% Analogous to \cs{captionstyle} we define \cs{subcapstyle}
% and set it (via \cs{setsubcapstyle}) to a appropriate value.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand*\subcapstyle[1]{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
- \captiontwo at Error{Undefined caption style `#1'}%
- \else
- \def\caption at substyle{#1}%
- \fi}
- \setsubcapstyle
+ \newcommand*\subcapstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \captiontwo at Error{Undefined caption style `#1'}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption at substyle{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \setsubcapstyle
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1338,8 +1361,8 @@
% to be just the plain label and nothing else.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*\@thesubfigure{\thesubfigure}
- \renewcommand*\@thesubtable{\thesubtable}
+ \renewcommand*\@thesubfigure{\thesubfigure}%
+ \renewcommand*\@thesubtable{\thesubtable}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1348,22 +1371,19 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@makesubtablecaption}
% Now we are ready to redefine \cs{@makesubfigurecaption}.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\@makesubfigurecaption\caption at makesubcaption
- \let\@makesubtablecaption\caption at makesubcaption
+ \let\@makesubfigurecaption\caption at makesubcaption
+ \let\@makesubtablecaption\caption at makesubcaption
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \fi}
+}{%
+ \let\setsubcapstyle\@undefined
+ \let\caption at makesubcaption\@undefined
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% That's all folks!
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\caption at ifpackage\undefined
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% \iffalse
%</package>
% \fi
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx 2022-02-20 13:57:50 UTC (rev 62096)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/caption3.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
%
% This is file `caption3.dtx'.
%
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt at f-m.fm)
%
% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
@@ -27,17 +27,16 @@
% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty,
% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto,
% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto,
-% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty,
-% and the user manuals
-% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex.
+% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty.
%
% \fi
-% \CheckSum{3674}
%
+% \CheckSum{3781}
+%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2020/10/11 v2.2 Implementation of the caption kernel]
+\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2021/01/02 v2.3 Implementation of the caption kernel]
\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
%\errorcontextlines=3
%
@@ -61,7 +60,7 @@
\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
%
-\usepackage{caption3}[2020/09/12]
+\usepackage{caption3}[2020/12/22]
%
\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
@@ -110,7 +109,7 @@
% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the
% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar
% commands called |\caption at make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of
-% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|.
+% options which can be selected with |\caption|\-|setup|.
% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document
% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages
% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and
@@ -122,18 +121,20 @@
% These internal commands are save to use by other packages as well
% since their interface will not change in future releases:
% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{ll}
-% Internal command & Currently used by \\
+% Internal command & Currently used by \\
% \hline
-% |\caption at addcontentsline| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at fnun| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at ifinlist| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at iftop| & \package{keyfloat}, \package{subfig} \\
-% |\caption at make| & \package{subfig} \\
-% |\caption@@make| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at setautoposition| & \package{bidi} \\
-% |\caption at setoptions| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at setposition| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at switchdefault| & \emph{none} \\
+% |\caption at addcontentsline| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at fnun| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at getlabel| & \package{subcaption} \\
+% |\caption at gobble| & \package{subcaption} \\
+% |\caption at ifinlist| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at iftop| & \package{keyfloat} \\
+% |\caption at make| & \package{subfig} \\
+% |\caption@@make| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at setoptions| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at setposition| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at switchdefault| & \emph{none} \\
+% |\caption at withoptargs| & \package{subcaption} \\
% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
%
% If your package wants to use any other internal command of the \package{caption3} package,
@@ -143,21 +144,18 @@
% not change in the future, too, but I do not support them (and maybe I will change them anyway
% and patch the other package on-the-fly instead, at least if it's unmaintained):
% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{ll}
-% Internal command & Currently used by \\
+% Internal command & Currently used by \\
% \hline
-% |\caption at hangindent | & \package{bidi} \\
-% |\caption@@@make| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption@@par| & \package{bidi} \\
-% |\caption at parindent| & \package{bidi} \\
-% |\caption at set@bool| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at setfont| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at setkeys| & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at setstyle*| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption@@@make| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at set@bool| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at setfont| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at setkeys| & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at setstyle*| & \package{floatrow} \\
% \hline
-% |\caption at hj@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\
-% |\caption at lsep@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at hj@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at lsep@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\
% |\caption at lsep@default| & \package{babel-hungarian} \\
-% |\caption at sty@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\
+% |\caption at sty@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\
% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
%
% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package uses the undocumented option
@@ -198,6 +196,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kernel at ifnextchar}
% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m at ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
@@ -240,11 +239,34 @@
%
% \section{Identification}
%
+% We need at least \LaTeX2e\ version 1994/12/01.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2020/10/21 v2.2e caption3 kernel (AR)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Bypass the release declarations in case the \LaTeX\ kernel doesn’t know how to deal with them
+% (as suggested by \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/2018-FMi-TUB-tb122mitt-version-rollback.pdf}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\DeclareRelease[3]{}
+\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Declare all supported releases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v1.0} {2003-12-20}{caption3_2007-04-11.sty} % for caption v3.0
+\DeclareRelease{v1.1} {2007-09-01}{caption3_2010-01-14.sty} % for caption v3.1
+\DeclareRelease{v1.3} {2011-08-06}{caption3_2011-11-01.sty} % for caption v3.2
+\DeclareRelease{v1.8} {2013-01-10}{caption3_2019-09-01.sty} % for caption v3.3
+\DeclareRelease{v1.13}{2019-11-24}{caption3_2020-07-29.sty} % for caption v3.4
+\DeclareRelease{v2.0} {2020-08-30}{caption3_2020-10-26.sty} % for caption v3.5
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v2.3}{2022-02-20} % for caption v3.6
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Identify the current version of the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2022/01/07 v2.3 caption3 kernel (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \section{Generic helpers}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef}
@@ -1428,6 +1450,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLength}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Now defines \cs{caption at xxx} instead of \cs{captionxxx} as length}
% |\DeclareCaptionLength|\marg{name}\marg{default value}\\
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Defines a new length (dimension)
@@ -1438,9 +1461,8 @@
% \end{enumerate}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLength[1]{%
- \expandafter\newdimen\csname caption#1\endcsname
- \@namedef{caption at setdefault@#1}##1{%
- \caption at setdefault@length{##1}}%
+ \expandafter\newdimen\csname caption@#1\endcsname
+ \@namedef{caption at setdefault@#1}{\caption at setdefault@length}%
\SetCaptionDefault*{#1}}
\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLength
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1448,6 +1470,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at setdefault@length}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{DeclareCaptionLength}}
% |\caption at setdefault@length*|\marg{cmd}\marg{name}\marg{value}\\
% sets a default value for the given \meta{length}, either using |\def|
% (if the starred variant is used) or |\edef| (if the non-starred variant is
@@ -1454,12 +1477,13 @@
% used).
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at setdefault@length[3]{%
- \expandafter#1\csname caption#2 at default\endcsname{#3}}
+ \expandafter#1\csname caption@#2 at default\endcsname{#3}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at setlength}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{DeclareCaptionLength}}
% |\caption at setlength|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\
% sets a length to either the given \meta{value} or to the default value if
% \meta{value} is `default'.
@@ -1466,43 +1490,76 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at setlength[2]{%
\caption at ifdefault{#2}%
- {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption at tempa\csname caption#1 at default\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption at tempa\csname caption@#1 at default\endcsname}%
{\def\caption at tempa{#2}}%
- \expandafter\setlength\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption at tempa}
+ \expandafter\setlength\csname caption@#1\endcsname\caption at tempa}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at tempdima}
+% |\caption at tempdima| will be used as temporary dimension register, similar to |\@tempdima|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\caption at tempdima
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \section{Margin resp. width}
-% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}}
% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added}
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added}
% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added}
%
% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin}
-% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth}
-% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin
-% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in
-% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide
-% compatibility to \version{1.x} of the \package{caption} package.\par
-% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'.
-% If |\caption|\-|width| is not zero we will take this value afterwards,
-% otherwise |\caption|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|margin@|.
+% |\captionmargin| contains the extra margin used for captions (if different than |0pt|).
+% It is just available for user documents to provide compatibility to \version{1.x} of
+% the \package{caption} package where |\set|\-|length\caption|\-|margin{|\ldots|}| was
+% the way how a caption margin was set.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCaptionLength{margin}{0pt}
-\DeclareCaptionLength{margin@}{\the\captionmargin}
-\DeclareCaptionLength{width}{0pt}
-\newdimen\caption at tempdima
+\newdimen\captionmargin
+\setlength\captionmargin{0pt}
% \end{macrocode}
+% |\SetCaptionDefault{margin}{|\ldots|}| sets both default values,
+% i.e.~for the left and for the right margin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption at setdefault@margin[3]{%
+ \caption at setdefault@length{#1}{left#2}{#3}%
+ \caption at setdefault@length{#1}{right#2}{#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at leftmargin}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{\cs{captionmargin@} replaced by \cs{caption at leftmargin} and \cs{caption at rightmargin}}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at rightmargin}
+% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{\cs{captionmargin@} replaced by \cs{caption at leftmargin} and \cs{caption at rightmargin}}
+% |\caption at leftmargin| and |\caption at rightmargin| contain the extra margin used for captions.
+% (These values will be used if the obsolete |\caption|\-|margin| is set to |0pt|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionLength{leftmargin}{0pt}
+\DeclareCaptionLength{rightmargin}{0pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at width}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{This dimension renamed from \cs{captionwidth} to \cs{caption at width}}
+% |\caption at width| contains the total width used for captions.
+% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'.
+% If |\caption|\-|@width| is not zero we will take this value,
+% otherwise |\caption|\-|@left|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|@right|\-|margin|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}}
-\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\setcaptionwidth*{#1}}
+\newdimen\caption at width
+\setlength\caption at width{0pt}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\caption at setmargin{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\caption at setmargin*{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\caption at setwidth{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\caption at setwidth*{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin}{\caption at setcalcmargin{#1}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin*}{\caption at setcalcmargin*{#1}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth}{\caption at setcalcwidth{#1}}
@@ -1518,64 +1575,75 @@
\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption at setoptcmd\caption at maxmargin{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setmargin}
% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption at setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}}
% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take left+right margin}
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added}
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options}
% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added}
-% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\\
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Renamed from \cs{setcaptionmargin} to \cs{caption at setmargin}; sets \cs{caption at width} resp.~\cs{caption at leftmargin} and \cs{caption at rightmargin} now}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/19}{Only the left or right margin can be set by leaving the other value blank}
+% |\caption at setmargin*|\marg{amount}\\
% sets the caption margin to the given \meta{amount}.
-% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to
-% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{%
+\newcommand*\caption at setmargin{%
\caption at resetcalcmargin
- \caption at setmargin}
+ \caption@@setmargin}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at setmargin{%
- \caption at teststar\caption@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin{%
+ \caption at teststar\caption@@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin[2]{%
- #1{\captionwidth\z@}%
- \caption@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@setmargin[2]{%
+ #1{\caption at width\z@}%
+ \caption@@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{%
- \caption at setlength{margin}{#1}%
- \caption at setlength{margin@}{#2}%
- \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}}
+\def\caption@@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{%
+ \def\caption at tempa{#1#2}%
+ \ifx\caption at tempa\@empty
+ \caption at Error{Missing number}%
+ \else
+ \caption@@@@@setmargin{left}{#1}%
+ \caption@@@@@setmargin{right}{#2}%
+ \fi}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@@@setmargin[2]{%
+ \def\caption at tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\caption at tempa\@empty \else
+ \caption at setlength{#1margin}{#2}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setwidth}
% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption at setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}}
% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added}
% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added}
-% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\\
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Renamed from \cs{setcaptionwidth} to \cs{caption at setwidth}; sets \cs{caption at width} resp.~\cs{caption at leftmargin} and \cs{caption at rightmargin} now}
+% |\caption at setwidth*|\marg{amount}\\
% sets the caption width to the given \meta{amount}.
-% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to
-% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{%
+\newcommand*\caption at setwidth{%
\caption at resetcalcmargin
- \caption at setwidth}
+ \caption@@setwidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at setwidth{%
- \caption at teststar\caption@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth{%
+ \caption at teststar\caption@@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{%
- #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}%
- \caption at setlength{width}{#2}}%
+\newcommand*\caption@@@setwidth[2]{%
+ #1{\caption at leftmargin\z@\caption at rightmargin\z@}%
+ \setlength\caption at width{#2}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at setcalcmargin}
% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{caption at setmargin}}
% |\caption at setcalcmargin*|\marg{amount}\\
% sets the caption margin to the given \meta{amount}
% right before the caption will be typeset, i.e.\meta{amount} will
@@ -1582,7 +1650,7 @@
% not be evaluated immediately.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at setcalcmargin{%
- \caption at teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption at setmargin}%
+ \caption at teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@@setmargin}%
\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1605,6 +1673,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at setcalcwidth}
% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Adapted to current implementation of \cs{caption at setmargin}}
% |\caption at setcalcwidth*|\marg{amount}\\
% sets the caption width to the given \meta{amount}
% right before the caption will be typeset, i.e.\meta{amount} will
@@ -1611,7 +1680,7 @@
% not be evaluated immediately.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at setcalcwidth{%
- \caption at teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption at setwidth}%
+ \caption at teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@@setwidth}%
\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1737,9 +1806,9 @@
% \begin{macro}{\caption at hangindent}
% These are the indentions we support.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareCaptionLength{@indent}{0pt}
-\DeclareCaptionLength{@parindent}{0pt}
-\DeclareCaptionLength{@hangindent}{0pt}
+\DeclareCaptionLength{indent}{0pt}
+\DeclareCaptionLength{parindent}{0pt}
+\DeclareCaptionLength{hangindent}{0pt}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1750,13 +1819,13 @@
% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete
- \caption at setlength{@indent}{#1}}
+ \caption at setlength{indent}{#1}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{%
- \caption at setlength{@indent}{#1}}
+ \caption at setlength{indent}{#1}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{%
- \caption at setlength{@parindent}{#1}}
+ \caption at setlength{parindent}{#1}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{%
- \caption at setlength{@hangindent}{#1}}
+ \caption at setlength{hangindent}{#1}}
\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{%
\l at addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1917,9 +1986,10 @@
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionBox}
% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{This macro added}
% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption at decl} now}
+% \changes{v2.2f}{2020/10/26}{\cs{par} is now allowed as part of the \meta{code} argument}
% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{%
+\newcommand\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{%
\caption at decl{box}{#1}##1##2{#2}}
\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionBox
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2245,9 +2315,10 @@
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat}
% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added}
% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption at decl} now}
+% \changes{v2.2f}{2020/10/26}{\cs{par} is now allowed as part of the \meta{code} argument}
% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{%
+\newcommand\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{%
\caption at decl{textformat}{#1}##1{#2}}
\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2260,11 +2331,11 @@
% There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'.
% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added}
% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{The text format `empty' now takes care of the \cs{label}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2020/12/26}{Clearance of \cs{caption at thelabel} replaced by \cs{caption at clrlabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{empty}{%
\caption at get@label#1\caption at makeanchor{}\@nil
- \caption at thelabel
- \global\let\caption at thelabel\relax}
+ \caption at thelabel\caption at clrlabel}
\long\def\caption at get@label#1\caption at makeanchor#2#3\@nil{%
\def\caption at tempa{#2}%
\ifx\caption at tempa\@empty
@@ -2284,9 +2355,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at getlabel}
-% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now}
% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}}
-% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption at thelabel} added}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{Syntax changed}
% |\caption at getlabel|\marg{text}\\
% gets the label command out of the given caption text and stores it to
@@ -2324,9 +2393,20 @@
\l at addto@macro\caption at thelabel{[{#1}]}%
\caption@@@getlabel#2\@nil}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at clrlabel}
+% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}}
+% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption at thelabel} added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2020/12/26}{Code moved into the new macro \cs{caption at clrlabel}}
+% |\caption at clrlabel|\\
+% resets |\caption at the|\-|label| to |\relax|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\caption at thelabel\relax
+\newcommand*\caption at clrlabel{\let\caption at thelabel\relax}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption at clrlabel
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added}
@@ -2703,16 +2783,19 @@
% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the
% right position.
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at declare@position}
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionPosition}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added}
-% |\caption at declare@position|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\
-% declares a captionposition setting of the given \meta{name},
-% \meta{code} must either expand to |\@first|\-|of|\-|two| (top) or
-% |\@second|\-|of|\-|two| (below).
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/02}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption at declare@position} to \cs{DeclareCaptionPosition} and re-written}
+% |\DeclareCaptionPosition|\marg{name}\marg{fallback-code}\marg{regular-code}\\
+% declares a caption position setting of the given \meta{name}.
+% The \meta{fallback-code} will be used when |\caption at iftop| is used before |\caption|
+% and the \meta{regular-code} will be used when |\caption| is used before |\caption at iftop|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at declare@position[2]{%
- \caption at decl{position}{#1}{#2}}
-\@onlypreamble\caption at declare@position
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionPosition[3]{%
+ \caption at decl[\edef]{position}{#1}{%
+ \unexpanded{\def\caption at fallback@position}####1####2\unexpanded{{#2}}%
+ \unexpanded{\def\caption at regular@position}####1####2\unexpanded{{#3}}}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionPosition
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -2733,38 +2816,45 @@
% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too}
% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption at defaultpos} added}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Uses \cs{caption at set} now}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/02}{Uses \cs{caption at initposition} additionally}
% |\caption at setposition|\marg{position}\\
% puts |\caption at position| to the right value.
-% (Note: Since this command is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well
-% its syntax should not change.)
+% (Note: Since this command is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well its syntax should not change.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at setposition{\caption at set{position}}
+\newcommand*\caption at setposition{%
+ \caption at initposition
+ \caption at set{position}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% These are the pre-defined position code snippets.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\caption at declare@position{t}{\@firstoftwo}
-\caption at declare@position{top}{\@firstoftwo}
-\caption at declare@position{above}{\@firstoftwo}
-\caption at declare@position{b}{\@secondoftwo}
-\caption at declare@position{bottom}{\@secondoftwo}
-\caption at declare@position{below}{\@secondoftwo}
-\caption at declare@position{a}{\caption at autoposition}% needed by floatrow package, \flrow at cappos
-\caption at declare@position{auto}{\caption at autoposition}
+\DeclareCaptionPosition{top}{#1}{#1}
+\def\caption at position@t{\caption at position@top}
+\def\caption at position@above{\caption at position@top}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionPosition{bottom}{#2}{#2}
+\def\caption at position@b{\caption at position@bottom}
+\def\caption at position@below{\caption at position@bottom}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'}
-% `default' usually maps to `auto'.
+% \changes{v1.3}{2021/01/02}{Default position changed back from `auto' to `bottom'}
+% `default' usually maps to `bottom'.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\SetCaptionDefault{position}{auto}
+\SetCaptionDefault{position}{bottom}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at autoposition}
-% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro added}
-% If in doubt, `position=auto' maps to `position=below'.
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at initposition}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/02}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at initposition|\\
+% initialize the position option defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Position|.
+% This macro is usually used at |\@float|, i.e. at the beginning of a floating
+% environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\caption at autoposition\@secondoftwo
+\newcommand*\caption at initposition{%
+ \let\caption@@iftop\@undefined}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -2773,10 +2863,13 @@
% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption at defaultpos}}
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/02}{Adapted to current implementation of `position'}
% |\caption at iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\\
-% Since version \version{2.0} this command is identical to |\caption at position|.
+% tests if the caption position is set to `top' and sets the state to 2.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at iftop{\caption at position}
+\newcommand*\caption at iftop{%
+ \caption@@fixposition\caption at fallback@position
+ \caption@@iftop}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -2784,39 +2877,22 @@
% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added}
% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Split into \cs{caption at fixposition} & \cs{caption at autoposition}}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/02}{Adapted to current implementation of `position'}
% |\caption at fixposition|\\
-% We try to guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prev|\-|depth|.\par
-% A different solution would be setting the |\space|\-|factor| to something
-% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption at start| and
-% checking this value here by |\ifnum\space|\-|factor=994|.
-% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par
-% Another idea would be checking |\@if|\-|mini|\-|page|, but since some packages
-% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a good one.
+% freezes the position settings defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Position|
+% by expanding the given code, either the \meta{fallback-code} or the \meta{regular-code}.
+% This macro is usually used at |\caption|, i.e. before the main caption is
+% typeset. (Note: This macro is not used at |\caption| inside sub-figures.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at fixposition{%
- \ifvmode
- \edef\caption at tempa{\the\prevdepth}%
- \caption at Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption at tempa}%
- \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@
- \let\caption at autoposition\@secondoftwo % position=below
- \else
- \let\caption at autoposition\@firstoftwo % position=above
- \fi
- \else
- \caption at Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}%
- \let\caption at autoposition\@secondoftwo % position=below
- \fi}
+ \caption@@fixposition\caption at regular@position}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at setautoposition}
-% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
-% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'}
-% |\caption at setautoposition|\marg{position}\\
-% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at setautoposition[1]{%
- \def\caption at fixposition{\caption@@set{position}{autoposition}{#1}}}
+\newcommand*\caption@@fixposition[1]{%
+ \ifx\caption@@iftop\@undefined
+ \caption at position % defines \caption at fallback@position and \caption at regular@position
+ #1{\let\caption@@iftop\@firstoftwo}{\let\caption@@iftop\@secondoftwo}%
+ \fi}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -3643,14 +3719,21 @@
% \subsection{The setspace package}
% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added}
% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{\package{setspace} package support revised}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/11/20}{The font option \opt{stretch} does not require the \package{setspace} package anymore}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{%
- \caption at ifdefined\setspace at singlespace{%
- \setstretch\setspace at singlespace}{}}% normally 1
+ \caption at ifdefined\setspace at singlespace
+ {\setstretch\setspace at singlespace}% usually 1, could be changed by \SetSinglespace
+ {}}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{stretch}{%
+ \caption at ifdefined\setstretch
+ {\setstretch{#1}}%
+ {\def\baselinestretch{#1}\selectfont}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}
\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}
-\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{The subfig package}
@@ -3675,7 +3758,7 @@
\let\caption at setfloattype\@gobble
\let\@dottedxxxline\sf at NEW@dottedxxxline
\let\sf at subfloat\sf at NEW@subfloat
- \let\sf at ifpositiontop\caption at iftop
+ \def\sf at ifpositiontop{\caption at iftop}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\fi
@@ -3744,6 +3827,7 @@
% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/15}{Argument \#3 which holds the environment name added to \cs{caption at lstfmt}}
% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/20}{Unfortunately \package{subfig} defines and uses \cs{caption at lstfmt} as well, so I replaced the third argument with \cs{captionlisttype}}
% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/06}{Usage of \cs{p at xxx} and \cs{thexxx} replaced by \cs{caption at p} and \cs{caption at the}}
% |\caption at addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\\
% makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, i.e.~the argument
% \meta{list entry} is not empty and |list|\-|of=| was set to |true|.
@@ -3762,7 +3846,7 @@
\@tempa
{\caption at Debug{addcontentsline: #1 => \caption at listtype}%
% \caption at setoptions\caption at listtype
- \@namedef{the\caption at listtype}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}%
+ \@namedef{the\caption at listtype}{\caption at the{#1}}}%
\expandafter\caption@@addcontentsline\expandafter{\caption at listtype}{#2}%
\endgroup}%
\caption at addsubcontentslines{#1}}
@@ -3776,7 +3860,7 @@
\caption at add@contentsline
{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}%
{#1}%
- {\caption at listformat{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}%
+ {\caption at listformat{\caption at p{#1}}{\caption at the{#1}}}%
{\ignorespaces #2}%
\caption at chkfloat{#1}{#2}}}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3838,21 +3922,72 @@
% \begin{macro}{\caption at fnum}
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added}
% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{The original definition will be stored in \cs{caption at original@fnum}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/06}{Usage of \cs{thexxx} replaced by \cs{caption at the}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2022/01/05}{Definition of \cs{caption@@fnum} added}
% |\caption at fnum|\marg{float type}\\
+% |\caption@@fnum|\marg{float type}\marg{name}\marg{number}\\
% typesets the caption label; this acts as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at fnum[1]{%
+ \caption@@fnum{#1}{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\caption at the{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@fnum[1]{%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption at original@fnum\csname caption at fnum@#1\endcsname % for label format `original'
- \caption at labelformat{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}
+ \caption at labelformat}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at setfnum}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2022/01/05}{Definition moved from package to kernel}
+% |\caption at setfnum|\marg{type}\\
+% stores the original definition of |\fnum@|\meta{type} in |\caption at fnum@|\meta{type}
+% and re-defines it according the caption label format set with |label|\-|format=|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at setfnum[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption at fnum@#1}%
+ {\expandafter\let\csname caption at fnum@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname fnum@#1\endcsname
+ \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption at fnum{#1}}}%
+ {}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at p}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/06}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at p| is a simple wrapper macro for |\@nameuse{p@#1}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at p[1]{\@nameuse{p@#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at the}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/06}{This macro added}
+% |\caption at the| is a simple wrapper macro for |\@nameuse{the#1}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at the[1]{\@nameuse{the#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at make}
-% |\caption at make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\\
+% \changes{v2.3}{2022/01/05}{Optional argument \meta{float type} added}
+% |\caption at make|\oarg{float type}\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\\
% typesets the caption.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption at make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption at labelformat{#1}{#2}}}
+\newcommand*\caption at make{%
+ \kernel at ifnextchar[%]
+ \caption at make@
+ {\caption at make@@\caption at labelformat}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption at make@[#1]{%
+ \caption at make@@{\caption@@fnum{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption at make@@[3]{%
+ \caption@@make{#1{#2}{#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make}
@@ -3877,6 +4012,7 @@
% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption at box} added}
% \changes{v1.7}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the \package{bicaption} package}
% \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/16}{Some code encapsulated as \cs{caption at make@leftmargin}, \cs{caption at make@parbox}, \cs{caption at make@indention}, and \cs{caption at make@rightmargin}}
% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{%
@@ -3901,32 +4037,20 @@
% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|)
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at calcmargin
- \caption at tempdima\captionmargin
- \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else
- \caption at ifoddpage{}{\advance\caption at tempdima\captionmargin@\relax}%
- \fi
- \caption at ifhmode{\advance\caption at tempdima\caption at indent\relax}%
- \hspace\caption at tempdima
+ \caption at make@leftmargin
% \end{macrocode}
-% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption at indent|
+% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\caption at width - \caption at indent|
% to typeset the caption.
% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format
% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at tempdima\captionwidth
- \caption at ifhmode{\advance\caption at tempdima-\caption at indent\relax}%
- \caption at parbox\caption at tempdima{%
+ \caption at make@parbox{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\
% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05:
% |\hskip-\caption at indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption at indent=\z@|\ldots}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifhmode{%
- \ifdim\caption at indent=\z@
- \leavevmode
- \else
- \hskip-\caption at indent
- \fi}%
+ \caption at make@indention
% \end{macrocode}
% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption at parbox|
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3934,11 +4058,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|)
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at tempdima\captionmargin
- \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else
- \caption at ifoddpage{\advance\caption at tempdima\captionmargin@\relax}{}%
- \fi
- \hspace\caption at tempdima
+ \caption at make@rightmargin
% \end{macrocode}
% Close the outer box |\caption at box|
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3948,7 +4068,30 @@
\caption at endhook}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption@@make at epilogue{%
+\newcommand*\caption at make@leftmargin{%
+ \caption at tempdima\caption at leftmargin
+ \caption at ifhmode{\advance\caption at tempdima\caption at indent\relax}%
+ \hspace\caption at tempdima}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at make@parbox{%
+ \caption at tempdima\caption at width
+ \caption at ifhmode{\advance\caption at tempdima-\caption at indent\relax}%
+ \caption at parbox\caption at tempdima}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at make@indention{%
+ \caption at ifhmode{%
+ \ifdim\caption at indent=\z@
+ \leavevmode
+ \else
+ \hskip-\caption at indent
+ \fi}}
+\newcommand*\caption at make@rightmargin{%
+ \hspace\caption at rightmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@make at epilogue{%
\global\caption at starfalse}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3959,48 +4102,71 @@
% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}}
% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved from \cs{caption@@make} to here}
% \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/01/17}{Uses \cs{caption at width} resp.~\cs{caption at leftmargin} and \cs{caption at rightmargin} now}
% |\caption at calcmargin|\\
-% calculates |\caption|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|width|, so both contain
-% valid values.
+% calculates |\caption|\-|@left|\-|margin|, |\caption|\-|@width|, and |\caption|\-|@right|\-|margin|,
+% so all three contain valid values afterwards.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at calcmargin{%
\caption at calcmargin@hook
+ \ifdim\caption at width=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
-% Check margin, if |\caption at min|\-|margin| or |\caption at max|\-|margin| is set
+% If |\caption|\-|margin| is set use this value instead of |\caption at left|\-|margin| and |\caption at right|\-|margin|
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\caption at maxmargin\@undefined \else
- \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption at maxmargin\relax
- \captionmargin\caption at maxmargin\relax
+ \ifdim\captionmargin=\z@ \else
+ \caption at leftmargin\captionmargin
+ \caption at rightmargin\captionmargin
\fi
- \fi
- \ifx\caption at minmargin\@undefined \else
- \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption at minmargin\relax
- \captionmargin\caption at minmargin\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check the margin values if |\caption at min|\-|margin| or |\caption at max|\-|margin| is set
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\caption at maxmargin\@undefined \else
+ \ifdim\caption at leftmargin>\caption at maxmargin
+ \caption at leftmargin\caption at maxmargin
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\caption at rightmargin>\caption at maxmargin
+ \caption at rightmargin\caption at maxmargin
+ \fi
\fi
- \fi
+ \ifx\caption at minmargin\@undefined \else
+ \ifdim\caption at leftmargin<\caption at minmargin
+ \caption at leftmargin\caption at minmargin
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\caption at rightmargin<\caption at minmargin
+ \caption at rightmargin\caption at minmargin
+ \fi
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
+% Check if the left and right margins needs to be swapped
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@
- \captionwidth\hsize\relax
- \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin\relax
- \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@\relax
+ \ifdim\caption at leftmargin=\caption at rightmargin \else
+ \caption at ifoddpage{}{%
+ \caption at tempdima\caption at leftmargin
+ \caption at leftmargin\caption at rightmargin
+ \caption at rightmargin\caption at tempdima}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Set |\caption at width|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption at width\hsize
+ \advance\caption at width by -\caption at leftmargin\relax
+ \advance\caption at width by -\caption at rightmargin\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\else
- \captionmargin\hsize\relax
- \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth\relax
- \divide\captionmargin by 2\relax
- \captionmargin@\z@\relax
+ \caption at leftmargin\hsize
+ \advance\caption at leftmargin by -\caption at width\relax
+ \divide\caption at leftmargin by 2\relax
+ \caption at rightmargin\caption at leftmargin
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\caption at Debug{%
- \string\hsize=\the\hsize,
- \string\captionwidth=\the\captionwidth,\MessageBreak
- \string\captionmargin=\the\captionmargin,
- \string\captionmargin@=\the\captionmargin@}%
+ hsize=\the\hsize,
+ width=\the\caption at width,\MessageBreak
+ leftmargin=\the\caption at leftmargin,
+ rightmargin=\the\caption at rightmargin}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at slc}
@@ -4020,10 +4186,10 @@
\begingroup
\caption at singleline
\let\caption at justification\relax
- \caption at calcmargin % calculate \captionwidth
+ \caption at calcmargin % calculate \caption at width
\caption at prepareslc
\sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}%
- \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\captionwidth
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\caption at width
\endgroup
\singlelinecaptionfalse
#4%
@@ -4069,8 +4235,19 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/06/30}{This macro added}
+% |\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck|\marg{code}\\
+% adds code to be expanded right before the single-line-check.
+% (This will be done in an extra group, so all changes done are unually limited to the check.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{%
+ \g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\caption at prepareslc}
-% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added}
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added}
% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}}
% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption at justification}\cs{relax} added}
% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added}
@@ -4078,18 +4255,18 @@
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added}
% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved}
% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption at l@stepcounter} added}
-% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped}
-% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped}
% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/13}{Redefinition os \cs{glsunset} added}
% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{Redefinition of \cs{endnote} added (thanks to Markus Kohm)}
% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{acused} added}
% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/26}{Definition method changed so it can be pre-defined by other packages}
% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/27}{Redefinition of \cs{hypertarget} added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{endnote} stuff revised}
% |\caption at prepareslc|\\
% re-defines anything which could disturb the single-line-check.
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand*\caption at prepareslc{}
-\g at addto@macro\caption at prepareslc{%
+\AtCaptionSingleLineCheck{%
\let\label\caption at gobble
\let\hypertarget\@gobbletwo
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4100,21 +4277,29 @@
% \item The footnote text will not be evaluated twice
% \end{enumerate}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption at footnote@ORI\footnote
- \def\footnote{\caption at withoptargs\caption at footnote}%
- \let\caption at footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark
- \def\footnotemark{\caption at withoptargs\caption at footnotemark}%
- \let\caption at footnotetext@ORI\@footnotetext
- \let\@footnotetext\caption at gobble
+ \let\footnote\caption at footnote
+ \let\footnotemark\caption at footnotemark
+ \let\footnotetext\caption at footnotetext
+ \let\@footnotetext\@gobble
% \end{macrocode}
+% Adaption to the \package{hyperref} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\H@@footnotetext\@gobble
+ \let\H@@mpfootnotetext\@gobble
+ \caption at ifdefined\H@@footnotemark
+ {\let\@footnotemark\H@@footnotemark}%
+ {}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adaption to the \package{tablefootnote} package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\tablefootnote\caption at footnote
+% \end{macrocode}
% Same for \cs{endnote}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\caption at endnote@ORI\endnote
- \def\endnote{\caption at withoptargs\caption at endnote}%
- \let\caption at endnotemark@ORI\endnotemark
- \def\endnotemark{\caption at withoptargs\caption at endnotemark}%
- \let\caption at endnotetext@ORI\@endnotetext
- \let\@endnotetext\caption at gobble
+ \let\endnote\caption at endnote
+ \let\endnotemark\caption at endnotemark
+ \let\endnotetext\caption at endnotetext
+ \let\@endnotetext\@gobble
% \end{macrocode}
% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package\par
% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788}
@@ -4135,29 +4320,107 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at footnote}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{This macro revised}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{This macro re-written}
+% The following code was taken from |base/ltfloat.dtx| but |\step|\-|counter|
+% is replaced by |\caption at l@step|\-|counter| so the footnote counter will
+% only be incremented temporarily for the single-line-check.
+% (In the past we had re-used the original code but with re-defined
+% |\step|\-|counter| but this has proofed as non-sufficient when
+% using footnote related packages like the \package{footmisc} package.
+% Now we might end up getting a wrong footnote marker, but this code has to
+% be sufficient for the single-line-check.))
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption at footnote[2]{%
- \caption at footnotemark{#1}}
+\newcommand*\caption at footnote{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@xfootnote
+ {\caption at l@stepcounter\@mpfn
+ \protected at xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
+ \@footnotemark\@footnotetext}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at footnotemark}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{This macro re-written}
+% The following code was taken from |base/ltfloat.dtx| but |\step|\-|counter|
+% is replaced by |\caption at l@step|\-|counter| so the footnote counter will
+% only be incremented temporarily for the single-line-check.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption at footnotemark[1]{%
- \begingroup
- \let\stepcounter\caption at l@stepcounter
- \caption at footnotemark@ORI#1\relax
- \endgroup}
+\newcommand*\caption at footnotemark{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@xfootnotemark
+ {\caption at l@stepcounter{footnote}%
+ \protected at xdef\@thefnmark{\thefootnote}%
+ \@footnotemark}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at footnotetext}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{This macro added}
+% The following code was taken from |base/ltfloat.dtx|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption at endnote[2]{%
- \caption at endnotemark{#1}}
+\newcommand*\caption at footnotetext{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@xfootnotenext
+ {\protected at xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
+ \@footnotetext}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at endnote}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{This macro re-written}
+% The following code was taken from |endnotes/endnotes.sty| but |\step|\-|counter|
+% is replaced by |\caption at l@step|\-|counter| so the footnote counter will
+% only be incremented temporarily for the single-line-check.
+% (In the past we had re-used the original code but with re-defined
+% |\step|\-|counter|.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\caption at endnotemark[1]{%
- \begingroup
- \let\stepcounter\caption at l@stepcounter
- \caption at endnotemark@ORI#1\relax
- \endgroup}
+\newcommand*\caption at endnote{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@xendnote
+ {\caption at l@stepcounter{endnote}%
+ \protected at xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \@endnotemark\@endnotetext}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at endnotemark}
+% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{This macro re-written}
+% The following code was taken from |endnotes/endnotes.sty| but |\step|\-|counter|
+% is replaced by |\caption at l@step|\-|counter| so the footnote counter will
+% only be incremented temporarily for the single-line-check.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at endnotemark{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@xendnotemark
+ {\caption at l@stepcounter{endnote}%
+ \protected at xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \@endnotemark}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at endnotetext}
+% \changes{v2.3}{2021/07/03}{This macro added}
+% The following code was taken from |endnotes/endnotes.sty|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption at endnotetext{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@xendnotenext
+ {\protected at xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}%
+ \@endnotetext}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at l@stepcounter}
+% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\caption at l@stepcounter[1]{%
\advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4457,7 +4720,7 @@
% Check if the sub-type was already defined by |\Declare|\-|Sub|\-|Type|.
% If not, define the counter and list entry.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \caption at ifsubtype{#4}%
+ \caption at ifdefined@subtype{#4}%
{\caption at Debug{Modify subtype `#4'}}%
{\caption at Debug{New subtype `#4'}%
\newcounter{#4}[{#3}]%
@@ -4551,14 +4814,14 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifsubtype}
-% \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption at ifdefined@subtype}
+% \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{This macro definition added}
% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption at ifin@list} now}
-% |\caption at ifsubtype|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
-% checks if the given subtype was defined with
-% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|.
+% \changes{v2.3}{2022/01/07}{Renamed from \cs{caption at ifsubtype} to \cs{caption at ifdefined@subtype}}
+% |\caption at ifdefined@subtype|\marg{subtype}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\
+% checks if the given subtype was defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\caption at ifsubtype{%
+\newcommand*\caption at ifdefined@subtype{%
\caption at ifin@list\caption at subtypelist}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -4606,7 +4869,7 @@
\caption at ifdefined\@memresetsubcounter
{\let\caption at memresetsubcounter\@memresetsubcounter
\renewcommand*\@memresetsubcounter[1]{%
- \caption at ifsubtype{sub#1}\@gobble\caption at memresetsubcounter{#1}}}%
+ \caption at ifdefined@subtype{sub#1}\@gobble\caption at memresetsubcounter{#1}}}%
{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+% \iffalse
+% caption.dtx - The caption package
+% (c) 1994-95 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel at hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{\smallskipamount}
+\usepackage[hang,small,bf]{caption}[1995/01/30]
+\setlength{\captionmargin}{20pt}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{caption.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \providecommand{\LaTeXcomp}{The \LaTeX{} Companion}
+% \newcommand{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+% {\begin{list}{}{\renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+% \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+% \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}}%
+% {\end{list}}
+%
+% \def\packageversion{1.4b}
+% \def\packagedate{1995/04/05}
+% \changes{v1.0}{27 Oct 94}{First release}
+% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Works now with the {\tt figure*} and {\tt table*} environments, too}
+%
+% \title{The \puresf{caption} package\thanks{This package has version number
+% \packageversion, last revised \packagedate.}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\\texttt{axel at hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de}}
+% \date{1995/04/05}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% The \textsf{caption} package provides many ways to customise the captions
+% in floating environments such |figure| and |table|.
+% The |\rotcaption| command and the |sidewaysfigure| and |sidewaystable|
+% environments provided by the \textsf{rotating} package from S.~Rahtz and
+% L.~Barroca are also supported.
+% The \textsf{caption} package also cooperates with the \textsf{float}
+% package written by A.~Lingnau and the \textsf{subfigure} package written by
+% S.D.~Cochran.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section{The user interface}
+% \changes{v1.1}{3 Nov 94}{New captiontype: {\tt centerlast}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{30 Jan 95}{New option: {\tt nooneline}}
+%
+% To use this package just type
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% in the preamble of your document,
+% where the following options are supported:
+% \begin{quote}\begin{Options}{scriptsize\purerm{, \ldots,\ }Large}
+% \item[normal]
+% provides `normal' captions, this is the default
+% \item[hang \purerm{or} isu]
+% provides captions with hanging indention
+% \item[center]
+% provides captions where each line is centered
+% \item[centerlast]
+% provides captions where the last line of the paragraph is centered
+% \item[nooneline]
+% if a caption fits on \emph{one} line on the page, it will be centered.
+% If you don't like this behaviour, just select this option.
+% \item[scriptsize\purerm{, \ldots,\ }Large]
+% sets the font size of the captions
+% \item[\vbox{\hbox{up{\rm,} it{\rm,} sl{\rm,} sc{\rm,}}
+% \hbox{md{\rm,} bf{\rm,} rm{\rm,} sf{\rm, or} tt}}]
+% sets the font attribute of the caption labels.
+% \item[ruled] supports ruled floats of the \textsf{float} package, see
+% section \ref{sec:float} for details
+% \end{Options}\end{quote}
+%
+% \changes{v1.4}{29 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash captionsize} changed to {\tt\protect\bslash captionfont}}
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionfont}
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionlabelfont}
+% To setup the font size and attributes of the captions, this package also provides
+% the commands |\captionfont| and |\captionlabelfont| to allow a more
+% flexible way to customize the captions than the above options could do.
+% |\captionfont| is called before each caption, |\captionlabelfont| is
+% called just before the label of the caption, so the whole caption
+% will be created as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |{\captionfont{\captionlabelfont |\meta{label}|: }|\meta{caption}|}| \quad.
+% \end{quote}
+% Note that these commands are used by the options, e.g.\ the options
+% |small| and |sf| are identical to
+% \begin{quote} |\renewcommand{\captionfont}{\small}| \quad and\\
+% |\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\sffamily}| \quad. \end{quote}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\captionmargin}
+% Furthermore there is a new length |\captionmargin| to setup an extra left and
+% right margin for the captions, e.g.\ the command
+% \begin{quote} |\setlength{\captionmargin}{10pt}| \end{quote}
+% sets this margin to 10pt.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\abovecaptionskip}
+% \DescribeMacro{\belowcaptionskip}
+% The lengths |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| contain the amount of
+% white space to leave above and below the caption.
+% |\abovecaptionskip| is preset (in the \textsf{article}, \textsf{report} and
+% \textsf{book} document class) to 10pt, |\belowcaptionskip| to 0pt.
+%
+% \subsection{The \puresf{rotating}, \puresf{float} and \puresf{subfigure} package}
+% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Support of the {\sf float} package}
+% \label{sec:float}
+%
+% If you want to use this package together with the \textsf{rotating}\cite{rotating},
+% \textsf{float}\cite{float} and/or the \textsf{subfigure} package, you have to
+% input this package \emph{after} the other ones, like
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage{float,rotating,subfigure}|\\
+% |\usepackage[centerlast,small,sc]{caption}|
+% \end{quote}
+% The \textsf{caption} package now redefines the |sidewaysfigure| and
+% |sidewaystable| environments and the |\rotcaption| command provided
+% by the \textsf{rotating} package from S.~Rahtz and L.~Barroca.
+% Note that the |\captionmargin| does not affect the |\rotcaption| command.
+%
+% It also redefines the captions of the |plain| and |boxed| styled floats
+% provided by the \textsf{float} package from A.~Lingnau.
+% |ruled| floats are not supported by default, but you can change this via
+% setting the option |ruled|.
+% Note that the |\captionmargin| is not supported in ruled floats.
+%
+% \changes{v1.3}{8 Jan 95}{Support of {\tt\protect\bslash captionlabelfont} in subcaptions}
+% If the \textsf{subfigure} package from S.D.~Cochran is detected, the options
+% |scriptsize|, \ldots, |large| will redefine |\subcapsize| in an adequate way.
+% If you redefine |\captionfont| by yourself and use the \textsf{subfigure}
+% package, you also have to redefine |\subcapsize| by yourself.
+% Also the commands |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| will be redefined to
+% use the |\captionlabelfont| command, please take this into consideration if
+% you redefine |\@thesubfigure| or |\@thesubtable| by yourself.
+% E.g.\ a adequate version of the second example in |subfigure.sty| will be:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \renewcommand{\thesubfigure}{\thefigure.\arabic{subfigure}}
+% \makeatletter
+% \renewcommand{\@thesubfigure}{{\captionlabelfont\thesubfigure:}\space}
+% \renewcommand{\p at subfigure}{}
+% \makeatother
+% ...
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \changes{v1.4b}{5 Apr 95}{Adapted to version 2.8 of the rotating package}
+% This package cooperates with the version 2.8 (1995/04/02) of the
+% \textsf{rotating} package, version 1.2c (1995/03/29) of the \textsf{float}
+% package and version 1.6 (1993/05/13) of the \textsf{subfigure} package,
+% but will hopefully work with future versions, too.
+%
+% \section{Example}
+% Here's an example figure which was produced with the following code in the
+% preamble of this document:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[hang,small,bf]{caption}|\\
+% |\setlength{\captionmargin}{20pt}|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{figure}[!ht]
+% \centerline{EXAMPLE FIGURE}
+% \caption[Huba]{This is an example caption with a small font and a sans serif label.
+% The hang option was used. There is a left and right margin of 20pt.}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \StopEventually{
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:
+% \emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX},
+% 1994/10/02
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:
+% \emph{An Improved Environment for Floats},
+% 1995/03/25
+% \bibitem{A-W:GMS94}
+% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1994.
+% \bibitem{Anne}
+% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:
+% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},
+% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989
+% \bibitem{Kopka-E}
+% Helmut Kopka:
+% \emph{\LaTeX -- Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten},
+% 3. \"uberarbeitete Auf\/lage, Addison-Wesley, Bonn, 1991
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+%
+% \CheckSum{295}
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ }
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtolength,\begin,\bfseries}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\def,\else,\empty,\end,\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hspace,\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifx,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mdseries,\newcommand,\newlength,\newsavebox,\noindent,\normalsize}
+% \DoNotIndex{\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip,\renewcommand,\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape,\small,\space}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\typeout,\ttfamily,\undefined,\upshape,\usebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\vsize,\vskip,\wd}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\DeclareOption,\ExecuteOptions,\NeedsTeXFormat}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \section{The code}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption}[1995/04/05 v1.4b caption package (AS)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Initial code}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlabelfont}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin}
+% |\captionsize| is defined for backward compatibility with v1.3
+% of this package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\captionsize}{}
+\newcommand{\captionfont}{\captionsize}
+\newcommand{\captionlabelfont}{}
+\newlength{\captionmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Here are the different basic types of captions implemented:
+% \begin{macro}{\as at normalcaption}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} added}
+% The `normal' caption
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\as at normalcaption}[2]{%
+ #1 #2\par}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at isucaption}
+% \changes{v1.4}{27 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash leavevmode} added}
+% The `iso' or `hang' caption;
+% this code was taken from \LaTeXcomp\cite[p155]{A-W:GMS94} and modified
+% \iffalse
+% \hangindent\wd\as at captionbox\noindent\usebox{\as at captionbox}#2}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\as at isucaption}[2]{%
+ \sbox{\as at captionbox}{#1\space}%
+ \addtolength{\as at captionwidth}{-\wd\as at captionbox}%
+ \usebox{\as at captionbox}\parbox[t]{\as at captionwidth}{\leavevmode#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at centercaption}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt center} environment changed to {\tt\protect\bslash centering}}
+% The `center' caption
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\as at centercaption}[2]{%
+ \parbox[t]{\as at captionwidth}{{\centering#1 #2\par}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at annecaption}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} added}
+% The `centerlast' caption; the idea how to do this was taken from Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne},
+% it is also mentioned in Kopka\cite[p227]{Kopka-E}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\as at annecaption}[2]{%
+ \addtolength{\leftskip}{0pt plus 1fil}%
+ \addtolength{\rightskip}{0pt plus -1fil}%
+ \setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 2fil}%
+ #1 #2\par}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at shortcaption}
+% Short captions are centered by default
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\as at shortcaption\as at centercaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Detection of the \puresf{subfigure} package}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at subcapsize}
+% \begin{macro}{\@thesubfigure}
+% \begin{macro}{\@thesubtable}
+% If the \textsf{subfigure} package is loaded, a little message will be typeout
+% and |\as at subcapsize| -- which sets the size of the subcaptions -- will be
+% defined. Also |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| will be redefined here to
+% support the |\captionlabelfont| in subcaptions, too (thanks to Kevin Ruland for
+% this idea!).
+% If you don't like this behaviour, just load the |caption| package \emph{after}
+% the |subfigure| package (and eventually redefine the |\subcapsize| by yourself)
+% or redefine |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| after loading the |caption|
+% package as shown in the documentation of the \textsf{subfigure} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\thesubfigure\undefined
+ \newcommand{\as at subcapsize}[1]{}
+\else%
+ \typeout{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space
+ `subfigure' package detected}
+ \let\as at subcapsize\subcapsize
+ \renewcommand{\@thesubfigure}{{\captionlabelfont\thesubfigure}\space}
+ \renewcommand{\@thesubtable}{{\captionlabelfont\thesubtable}\space}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+% There are four different types of captions supported: |normal|,
+% |isu|, |center| and |centerlast|. |hang| is exactly the same as |isu|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{normal}{\let\as at caption\as at normalcaption}
+\DeclareOption{isu}{\let\as at caption\as at isucaption}
+\DeclareOption{hang}{\ExecuteOptions{isu}}
+\DeclareOption{center}{\let\as at caption\as at centercaption}
+\DeclareOption{anne}{\let\as at caption\as at annecaption}
+\DeclareOption{centerlast}{\ExecuteOptions{anne}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If option |nooneline| is set, only-one-line captions will behave like normal
+% ones.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{nooneline}{\AtBeginDocument{\let\as at shortcaption\as at caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% There are options for six different font sizes available, they also
+% redefine the |\subcapsize| provided by the \textsf{subfigure} package
+% (if detected).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{scriptsize}{%
+ \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\scriptsize}
+ \as at subcapsize{\scriptsize}}
+\DeclareOption{footnotesize}{%
+ \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\footnotesize}
+ \as at subcapsize{\scriptsize}}
+\DeclareOption{small}{%
+ \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\small}
+ \as at subcapsize{\footnotesize}}
+\DeclareOption{normalsize}{%
+ \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\normalsize}
+ \as at subcapsize{\footnotesize}}
+\DeclareOption{large}{%
+ \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\large}
+ \as at subcapsize{\normalsize}}
+\DeclareOption{Large}{%
+ \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\Large}
+ \as at subcapsize{\large}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% There are nine options available to set the font attributes of the caption labels.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{up}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\upshape}}
+\DeclareOption{it}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\itshape}}
+\DeclareOption{sl}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\slshape}}
+\DeclareOption{sc}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\scshape}}
+\DeclareOption{md}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\mdseries}}
+\DeclareOption{bf}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\bfseries}}
+\DeclareOption{rm}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\rmfamily}}
+\DeclareOption{sf}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\sffamily}}
+\DeclareOption{tt}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\ttfamily}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the option |ruled| is set, the captions of ruled floats provided
+% by the \textsf{float} package will also be supported.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{ruled}{\newcommand\as at ruled{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+% The `normal' type of caption is preselected.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExecuteOptions{normal}
+\ProcessOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Main code}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at captionbox}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at captionwidth}
+% \begin{macro}{\as at makecaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
+% \changes{v1.4}{30 Jan 95}{{\tt center} environment changed to {\tt\protect\bslash as at shortcaption}}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} removed}
+% And now \ldots\ it's \ldots\ the new |\@makecaption| code!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newsavebox{\as at captionbox}
+\newlength{\as at captionwidth}
+\newcommand{\as at makecaption}[2]{%
+ \setlength{\leftskip}{\captionmargin}%
+ \setlength{\rightskip}{\captionmargin}%
+ \addtolength{\as at captionwidth}{-2\captionmargin}%
+ \captionfont%
+ \sbox{\as at captionbox}{{\captionlabelfont #1:} #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\as at captionbox >\as at captionwidth
+ \as at caption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}%
+ \else%
+ \as at shortcaption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}%
+ \fi}
+\renewcommand{\@makecaption}[2]{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip%
+ \setlength{\as at captionwidth}{\linewidth}%
+ \as at makecaption{#1}{#2}%
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Support of the \puresf{rotating} package}
+% \begin{macro}{\@makercaption}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{5 Apr 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash @makercaption} removed}
+% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption}
+% If the \textsf{rotating} package is loaded, the command |\@makerotcaption|
+% (for support of |\rotcaption|) will be
+% redefined here. The code was taken from the \textsf{rotating} package
+% \cite{rotating} itself and adapted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\@makerotcaption\undefined
+\else
+ \typeout{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space
+ `rotating' package detected}
+% \let\@makercaption\undefined
+ \renewcommand{\@makerotcaption}[2]{%
+ \captionfont%
+ \sbox{\as at captionbox}{{\captionlabelfont #1:} #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\as at captionbox > .8\vsize
+ \rotatebox{90}{%
+ \setlength{\as at captionwidth}{.8\textheight}%
+ \begin{minipage}{\as at captionwidth}%
+ \as at caption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}%
+ \end{minipage}}\par
+ \else%
+ \rotatebox{90}{\usebox{\as at captionbox}}%
+ \fi
+ \hspace{12pt}}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Support of the \puresf{float} package}
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc at plain}
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc at ruled}
+% \changes{v1.3}{8 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash as at normalcaption} changed to {\tt\protect\bslash as at caption}}
+% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} removed}
+% If the \textsf{float} package is loaded, the command |\floatc at plain|
+% (and the command |\floatc at ruled| if the option |ruled| is given)
+% will be redefined here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\floatc at plain\undefined
+\else
+ \typeout{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space
+ `float' package detected}
+ \renewcommand\floatc at plain[2]{%
+ \setlength{\as at captionwidth}{\linewidth}%
+ \as at makecaption{#1}{#2}}
+ \ifx\as at ruled\undefined
+ \else
+ \renewcommand\floatc at ruled[2]{%
+ \setlength{\as at captionwidth}{\linewidth}%
+ \captionfont%
+ \as at caption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}}
+ \fi
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx 2022-02-20 21:12:00 UTC (rev 62097)
@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+% \iffalse
+% caption.dtx - The caption package
+% (c) 1994-95 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel at hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de)
+%
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\newlength\artparindent
+\setlength\artparindent{\parindent}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+\usepackage{caption2}[1995/10/09]
+\IfFileExists{ltxdoc.cfg}{}{\OnlyDescription\RecordChanges\CodelineIndex}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{caption2.dtx}
+ \IfFileExists{ltxdoc.cfg}{}{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \providecommand{\LaTeXcomp}{The \LaTeX{} Companion}
+% \newcommand{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newenvironment{Options}[1]%
+% {\begin{list}{}{\renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
+% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{#1\space}}%
+% \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
+% \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}}%
+% {\end{list}}
+%
+% \def\packageversion{2.0(BETA)}
+% \def\packagedate{1995/10/09}
+% \changes{v1.0}{27 Oct 94}{First release}
+% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Works now with the {\tt figure*} and {\tt table*}
+% environments, too}
+% \changes{v2.0}{ 9 Oct 95}{Totally rewritten; many new commands and features}
+%
+% \title{The \puresf{caption} package\thanks{This package has version number
+% \packageversion, last revised \packagedate.}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% {\small axel at hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de}}
+% \date{1995/10/09}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% The \textsf{caption} package provides many ways to customise the captions
+% in floating environments such |figure|, |table|, |sidewaysfigure|, and
+% |sidewaystable|.
+% The following \LaTeXe\ packages are supported:
+% float, longtable, and subfigure.
+% But it works fine with the following packages as well:
+% floatfig, rotating, supertabular, and wrapfig.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section{Documentation? What documentation?}
+% I'm sorry to say this, but there is no documentation provided with the
+% new version of this package, yet. And it's still beta. I hope I can
+% eleminate both circumstances in the near future; at the moment my spare time
+% is very very very limited, so I decided to make this beta public.
+%
+% This new version is nearly compatible with the lastest official release
+% (version 1.4b), so you can use the old documentation so far.
+% Here is what differs this version from version 1.4b:
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% If the caption package will detect a loaded float package, it will
+% \emph{not} redefine the boxed style of floats anymore. If you want to
+% have the old behaviour, you have to specify the new option |boxed| to
+% the caption2 package.
+% \item
+% Anything said about the subfigure package in the old doc isn't
+% true anymore; the caption package is now adapted to the new version
+% 2.0 of this package. Especially the caption package will \emph{not}
+% redefine |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| anymore and it will
+% \emph{not} set |\subcapsize| -- you have to do this now for yourself
+% if you want to, e.g.\ with the following code:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\usepackage[normalsize]{subfigure}|\\
+% |\usepackage[large]{caption}|
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% So you can load the caption2 package \emph{before} loading the subfigure
+% package now without problems, in fact this is recommend now. Don't care
+% about what the old doc or the doc of the subfigure package is telling you!
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% As a summary, the new caption package won't lead into different results
+% of your documents just because of loading it (without options).
+%
+% If you are really interested in the (many!) new features of this totally
+% rewritten package, take a look in the provided test document (test2.tex)
+% to get a idea of the new commands and possibilities.
+% And feel yourself free to write a email to me, if any questions occur.
+%
+% \subsection{Just a few notes\dots}
+% If you use the new command |\setcaptionwidth| to set the absolut width of a
+% caption, you are not allowed to change |\captionmargin| anymore!
+% Instead, use the new command |\setcaptionmargin| to do this.
+%
+% Longtables will still take care of |\LTcapwidth|, even if you are setting
+% your own width via |\setcaptionwidth| or |\setcaptionmargin|. To get rid
+% of this, use the following code just after loading the caption2 package:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}|
+% \end{quote}
+% or just specify the new package option |longtable|.
+%
+% This package was developed and tested with following versions of the
+% other packages:
+% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{lll}
+% package & version & date \\\hline
+% float & 1.2c & 1995/03/29 \\
+% longtable & 3.15 & 1995/06/15 \\
+% rotating & 2.9 & 1995/04/07 \\
+% subfigure & 2.0 & 1995/03/06 \\
+% \end{tabular}\end{quote}
+%
+% Maybe it will work with older versions, maybe not\dots
+%
+% BTW:
+% If you are interested in rotated versions (like |sidewaysfigure| or
+% |sidewaystable|) of new floats (defined with the float package), take a look
+% at the rotfloat package, which comes from a very talented young man with a
+% very german style of writing english docs (if he ever writes any!) and a
+% very big mouth - myself |:-)|
+%
+% \section{Thanks}
+% I would like to thank David Carlisle for his help writing the longtable
+% support; without the changes in his package this wouldn't become possible.
+%
+% \changes{v1.1}{ 3 Nov 94}{New captiontype: {\tt centerlast}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{30 Jan 95}{New option: {\tt nooneline}}
+% \changes{v1.4}{29 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash captionsize} changed to
+% {\tt\protect\bslash captionfont}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Support of the {\sf float} package}
+% \changes{v1.3}{ 8 Jan 95}{Support of {\tt\protect\bslash captionlabelfont} in
+% subcaptions}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{5 Apr 95}{Adapted to version 2.8 of the rotating package}
+% \changes{v2.0}{ 9 Oct 95}{support of the longtable package}
+%
+% \StopEventually{
+% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:
+% \textsl{An Improved Environment for Floats},
+% 1995/03/25
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:
+% \textsl{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX},
+% 1994/10/02
+% \bibitem{rotfloat}
+% Axel Sommerfeldt:
+% \textsl{The rotfloat package},
+% 1995/03/30
+% \bibitem{subfigure}
+% Steven Douglas Cochran:
+% \textsl{The subfigure package},
+% 1995/03/06
+% \bibitem{A-W:GMS94}
+% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
+% \newblock \textsl{The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1994.
+% \bibitem{Anne}
+% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:
+% \textsl{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},
+% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989
+% \bibitem{Kopka-E}
+% Helmut Kopka:
+% \textsl{\LaTeX -- Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten},
+% 3. \"uberarbeitete Auf\/lage, Addison-Wesley, Bonn, 1991
+% \end{thebibliography}
+% }
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+%
+% \CheckSum{647}
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ }
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@ifundefined,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@tempdima}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtolength,\advance,\begin,\bfseries}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\csname,\def,\divide}
+% \DoNotIndex{\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifx,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newif,\newsavebox,\noindent}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\or}
+% \DoNotIndex{\par,\parbox,\parfillskip,\protect}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\rightskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape,\small}
+% \DoNotIndex{\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\typeout,\ttfamily,\undefined,\upshape,\usebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\vsize,\vskip,\wd}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\InputIfFileExists,\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageWarningNoLine,\ProcessOptions}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{The (not well documented) code}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption2}[1995/10/09 v2.0 caption package (AS)]
+%
+% package detection message
+\let\caption at message\undefined
+\newcommand*\caption at package[1]{%
+ \ifx\caption at message\undefined
+ \message{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space
+ packages detected:}
+ \let\caption at message\empty
+ \fi
+ \message{#1}}
+%
+% `internal' stuff
+\newlength\realcaptionwidth
+\newsavebox\captionbox
+%
+% Code initialisation, `normal' stuff
+\newcommand*\captionsize{}
+\newcommand*\captionfont{\captionsize}
+\newcommand*\captionlabelfont{}
+\newcommand*\captionlabeldelim{:}
+\newdimen\captionlabelsep
+ \sbox\captionbox{ }
+ \setlength\captionlabelsep{\wd\captionbox}
+\newdimen\captionmargin
+\newdimen\captionwidth
+% only used by captionstyle `indent', but can be used in user-defines styles
+\newdimen\captionindent
+\newif\ifonelinecaptions
+\newif\iftakecaptionwidth
+%
+%\newcommand*\setcaptionfont[1]{%
+% \def\captionfont{#1}}
+%\newcommand*\setcaptionlabelfont[1]{%
+% \def\captionlabelfont{#1}}
+\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin[1]{%
+ \setlength\captionmargin{#1}%
+ \takecaptionwidthfalse}
+\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth[1]{%
+ \setlength\captionwidth{#1}%
+ \takecaptionwidthtrue}
+%
+% \newcaptionstyle, \renewcaptionstyle & \defcaptionstyle
+\newcommand\newcaptionstyle[2]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \defcaptionstyle{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \PackageError{caption}{Caption style `#1' already defined}{}%
+ \fi}
+\newcommand\renewcaptionstyle[2]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \PackageError{caption}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{}%
+ \else
+ \defcaptionstyle{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}
+\newcommand\defcaptionstyle[2]{%
+ \@namedef{caption@@#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*\dummycaptionstyle[2]{%
+ \defcaptionstyle{#1}{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@\caption at style\expandafter\endcsname%
+ \csname caption@@#1\endcsname
+ \PackageError{caption}{You can't use the caption style `#1' directy}{%
+ The caption style `#1' is only a dummy and does not really exists.%
+ \MessageBreak You have to redefine it (with \protect\renewcaptionstyle)
+ before you can select\MessageBreak it with \protect\captionstyle.}%
+ \else
+ #2\usecaptionstyle{\caption at style}%
+ \fi}}
+%
+% preimplemented types of captions, all with a label and text,
+% separated by \captionlabeldelim
+\newcaptionstyle{normal}{\caption at make{normal}}
+\newcaptionstyle{center}{\caption at make{center}}
+\newcaptionstyle{flushleft}{\caption at make{flushleft}}
+\newcaptionstyle{flushright}{\caption at make{flushright}}
+\newcaptionstyle{centerlast}{\caption at make{centerlast}}
+\newcaptionstyle{hang}{\caption at make{hang}}
+\newcaptionstyle{indent}{\caption at make{indent}}
+%
+% \captionstyle
+\newcommand*\captionstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \PackageError{caption}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption at style{#1}%
+ \fi}
+%
+% Options
+\DeclareOption{normal}{\captionstyle{normal}}
+\DeclareOption{center}{\captionstyle{center}}
+\DeclareOption{flushleft}{\captionstyle{flushleft}}
+\DeclareOption{flushright}{\captionstyle{flushright}}
+\DeclareOption{centerlast}{\captionstyle{centerlast}}
+\DeclareOption{anne}{\ExecuteOptions{centerlast}}
+\DeclareOption{hang}{\captionstyle{hang}}
+\DeclareOption{isu}{\ExecuteOptions{hang}}
+\DeclareOption{indent}{\captionstyle{indent}}
+%
+\DeclareOption{oneline}{\onelinecaptionstrue}
+\DeclareOption{nooneline}{\onelinecaptionsfalse}
+%
+\DeclareOption{scriptsize}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\scriptsize}}
+\DeclareOption{footnotesize}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\footnotesize}}
+\DeclareOption{small}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\small}}
+\DeclareOption{normalsize}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\normalsize}}
+\DeclareOption{large}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\large}}
+\DeclareOption{Large}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\Large}}
+%
+\DeclareOption{up}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\upshape}}
+\DeclareOption{it}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\itshape}}
+\DeclareOption{sl}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\slshape}}
+\DeclareOption{sc}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\scshape}}
+\DeclareOption{md}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\mdseries}}
+\DeclareOption{bf}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}}
+\DeclareOption{rm}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\rmfamily}}
+\DeclareOption{sf}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\sffamily}}
+\DeclareOption{tt}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\ttfamily}}
+%
+\DeclareOption{boxed}{\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \ifx\caption@@ruled\undefined
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{caption}{%
+ Option `boxed' is set but there is no `float' package\MessageBreak
+ around here, so this option will be totally ignored}
+ \else
+ \dummycaptionstyle{boxed}{}%
+ \fi}}
+\DeclareOption{ruled}{\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \ifx\caption@@ruled\undefined
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{caption}{%
+ Option `ruled' is set but there is no `float' package\MessageBreak
+ around here, so this option will be totally ignored}
+ \else
+ \dummycaptionstyle{ruled}{\onelinecaptionsfalse\setcaptionmargin{0pt}}%
+ \fi}}
+%
+\DeclareOption{longtable}{\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \ifx\caption@@longtable\undefined
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{caption}{%
+ Option `longtable' is set but there is no `longtable' package\MessageBreak
+ around here, so this option will be totally ignored}
+ \else
+ \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}%
+ \fi}}
+%
+\DeclareOption*{\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.caption}{}{%
+ \PackageError{caption}{File `\CurrentOption.caption' not found}{%
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.